Acura MDX 2022 SUV Owner's Manual PDF
Summary of Content for Acura MDX 2022 SUV Owner's Manual PDF
2022 MDX
Owners Manual
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 0
Event Data Recorders This vehicle is equipped with an event data recorder (EDR). The main purpose of an EDR is to record, in certain crash or near crash-like situations, such as an air bag deployment or hitting a road obstacle, data that will assist in understanding how a vehicles systems performed. The EDR is designed to record data related to vehicle dynamics and safety systems for a short period of time, typically 30 seconds or less. The EDR in this vehicle is designed to record such data as: How various systems in your vehicle were operating; Whether or not the driver and passenger safety belts were
buckled/fastened; How far (if at all) the driver was depressing the accelerator
and/or brake pedal; and, How fast the vehicle was traveling.
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 1
These data can help provide a better understanding of the circumstances in which crashes and injuries occur. NOTE: EDR data are recorded by your vehicle only if a non-trivial crash situation occurs; no data are recorded by the EDR under normal driving conditions and no personal data (e.g., name, gender, age, and crash location) are recorded. However, other parties, such as law enforcement, could combine the EDR data with the type of personally identifying data routinely acquired during a crash investigation.
To read data recorded by an EDR, special equipment is required, and access to the vehicle or the EDR is needed. In addition to the vehicle manufacturer, other parties, such as law enforcement, that have the special equipment, can read the information if they have access to the vehicle or the EDR.
The data belongs to the vehicle owner and may not be accessed by anyone else except as legally required or with the permission of the vehicle owner.
Service Diagnostic Recorders This vehicle is equipped with service-related devices that record information about powertrain performance. The data can be used to verify emissions law requirements and/or help technicians diagnose and solve service problems. It may also be combined with data from other sources for research purposes, but it remains confidential. Some diagnostic and maintenance information is uploaded to Acura upon vehicle start up.
California Perchlorate Contamination Prevention Act The airbags, seat belt tensioners, and CR type batteries in this vehicle may contain perchlorate materials - special handling may apply. See www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/perchlorate/
As you read this manual, you will find information that is preceded by a symbol. This information is intended to help you avoid damage to your vehicle, other property, or the environment.
NOTICE
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 2
Software End User License Agreement Your vehicle comes equipped with software, which is governed by the End User License Agreement in this Owners Manual, and which contains a binding arbitration clause. Please refer to the End User License Agreement for the terms and conditions governing your use of the installed software, as well as the applications, services, functions, and content provided through the software. Your use of the installed software will serve as your consent to the terms and conditions of the End User License Agreement. You may opt out within 30 days of your initial use of the Software by sending a signed, written notice to Acura at American Honda Motor Co., Inc., Acura Client Relations, Mail Stop CHI-4, 1919 Torrance Blvd., Torrance, CA 90501-2746.
Privacy Notice This vehicle may share location and usage information. To manage this setting, visit www.acuralink.com/vehicle-data-choices.
To learn more about how we collect and use Personal Information, please read our Privacy Policy, accessible at www.acura.com.
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 3
A Few Words About Safety
Your safety, and the safety of others, is very important. And operating this vehicle safely is an important responsibility.
To help you make informed decisions about safety, we have provided operating procedures and other information on labels and in this manual. This information alerts you to potential hazards that could hurt you or others.
Of course, it is not practical or possible to warn you about all the hazards associated with operating or maintaining your vehicle. You must use your own good judgment.
You will find this important safety information in a variety of forms, including:
Safety Labels - on the vehicle. Safety Messages - preceded by a safety alert symbol 3 and
one of three signal words: DANGER, WARNING, or CAUTION. These signal words mean:
Safety Headings - such as Important Safety Precautions. Safety Section - such as Safe Driving. Instructions - how to use this vehicle correctly and safely.
This entire book is filled with important safety information - please read it carefully.
3DANGER You WILL be KILLED or SERIOUSLY HURT if you don't follow instructions.
3WARNING You CAN be KILLED or SERIOUSLY HURT if you don't follow instructions.
3CAUTION You CAN be HURT if you don't follow instructions.
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 4
Contents
This owners manual should be considered a permanent part of the vehicle and should remain with the vehicle when it is sold.
The Navigation Manual is available online at owners.acura.com (U.S.) or acura.ca (Canada). If you are the first registered owner of your vehicle, you may request a complimentary printed copy of the Navigation Manual within the first six months of vehicle purchase. To request a copy, visit owners.acura.com. In Canada, please request a copy from your Acura dealer.
This owners manual covers all models of your vehicle. You may find descriptions of equipment and features that are not on your particular model.
Images throughout this owners manual (including the front cover) represent features and equipment that are available on some, but not all, models. Your particular model may not have some of these features.
This owners manual is for vehicles sold in the United States and Canada.
The information and specifications included in this publication were in effect at the time of approval for printing. Honda Motor Co., Ltd. reserves the right, however, to discontinue or change specifications or design at any time without notice and without incurring any obligation.
2 Safe Driving P. 33 For Safe Driving P. 34 Seat Belts P. 39 Airbags P. 47
2 Instrument Panel P. 85 Indicators P. 86 Gauges and Displays P. 106
2 Controls P. 131 Clock P. 132 Locking and Unlocking the Doors P. 134 Windows P. 164 Panoramic Roof P. 167 Seats P. 194
2 Features P. 243 Audio System P. 244 Audio System Basic Operation P. 250 Customized Features P. 351 HomeLink Universal Transceiver P. 380 CabinTalk* P. 421
2 Driving P. 423 Before Driving P. 424 Towing a Trailer P. 430 Parking Your Vehicle P. 576 Multi-View Rear Camera* P. 586 Fuel Economy and CO2 Emissions P. 599 Turbo Engine Vehicle* P. 600
2 Maintenance P. 601 Before Performing Maintenance P. 602 Maintenance MinderTM P. 605 Checking and Maintaining Wiper Blades P. 631 Climate Control System Maintenance P. 650 Cleaning P. 651
2 Handling the Unexpected P. 659 Tools P. 660 If a Tire Goes Flat P. 661 Overheating P. 702 Indicator, Coming On/Blinking P. 705 Fuses P. 713 If You Cannot Open the Tailgate P. 726 Refueling P. 727
2 Information P. 729 Specifications P. 730 Identification Numbers P. 734 Emissions Testing P. 737 Warranty Coverages P. 740
Contents
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 5
Child Safety P. 65 Exhaust Gas Hazard P. 82 Safety Labels P. 83
Tailgate P. 151 Security System P. 161 Operating the Switches Around the Steering Wheel P. 170 Mirrors P. 191 Interior Convenience Items P. 212 Climate Control System P. 235
Audio Error Messages P. 324 General Information on the Audio System P. 328 Bluetooth HandsFreeLink P. 383 AcuraLink P. 412
Off-Highway Driving Guidelines P. 441 When Driving P. 443 AcuraWatchTM P. 490 Braking P. 567 Surround View Camera System* P. 588 Refueling P. 596
Maintenance Under the Hood and Cargo Area P. 611 Replacing Light Bulbs P. 629 Checking and Maintaining Tires P. 636 Battery P. 645 Remote Transmitter Care P. 648 Accessories and Modifications P. 656
Handling of the Jack P. 694 Engine Does Not Start P. 695 If the Battery Is Dead P. 699 Emergency Towing P. 724 If You Cannot Unlock the Fuel Fill Door P. 725
Devices that Emit Radio Waves P. 735 Reporting Safety Defects P. 736 Authorized Manuals P. 743 Client Service Information P. 744
Quick Reference Guide P. 6
Safe Driving P. 33
Instrument Panel P. 85
Controls P. 131
Features P. 243
Driving P. 423
Maintenance P. 601
Handling the Unexpected P. 659
Information P. 729
Index P. 745
6
Q u
ick R eferen
ce G u
id e
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 6
Quick Reference Guide
Visual Index
Steering Wheel Adjustments (P190)
ENGINE START/STOP Button (P170)
Audio System (P244)
System Indicators (P86)
Gauges (P106)
Driver Information Interface (P111)
(Vehicle Stability AssistTM (VSA) System OFF) Button (P480)
Parking Sensor System Button* (P579)
Safety Support Switch (P489, 499, 509, 553)
Brightness Control (P185)
Heated Windshield Button* (P184)
Hazard Warning Button
True Touchpad Interface (P251)
Head-Up Display Buttons* (P125)
Audio/Information Screen (P254)
Navigation System* () See the Navigation System Manual
Electric Parking Brake Switch (P567)
Rear Defogger/Heated Door Mirror Button (P184)Front Seat Heater Buttons (P231)Front Seat Ventilation Buttons* (P231) Front Seat Massage Quick Buttons* (P233)Climate Control System (P235)
Q u
ick R eferen
ce G u
id e
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 7
Paddle Shifter (Shift down) (P458)
Paddle Shifter (Shift up) (P458)
Voice Control Buttons (P280)
Bluetooth HandsFreeLink System Voice Control Buttons (P383)
Heated Steering Wheel Button* (P230)
Headlights/Turn Signals (P173, 174)
Fog Lights* (P177)
Button (P513)
Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow Buttons (P512)
Right Selector Wheel (P112)
Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS) Button (P531)
Horn (Press an area around .)
Interval Button (P523)
Wipers/Washers (P181)Camera Button* (P589)
Audio Remote Controls (P248)Left Selector Wheel (P127)
* Not available on all models
Visual Index
8
Q u
ick R eferen
ce G u
id e
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 8
Power Window Switches (P165)
Hood Release Handle (P613)
Drivers Side Interior Fuse Box (P716, 717)
Drivers Knee Airbag (P55)
Memory Buttons (P188)
SET Button (P188)
Rearview Mirror (P191)
Drivers Front Airbag (P50)
Passengers Side Interior Fuse Box (P718)
Door Mirror Controls (P192)
Master Door Lock Switch (P149)
Power Tailgate Button (P157)
Passengers Knee Airbag (P55)
HomeLink Buttons (P381)
USB Ports (P245)
Accessory Power Socket (P223)
USB Port (P245)
Wireless Charger (P226)
Glove Box (P215)
Shift Button Electronic Gear Selector (P451)
Dynamic Mode Switch (P459)
Automatic Brake Hold Button (P572) Auto Idle Stop OFF Button (P474)
Passengers Front Airbag (P50)
Q u
ick R eferen
ce G u
id e
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 9
Seat Belts (P39)
Walk Away Close Button* (P155)
Cargo Hook (P220)
Accessory Power Socket (P224)USB Port* (P245)Seat Belt with Detachable Anchor (P44)Side Curtain Airbags (P60)Grab HandleCoat Hook (P219)
Panoramic Roof Switch (P169)
LINK Button (P418)Sun Visors
LATCH to Secure a Child Seat (P70)
Seat Belt (Installing a Child Seat) (P74)Seat Belt to Secure a Child Seat (P76)
Third Row Seat (P203)
Sunshade Switch (P168)Map Lights (P213)Sunglasses Holder (P220)ASSIST Button (P417)
Vanity Mirrors
Tailgate Light (P214)
Accessory Power Socket (P223)
Front Seat (P194)Accessory Power Socket (P224)USB Ports (P245)AC Power Outlet* (P225)Side Airbags (P58)Second Row Seat (P199)
* Not available on all models
Visual Index
10
Q u
ick R eferen
ce G u
id e
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 10
How to Refuel (P597)
High-Mount Brake Light (P630)
Back-Up Lights/Taillights (P630)
Maintenance Under the Hood (P611)
Windshield Wipers (P181, 631)
Tires (P636, 661)
Power Door Mirrors (P192)
Headlights (P174, 629)
Front Side Marker Lights (P174, 629)
Front Turn Signal/Parking Lights (P173, 629)
Fog Lights* (P177, 629)
Side Turn Signal Lights (P173, 629)
Door Lock/Unlock Control (P137)
Rear Wiper (P183)
Opening/Closing the Tailgate (P152)
Brake Lights/Taillights/Rear Turn Signal Lights/Rear Side Marker Lights (P630)
Multi-View Rear Camera* (P586) Tailgate Outer Handle (P152)
Surround View Camera System* (P588)
Q u
ick R eferen
ce G u
id e
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 11
Auto Idle Stop Function To improve fuel economy, the engine stops and then restarts as detailed below. When Auto Idle Stop is on, the Auto Idle Stop indicator (green) comes on. (P473)
At Automatic transmission Engine status
Deceleration
Stop
Start-up
Automatic Brake Hold Off (P572) Automatic Brake Hold On (P572)
Depress the brake pedal. On
Keep the brake pedal depressed.
U.S. Canada
With the automatic brake hold system activated, you can release the brake pedal when the (Green) indicator comes on.
Off
Release the brake pedal. With the automatic brake hold system activated, depress the accelerator pedal.
Restarting
* Not available on all models
12
Q u
ick R eferen
ce G u
id e
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 12
Safe Driving (P33)
Airbags (P47)
Your vehicle is fitted with airbags to help protect you and your passengers during a moderate-to-severe collision.
Child Safety (P65)
All children 12 and younger should be seated in the rear seat. Smaller children should be properly restrained in a forward-facing child seat. Infants must be properly restrained in a rear-facing child seat.
Exhaust Gas Hazard (P82)
Your vehicle emits dangerous exhaust gases that contain carbon monoxide. Do not run the engine in confined spaces where carbon monoxide gas can accumulate.
Before Driving Checklist (P38)
Before driving, check that the front seats, head restraints, steering wheel, and mirrors have been properly adjusted.
Seat Belts (P39)
Fasten your seat belt and sit upright well back in the seat.
Check that your passengers are wearing their seat belts correctly.
Fasten your lap belt as low as possible.
Q u
ick R eferen
ce G u
id e
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 13
Instrument Panel (P85)
Indicators (P86)/Gauges (P106)/Driver Information Interface (P111)/Head- Up Display* (P125)
Different gauges will display based on the Integrated Dynamics System mode. Selecting the Dynamic Mode (P460) You can change to your preferred Integrated Dynamics System Mode gauge modes in INDIVIDUAL Mode.
Customizing the INDIVIDUAL Settings (P465) You can change the gauge layout. Gauge Layout (P117)
Fuel Gauge (P106)
Tachometer (P106) Power Monitor* (P109) Turbo Meter* (P110)
Speedometer (P106)
Gear Position Indicator (P91)
M (sequential mode) Indicator/Sequential Mode Gear Selection Indicator (P91)
Temperature Gauge (P107)
Head-Up Display* (P125)
Driver Information Interface (Right Side Area) (P111)
Driver Information Interface (Left Side Area) (P111)
Outside Temperature (P107)
Odometer (P107)
Dynamic Lift Mode Indicator* (P98)
* Not available on all models
14
Q u
ick R eferen
ce G u
id e
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 14
Controls (P131)
Clock (P132)
The clock is automatically updated through the audio system.
You can adjust the time using the A-zone touchpad.
a Press the (home) button.
b Select Settings.
c Select System.
d Select Date & Time.
e Select Set Date & Time.
f Select Automatic Date & Time.
g Select Off.
h Select Set Date or Set Time.
i Select (+/ (- to adjust the dates, hours and minutes.
j Press the (back) button to set the date or time.
ENGINE START/STOP Button (P170)
Press the button to change the vehicles power mode.
Turn Signals (P173)
Lights (P174)
Turn Signal Control Lever
Light Control Switches
Low Beam
High Beam
Flashing
Q u
ick R eferen
ce G u
id e
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 15
Wipers and Washers (P181)
*1:Models with automatic intermittent wipers
*2:Models without automatic intermittent wipers
Wiper/Washer Control Lever MIST OFF AUTO*1: Wiper speed varies automatically INT*2: Low speed with intermittent LO: Low speed wipe HI: High speed wipe
Pull toward you to spray washer fluid.
Adjustment Ring (-: Low Sensitivity*1
: Lower speed, fewer sweeps*2
(+: High Sensitivity*1
: Higher speed, more sweeps*2
AUTO should always be turned OFF before the following situations in order to prevent severe damage to the wiper system: Cleaning the windshield Driving through a car wash No rain present
Steering Wheel (P190)
To adjust, push and hold the adjustment switch to move the steering wheel to the desired position.
Models with automatic intermittent wipers
Pull either front door inner handle to unlock and open it at the same time.
15
16
Q u
ick R eferen
ce G u
id e
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 16
Tailgate (P 151)
Press the tailgate outer handle to unlock and open the tailgate when you carry the keyless access remote.
Press and hold the power tailgate button on the drivers door or the remote transmitter to open and close the power tailgate.
Outer Handle
Use a forward and back kicking motion under the center of the rear bumper to open or close the power tailgate while carrying the keyless access remote.
Models with hands free access
1 sec.
Power Door Mirrors (P 192)
With the power mode in ON, move the selector switch to L or R.
Push the appropriate edge of the adjustment switch to adjust the mirror.
Press the folding button to fold in and out the door mirrors.
Models with folding button
Selector Switch
Adjustment Switch
Folding Button*
Q u
ick R eferen
ce G u
id e
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 17
Power Windows (P 164)
With the power mode in ON, open and close the power windows.
If the power window lock button is in the off position, each passengers window can be opened and closed with its own switch.
If the power window lock button is in the on position (indicator is on), each passengers window switch is disabled.
Power Window Lock Button
Window Switches
Indicator
* Not available on all models
18
Q u
ick R eferen
ce G u
id e
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 18
Climate Control System (P235)
Press the AUTO button to activate the climate control system. Press the button to turn the system on or off. Press the button to defrost the windshield.
Floor and windshield defroster vents
Floor vents
Dashboard and floor vents, and back of the console compartment
Dashboard vents and back of the console compartment
AUTO Button
Passengers Side Temperature Control Switch
(ON/OFF) Button
(Windshield Defroster) ButtonSYNC (Synchronization)
Button
Fan Control Buttons
Drivers Side Temperature Control Switch
MODE Control Button
A/C (Air Conditioning) Button
(Recirculation) Button
REAR LOCK Button
REAR SETTINGS Button
Rear Climate Control (P239) Press the rear AUTO button to activate
the rear climate control system. Press the button to turn the system
on or off.
Rear Temperature Control Buttons
Rear Fan Control Buttons
Rear AUTO Button
(ON/OFF) Button
MODE Control Button
Rear floor vents
Back of the console compartment and floor vents
Back of the console compartment vents
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 19
Features (P243)
Q u
ick R eferen
ce G u
id e
Audio Remote Controls (P 248)
VOL (+/VOL (- (Volume) Switch Press up or down to adjust the volume.
(Power) Button Press to turn the audio system on and off.
Left Selector Wheel When selecting the audio mode Press the APPS button, then roll up or down to select an item on the driver information interface or the head-up display*, and then press the left selector wheel.
Left Selector Wheel
APPS Button
VOL (+/VOL (- (Volume) Switch
(Power) Button
Roll up or down: To cycle through the following items, roll up or down and then press the left selector wheel:
You can add or remove the items and change their order on the driver information interface or the head-up display*.
Navigation*
Phone
Audio Modes (Apple Carplay, Android Auto,
Alexa, Social Playlist, FM Radio, USB Audio, etc)
Select Driving View*
Customize Apps
When listening to the radio Move to a side to change the favorite radio station or channel.
When listening to an iPod, USB flash drive, Bluetooth Audio, or Smartphone Connection Move to a side to skip to the beginning of the next song or return to the beginning of the current or previous song.
* Not available on all models
20
Q u
ick R eferen
ce G u
id e
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 20
Audio System (P 250)
(Home) Button (Cards List) Button
(Back) Button
Audio/Information Screen
For navigation system operation () See the Navigation System Manual
A-Zone Touchpad
/ (Seek/Skip) Button
VOL (Volume/Power) Knob
B-Zone Touchpad
Q u
ick R eferen
ce G u
id e
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 21
Driving (P423)
Automatic Transmission (P451)
Select (P and depress the brake pedal when starting the engine.
Park Press the (P button. Used when parking or starting the engine. Transmission is locked.
Reverse Pull back the (R button. Used when reversing.
Neutral Press the (N button. Transmission is not locked.
Drive/S Position Each time you press the button, the mode switches between Drive and S Position mode.
Normal driving (gears change between 1st and 10th automatically)
Temporarily driving in the sequential mode
Automatically changing gears between 1st and 8th (8th gear is used only at high speed)
Driving in the sequential mode
D/S
Driving
S Position
Gear Position Indicator The gear position indicator and the shift button indicator indicate the current gear selection.
Gear Position Indicator
Shift Button Indicator
Shifting
21
22
Q u
ick R eferen
ce G u
id e
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 22
Sequential Mode (P457) Paddle shifters allow you to shift gears much like a manual transmission (1st through 10th). This is useful for engine braking.
When the transmission is in (D The transmission will shift back to
automatic mode once the system detects that the vehicle is cruising.
When the transmission is in (S Holds the selected gear, and the
M (sequential mode) indicator comes on.
The sequential mode gear selection is shown in the instrument panel.
Gear Position Indicator
Shift Down (- Paddle Shifter
Shift Up (+ Paddle Shifter
Selected Gear Number
M Indicator
Q u
ick R eferen
ce G u
id e
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 23
VSA On and Off (P480)
The Vehicle Stability AssistTM (VSA) system helps stabilize the vehicle during cornering and helps maintain traction while accelerating on loose or slippery road surfaces.
VSA comes on automatically every time you start the engine.
To partially disable or fully restore VSA function, press and hold the button until you hear a beep.
CMBSTM On and Off (P499)
When a possible frontal collision is likely unavoidable, the CMBSTM can help you to reduce the vehicle speed and the severity of the collision.
The CMBSTM is turned on every time you start the engine.
To turn the CMBSTM on or off, use the safety support switch.
Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) with Tire Fill Assist (P483, 711)
The TPMS monitors tire pressure. TPMS is turned on automatically every time you start the engine. TPMS fill assist provides audible and visual guidance during tire pressure adjustment.
Refueling (P596)
a Unlock the drivers door. 2 Locking/Unlocking
the Doors from the Inside (P147)
b Press on the edge of the fuel fill door to make it pop up slightly.
c After refueling, wait for about five seconds before removing the filler nozzle.
Fuel recommendation: Unleaded premium gasoline, pump octane number 91 or higher
Fuel tank capacity: 18.5 US gal (70.0 L)
Wait for five seconds
23
24
Q u
ick R eferen
ce G u
id e
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 24
AcuraWatchTM (P490)
AcuraWatchTM is a driver support system which employs the use of two distinctly different kinds of sensors, a radar sensor located behind the emblem, and a front sensor camera mounted to the interior side of the windshield, behind the rearview mirror.
AcuraWatchTM is a driver support system which employs the use of three distinctly different kinds of sensors, a radar sensor located behind the emblem, a front sensor camera mounted to the interior side of the windshield, behind the rearview mirror, and the sonar sensors located in the front and rear bumpers.
Models without Low Speed Braking Control
Models with Low Speed Braking Control
All models
The camera is located behind the rearview mirror.
The radar sensor is behind the emblem.
Front Sensor Camera
Radar Sensor
Models with Low Speed Braking Control
Sonar Sensors
Collision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM) (P495)
The system can assist you when it determines there is a possibility of your vehicle colliding with a vehicle or a pedestrian detected in front of your vehicle. The CMBSTM is designed to alert you when the potential for a collision is determined, as well as to reduce your vehicle speed to help minimize collision severity when a collision is deemed unavoidable.
Low Speed Braking Control* (P506)
Using sonar sensors located on the front and rear bumpers, this system detects if there is danger of a potential collision with a wall or other obstacle during normal driving or when the accelerator pedal is depressed with too much force. The system then assists in avoiding collisions and reducing damage from impact through assistive braking and/ or assistive driving power suppression.
Q u
ick R eferen
ce G u
id e
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 25
Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (P512)
Helps maintain a constant vehicle speed and a set following-interval behind a vehicle detected ahead of yours and, if the detected vehicle comes to a stop, can decelerate and stop your vehicle, without you having to keep your foot on the brake or the accelerator.
Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS) (P529)
Provides steering input to help keep the vehicle in the middle of a detected lane and provides tactile and visual alerts if the vehicle is detected drifting out of its lane.
Road Departure Mitigation System (P550)
Alerts and helps to assist you when the system detects a possibility of your vehicle unintentionally crossing over detected lane markings and/or leaving the roadway altogether.
Traffic Jam Assist (P 538)
The Traffic Jam Assist system uses a radar sensor mounted behind the emblem and a camera mounted to the interior side of the windshield, behind the rearview mirror to detect and monitor left and right white or yellow traffic lane lines as well as any vehicle ahead. Based on inputs from the radar sensor and camera, the system can adjust the speed of your vehicle to maintain a set interval between your vehicle and the one detected ahead. It also can apply steering torque to keep your vehicle in the center of the detected lane when you are driving in heavy traffic.
Traffic Sign Recognition System (P 556)
Reminds you of road sign information, of the current speed limit your vehicle has just passed through, showing it on the driver information interface and the head-up display*.
* Not available on all models
26
Q u
ick R eferen
ce G u
id e
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 26
Maintenance (P601)
Under the Hood (P611)
Check engine oil, engine coolant, and windshield washer fluid. Add when necessary.
Check brake fluid.
Check the battery condition monthly.
a Pull the hood release handle under the corner of the dashboard.
b Locate the hood latch lever, push it to the side, and then raise the hood. Once you have raised the hood slightly, you can release the lever.
c When finished, close the hood and make sure it is firmly locked in place.
3.5 L engine models
Lights (P629)
Inspect all lights regularly.
Wiper Blades (P631)
Replace blades if they leave streaks across the windshield or become noisy.
Tires (P636)
Inspect tires and wheels regularly. Check tire pressures regularly. Install snow tires for winter
driving.
Q u
ick R eferen
ce G u
id e
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 27
Under the Cargo Area (P612)
Check the battery condition monthly.
3.0 L engine models
27
28
Q u
ick R eferen
ce G u
id e
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 28
Handling the Unexpected (P659)
Flat Tire (P661)
Park in a safe location and repair the flat tire using the tire repair kit.
Park in a safe location and replace the flat tire with the compact spare tire located under the cargo area.
Indicators Come On (P705)
Identify the indicator and consult the owners manual.
Models with tire repair kit
Models with a compact spare tire
Engine Wont Start (P695)
If the battery is dead, jump start using a booster battery.
Blown Fuse (P713)
Check for a blown fuse if an electrical device does not operate.
Overheating (P702)
Park in a safe location. If you do not see steam under the hood, open the hood, and let the engine cool down.
Emergency Towing (P724)
Call a professional towing service if you need to tow your vehicle.
Q u
ick R eferen
ce G u
id e
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 29
What to Do If Why does the brake pedal pulsate slightly when applying the brakes?
This can occur when the ABS activates and does not indicate a problem. Apply firm, steady pressure on the brake pedal. Never pump the brake pedal.
2 Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) (P574)
The rear door cannot be opened from inside the vehicle. Why?
Check if the childproof lock is in the lock position. If so, open the rear door with the outside door handle. To cancel this function, slide the lever up to the unlock position.
Why do the doors lock after I unlocked the doors?
If you do not open the doors within 30 seconds, the doors are relocked automatically for security.
Why does the beeper sound when I open the drivers door?
The beeper sounds when: The power mode is in ACCESSORY. The exterior lights are left on. Auto Idle Stop is in operation.
29
30
Q u
ick R eferen
ce G u
id e
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 30
Why does a beeper sound when I walk away from the vehicle after I close the door?
The beeper sounds if you move outside the walk away auto lock operating range before the door completely closes.
2 Locking the doors and tailgate (Walk away auto lock) (P140)
Why does the beeper sound when I start driving?
The beeper sounds when the driver and/or front passenger are not wearing their seat belts.
Pulling the electric parking brake switch does not release the parking brake. Why?
Pull the electric parking brake switch with the brake pedal depressed.
Im seeing an amber indicator of a tire with an exclamation point. What is that?
The Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) needs attention. Check tire pressure.
2 If the Low Tire Pressure/TPMS Indicator Comes On or Blinks (P711)
Depressing the accelerator pedal does not release the parking brake automatically. Why?
Fasten the drivers seat belt. Check if the transmission is in (P or (N. If so, select any other
position.
Q u
ick R eferen
ce G u
id e
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 31
Why does the gear position automatically change to (P when I open the drivers door to check for parking space lines when reversing?
Fasten the drivers seat belt. Close the drivers door and manually change the gear
position. 2 When opening the drivers door (P454)
Why do I hear a screeching sound when I apply the brake pedal?
The brake pads may need to be replaced. Have your vehicle inspected by a dealer.
Unleaded gasoline with a Pump Octane Number (PON) of 91 or higher is recommended. Is it possible to use unleaded gasoline with a Pump Octane Number (PON) of 87 or lower on this vehicle?
Use of a lower octane gasoline can cause occasional metallic knocking noise in the engine and will result in decreased engine performance. Use of a gasoline with a pump octane less than 87 can lead to engine damage.
31
32
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 32
lank.
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 33
Safe Driving
You can find many safety recommendations throughout this chapter, and throughout this manual.
For Safe Driving Important Safety Precautions.............. 34 Important Handling Information......... 36 Your Vehicles Safety Features............ 37 Safety Checklist ................................. 38
Seat Belts About Your Seat Belts ........................ 39 Fastening a Seat Belt .......................... 42 Seat Belt Inspection............................ 46
Airbags Airbag System Components............... 47 Types of Airbags ................................ 50 Front Airbags (SRS) ............................ 50 Knee Airbags ..................................... 55 Side Airbags....................................... 58 Side Curtain Airbags .......................... 60 Airbag System Indicators.................... 61 Airbag Care ....................................... 64
Child Safety Protecting Child Passengers ............... 65 Safety of Infants and Small Children .. 67 Safety of Larger Children ................... 80
Exhaust Gas Hazard Carbon Monoxide Gas....................... 82
Safety Labels Label Locations .................................. 83
33
34
Safe D rivin
g
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 34
For Safe Driving
1Important Safety Precautions
Some states, provinces and territories prohibit the use of cell phones other than hands-free devices by the driver while driving.
The following pages explain your vehicles safety features and how to use them properly. The safety precautions below are ones that we consider to be among the most important.
Important Safety Precautions Always wear your seat belt A seat belt is your best protection in all types of collisions. Airbags are designed to supplement seat belts, not replace them. So even though your vehicle is equipped with airbags, make sure you and your passengers always wear your seat belts, and wear them properly.
Restrain all children Children ages 12 and under should ride properly restrained in a back seat, not the front seat. Infants and small children should be restrained in a child seat. Larger children should use a booster seat and a lap/shoulder seat belt until they can use the belt properly without a booster seat.
Be aware of airbag hazards While airbags can save lives, they can cause serious or fatal injuries to occupants who sit too close to them, or are not properly restrained. Infants, young children, and short adults are at the greatest risk. Be sure to follow all instructions and warnings in this manual.
Dont drink and drive Alcohol and driving dont mix. Even one drink can reduce your ability to respond to changing conditions, and your reaction time gets worse with every additional drink. So dont drink and drive, and dont let your friends drink and drive, either.
uuFor Safe Drivingu Important Safety Precautions Safe D
rivin g
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 35
Pay appropriate attention to the task of driving safely Engaging in cell phone conversation or other activities that keep you from paying close attention to the road, other vehicles, and pedestrians could lead to a crash. Remember, situations can change quickly, and only you can decide when it is safe to divert some attention away from driving.
Control your speed Excessive speed is a major factor in crash injuries and deaths. Generally, the higher the speed, the greater the risk, but serious injuries can also occur at lower speeds. Never drive faster than is safe for current conditions, regardless of the maximum speed posted.
Keep your vehicle in safe condition Having a tire blowout or a mechanical failure can be extremely hazardous. To reduce the possibility of such problems, check your tire pressures and condition frequently, and perform all regularly scheduled maintenance.
Do not leave children unattended in the vehicle Children, pets, and people needing assistance left unattended in the vehicle may be injured if they activate one or more of the vehicle controls. They may also cause the vehicle to move, resulting in a crash in which they and/or another person(s) can be injured or killed. Also, depending on the ambient temperature, the temperature of the interior may reach extreme levels, which can result in harm or death. Even if the climate control system is on, never leave them in the vehicle unattended as the climate control system can shut off at any time.
35
36
uuFor Safe Drivingu Important Handling Information
Safe D rivin
g
1Important Handling Information
For information on how to reduce the risk of rollover, read:
2 Driving Guidelines for Your Utility Vehicle P. 449
2 Off-Highway Driving Guidelines P. 441 Failure to operate your vehicle correctly might result in a crash or a rollover.
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 36
Important Handling Information Your vehicle has higher ground clearance than a passenger vehicle designed for use only on pavement. Higher ground clearance has many advantages for off-highway driving. It allows you to travel over bumps, obstacles, and rough terrain. It also provides good visibility so you can anticipate problems earlier.
These advantages come at some cost. Because your vehicle is taller and rides higher off the ground, it has a higher center gravity making it more susceptible to tipping or rollover if you make abrupt turns. Utility vehicles have a significantly higher rollover rate than other types of vehicles. In a rollover crash, an unbelted person is significantly more likely to die than a person wearing a seat belt. As a reminder, make sure you and your passengers always wear seat belts.
uuFor Safe DrivinguYour Vehicles Safety Features Safe D
rivin g
1Your Vehicles Safety Features
Your vehicle is equipped with many features that work together to help protect you and your passengers during a crash.
Some features do not require any action on your part. These include a strong steel framework that forms a safety cage around the passenger compartment, front and rear crush zones, a collapsible steering column, and tensioners that tighten the front and second row outer seat belts in a sufficient crash.
However, you and your passengers cannot take full advantage of these features unless you remain seated in the correct position and always wear your seat belts. In fact, some safety features can contribute to injuries if they are not used properly.
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 37
Your Vehicles Safety Features
The following checklist will help you take an active role in protecting yourself and your passengers.
6
7
8
9
10
12
Safety Cage Crush Zones Seats and Seat-Backs Head Restraints Collapsible Steering Column Seat Belts Front Airbags
Side Curtain Airbags Door Locks
Side Airbags
11
Seat Belt Tensioners
Knee Airbags
10106
11
7
8
12
11
12
9789
37
38
uuFor Safe DrivinguSafety Checklist
Safe D rivin
g
1Safety Checklist
If the door and/or tailgate open message appears on the driver information interface, a door and/or the tailgate is not completely closed. Close all doors and the tailgate tightly until the message disappears.
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 38
Safety Checklist For the safety of you and your passengers, make a habit of checking these items each time before you drive. After everyone has entered the vehicle, be sure all doors and the tailgate are
closed and locked. Locking the doors and the tailgate helps prevent an occupant from being ejected and an outsider from unexpectedly opening a door or the tailgate.
2 Locking/Unlocking the Doors from the Inside P. 147
Adjust your seat to a position suitable for driving. Be sure the front seats are adjusted as far to the rear as possible while allowing the driver to control the vehicle. Sitting too close to a front airbag can result in serious or fatal injury in a crash.
2 Seats P. 194
Adjust head restraints to the proper position. Head restraints are most effective when the center of the head restraint aligns with the center of your head. Taller persons should adjust their head restraint to the highest position.
2 Adjusting the Front and Second Row Outer Head Restraint Positions P. 206
Always wear your seat belt, and make sure you wear it properly. Confirm that any passengers are properly belted as well.
2 Fastening a Seat Belt P. 42
Protect children by using seat belts or child seats according to a childs age, height, and weight.
2 Child Safety P. 65
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 39
Seat Belts
rivin g
1About Your Seat Belts
If you extend the seat belt too quickly, it will lock in place. If this happens, slightly retract the seat belt, then extend it slowly.
Seat belts cannot completely protect you in every crash. But in most cases, seat belts can reduce your risk of serious injury.
Most states and all Canadian provinces and territories require you to wear seat belts.
3WARNING Not wearing a seat belt properly increases the chance of serious injury or death in a crash, even though your vehicle has airbags.
Be sure you and your passengers always wear seat belts and wear them properly.
About Your Seat Belts Seat belts are the single most effective safety device because they keep you connected to the vehicle so that you can take advantage of many built-in safety features. They also help keep you from being thrown against the inside of the vehicle, against any passengers, or out of the vehicle. When worn properly, seat belts also keep your body properly positioned in a crash so that you can take full advantage of the additional protection provided by the airbags.
In addition, seat belts help protect you in almost every type of crash, including: - frontal impacts - side impacts - rear impacts - rollovers
Lap/shoulder seat belts All seven seating positions are equipped with lap/shoulder seat belts with emergency locking retractors. In normal driving, the retractor lets you move freely while keeping some tension on the belt. During a collision or sudden stop, the retractor locks to restrain your body.
The front passengers, second row and third row seat belts also have a lockable retractor for use with child seats.
2 Installing a Child Seat with a Lap/Shoulder Seat Belt P. 74
39Continued
uuSeat BeltsuAbout Your Seat Belts
40
Safe D rivin
g
1About Your Seat Belts
If a rear seat passenger moves around and extends the seat belt, the lockable retractor may activate. If this happens, release the retractor by unfastening the seat belt and allow the belt to retract completely. Then, refasten the belt.
1Seat Belt Reminder
The indicator will also come on if a front passenger does not fasten their seat belt within six seconds after the power mode is set to ON.
When no one is sitting in the front passengers seat, the indicator will not come on and the beeper will not sound. The indicator also may not come on and the beeper may not sound when the occupant is not heavy enough to trigger the weight sensor. Such occupants (e.g., infants and smaller children) should be moved to the rear seat as a deploying front airbag likely will injure or kill them.
2 Protecting Child Passengers P. 65
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 40
Proper use of seat belts Follow these guidelines for proper use: All occupants should sit upright, well back in the seat, and remain in that position
for the duration of the trip. Slouching and leaning reduce the effectiveness of the belt and can increase the chance of serious injury in a crash.
Never place the shoulder part of a lap/shoulder seat belt under your arm or behind your back. This could cause very serious injuries in a crash.
Two people should never use the same seat belt. If they do, they could be very seriously injured in a crash.
Do not put any accessories on the seat belts. Devices intended to improve comfort or reposition the shoulder part of a seat belt can reduce the protective capability and increase the chance of serious injury in a crash.
The seat belt system includes an indicator on the instrument panel to remind the driver or a front passenger or both to fasten their seat belts. If you set the power mode to ON and a seat belt is not fastened, a beeper will sound and the indicator will blink. After a few seconds, the beeper will stop and the indicator will come on and remain illuminated until the seat belt is fastened.
The beeper will periodically sound and the indicator will blink while the vehicle is moving until the seat belt is fastened.
Seat Belt Reminder
uuSeat BeltsuAbout Your Seat Belts Safe D
rivin g
1Automatic Seat Belt Tensioners
The seat belt tensioners can only operate once. If a tensioner is activated, the SRS indicator will come on. Have a dealer replace the tensioner and thoroughly inspect the seat belt system as it may not offer protection in a subsequent crash.
During a moderate-to-severe side impact, the tensioner on that side of the vehicle also activates.
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 41
The front seats and the second row outer seats are equipped with automatic seat belt tensioners to enhance safety.
The tensioners automatically tighten the front seat belts and the second row outer seat belts during a moderate-to-severe frontal collision, sometimes even if the collision is not severe enough to inflate the front airbags or the drivers and passengers knee airbags.
Automatic Seat Belt Tensioners
41
42
uuSeat BeltsuFastening a Seat Belt
Safe D rivin
g
1Fastening a Seat Belt
No one should sit in a seat with an inoperative seat belt or one that does not appear to be working correctly. Using a seat belt that is not working properly may not protect the occupant in a crash. Have a dealer check the belt as soon as possible.
Never insert any foreign objects into the buckle or retractor mechanism.
If the seat belt appears to be locked in a fully retracted position, firmly pull out on the shoulder belt once, then push it back in. Then, smoothly pull it out of the retractor and fasten. If you are unable to release the seat belt from a fully retracted position, do not allow anyone to sit in the seat, and take your vehicle to a dealer for repair.
2 About Your Seat Belts P. 39 2 Seat Belt Inspection P. 46
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 42
Fastening a Seat Belt After adjusting a front seat to the proper position, and while sitting upright and well back in the seat:
2 Seats P. 194
1. Pull the seat belt out slowly.
2. Insert the latch plate into the buckle, then tug on the belt to make sure the buckle is secure. u Make sure that the belt is not twisted or
caught on anything.
Pull out slowly.
Correct Seated Posture.
Latch Plate
Buckle
uuSeat BeltsuFastening a Seat Belt Safe D
rivin g
1Fastening a Seat Belt
To release the belt, push the red PRESS button and then guide the belt by hand until it has retracted completely. When exiting the vehicle, be sure the belt is properly stowed so that it will not get caught in the closing door.
3WARNING Improperly positioning the seat belts can cause serious injury or death in a crash.
Make sure all seat belts are properly positioned before driving.
1Adjusting the Shoulder Anchor
The shoulder anchor height can be adjusted to four levels. If the belt contacts your neck, lower the height one level at a time.
After an adjustment, make sure that the shoulder anchor position is secure.
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 43
3. Position the lap part of the belt as low as possible across your hips, then pull up on the shoulder part of the belt so the lap part fits snugly. This lets your strong pelvic bones take the force of a crash and reduces the chance of internal injuries.
4. If necessary, pull up on the belt again to remove any slack, then check that the belt rests across the center of your chest and over your shoulder. This spreads the forces of a crash over the strongest bones in your upper body.
The front seats have adjustable shoulder anchors to accommodate taller and shorter occupants.
1. Move the anchor up and down while holding the release button.
2. Position the anchor so that the belt rests across the center of your chest and over your shoulder.
Lap belt as low as possible
Adjusting the Shoulder Anchor
Push
Continued 43
uuSeat BeltsuFastening a Seat Belt
44
Safe D rivin
g
1Seat Belt with Detachable Anchor
To unlatch the detachable anchor, insert the latch plate into the slot on the side of the anchor buckle.
3WARNING Using the seat belt with the detachable anchor unlatched increases the chance of serious injury or death in a crash.
Before using the seat belt, make sure the detachable anchor is correctly latched.
Small Latch PlateLatch Plate
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 44
1. Pull out the seat belts small latch plate and the latch plate from each holding slot in the ceiling.
2. Line up the triangle marks on the small latch plate and anchor buckle. Make sure the seat belt is not twisted. Attach the belt to the anchor buckle.
3. Insert the latch plate into the buckle. Properly fasten the seat belt the same way you fasten the lap/shoulder seat belt.
Seat Belt with Detachable Anchor
Small Latch Plate
Latch Plate
Small Latch Plate
Anchor Buckle
Latch Plate
Buckle
uuSeat BeltsuFastening a Seat Belt Safe D
rivin g
1Advice for Pregnant Women
Each time you have a checkup, ask your doctor if it is okay for you to drive.
To reduce the risk of injuries to both you and your unborn child that can be caused by an inflating front airbag: When driving, sit upright and adjust the seat as far
back as possible while allowing full control of the vehicle.
When sitting in the front passengers seat, adjust the seat as far back as possible.
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 45
If you are pregnant, the best way to protect yourself and your unborn child when driving or riding in a vehicle is to always wear a seat belt and keep the lap part of the belt as low as possible across the hips.
Advice for Pregnant Women
Wear the shoulder belt across the chest avoiding the abdomen.
Wear the lap part of the belt as low as possible across the hips.
45
46
uuSeat BeltsuSeat Belt Inspection
Safe D rivin
g
1Seat Belt Inspection
3WARNING Not checking or maintaining seat belts can result in serious injury or death if the seat belts do not work properly when needed.
Check your seat belts regularly and have any problem corrected as soon as possible.
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 46
Seat Belt Inspection Regularly check the condition of your seat belts as follows:
Pull each belt out fully, and look for frays, cuts, burns, and wear. Check that the latch plates and buckles work smoothly and the belts retract
easily. u If a belt does not retract easily, cleaning the belt may correct the problem. Only
use a mild soap and warm water. Do not use bleach or cleaning solvents. Make sure the belt is completely dry before allowing it to retract.
Any belt that is not in good condition or working properly will not provide proper protection and should be replaced as soon as possible. A belt that has been worn during a crash may not provide the same level of protection in a subsequent crash. Have your seat belts inspected by a dealer after any collision.
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 47
Airbags
rivin g
6
9
6
Airbag System Components
10
9
6
9 11 9
7
6
13
13
12
8
47Continued
48
uuAirbagsuAirbag System Components
Safe D rivin
g
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 48
The front, drivers knee, front passengers knee, side, and side curtain airbags are deployed according to the direction and severity of impact. Both side curtain airbags are deployed in a rollover. The airbag system includes:
aTwo SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) front airbags. The drivers airbag is stored in the center of the steering wheel; the front passengers airbag is stored in the dashboard. Both are marked SRS AIRBAG.
bTwo knee airbags. The drivers knee airbag is stored under the steering column; the front passengers knee airbag is stored under the glove box. Both are marked SRS AIRBAG.
cTwo side airbags, one for the driver and one for the front passenger. The airbags are stored in the outer edges of the seat- backs. Both are marked SIDE AIRBAG.
d Two side curtain airbags, one for each side of the vehicle. The airbags are stored in the ceiling, above the side windows. The front and rear pillars are marked SIDE CURTAIN AIRBAG.
eAn electronic control unit that, when the power mode is in ON, continually monitors information about the various impact sensors, seat and buckle sensors, rollover sensor, airbag activators, seat belt tensioners, and other vehicle information. During a crash event the unit can record such information.
fAutomatic seat belt tensioners for the front seats and the second row outer seats. In addition, the drivers and front passengers seat belt buckles incorporate sensors that detect whether or not the belts are fastened.
gDrivers seat position sensor. This sensor detects the drivers seat slide position to help determine the optimal deployment of the drivers airbag.
hWeight sensors in the front passengers seat. The sensors are used for occupant classification to activate or deactivate the front passengers airbag.
i Impact sensors that can detect a moderate-to-severe front or side impact.
jAn indicator on the dashboard that alerts you that the front passengers front airbag has been turned off.
kAn indicator on the instrument panel that alerts you to a possible problem with your airbag system or seat belt tensioners.
lA rollover sensor that can detect if your vehicle is about to roll over and signal the control unit to deploy both side curtain airbags.
mPressure sensors inside each front door that control side airbag deployment.
uuAirbagsuAirbag System Components Safe D
rivin g
1Important Facts About Your Airbags
Do not attempt to deactivate your airbags. Together, airbags and seat belts provide the best protection.
When driving, keep hands and arms out of the deployment path of the front airbag by holding each side of the steering wheel. Do not cross an arm over the airbag cover.
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 49
Airbags can pose serious hazards. To do their job, airbags must inflate with tremendous force. So, while airbags help save lives, they can cause burns, bruises, and other minor injuries, sometimes even fatal ones if occupants are not wearing their seat belts properly and sitting correctly.
What you should do: Always wear your seat belt properly and sit upright and as far back from the steering wheel as possible while allowing full control of the vehicle. A front passenger should move their seat as far back from the dashboard as possible.
Remember, however, that no safety system can prevent all injuries or deaths that can occur in a severe crash, even when seat belts are properly worn and the airbags deploy.
Do not place hard or sharp objects between yourself and a front airbag. Carrying hard or sharp objects on your lap, or driving with a pipe or other sharp object in your mouth, can result in injuries if your front airbag inflates.
Do not attach or place objects on the front, drivers knee and front passengers knee airbag covers. Objects on the covers marked SRS AIRBAG could interfere with the proper operation of the airbags or be propelled inside the vehicle and hurt someone if the airbags inflate.
Important Facts About Your Airbags
49
50
uuAirbagsuTypes of Airbags
Safe D rivin
g
1Types of Airbags
The airbags can inflate whenever the power mode is in ON.
After an airbag inflates in a crash, you may see a small amount of smoke. This is from the combustion process of the inflator material and is not harmful. People with respiratory problems may experience some temporary discomfort. If this occurs, get out of the vehicle as soon as it is safe to do so.
1Front Airbags (SRS)
During a frontal crash severe enough to cause one or both front airbags to deploy, the airbags can inflate at different rates, depending on the severity of the crash, whether or not the seat belts are latched, and/ or other factors. Frontal airbags are designed to supplement the seat belts to help reduce the likelihood of head and chest injuries in frontal crashes.
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 50
Types of Airbags Your vehicle is equipped with four types of airbags: Front airbags: Airbags in front of the drivers and front passengers seats. Knee airbags: Airbags under the steering column and under the glove box. Side airbags: Airbags in the drivers and front passengers seat-backs. Side curtain airbags: Airbags above the side windows. Each is discussed in the following pages.
Front Airbags (SRS) The front SRS airbags inflate in a moderate-to-severe frontal collision to help protect the head and chest of the driver and/or front passenger.
SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) indicates that the airbags are designed to supplement seat belts, not replace them. Seat belts are the occupants primary restraint system.
The front airbags are housed in the center of the steering wheel for the driver, and in the dashboard for the front passenger. Both airbags are marked SRS AIRBAG.
Housing Locations
uuAirbagsuFront Airbags (SRS) Safe D
rivin g
1How the Front Airbags Work
Although the drivers and front passengers airbags normally inflate within a split second of each other, it is possible for only one airbag to deploy. This can happen if the severity of a collision is at the margin, or threshold that determines whether or not the airbags will deploy. In such cases, the seat belt will provide sufficient protection, and the supplemental protection offered by the airbag would be minimal.
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 51
Front airbags are designed to inflate during moderate-to-severe frontal collisions. When the vehicle decelerates suddenly, the sensors send information to the control unit which signals one or both front airbags to inflate.
A frontal collision can be either head-on or angled between two vehicles, or when a vehicle crashes into a stationary object, such as a concrete wall.
While your seat belt restrains your torso, the front airbag provides supplemental protection for your head and chest.
The front airbags deflate immediately so that they wont interfere with the drivers visibility or the ability to steer or operate other controls.
The total time for inflation and deflation is so fast that most occupants are not aware that the airbags deployed until they see them lying in front of them.
Operation
How the Front Airbags Work
Continued 51
52
uuAirbagsuFront Airbags (SRS)
Safe D rivin
g
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 52
When front airbags should not deploy Minor frontal crashes: Front airbags were designed to supplement seat belts and help save lives, not to prevent minor scrapes, or even broken bones that might occur during a less than moderate-to-severe frontal crash. Side impacts: Front airbags can provide protection when a sudden deceleration causes a driver or front passenger to move toward the front of the vehicle. Side airbags and side curtain airbags have been specifically designed to help reduce the severity of injuries that can occur during a moderate-to-severe side impact which can cause the driver or passenger to move toward the side of the vehicle. Rear impacts: Head restraints and seat belts are your best protection during a rear impact. Front airbags cannot provide any significant protection and are not designed to deploy in such collisions. Rollovers: In a rollover, your best form of protection is a seat belt or, if your vehicle is equipped with a rollover sensor, both a seat belt and a side curtain airbag. Front airbags, however, are not designed to deploy in a rollover as they would provide little if any protection. When front airbags deploy with little or no visible damage Because the airbag system senses sudden deceleration, a strong impact to the vehicle framework or suspension might cause one or more of the airbags to deploy. Examples include running into a curb, the edge of a hole, or other low fixed object that causes a sudden deceleration in the vehicle chassis. Since the impact is underneath the vehicle, damage may not be readily apparent. When front airbags may not deploy, even though exterior damage
appears severe Since crushable body parts absorb crash energy during an impact, the amount of visible damage does not always indicate proper airbag operation. In fact, some collisions can result in severe damage but no airbag deployment because the airbags would not have been needed or would not have provided protection even if they had deployed.
uuAirbagsuFront Airbags (SRS) Safe D
rivin g
1Advanced Airbags
If there is a problem with the drivers seat position sensor or the passengers seat weight sensors, the SRS indicator will come on, and in the event of a crash, the airbag will deploy (regardless of the drivers seating position or passengers occupant classification) with a force corresponding to the severity of the impact.
2 Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Indicator P. 61
For the advanced front airbags to work properly, confirm that: The occupant is sitting in an upright position,
wearing the seat belt properly and the seat-back is not excessively reclined.
The occupant is not leaning against the door or center console.
The occupants feet are placed on the floor in front of them.
There are no objects hanging from the front passengers seat.
Only small, lightweight objects are in the seat-back pocket.
The steering wheel and passengers side dashboard are not obstructed by any object.
No liquid has been spilled on or under the seat. There is no child seat or other object pressing
against the rear of the seat or seat-back. There is no rear passenger pushing or pulling on
the back of the front passengers seat.
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 53
The airbags have advanced features to help reduce the likelihood of airbag related injuries to smaller occupants.
The drivers advanced airbag system includes a seat position sensor.
Based on information from this sensor and the severity of the impact, the advanced airbag system determines the optimal deployment of the drivers airbag.
The front passengers advanced airbag system has weight sensors. The sensors are used for occupant classification to activate or deactivate the front passengers airbag.
For adult size occupants, the system will automatically activate the front passengers airbag. If a small adult sits in the front passenger seat and the system does not recognize him/her as an adult, see
2 Passenger Airbag Off Indicator P. 62
Advanced Airbags
Drivers Seat Position Sensor
Passengers Seat Weight Sensors
Continued 53
uuAirbagsuFront Airbags (SRS)
54
Safe D rivin
g
1Advanced Airbags
There are no objects placed under or beside the front passengers seat. Improperly positioned objects can interfere with the advanced airbag sensors.
The head restraint is not contacting the roof. 2 Passenger Airbag Off Indicator P. 62
The floor mat behind the front passengers seat is hooked to the floor mat anchor. An improperly placed mat can interfere with the advanced airbag sensors.
2 Floor Mats P. 652
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 54
We advise against allowing a child age 12 or under to ride in the front passengers seat. However, if you do allow a small child or infant to ride in the front passengers seat, the system is designed to automatically deactivate the front passengers airbag. Do not let a small child or infant ride in the front passengers seat if the airbag does not automatically deactivate.
uuAirbagsuKnee Airbags Safe D
rivin g
1Knee Airbags
Do not attach accessories on or near the knee airbags as they can interfere with the proper operation of the airbags, or even hurt someone if the airbags inflate.
The driver and front passenger should not store any items under the seat or behind their feet. The items can interfere with proper airbag deployment in the event of a moderate to severe frontal collision and may result in inadequate protection.
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 55
Knee Airbags The knee SRS airbags inflate in a moderate-to-severe frontal collision to help keep the driver and/or front passenger in the proper position and to help maximize the benefit provided by the vehicles other safety features.
SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) indicates that the airbags are designed to supplement seat belts, not replace them. Seat belts are the occupants primary restraint system.
The knee airbag for the driver and the one for the front passenger are housed under the steering column and the glove box respectively.
Both are marked SRS AIRBAG.
Housing Locations
Housing Location
Housing Location
55Continued
56
uuAirbagsuKnee Airbags
Safe D rivin
g
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 56
The drivers and front passengers knee airbag deploy at the same time as the drivers and front passengers airbag respectively.
Even if the collision is not severe enough to deploy the front airbags, the knee airbags may inflate alone.
Operation
When inflated
Knee Airbag
When inflated
Knee Airbag
uuAirbagsuKnee Airbags Safe D
rivin g
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 57
When knee airbags deploy with little or no visible damage Because the airbag system senses sudden deceleration, a strong impact to the vehicle framework or suspension might cause one or more of the airbags to deploy. Examples include running into a curb, the edge of a hole, or other low fixed object that causes a sudden deceleration in the vehicle chassis. Since the impact is underneath the vehicle, damage may not be readily apparent.
When knee airbags may not deploy, even though exterior damage appears severe
Since crushable body parts absorb crash energy during an impact, the amount of visible damage does not always indicate proper airbag operation. In fact, some collisions can result in severe damage but no airbag deployment because the airbags would not have been needed or would not have provided protection even if they had deployed.
57
58
uuAirbagsuSide Airbags
Safe D rivin
g
1Side Airbags
Make sure you and your front seat passenger always sit upright. Leaning into the path of a side airbag can prevent the airbag from deploying properly and increases your risk of serious injury.
Do not attach accessories on or near the side airbags. They can interfere with the proper operation of the airbags, or hurt someone if an airbag inflates.
Do not cover or replace the front seat-back covers without consulting a dealer. Improperly replacing or covering front seat-back covers can prevent your side airbags from properly deploying during a side impact.
Side airbag deployment is controlled by a pressure sensor inside each front door. Damage or changes to the inside or outside of the doors may negatively affect side airbag deployment. Contact an authorized dealer before changing or repairing a front door.
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 58
Side Airbags The side airbags help protect the torso and pelvis of the driver or a front passenger during a moderate-to-severe side impact.
The side airbags are housed in the outside edge of the drivers and passengers seat- backs.
Both are marked SIDE AIRBAG.
When the sensors detect a moderate-to- severe side impact, the control unit signals the side airbag on the impact side to immediately inflate.
Housing Locations
Housing Location
Operation
When inflated
Side Airbag
uuAirbagsuSide Airbags Safe D
rivin g
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 59
When a side airbag deploys with little or no visible damage Because the airbag system senses sudden acceleration, a strong impact to the side of the vehicles framework can cause a side airbag to deploy. In such cases, there may be little or no damage, but the side impact sensors detected a severe enough impact to deploy the airbag.
When a side airbag may not deploy, even though visible damage appears severe
It is possible for a side airbag not to deploy during an impact that results in apparently severe damage. This can occur when the point of impact was toward the far front or rear of the vehicle, or when the vehicles crushable body parts absorbed most of the crash energy. In either case, the side airbag would not have been needed nor provided protection even if it had deployed.
59
60
uuAirbagsuSide Curtain Airbags
Safe D rivin
g
1Side Curtain Airbags
To get the best protection from the side curtain airbags, occupants should wear their seat belts properly and sit upright and well back in their seats.
Do not attach any objects to the side windows or roof pillars as they can interfere with the proper operation of the side curtain airbags.
If the impact is on the passengers side, the passengers side curtain airbag deploys even if there are no occupants on that side of the vehicle.
If the SRS control unit senses that your vehicle is about to rollover, it immediately deploys both side curtain airbags and activates the seat belt tensioners for the front seats and the second row outer seats.
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 60
Side Curtain Airbags The side curtain airbags help protect the heads of the driver and passengers in the outer seating positions during a moderate-to-severe side impact. The side curtain airbags equipped in this vehicle are also designed to help reduce the likelihood of partial and complete ejection of vehicle occupants through side windows in crashes, particularly rollover crashes.
The side curtain airbags are located in the ceiling above the side windows on both sides of the vehicle.
The side curtain airbag is designed to deploy in a rollover or a moderate-to-severe side impact.
Housing Locations
Side Curtain Airbag Storage
Operation
Deployed Side Curtain Airbag
uuAirbagsuAirbag System Indicators Safe D
rivin g
1Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Indicator
3WARNING Ignoring the SRS indicator can result in serious injury or death if the airbag systems or tensioners do not work properly.
Have your vehicle checked by a dealer as soon as possible if the SRS indicator alerts you to a possible problem.
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 61
When side curtain airbags deploy in a frontal collision One or both side curtain airbags may also inflate in a moderate-to-severe angled frontal collision.
Airbag System Indicators If a problem occurs in the airbag system, the SRS indicator will come on and a message appears on the driver information interface.
When the power mode is set to ON The indicator comes on for a few seconds, then goes off. This tells you the system is working properly.
If the indicator comes on at any other time, or does not come on at all, have the system checked by a dealer as soon as possible. If you dont, your airbags and seat belt tensioners may not work properly when they are needed.
Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Indicator
Continued 61
uuAirbagsuAirbag System Indicators
62
Safe D rivin
g
1Passenger Airbag Off Indicator
To ensure the passenger is detected properly, confirm that: The occupant is sitting in an upright position,
wearing the seat belt properly and the seat-back is not excessively reclined.
The occupant is not leaning against the door or center console.
The occupants feet are placed on the floor in front of them.
There are no objects hanging from the front passengers seat.
Only small, lightweight objects are in the seat-back pocket.
No liquid has been spilled on or under the seat. There is no child seat or other object pressing
against the rear of the seat or seat-back. There is no rear passenger pushing or pulling on
the back of the front passengers seat. There are no objects placed under or beside the
front passengers seat. Improperly positioned objects can interfere with the advanced airbag sensors.
The floor mat behind the front passengers seat is hooked to the floor mat anchor. An improperly placed mat can interfere with the advanced airbag sensors.
The head restraint is not contacting the roof.
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 62
When the passenger airbag off indicator comes on
The indicator comes on to alert you that the passengers airbag has been turned off. This occurs if the seat is empty or when the weight sensors determine that a small child or infant is on the passenger seat.
Children age 12 or under should always ride properly restrained in a back seat. 2 Child Safety P. 65
If the indicator is on in the event of a crash, the passengers airbag will not deploy. The passengers knee airbag will not deploy, either.
Passenger Airbag Off Indicator
U.S.
Canada
uuAirbagsuAirbag System Indicators Safe D
rivin g
1Passenger Airbag Off Indicator
The passenger airbag off indicator may come on and go off periodically if the total weight on the seat is near the airbag cutoff threshold. For a small adult, depending on physique and posture, the system may not recognize him/her as an adult and thus deactivate the passengers airbag. If this occurs, please confirm that the conditions set forth in the above bullet points on the previous page are met. If the above conditions are met and the indicator is still on, then with the transmission in park, turn the ignition off and back on.
Have your vehicle checked by a dealer as soon as possible if: All of the above conditions are met, and the
indicator comes on with an adult seated in the front passenger seat.
The seat is empty and the indicator is off. Do not allow an adult passenger to ride in the front seat when the indicator is on.
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 63
63
64
uuAirbagsuAirbag Care
Safe D rivin
g
1Airbag Care
We recommend against the use of salvaged airbag system components, including the airbags, tensioners, sensors, and control unit.
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 64
Airbag Care You do not need to, and should not, perform any maintenance on or replace any airbag system components yourself. However, you should have your vehicle inspected by a dealer in the following situations:
When the airbags have deployed If an airbag has inflated, the control unit and other related parts must be replaced. Similarly, once an automatic seat belt tensioner has been activated, it must be replaced.
When the vehicle has been in a moderate-to-severe collision Even if the airbags did not inflate, have your dealer inspect the following: the drivers seat position sensor, weight sensors in the passengers seat, seat belt tensioners for the front seats and second row outer seats, and each seat belt that was worn during the crash.
Do not remove or modify a front seat without consulting a dealer This would likely disable or affect the proper operation of the drivers seat position sensor or the weight sensors in the passengers seat. If it is necessary to remove or modify a front seat to accommodate a person with disabilities, contact an Acura dealer, or for U.S. vehicles, Acura Client Relations at 1-800-382-2238 and for Canadian vehicles, Acura Client Services at 1-888-9-ACURA-9.
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 65
Child Safety
rivin g
1Protecting Child Passengers
The National Highway Traffic Safety Administration and Transport Canada recommend that all children ages 12 and under be properly restrained in a rear seat. Some states or provinces/territories have laws restricting where children may ride.
3WARNING Children who are unrestrained or improperly restrained can be seriously injured or killed in a crash.
Any child too small for a seat belt should be properly restrained in a child seat. A larger child should be properly restrained with a seat belt, using a booster seat if necessary.
Protecting Child Passengers Each year, many children are injured or killed in vehicle crashes because they are either unrestrained or not properly restrained. In fact, vehicle crashes are the number one cause of death of children ages 12 and under.
To reduce the number of child deaths and injuries, every state, Canadian province and territory requires that infants and children be properly restrained when they ride in a vehicle.
Children should sit properly restrained in a rear seat. This is because: An inflating front airbag can injure or kill a
child sitting in the front seat.
A child in the front seat is more likely to interfere with the drivers ability to safely control the vehicle.
Statistics show that children of all sizes and ages are safer when they are properly restrained in a rear seat.
65Continued
uuChild SafetyuProtecting Child Passengers
66
Safe D rivin
g
1Protecting Child Passengers
To deactivate a lockable retractor, release the buckle and allow the seat belt to wind up all the way.
To remind you of the passengers front airbag hazards and child safety, your vehicle has warning labels on the dashboard (U.S. models) and on the front visors. Please read and follow the instructions on these labels.
2 Safety Labels P. 83
3WARNING Allowing a child to play with a seat belt or wrap one around their neck can result in serious injury or death.
Instruct children not to play with any seat belt and make sure any unused seat belt a child can reach is buckled, fully retracted, and locked.
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 66
Never hold a child on your lap because it is impossible to protect them in the event of a collision.
Never put a seat belt over yourself and a child. During a crash, the belt would likely press deep into the child and cause serious or fatal injuries.
Never let two children use the same seat belt. Both children could be very seriously injured in a crash.
Any child who is too small to wear a seat belt correctly must be restrained in an approved child seat that is properly secured to the vehicle using either the seat belt or the lower anchors of the LATCH system.
Do not allow children to operate the doors, windows, or seat adjustments.
Do not leave children in the vehicle unattended, especially in hot weather when the inside of the vehicle can get hot enough to kill them. They could also activate vehicle controls causing it to move unexpectedly.
uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children Safe D
rivin g
1Protecting Infants
Experts recommend use of a rear-facing seat for a child so long as the childs height and weight are appropriate for a rear-facing seat.
Infants should never be seated in a forward-facing position.
Always refer to the child seat manufacturers instructions before installation.
Do not allow a front seat to rest against a child seat installed in a rear seating position. The weight sensor in the front seat may not correctly detect the actual weight of the occupant.
3WARNING Placing a rear-facing child seat in the front seat can result in serious injury or death during a crash.
Always place a rear-facing child seat in the rear seat, not the front.
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 67
Safety of Infants and Small Children
An infant must be properly restrained in a rear-facing child seat until the infant reaches the seat manufacturers weight or height limit for the seat.
Positioning a rear-facing child seat Child seats must be placed and secured in a rear seating position.
When properly installed, a rear-facing child seat may prevent the driver or a front passenger from moving their seat all the way back, or from locking their seat-back in the desired position. Make sure that there is no contact between the child seat and the seat in front of it.
It can also interfere with proper operation of the passengers advanced front airbag system.
2 Airbags P. 47
If this occurs, we recommend that you install the child seat directly behind the front passengers seat, move the seat as far forward as needed, and leave it unoccupied. Or, you may wish to get a smaller rear-facing child seat.
Protecting Infants
67Continued
uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children
68
Safe D rivin
g
1Protecting Smaller Children
Educate yourself about the laws and regulations regarding child seat use where you are driving, and follow the child seat manufacturers instructions.
3WARNING Placing a forward-facing child seat in the front seat can result in serious injury or death if the front airbag inflates.
If you must place a forward-facing child seat in front, move the vehicle seat as far back as possible, and properly restrain the child.
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 68
If a child has exceeded the weight and height limitations of a rear-facing child seat, the child should be properly restrained in a firmly secured forward-facing child seat until they exceed the weight and height limitations for the forward-facing child seat.
Forward-facing child seat placement We strongly recommend placing a forward- facing child seat in a rear seating position.
Placing a forward-facing child seat in the front seat can be hazardous, even with advanced front airbags that automatically turn the passengers front airbag off. A rear seat is the safest place for a child.
Protecting Smaller Children
uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children Safe D
rivin g
1Selecting a Child Seat
Installation of a LATCH-compatible child seat is simple.
LATCH-compatible child seats have been developed to simplify the installation process and reduce the likelihood of injuries caused by incorrect installation.
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 69
Most child seats are LATCH-compatible (Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children). Some have a rigid-type connector while others have a flexible-type connector. Both are equally easy to use. Some existing and previously owned child seats can only be installed using the seat belt. Whichever type you choose, follow the child seat manufacturers use and care instructions including recommended expiration dates as well as the instructions in this manual. Proper installation is key to maximizing your childs safety.
In seating positions and vehicles not equipped with LATCH, a LATCH-compatible child seat can be installed using the seat belt and a top tether for added security. This is because all child seats are required to be designed so that they can be secured with a lap belt or the lap part of a lap/shoulder belt. In addition, the child seat manufacturer may advise that a seat belt be used to attach a LATCH-compatible seat once a child reaches a specified weight. Please read the child seat owners manual for proper installation instructions.
Important consideration when selecting a child seat Make sure the child seat meets the following three requirements: The child seat is the correct type and size for the child. The child seat is the correct type for the seating position. The child seat is compliant with Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 213 or
Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 213.
Selecting a Child Seat
Continued 69
uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children
70
Safe D rivin
g
1Installing a LATCH-Compatible Child Seat
3WARNING Never attach two child seats to the same anchor. In a collision, one anchor may not be strong enough to hold two child seat attachments and may break, causing serious injury or death.
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 70
A LATCH-compatible child seat can be installed in the second row seats. A child seat is attached to the lower anchors with either the rigid or flexible type of connectors.
1. Locate the lower anchors under the marks.
To install a LATCH-compatible child seat in the second row outer seat, remove the covers.
Installing a LATCH-Compatible Child Seat
Marks
Covers Outer position
uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children Safe D
rivin g
1Installing a LATCH-Compatible Child Seat
For your childs safety, when using a child seat installed using the LATCH system, make sure that the child seat is properly secured to the vehicle. A child seat that is not properly secured will not adequately protect a child in a crash and may cause injury to the child or other vehicle occupants.
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 71
2. Place the child seat on the vehicle seat, then attach the child seat to the lower anchors according to the instructions that came with the child seat. u When installing the child seat, make sure
that the lower anchors are not obstructed by the seat belt or any other object.Rigid Type
Lower Anchors
Flexible Type
Lower Anchors
Continued 71
72
uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children
Safe D rivin
g
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 72
3. Put the outer head restraint to its uppermost position, then route the tether strap as shown in the image, and secure the tether strap hook to the anchor. Make sure the strap is not twisted.
3. Put the center head restraint to its lowest position, then route the tether strap over the top of the head restraint and secure the tether strap hook to the anchor. Make sure the strap is not twisted.
Tether Strap Hook
Anchor Straight Top Tether Type
Tether Strap Hook
Anchor
Outer Position
Center Position
Outer position
Center position
uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children Safe D
rivin g
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 73
4. Tighten the tether strap as instructed by the child seat manufacturer.
5. Make sure the child seat is firmly secured by rocking it forward and back and side to side; little movement should be felt.
6. Make sure any unused seat belt that a child can reach is buckled, the lockable retractor is activated, and the belt is fully retracted and locked.
2 Protecting Child Passengers P. 65
Tether Strap Hook
Anchor Other Top Tether Type
Tether Strap Hook
Anchor
Outer Position
Center Position
All positions
73Continued
uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children
74
Safe D rivin
g
1Installing a Child Seat with a Lap/Shoulder Seat Belt
A child seat that is not properly secured will not adequately protect a child in a crash and may cause injury to the child or other vehicle occupants.
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 74
A child seat can be installed with a lap/shoulder belt in any rear seat or, if absolutely necessary, the front passenger seat.
1. Place the child seat on the vehicle seat. 2. Route the seat belt through the child seat
according to the seat manufacturers instructions, and insert the latch plate into the buckle. u Insert the latch plate fully until it clicks.
3. Slowly pull the shoulder part of the belt all the way out until it stops. This activates the lockable retractor.
4. Let the seat belt retract a few inches and check that the retractor has switched modes by pulling on the webbing. It should not pull out again until it is reset by removing the latch plate from the buckle. u If you are able to pull the shoulder belt
out, the lockable retractor is not activated. Slowly pull the seat belt all the way out, and repeat steps 3 4.
Installing a Child Seat with a Lap/Shoulder Seat Belt
uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children Safe D
rivin g
1Installing a Child Seat with a Lap/Shoulder Seat Belt
To deactivate a lockable retractor, release the buckle and allow the seat belt to wind up all the way.
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 75
5. Grab the shoulder part of the seat belt near the buckle, and pull up to remove any slack from the lap part of the belt. u When doing this, place your weight on
the child seat and push it into the vehicle seat.
6. Make sure the child seat is firmly secured by rocking it forward and back and side to side; less than one inch of movement should occur near the seat belt.
7. Make sure any unused seat belt that a child can reach is buckled, the lockable retractor is activated, and the belt is fully retracted and locked.
Continued 75
uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children
76
Safe D rivin
g
1Adding Security with a Tether
Always use a tether for forward-facing child seats whether using the seat belt or lower anchors.
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 76
A tether anchor point is provided behind each second and third row seating position. If you have a child seat that comes with a tether but can be installed with a seat belt, the tether may be used for additional security.
Adding Security with a Tether
Second row seat
Tether Anchor Points
Tether Anchor Points
Third row seat
uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children Safe D
rivin g
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 77
Using a second row anchor
1. Put the outer head restraint to its upper- most position, then route the tether strap between the head restraint legs, and secure the tether strap hook to the anchor. Make sure the strap is not twisted.
1. Put the outer head restraint to its upper- most position, then route the tether strap outside the head restraint legs, and secure the tether strap hook to the anchor. Make sure the strap is not twisted.
Tether Strap Hook
Anchor Straight Top Tether Type
Tether Strap Hook
Anchor Other Top Tether Type
Outer positions
Straight Top Tether Type
Outer positions
Other Top Tether Type
77Continued
78
uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children
Safe D rivin
g
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 78
1. Put the center head restraint to its lowest position, then route the tether strap over the top of the head restraint and secure the tether strap hook to the anchor. Make sure the strap is not twisted.
2. Tighten the tether strap as instructed by the child seat manufacturer.
Straight Top Tether Type Tether Strap Hook
Anchor
Other Top Tether Type Tether Strap Hook
Anchor
Center position
All positions
uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children Safe D
rivin g
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 79
Using a third row anchor
1. Pull up the head restraint and push rearwards until it latches, then route the tether strap through the head restraint legs. Make sure the strap is not twisted.
1. Pull up the head restraint and push rearwards until it latches, then route the tether strap outside the head restraint legs. Make sure the strap is not twisted.
2. Secure the tether strap hook to the anchor. 3. Tighten the tether strap as instructed by the
child seat manufacturer.
Other Top Tether Type
Tether Strap Hook
Anchor
Straight Top Tether Type
Tether Strap Hook
Anchor
Straight Top Tether Type
Other Top Tether Type
All Types
79
80
uuChild SafetyuSafety of Larger Children
Safe D rivin
g
1Safety of Larger Children
3WARNING Allowing a child age 12 or under to sit in front can result in injury or death if the passengers front airbag inflates.
If a larger child must ride in front, move the vehicle seat as far to the rear as possible, have the child sit up properly and wear the seat belt properly, using a booster seat if needed.
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 80
Safety of Larger Children
The following pages give instructions on how to check proper seat belt fit, what kind of booster seat to use if one is needed, and important precautions for a child who must sit in front.
When a child is too big for a child seat, secure the child in a rear seat using the lap/ shoulder seat belt. Have the child sit upright and all the way back, then answer the following questions.
Checklist Do the childs knees bend comfortably over
the edge of the seat? Does the shoulder belt cross between the
childs neck and arm? Is the lap part of the seat belt as low as
possible, touching the childs thighs? Will the child be able to stay seated like this
for the whole trip? If you answer yes to all these questions, the child is ready to wear the lap/shoulder seat belt correctly. If you answer no to any question, the child needs to ride on a booster seat until the seat belt fits properly without a booster seat.
Protecting Larger Children
Checking Seat Belt Fit
uuChild SafetyuSafety of Larger Children Safe D
rivin g
1Booster Seats
When installing a booster seat, make sure to read the instructions that came with it, and install the seat accordingly. There are high- and low-type booster seats. Choose a booster seat that allows the child to wear the seat belt correctly.
Some U.S. states and Canadian provinces and territories require children to use a booster seat until they reach a given age or weight (e.g. 6 years or 60 lbs). Be sure to check current laws in the state or province, or territory where you intend to drive.
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 81
If a lap/shoulder seat belt cannot be used properly, position the child in a booster seat in the rear seat. For the childs safety, check that the child meets the booster seat manufacturers recommendations.
Your vehicle has a rear seat where children can be properly restrained. If you ever have to carry a group of children, and a child must ride in front: Make sure you read and fully understand the instructions and safety information
in this manual. Move the front passenger seat as far back as possible. Have the child sit upright and well back in the seat. Check that the seat belt is properly positioned so that the child is secure in the
seat.
Monitoring child passengers We strongly recommend that you keep an eye on child passengers. Even older, more mature children sometimes need to be reminded to fasten their seat belts and sit up properly.
Booster Seats
Protecting Larger Children - Final Checks
81
82
Safe D rivin
g
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 82
Exhaust Gas Hazard
1Carbon Monoxide Gas
An enclosed area such as a garage can quickly fill up with carbon monoxide gas. Do not run the engine with the garage door closed. Even when the garage door is open, drive out of the garage immediately after starting the engine.
3WARNING Carbon monoxide gas is toxic.
Breathing it can cause unconsciousness and even kill you.
Avoid any enclosed areas or activities that expose you to carbon monoxide.
Carbon Monoxide Gas The engine exhaust from this vehicle contains carbon monoxide, a colorless, odorless, and highly toxic gas. As long as you properly maintain your vehicle, carbon monoxide gas will not get into the interior.
Have the exhaust system inspected for leaks whenever The exhaust system is making an unusual noise. The exhaust system may have been damaged. The vehicle is raised for an oil change.
When you operate a vehicle with the tailgate open, airflow can pull exhaust gas into the interior and create a hazardous condition. If you must drive with the tailgate open, open all the windows and set the climate control system as shown below.
1. Select the fresh air mode.
2. Select the mode. 3. Set the fan speed to high. 4. Set the temperature control to a comfortable setting.
Adjust the climate control system in the same manner if you sit in your parked vehicle with the engine running.
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 83
Safety Labels
Label Locations These labels are in the locations shown. They warn you of potential hazards that can cause serious injury or death. Read these labels
Safe D rivin
g
carefully.
If a label comes off or becomes hard to read (except for the U.S. dashboard label which may be removed by the owner), contact a dealer for a replacement.
U.S. models only Dashboard
U.S. models only Sun Visor
Sun Visor
U.S. models Canadian models
Air Conditioner System
U.S. models Canadian models 3.5 L engine models
3.0 L engine models
Reserve Tank Cap
Radiator Cap
83
84
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 84
lank.
* Not available on all m
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 85
Instrument Panel
This chapter describes the buttons, indicators, and gauges that are used while driving.
odels
Indicators ............................................ 86 Gauges and Displays
Gauges............................................ 106 Driver Information Interface (Left Side Area) ............................................. 111
Driver Information Interface (Right Side Area) ............................................. 111
Head-Up Display* ............................ 125
85
86
In stru
m en
t Pan el
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 86
Indicators
Indicators come on/blink depending on the condition of the vehicle. Messages may display on the Driver Information Interface at the same time. Please take the appropriate action outlined in the message, such as contacting a dealer.
uuIndicatorsu In
stru m
en t Pan
el
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 87
M (sequential mode) Indicator/Gear Selection Indicator
P. 91
Parking Brake and Brake System Indicator (Red)
Parking Brake and Brake System Indicator (Amber)
U.S.
Canada
U.S.
Canada
Automatic Brake Hold System Indicator
Automatic Brake Hold Indicator
U.S.
Canada
*1: When you set the power mode to ON, these indicators come on to indicate that system checks are being performed. They go off a few seconds later or after the engine has started. If an indicator does not come on or turn off, there may be a malfunction in the corresponding system. To resolve the issue, follow the instructions in the owner's manual.
P. 88*1
Malfunction Indicator Lamp
Charging System Indicator
Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) Indicator
Seat Belt Reminder Indicator
Low Fuel Indicator (Amber)
Vehicle Stability AssistTM (VSA) System Indicator
Vehicle Stability AssistTM (VSA) OFF Indicator
Supplemental Restraint System Indicator
Auto High-Beam Indicator
Low Tire Pressure/TPMS Indicator
Electric Power Steering (EPS) System Indicator
Turn Signal and Hazard Warning Indicators
Lights On Indicator
High Beam Indicator
Fog Light Indicator*
System Message Indicator
Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow Indicator (Amber)
Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS) Indicator (Amber)
Safety Support Indicator (Green/Gray)
P. 90
P. 90
P. 90
P. 91
P. 91
*1
*1
P. 98
*1
Gear Position Indicator P. 91
Transmission System Indicator
P. 92
Auto Idle Stop System Indicator (Amber)
P. 93
P. 95
P. 95
P. 96
P. 96
P. 99
P. 97
*1
*1
P. 97
*1 P. 96
P. 99
P. 101
*1
P. 99
P. 99
P. 99
Immobilizer System Indicator Security System Alarm Indicator
P. 100
P. 101
P. 103
P. 105
*1
Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow Indicator (White/ Green)
P. 102
*1
Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS) Indicator (White/Green)
P. 103
*1
*1 Safety Support Indicator (Amber)
P. 103
*1
Cruise Mode Indicator (White/Green) P. 102
Auto Idle Stop OFF Indicator P. 93
Auto Idle Stop Suspend Indicator P. 94
*1
Auto Idle Stop Indicator (Green)
P. 93
High Temperature Indicator (Red)
P. 95
Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow Interval Indicator
P. 102
P. 100Dynamic Lift Mode Indicator*
P. 98
87Continued* Not available on all models
88
uu Indicatorsu
In stru
m en
t Pan el
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 88
Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation
Parking Brake and Brake System Indicator (Red)
Comes on when the parking brake is applied, and goes off when it is released.
The beeper sounds and the indicator comes on if you drive with the parking brake applied.
Comes on for about 30 seconds when you apply the electric parking brake while the power mode is in ACCESSORY or VEHICLE OFF, then goes off.
Stays on for about 30 seconds when you set the power mode to VEHICLE OFF while the electric parking brake is applied, then goes off.
Comes on when the brake fluid level is low. Comes on while driving - Make sure the parking brake is released. Stop in a safe place and check the brake fluid level.
2 What to do when the indicator comes on while driving P. 708
U.S.
Canada
(Red)
uuIndicatorsu In
stru m
en t Pan
el
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 89
Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation
Parking Brake and Brake System Indicator (Red)
Comes on if there is a problem with the brake system.
Comes on along with the ABS indicator - Have your vehicle checked by a dealer.
2 If the Brake System Indicator (Red) Comes On or Blinks P. 708
Comes on along with the Parking Brake and Brake System Indicator (amber) - Immediately stop in a safe place. Contact a dealer for repair. The brake pedal becomes harder to operate. Depress the pedal further than you normally do.
2 If the Brake System Indicator (Red) Comes On or Blinks at the Same Time When the Brake System Indicator (Amber) Comes On P. 709
Blinks and the Parking Brake and Brake System Indicator (amber) comes on at the same time - There is a problem with the electric parking brake system. The parking brake may not be set. Avoid using the parking brake and have your vehicle checked by a dealer immediately.
2 If the Brake System Indicator (Red) Comes On or Blinks at the Same Time When the Brake System Indicator (Amber) Comes On P. 709
U.S.
Canada
(Red)
89Continued
90
uu Indicatorsu
In stru
m en
t Pan el
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 90
Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation
Parking Brake and Brake System Indicator (Amber)
Comes on if there is a problem with a system related to braking other than the conventional brake system.
Comes on while driving - Avoid high speeds and sudden braking. Take the vehicle to a dealer immediately.
Comes on if there is a problem with the electric parking brake system and/or the automatic brake hold system.
Stays on constantly - Avoid using the parking brake and have your vehicle checked by a dealer immediately.
Comes on if there is a problem with the radar sensor.
Indicator may come on temporarily when the Maximum Load Limit is exceeded.
Make sure the total load is within the Maximum Load Limit.
2 Maximum Load Limit P. 427 Stays on constantly - Have your vehicle checked
by a dealer.
Automatic Brake Hold System Indicator
Comes on when the automatic brake hold system is on. 2 Automatic Brake Hold P. 572
Automatic Brake Hold Indicator
Comes on when the automatic brake hold is activated.
2 Automatic Brake Hold P. 572
U.S.
Canada
(Amber)
U.S.
Canada
uuIndicatorsu In
stru m
en t Pan
el
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 91
Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation
Malfunction Indicator Lamp
After you have set the power mode to ON, the vehicle performs system checks. However, if the readiness codes have not been set by that time, this indicator will blink five times and then go off.
Readiness codes are part of the on-board diagnostics for the emissions control systems.
2 Testing of Readiness Codes P. 737
Comes on if there is a problem with the emissions control systems.
Blinks when a misfire in the engines cylinders is detected.
2 If the Malfunction Indicator Lamp Comes On or Blinks P. 707
Charging System Indicator
Comes on when there is a problem with the charging system.
Stop in a safe place and have your vehicle checked by a dealer immediately.
2 Checking the Battery P. 645 2 If the Charging System Indicator Comes On
P. 706
Gear Position Indicator
Indicates the current gear selection.
2 Shifting P. 451
M (sequential mode) Indicator/ Sequential Mode Gear Selection Indicator
Comes on when the sequential mode is applied.
2 Sequential Mode P. 457
91Continued
92
uu Indicatorsu
In stru
m en
t Pan el
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 92
Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation
Transmission System Indicator
The current gear selection blinks if the transmission system has a problem.
Blinks while driving - Performance may be reduced. Avoid sudden starts and acceleration and have your vehicle checked by a dealer immediately.
The indicated current gear selection blinks if you cannot put the transmission into (R due to a transmission system failure.
The indicated current gear selection blinks if the transmission system has a problem and the performance of the vehicle is reduced.
Avoid sudden starts, sudden acceleration and high speed, and have your vehicle checked by a dealer immediately.
The indicated current gear selection blinks if the transmission system has a problem and the paddle shifters cannot be used.
Have your vehicle checked by a dealer immediately.
The current gear position or all the gear positions blink if there is a problem with the transmission and the vehicle is no longer able to run.
Immediately park your vehicle in a safe place. 2 Emergency Towing P. 724
Have your vehicle checked by a dealer.
The current gear position or all the gear positions blink if there is a problem with the transmission and it is not possible to select (P .
Depending on the circumstances, you can set the power mode to ON as an emergency measure.
2 If the Transmission System Indicator Blinks along with the Warning Message P. 712
While the vehicle is stopped, apply the parking brake.
Have your vehicle checked by a dealer immediately.
uuIndicatorsu In
stru m
en t Pan
el
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 93
Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation
Auto Idle Stop Indicator (Green)
Comes on when Auto Idle Stop is in operation. The engine automatically shuts off.
2 Auto Idle Stop P. 473
Auto Idle Stop OFF Indicator
Comes on when the Auto Idle Stop system has been turned off by the Auto Idle Stop system OFF button.
2 Auto Idle Stop System ON/OFF P. 474
Auto Idle Stop System Indicator (Amber)
Blinks if there is a problem with the Auto Idle Stop system.
Blinks - Have your vehicle checked by a dealer.
93Continued
94
uu Indicatorsu
In stru
m en
t Pan el
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 94
Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation
Auto Idle Stop Suspend Indicator
Comes on while Auto Idle Stop is temporarily suspended in the following situations.
- Brake pedal is not fully pressed Depress the brake pedal firmly.
- The transmission is in a position other than (D
2 Auto Idle Stop P. 473 - System charging is prioritized
- Climate control system is prioritized
- Engine coolant temperature is not in operating range
- The Integrated Dynamics System mode is in SPORT, SPORT+*, LIFT*, SNOW or INDIVIDUAL mode (when the Auto Idle Stop setting is set to Disabled).
2 Auto Idle Stop P. 473 2 Customizing the INDIVIDUAL Settings P. 465
- The battery temperature is too low. - Auto Idle Stop does not activate for some
reason. 2 Auto Idle Stop P. 473
If you press and hold the Auto Idle Stop OFF
button, you can select whether to display the status messages or not.
* Not available on all models
uuIndicatorsu In
stru m
en t Pan
el
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 95
Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation
Seat Belt Reminder Indicator
Blinks and the beeper sounds for a few seconds if you are not wearing a seat belt when you set the power mode to ON, then the indicator comes on.
If the front passenger is not wearing a seat belt, the indicator comes on a few seconds later.
Blinks while driving if you and/or the front passenger has not fastened a seat belt. The beeper sounds and the indicator blinks at regular intervals.
The beeper stops and the indicator goes off when you and the front passenger fasten their seat belts.
Stays on after you and/or the front passenger has fastened the seat belt(s) - A detection error may have occurred in the sensor. Have your vehicle checked by a dealer.
2 Seat Belt Reminder P. 40
Low Fuel Indicator (Amber)
Comes on when the fuel reserve is running low (approximately 2.77 U.S. gal./10.5 Liter left).
Comes on - Refuel your vehicle as soon as possible.
Blinks if there is a problem with the fuel gauge.
Blinks - Have your vehicle checked by a dealer.
High Temperature Indicator (Red)
Blinks when the engine coolant temperature goes up, and stays on if the temperature continues to rise.
Blinks while driving - Drive slowly to prevent overheating.
95Continued
96
uu Indicatorsu
In stru
m en
t Pan el
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 96
Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation
Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) Indicator
Comes on if there is a problem with the ABS.
Stays on constantly - Have your vehicle checked by a dealer. With this indicator on, your vehicle still has normal braking ability but no anti-lock function.
2 Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) P. 574
Supplemental Restraint System Indicator
Comes on if a problem with any of the following is detected: - Supplemental restraint system - Side airbag system - Side curtain airbag system - Seat belt tensioner
Stays on constantly - Have your vehicle checked by a dealer.
Electric Power Steering (EPS) System Indicator
Comes on if there is a problem with the EPS system.
Stays on constantly - Have your vehicle checked by a dealer.
Do not drive displays on the driver information interface - Immediately stop in a safe place and contact a dealer.
2 If the Electric Power Steering (EPS) System Indicator Comes On P. 710
uuIndicatorsu In
stru m
en t Pan
el
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 97
Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation
Vehicle Stability AssistTM (VSA) System Indicator
Blinks when VSA or trailer stability assist is active.
Comes on if there is a problem with the VSA system, brake assist system*, hill start assist, starting assist brake function or trailer stability assist.
Stays on constantly - Have your vehicle checked by a dealer.
2 Vehicle Stability AssistTM (VSA), aka Electronic Stability Control (ESC), System P. 479
2 Trailer Stability Assist P. 438 2 Hill start assist system P. 448 2 Brake Assist System P. 575 2 Starting Assist Brake Function P. 478
When Trailer Stability Assist Problem is displayed on the driver information interface, the VSA does not activate.
Comes on if the VSA system is deactivated temporarily after the battery has been disconnected, then re-connected.
Drive a short distance at more than 12 mph (20 km/h). The indicator should go off. If it does not, have your vehicle checked by a dealer.
Vehicle Stability AssistTM (VSA) OFF Indicator
Comes on when you partially disable VSA. 2 VSA On and Off P. 480
97Continued* Not available on all models
98
uu Indicatorsu
In stru
m en
t Pan el
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 98
Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation
Low Tire Pressure/ TPMS Indicator
Comes on if the tire pressure of any of the tires becomes low.
Comes on while driving - Stop in a safe place, check tire pressures, and inflate the tire(s) if necessary.
Blinks for about one minute, and then stays on if there is a problem with the TPMS with Tire Fill Assist, or when a compact spare tire* is temporarily installed.
Blinks and remains on - Have your vehicle checked by a dealer. If the vehicle is fitted with a compact spare tire*, get your regular tire repaired or replaced and put back on your vehicle as soon as you can.
Comes on if the TPMS is deactivated temporarily after the battery has been disconnected, then reconnected.
Drive a short distance at more than 12 mph (20 km/h). The indicator should go off. If it does not, have your vehicle checked by a dealer.
Dynamic Lift Mode Indicator*
Comes on when the suspension is being adjusted or Dynamic Mode is set to LIFT.
The current height of the vehicle is shown using the bars. The number of bars will increase and decrease depending on the height of the vehicle.
The target height of the vehicle is shown using the arrows .
2 Acura Integrated Dynamics System P. 459
* Not available on all models
uuIndicatorsu In
stru m
en t Pan
el
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 99
Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation
Turn Signal and Hazard Warning Indicators
Blinks when you operate the turn signal lever.
Blink along with all turn signals when you press the hazard warning button.
Does not blink or blinks rapidly - Have your vehicle checked by a dealer.
High Beam Indicator
Comes on when the high beam headlights are on.
Lights On Indicator
Comes on when the parking, tail, and other external lights are on.
2 Light Switches P. 174
Fog Light Indicator*
Comes on when the fog lights are on. 2 Fog Lights* P. 177
Auto High-Beam Indicator
Comes on when all the operating conditions of the auto high-beam are met. 2 Auto High-Beam P. 178
99Continued* Not available on all models
100
uu Indicatorsu
In stru
m en
t Pan el
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 100
*1:Canadian models only: Apply and hold the brake pedal before selecting the ON mode.
Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation
Immobilizer System Indicator
Blinks if the immobilizer system cannot recognize the key information.
Blinks - You cannot start the engine. Set the power mode to VEHICLE OFF*1, then select the ON mode again.
Repeatedly blinks - The system may be malfunctioning. Have your vehicle checked by a dealer.
Do not attempt to alter this system or add other devices to it. Electrical problems can occur.
Security System Alarm Indicator
Blinks when the security system alarm has been set.
2 Security System Alarm P. 161
U.S.
Canada Indicator
Indicator
U.S.
Canada Indicator
Indicator
uuIndicatorsu In
stru m
en t Pan
el
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 101
Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation
System Message Indicator
Comes on along with a beep when a problem is detected. A system message on the driver information interface appears at the same time.
While the indicator is on, roll the right selector wheel to see the message again.
2 Switching the Display P. 112 Refer to the Indicators information in this chapter
when a system message appears on the driver information interface. Respond to the message accordingly.
The driver information interface will not return to the normal screen unless the warning is canceled, or the right selector wheel is rolled.
Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow Indicator (Amber)
Comes on if there is a problem with ACC with Low Speed Follow.
Comes on while driving - Have your vehicle checked by a dealer.
Indicator may come on temporarily when the Maximum Load Limit is exceeded.
ACC with Low Speed Follow has been automatically canceled.
Make sure the total load is within the Maximum Load Limit.
2 Maximum Load Limit P. 427 Stays on constantly - Have your vehicle checked
by a dealer.
Comes on if the ACC is deactivated temporarily after the battery has been disconnected, then re-connected.
Drive a short distance at more than 12 mph (20 km/h). The indicator should go off. If it does not, have your vehicle checked by a dealer.
101Continued
102
uu Indicatorsu
In stru
m en
t Pan el
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 102
Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation
Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow Indicator (White/Green)
Lights up in white when you press the button.
Lights up in green when you press the RES/+ button or SET/- button.
2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow P. 512
Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow Interval Indicator
Comes on when Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow indicator comes on.
Each time you press the interval button, the following interval (the interval behind a vehicle detected ahead of you) setting cycles through extra long, long, middle, and short following intervals.
2 To Set or Change Following-interval P. 523
Cruise Mode Indicator (White/ Green)
Lights up in white when you change to cruise mode.
Lights up in green when you have set a speed for cruise control.
2 To Switch ACC with Low Speed Follow to Cruise Control P. 527
uuIndicatorsu In
stru m
en t Pan
el
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 103
Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation
Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS) Indicator (Amber)
Comes on if there is a problem with the LKAS.
Stays on constantly - Have your vehicle checked by a dealer.
Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS) Indicator (White/Green)
Lights up in white when you press the LKAS button.
Lights up in green when the LKAS is in operation.
2 Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS) P. 529
Safety Support Indicator (Amber)
Comes on if there is a problem with Road Departure Mitigation system, CMBSTM, Low Speed Braking Control*, or blind spot information system.
Stays on constantly - Have your vehicle checked by a dealer.
Indicator may come on temporarily when the Maximum Load Limit is exceeded.
Make sure the total load is within the Maximum Load Limit.
2 Maximum Load Limit P. 427 Stays on constantly - Have your vehicle checked
by a dealer.
Comes on if the Road Departure Mitigation system, Low Speed Braking Control* and CMBSTM are deactivated temporarily after the battery has been disconnected and then re-connected.
Drive a short distance at more than 12 mph (20 km/h). The indicator should go off. If it does not, have your vehicle checked by a dealer.
103Continued* Not available on all models
104
uu Indicatorsu
In stru
m en
t Pan el
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 104
Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation
Safety Support Indicator (Amber)
Comes on when Road Departure Mitigation system and/or CMBSTM shuts itself off.
Indicator may come on temporarily when passing through an enclosed space, such as a tunnel.
The area around the radar sensor is blocked by dirt, mud, etc. Stop your vehicle in a safe place and wipe the debris off with a soft cloth. Indicator may take some time to go off after the radar sensor is cleaned.
Have your vehicle checked by a dealer if the indicator does not go off even after you have cleaned the radar sensor.
2 Radar Sensor P. 564
Stays on - The temperature inside the camera is too high. Use the climate control system to cool down the camera. The system activates when the temperature inside the camera cools down.
2 Front Sensor Camera P. 562
Stays on - The area around the camera is blocked by dirt, mud, etc. Stop your vehicle in a safe place and wipe the debris off with a soft cloth.
Have your vehicle checked by a dealer if the indicator and message are still displayed even after you have cleaned the area around the camera.
2 Front Sensor Camera P. 562
uuIndicatorsu In
stru m
en t Pan
el
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 105
Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation
Safety Support Indicator (Amber)
Comes on when mud, snow, or ice accumulates in the vicinity of sonar.
Remove the obstacle in the vicinity of sonar sensor. 2 Low Speed Braking Control* P. 506
Comes on when mud, snow, or ice has accumulated in the vicinity of the blind spot information system sensor.
Comes on while driving - Remove the obstacle in the vicinity of the blind spot information system sensor.
2 Blind spot information System P. 487
Safety Support Indicator (Green/ Gray)
Lights up in green when Road Departure Mitigation system, CMBSTM, Low Speed Braking Control*, and blind spot information system are on.
Lights up in green and gray when Road Departure Mitigation system, CMBSTM, Low Speed Braking Control*, or blind spot information system, or any two or three of these systems are off.
Lights up in gray when Road Departure Mitigation system, CMBSTM, Low Speed Braking Control*, and blind spot information system are off.
2 Road Departure Mitigation On and Off P. 553 2 CMBSTM On and Off P. 499 2 Blind spot information System On and Off
P. 489 2 System On and Off P. 509
Models with Low Speed Braking Control
105* Not available on all models
106
In stru
m en
t Pan el
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 106
Gauges and Displays
1Speedometer
You can set the speedometer and the displayed measurements to read in either km/h or mph.
2 Gauge Settings P. 116 2 Customized Features P. 351
1Fuel Gauge
NOTICE You should refuel when the reading approaches . Running out of fuel can cause the engine to misfire, damaging the catalytic converter.
The actual amount of remaining fuel may differ from the fuel gauge reading.
E
Gauges Gauges include the speedometer, fuel gauge, and other related indicators. They are displayed when the power mode is in ON.
Displays your driving speed in mph or km/h.
Shows the number of engine revolutions per minute.
Displays the amount of fuel left in the fuel tank.
Speedometer
Tachometer
Fuel Gauge
uuGauges and DisplaysuGauges In
stru m
en t Pan
el
1Temperature Gauge
NOTICE Driving with the temperature gauge reading in the upper zone can cause serious engine damage. Pull safely to the side of the road and allow engine temperature to return to normal.
2 Overheating P. 702
1Outside Temperature
The temperature sensor is in the front bumper. Road heat and exhaust from another vehicle can affect the temperature reading when your vehicle speed is less than 19 mph (30 km/h).
It may take several minutes for the display to be updated after the temperature reading has stabilized.
You can adjust the temperature reading. 2 Customized Features P. 351
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 107
Displays the temperature of the engine coolant.
Shows the total number of miles or kilometers that your vehicle has accumulated.
Shows the outside temperature in Fahrenheit (U.S.) or Celsius (Canada).
Adjusting the outside temperature display Adjust the temperature reading by up to 5F or 3C if the temperature reading seems incorrect.
Temperature Gauge
Odometer
Outside Temperature
Continued 107
uuGauges and DisplaysuGauges
108
In stru
m en
t Pan el
1Speed Limit Information
The speed limit displayed on the screen may differ to the actual speed limit. The speed limit for some roads is not displayed.
You can select whether the source of the speed limit information is the front sensor camera or the navigation system. You can also turn off speed limit information.
2 Customized Features P. 351
You can turn on or off the speed limit information. 2 Customized Features P. 351
Models with navigation system
Models without navigation system
1Current Mode for ACC with Low Speed Follow, LKAS, and Traffic Jam Assist
When you set speed for ACC with Low Speed Follow or cruise control, a set speed mark will be displayed on the speedometer.
Set Speed
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 108
Shows the current speed limit based on either information compiled through the navigation system* or speed limit signs captured by the front sensor camera.
Shows the current mode for ACC with Low Speed Follow, LKAS, and traffic jam assist.
2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow P. 512 2 Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS) P. 529 2 Traffic Jam Assist P. 538
Shows the estimated distance you can travel on the remaining fuel. This estimated distance is based on the vehicles current fuel economy.
Speed Limit Information
Current Mode for ACC with Low Speed Follow, LKAS, and Traffic Jam Assist
Range
* Not available on all models
uuGauges and DisplaysuGauges In
stru m
en t Pan
el
1Power Monitor*
Engine power output is affected by driving and vehicle conditions. Power Monitor readings may vary.
You can select whether the Power Monitor is displayed when the Dynamic Mode is set to INDIVIDUAL using the Gauge category.
2 Acura Integrated Dynamics System P. 459
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 109
The Power Monitor displays relative engine power output while driving.
The Power Monitor is displayed when the Dynamic Mode is set to SPORT or INDIVIDUAL (when Gauge category is programmed to SPORT).
Power Monitor*
Power Monitor
Advanced gauge layout
Crafted gauge layout
Tachometer
Tachometer Power Monitor
Continued 109* Not available on all models
uuGauges and DisplaysuGauges
110
In stru
m en
t Pan el
1Turbo Meter*
When the Dynamic Mode is in SPORT+, the peak boost value and current boost value are displayed.
Advanced gauge layout
Peak Boost Value
Current Boost Value
Crafted gauge layout
Peak Boost Value
Current Boost Value
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 110
When the turbo is producing boost, this meter indicates a rise in boost pressure.
Turbo Meter is displayed when the Dynamic Mode is set to SPORT, SPORT+, or INDIVIDUAL (when Gauge category is programmed to SPORT).
2 Acura Integrated Dynamics System P. 459
Turbo Meter*
Turbo Meter
Advanced gauge layout
Crafted gauge layout
Tachometer
Tachometer Turbo Meter
* Not available on all models
uuGauges and DisplaysuDriver Information Interface (Left Side Area) In
stru m
en t Pan
el
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 111
Driver Information Interface (Left Side Area) Shows the current mode for Integrated Dynamics System, audio* and phone* information, etc.
2 Audio Remote Controls P. 248 2 Bluetooth HandsFreeLink P. 383
Shows the current mode for Integrated dynamics system. 2 Acura Integrated Dynamics System P. 459
Driver Information Interface (Right Side Area) The driver information interface shows information such as the estimated travelable distance and fuel economy of the vehicle. It also displays messages such as warnings and other helpful information. When a warning message displays, please check the message and contact a dealer and have the vehicle inspected if necessary. Please refer to the pages below if the Engine oil pressure low., Engine temperature too hot. or Slow down! Reduced stopping power message is displayed.
2 If the Engine oil pressure low Warning Appears P. 705 2 Overheating P. 702 2 If the Slow down! Reduced stopping power Warning Appears* P. 706
Current Mode for Integrated Dynamics System
111Continued* Not available on all models
112
uuGauges and DisplaysuDriver Information Interface (Right Side Area)
In stru
m en
t Pan el
Maintenancen/ *
Driver Attention Monitor
Tire Pressure for Each Tire
SH-AWD*
G-Meter
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 112
Roll the right selector wheel to view different types of content.
Switching the Display
Right Selector Wheel
Warning Messages Trip Computer
Gauge Settings
Navigatio Compass
Safety Support Blank
* Not available on all models
uuGauges and DisplaysuDriver Information Interface (Right Side Area) In
stru m
en t Pan
el
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 113
Move the right selector wheel to the right or left to switch between trip computer A and trip computer B.
Trip meter Shows the total number of miles or kilometers driven since the last reset. Meters A and B can be used to measure two separate trips.
Resetting a trip meter To reset the trip meter, display it, press and hold the right selector wheel. u The trip meter is reset to 0.0.
Trip Computer
Trip Computer A Trip Meter
Average Fuel Economy
Instant Fuel Economy
113Continued
uuGauges and DisplaysuDriver Information Interface (Right Side Area)
114
In stru
m en
t Pan el
1Average fuel economy
You can change when to reset the average fuel economy.
2 Customized Features P. 351
1Navigation
You can cancel the driving guidance by pressing and holding the right selector wheel when the driving guidance is provided by the navigation system* or Android Auto.
You can select whether to have the turn-by-turn display come on or not during the route guidance.
2 Customized Features P. 351
Turn-by-turn directions may not be available for all apps.
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 114
Average fuel economy Shows the estimated average fuel economy of each trip meter in mpg or l/100 km. The display is updated at set intervals. When a trip meter is reset, the average fuel economy is also reset.
Instant fuel economy Shows the instant fuel economy as a bar graph in mpg or l/100 km.
Compass*
Shows the compass screen.
Turn-by-Turn Directions When driving guidance is provided by the navigation system*, Android Auto or Apple CarPlay, turn-by-turn directions to your destination appear.
2 Refer to the Navigation System Manual 2 Android Auto P. 319 2 Apple CarPlay P. 314
Navigation
* Not available on all models
uuGauges and DisplaysuDriver Information Interface (Right Side Area) In
stru m
en t Pan
el
1Warnings
If there are multiple warnings, you can move the right selector wheel to the right or left to see other warnings.
1Tire Pressure Monitor
The following colors indicate the state of tire pressure: Green: Within tire pressure regulation. Amber: Above or Below tire pressure regulation. White: There is a problem with the system.
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 115
You can check if there are any active warning messages.
Shows the remaining oil life and Maintenance MinderTM. 2 Maintenance MinderTM P. 605
Shows each tires pressure. 2 Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) with Tire Fill Assist P. 483
Warnings
Maintenance
Tire Pressure Monitor
Continued 115
116
uuGauges and DisplaysuDriver Information Interface (Right Side Area)
In stru
m en
t Pan el
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 116
Press the right selector wheel when you select the Gauge Settings on the driver information interface. Roll the right selector wheel to change Speed/Distance Units or Gauge Layout.
Speed/Distance Units Enables you to show another unit on the driver information interface, head-up display* and audio/information screen and set the displayed measurements to read in either miles and mph or km and km/h.
Press the right selector wheel when you select the Speed/Distance Units on the driver information interface. Roll the right selector wheel to select the unit and press it. After this, a confirmation screen will appear for a few seconds.
Gauge Settings
* Not available on all models
uuGauges and DisplaysuDriver Information Interface (Right Side Area) In
stru m
en t Pan
el
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 117
Gauge Layout You can change the layout, such as speedometer, tachometer and so on.
Press the right selector wheel when you select the Gauge Layout on the driver information interface. Roll the right selector wheel to select the layout and press it.
117Continued
uuGauges and DisplaysuDriver Information Interface (Right Side Area)
118
In stru
m en
t Pan el
1G-meter
The meter does not display a lateral force larger than 1.0 G.
If there is a problem with the VSA system, the G- meter will not track the lateral force acting on the vehicle.
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 118
A red circle moves around to indicate where your vehicle is currently receiving a lateral force while driving.
G-meter
When decelerated while moving forward When accelerated while reversing
When accelerated while moving forward When decelerated while reversing
Real-time lateral force (red)
When steering to the right
When steering to the left
Lateral forces of the past three seconds (white)
uuGauges and DisplaysuDriver Information Interface (Right Side Area) In
stru m
en t Pan
el
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 119
The indicators on the display show the amount of torque being transferred to the right front, left front, right rear, and left rear wheels.
2 Super Handling-All Wheel DriveTM (SH- AWD)* P. 482
SH-AWD Torque Distribution Monitor*
119Continued* Not available on all models
uuGauges and DisplaysuDriver Information Interface (Right Side Area)
120
In stru
m en
t Pan el
1Driver Attention Monitor
The Driver Attention Monitor cannot always detect if the driver is tired or inattentive. Regardless of the systems feedback, if you are feeling tired, stop in a safe location and rest for as long as needed.
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 120
The Driver Attention Monitor analyzes steering inputs to determine if the vehicle is being driven in a manner consistent with drowsy or inattentive driving. If it determines that the vehicle is being driven in such a manner, it will display the degree of the drivers attention in the driver information interface.
When you select Driver Attention Monitor on the driver information interface, bars on it light up in white to indicate the degree of the drivers attention.
2 Switching the Display P. 112
Driver Attention Monitor
Driver Information Interface
Right Selector Wheel
Level
uuGauges and DisplaysuDriver Information Interface (Right Side Area) In
stru m
en t Pan
el
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 121
If two bars light up, the Driver attention level low message will appear.
If one bar lights up, the Driver attention level low. Time for a break. message will appear, a beep will sound, and the steering wheel will vibrate. If this message appears, stop in a safe location and rest for as long as needed. The message will disappear when the right selector wheel is pressed or when the system has determined that the driver is driving normally. If the driver does not take a break and the monitor continues to detect that the driver is very tired, the message will appear again after approximately 15 minutes, accompanied by a beep and steering wheel vibrations. The message does not appear when the traveling time is 30 minutes or less.
121Continued
uuGauges and DisplaysuDriver Information Interface (Right Side Area)
122
In stru
m en
t Pan el
1For the Driver Attention Monitor to function:
The bars in the driver information interface remain grayed out unless the Driver Attention Monitor is functioning.
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 122
The Driver Attention Monitor resets when: The power mode is set to VEHICLE OFF. The driver unfastens the seat belt and opens the door while the vehicle is stopped.
For the Driver Attention Monitor to function: The vehicle must be traveling above 25 mph (40 km/h). The electric power steering (EPS) system indicator must be off.
Depending on driving conditions or other factors, the Driver Attention Monitor may not function in the following circumstances:
The steering assist function of the Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS) is active. 2 Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS) P. 529
The condition of the road is poor, e.g. the surface is unpaved or bumpy. It is windy. The driver is frequently operating the vehicle in an assertive manner such as
changing lanes or accelerating.
Customizing You can change the Driver Attention Monitor settings. Select Tactile/Audible Alert, Tactile Alert, or OFF.
2 Customized Features P. 351
uuGauges and DisplaysuDriver Information Interface (Right Side Area) In
stru m
en t Pan
el
1Safety Support
If a system is indicated by the color amber, have your vehicle checked by a dealer immediately.
To turn on or off each system, first press and roll the right selector wheel to select the desired item, and then press the right selector wheel.
2 Road Departure Mitigation On and Off P. 553
2 CMBSTM On and Off P. 499 2 System On and Off P. 509 2 Blind spot information System On and Off
P. 489
You can also confirm the status of each function by the color of the safety support indicator.
2 Safety Support Indicator (Amber) P. 103 2 Safety Support Indicator (Green/Gray)
P. 105
Even when the Low Speed Braking Control icon is green, if the parking sensor is turned off for the rear only, the brake assist will not operate when reversing.
2 Turning off All Rear Sensors P. 581
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 123
Indicates the status of Road Departure Mitigation system, CMBSTM, Low Speed Braking Control* and blind spot information system, such as On, Off, or Failure, by color and letters.
The following colors indicate the status of any of the above mentioned systems: Green: The system is on. Gray: The system is off. Amber: There is a problem with the system.
Safety Support
Continued 123* Not available on all models
124
uuGauges and DisplaysuDriver Information Interface (Right Side Area)
In stru
m en
t Pan el
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 124
Area Info for Road Departure Mitigation System
Road Departure Mitigation System Icon and Status Info
Blind Spot Information System Icon and Status Info
Area Info for Blind Spot Information System
Area Info for Low Speed Braking Control
Low Speed Braking Control Icon and Status Info
CMBSTM Icon and Status Info
Area Info for CMBSTMModels with Low Speed Braking Control
uuGauges and DisplaysuHead-Up Display* In
stru m
en t Pan
el
1Head-Up Display*
When you unlock and open the drivers door with a remote transmitter or keyless access system, the head-up display adjusts automatically to one of the two preset positions.
Press and hold the button to raise the display.
3
Press and hold the button to lower the display.
4
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 125
Head-Up Display*
Shows the currently selected Driving View information, navigation, audio and phone information, etc. You can choose which items are displayed using the left selector wheel on the steering wheel. They are displayed when the power mode is in ON.
2 To Change Head-Up Display Content P. 127 2 Audio Remote Controls P. 248 2 Bluetooth HandsFreeLink P. 383
The display can be moved up and down to become level with your eyes. To raise or lower the head-up display: Press and hold the or button until the desired position is reached.
3 4
/ Button3 4
Head-Up Display
125Continued* Not available on all models
126
uuGauges and DisplaysuHead-Up Display*
In stru
m en
t Pan el
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 126
The display also shows the following warnings. Lane Departure Warning: When your
vehicle is too close to the traffic lane lines, the lane departure warning appears.
2 Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS) P. 529
Head-Up Warning Lights: Flash when the BRAKE message appears on the driver information interface.
2 Collision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM) P. 495
2 Low Speed Braking Control* P. 506 2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with
Low Speed Follow P. 512
Lane Departure Warning
* Not available on all models
uuGauges and DisplaysuHead-Up Display* In
stru m
en t Pan
el
eed Turn-by-Turn Directions
ACC llow icle t
Turn-by-Turn Directions, Vehicle Speed, Speed Limit Information
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 127
Press the APPS button and roll the left selector wheel to select Select Driving View and press the left selector wheel. Each time you move the left selector wheel to the right or left, the head-up display content will change.
To Change Head-Up Display Content
Head-Up Display
Blank Vehicle Speed, Sp Limit Information
Turn-by-Turn Directions, Current Mode for ACC with Low Speed Follow and the LKAS, Vehicle Speed, Speed Limit Information
Current Mode for with Low Speed Fo and the LKAS, Veh Speed, Speed Limi Information
Left Selector Wheel
APPS Button
127Continued
uuGauges and DisplaysuHead-Up Display*
128
In stru
m en
t Pan el
1Vehicle Speed
Switch between mph and km/h by using the driver information interface or customized features on the audio/information screen.
2 Speed/Distance Units P. 116 2 Customized Features P. 351
1Speed Limit Information
The speed limit displayed on the screen may differ to the actual speed limit. The speed limit for some roads is not displayed.
You can select whether the source of the speed limit information is the front sensor camera or the navigation system. You can also turn off speed limit information.
2 Customized Features P. 351
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 128
Shows your driving speed in mph or km/h.
Shows the current mode for ACC with Low Speed Follow, LKAS, and traffic jam assist.
2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow P. 512 2 Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS) P. 529 2 Traffic Jam Assist P. 538
Shows the current speed limit based on either information compiled through the navigation system or speed limit signs captured by the front sensor camera.
Vehicle Speed
Current Mode for ACC with Low Speed Follow, LKAS, and Traffic Jam Assist
Speed Limit Information
uuGauges and DisplaysuHead-Up Display* In
stru m
en t Pan
el
1Navigation
Turn-by-turn directions may not be available for all apps.
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 129
Turn-by-Turn Directions When driving guidance is provided by the navigation system, Android Auto or Apple CarPlay, turn-by-turn directions to your destination appear.
2 Refer to the Navigation System Manual 2 Android Auto P. 319 2 Apple CarPlay P. 314
Navigation
129
130
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 130
lank.
* Not available on all m
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 131
Controls
This chapter explains how to operate the various controls necessary for driving.
Clock .................................................. 132 Locking and Unlocking the Doors
Key .................................................. 134 Low Keyless Access Remote Signal Strength......................................... 136
Locking/Unlocking the Doors from the Outside .......................................... 137
Locking/Unlocking the Doors from the Inside ............................................. 147
Childproof Door Locks ..................... 149 Auto Door Locking/Unlocking .......... 150
Tailgate.............................................. 151 Security System ................................ 161 Windows ........................................... 164 Panoramic Roof................................. 167
odels
Operating the Switches Around the Steering Wheel ENGINE START/STOP Button............. 170 Turn Signals ..................................... 173 Light Switches.................................. 174 Fog Lights* ...................................... 177 Daytime Running Lights ................... 177 Auto High-Beam.............................. 178 Wipers and Washers ........................ 181 Rear Defogger/Heated Door Mirror Button ...184 Heated Windshield Button* ............. 184 Brightness Control ........................... 185 Driving Position Memory System ...... 187 Adjusting the Steering Wheel........... 190
Mirrors Interior Rearview Mirror ................... 191 Power Door Mirrors ......................... 192
Seats Front Seats ...................................... 194 Second Row Seats ........................... 199 Third Row Seats............................... 203 Armrest ........................................... 211
Interior Convenience Items.............. 212 Climate Control System
Using Automatic Climate Control .... 235 Rear Climate Control System ........... 239 Automatic Climate Control Sensors... 241
131
132
C o
n tro
ls
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 132
Clock
1Clock
The clock is automatically updated through the audio system.
1Adjusting the Time
You can also adjust the clock by selecting the clock displayed on the right side of the display. 1. Press the (cards list) button. 2. Select Clock using the B-zone touchpad. 3. Press the B-zone touchpad. 4. Select Set Date & Time using the A-zone
touchpad. 5. Select Automatic Date & Time. 6. Select Off. 7. Select Set Date or Set Time. 8. Select (+/ (- to adjust the dates, hours and
minutes. 9. Press the (back) button to set the date or
time.
Adjusting the Clock You can adjust the time manually in the audio/information screen, with the power mode in ON.
You can adjust the time using the A-zone touchpad. 2 True Touchpad Interface P. 251
1. Press the (home) button. 2. Select Settings. 3. Select System. 4. Select Date & Time. 5. Select Set Date & Time. 6. Select Automatic Date & Time. 7. Select Off.
To adjust time: 8. Select Set Time. 9. Select (+/ (- . u When you customize the clock display
to 24 hour clock, AM/PM icon is not displayed.
2 Customized Features P. 351
10. Press the (back) button to set the time.
Adjusting the Time
uuClockuAdjusting the Clock C
o n
tro ls
1Adjusting the Time
You can customize the clock display to show the 12 hour clock or 24 hour clock.
2 Customized Features P. 351
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 133
To adjust date: 8. Select Set Date. 9. Select (+ / (- .
10. Press the (back) button to set the date.
133
134
C o
n tro
ls
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 134
Locking and Unlocking the Doors
1Key
All the keys have an immobilizer system. The immobilizer system helps to protect against vehicle theft.
2 Immobilizer System P. 161
Follow the advice below to prevent damage to the keys: Do not leave the keys in direct sunlight, or in
locations with high temperature or high humidity. Do not drop the keys or set heavy objects on them. Keep the keys away from liquids, dust and sand. Do not take the keys apart except for replacing the
battery. If the circuits in the keys are damaged, the engine may not start, and the keyless access system may not work. If the keys do not work properly, have them inspected by a dealer.
You can remotely start the engine using the two-way keyless access remote.
2 Remote Engine Start* P. 445
Models with two-way keyless access remote
Key This vehicle comes with the following keys:
Use the keys to start and stop the engine, and to lock and unlock all the doors, tailgate, and fuel fill door.
Models with two-way keyless access remote
Models without two-way keyless access remote
* Not available on all models
uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuKey C
o n
tro ls
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 135
The built-in key can be used to lock/unlock the doors when the keyless access remote battery becomes weak and the power door lock/ unlock operation is disabled.
To remove the built-in key, pull out the key while pressing the release button. To reinstall the built-in key, push the built-in key into the keyless access remote until it clicks.
Built-in Key
Built-in Key
Release Button
135Continued
uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuLow Keyless Access Remote Signal Strength
136
C o
n tro
ls
1Key Number Tag
Keep the key number tag separate from the key in a safe place outside of your vehicle. If you wish to purchase an additional key, contact a dealer.
If you lose your key and you cannot start the engine, contact a dealer.
1Low Keyless Access Remote Signal Strength
Communication between the keyless access remote and the vehicle consumes the keyless access remotes battery. Battery life is about two years, but this varies depending on regularity of use. The battery is consumed whenever the keyless access remote is receiving strong radio waves. Avoid placing it near electrical appliances such as televisions and personal computers.
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 136
Contains a number that you will need if you purchase a replacement key.
Low Keyless Access Remote Signal Strength The vehicle transmits radio waves to locate the keyless access remote when locking/ unlocking the doors and tailgate, fuel fill door or to start the engine.
In the following cases, locking/unlocking the doors and tailgate, fuel fill door or starting the engine may be inhibited or operation may be unstable: Strong radio waves are being transmitted by nearby equipment. You are carrying the keyless access remote together with telecommunications
equipment, laptop computers, cell phones, or wireless devices. A metallic object is touching or covering the keyless access remote.
Key Number Tag
uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuLocking/Unlocking the Doors from the Outside C
o n
tro ls
1Locking/Unlocking the Doors from the Outside
If the interior light switch is in the door activated position, the interior light comes on when you unlock the doors and tailgate. No doors opened: The light fades out after 30 seconds. Doors and tailgate relocked: The light goes off immediately.
2 Interior Lights P. 212
1Using the Keyless Access System
If you do not open a door or the tailgate within 30 seconds of unlocking the vehicle with the keyless access system, the doors and tailgate will automatically relock.
You can lock or unlock doors using the keyless access system only when the power mode is in VEHICLE OFF.
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 137
Locking/Unlocking the Doors from the Outside
When you carry the keyless access remote, you can lock/unlock the doors, tailgate, and fuel fill door.
You can lock/unlock the doors, tailgate, and fuel fill door within a radius of about 32 inches (80 cm) of the outside door handle or tailgate outer handle.
Using the Keyless Access System Models without rear door touch sensor
Models with rear door touch sensor
137Continued
uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuLocking/Unlocking the Doors from the Outside
138
C o
n tro
ls
1Using the Keyless Access System
Do not leave the keyless access remote in the vehicle when you get out. Carry it with you.
Even if you are not carrying the keyless access remote, you can lock/unlock the doors and tailgate while someone else with the remote is within range.
The door may be unlocked if the door handle is covered with water in heavy rain or in a car wash if the keyless access remote is within range.
If you grip a door handle or touch a door lock sensor wearing gloves, the door sensor may be slow to respond or may not respond by unlocking the doors.
After locking the door, you have up to two seconds during which you can pull the door handle to confirm whether the door is locked. If you need to unlock the door immediately after locking it, wait at least two seconds before gripping the handle, otherwise the door will not unlock.
The door might not open if you pull it immediately after gripping the door handle. Grip the handle again and confirm that the door is unlocked before pulling the handle.
Even within the 32 inches (80 cm) radius, you may not be able to lock/unlock the doors with the keyless access remote if it is above or below the outside handle.
The keyless access remote may not operate if it is too close to the door and door glass.
The light flash, beep and door unlock mode settings can be customized using the audio/information screen.
2 Customized Features P. 351
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 138
Locking the doors and tailgate Touch the door lock sensor on the front or rear* doors, or press the lock button on the tailgate. u Some exterior lights flash; the beeper
sounds; all the doors, tailgate, and fuel fill door lock; and the security system sets.
Door Lock Sensor
Lock Button
* Not available on all models
uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuLocking/Unlocking the Doors from the Outside C
o n
tro ls
1Using the Keyless Access System
When you go into the keyless access system working range with all the doors locked, the door outer handle ambient lights come on for 30 seconds. The lights do not come on if you have previously stayed within the range for more than two minutes, or the doors have been locked for a few days. The feature activates again after you drive the vehicle, then lock the doors.
You can also unlock and open with the power tailgate.
2 Opening/Closing the Power Tailgate P. 153
Models with door outer handle ambient lights
All models
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 139
Unlocking the doors and tailgate Grab the drivers door handle: u The drivers door and fuel fill door
unlock. u Some exterior lights flash twice and the
beeper sounds twice. Grab the front passengers door or rear* door handle: u All doors, tailgate, and fuel fill door
unlock. u Some exterior lights flash twice and the
beeper sounds twice. Press the tailgate outer handle: u The tailgate unlocks. u Some exterior lights flash twice and the
beeper sounds twice. 2 Opening/Closing the Tailgate P. 152
Outer Handle
Continued 139* Not available on all models
uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuLocking/Unlocking the Doors from the Outside
140
C o
n tro
ls
1Locking the doors and tailgate (Walk away auto lock)
The auto lock function is set to OFF as the factory default setting. The auto lock function can be set to ON using the audio/information screen. If you set the auto lock function to ON using the audio/information screen, only the remote transmitter that was used to unlock the drivers door prior to the setting change can activate auto lock.
2 Customized Features P. 351
After the auto lock function has been activated, when you stay within the locking/unlocking operation range, the indicator on the keyless access remote will continue to flash until the doors and tailgate are locked.
When you stay beside the vehicle within the operation range, the doors and tailgate will automatically lock approximately 30 seconds after the auto lock function activating beeper sounds.
When you open a door or tailgate after the auto lock function activating beeper sounds, the auto lock function will be delayed until all doors and tailgate are closed.
Under the following circumstances, the auto lock function will not activate: The remote is inside the vehicle.
The remote is taken out of its operational range before all the doors and tailgate are closed.
uThe beeper will not sound.
uThe beeper will sound.
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 140
Locking the doors and tailgate (Walk away auto lock)
When you walk away from the vehicle with all doors and tailgate closed while carrying the keyless access remote, the doors and tailgate will automatically lock. The auto lock function activates when all doors and tailgate are closed or all doors are closed and tailgate begins power close operation, and the keyless access remote is within about 5 feet (1.5 m) radius of the outside door handle or tailgate outer handle. Exit vehicle while carrying keyless access remote and close door(s) and tailgate. 1. While within about 5 feet (1.5 m) radius of
the vehicle. u The beeper sounds; the auto lock
function will be activated. 2. Carry the keyless access remote beyond
about 5 feet (1.5 m) from the vehicle and remain outside this range for 2 or more seconds. u Some exterior lights flash; the beeper
sounds; all doors and tailgate will then lock.
The activation range of the auto lock function is about 5 feet (1.5 m)
uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuLocking/Unlocking the Doors from the Outside C
o n
tro ls
1Locking the doors and tailgate (Walk away auto lock)
If you use the power tailgate walk away close function when all the doors are closed, the auto lock function will also be activated. uWhen you walk away from the vehicle while the
power tailgate is automatically closing, it will continue to lock automatically. 2 Power Tailgate Walk Away Close* P. 155
If equipped, the user must wait until the power tailgate fully closes before the auto lock function will be activated.
The auto lock function does not operate when any of the following conditions are met. The keyless access remote is inside the vehicle. A door, tailgate or the hood is not closed. The power mode is set to any mode other than
OFF. The keyless access remote is not located within a
radius of about 5 feet (1.5 m) from the vehicle when you get out of the vehicle and close the doors and tailgate.
Models with power tailgate walk away close
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 141
To temporarily deactivate the function: 1. Set the power mode to OFF. 2. Open the drivers door. 3. Using the master door lock switch, operate
the lock as follows: Lock Unlock Lock Unlock. u The beeper sounds and the function is
deactivated.
To restore the function: Set the power mode to ON. Lock the vehicle without using the auto lock
function. With the keyless access remote on you,
move out of the auto lock function operation range.
Open any door.
Continued 141* Not available on all models
uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuLocking/Unlocking the Doors from the Outside
142
C o
n tro
ls
1Locking the doors and tailgate (Walk away auto lock)
Auto lock function operation stop beeper After the auto lock function has been activated, the auto lock operation stop beeper sounds for approximately two seconds in the following cases. The keyless access remote is put inside the vehicle
through a window. You are located too close to the vehicle. The keyless access remote is put inside the tailgate. If the warning beeper sounds, check that you are carrying the keyless access remote. Then, open/close a door and confirm the auto lock activation beeper sounds once.
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 142
uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuLocking/Unlocking the Doors from the Outside C
o n
tro ls
1Using the Remote Transmitter
If you do not open a door or the tailgate within 30 seconds of unlocking the vehicle with the remote transmitter, the doors and tailgate will automatically relock. You can change the relock timer setting.
2 Customized Features P. 351
You can lock or unlock doors using the remote transmitter only when the power mode is in VEHICLE OFF.
The remote transmitter uses low-power signals, so the operating range may vary depending on the surroundings.
The remote will not lock the vehicle when a door is open.
If the distance at which the remote transmitter works varies, the battery is probably low. If the LED does not come on when you press a button, the battery is dead.
2 Replacing the Button Battery P. 648
You can customize the door unlock mode setting. 2 Customized Features P. 351
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 143
Locking the doors and tailgate Press the lock button. Once: u Some exterior lights flash, all the doors,
tailgate, and fuel fill door lock, and the security system sets.
Twice (within five seconds after the first push): u The beeper sounds and verifies the
security system is set.
Unlocking the doors and tailgate Press the unlock button. Once: u Some exterior lights flash twice, and the
drivers door and fuel fill door unlock. Twice: u The remaining doors and tailgate unlock.
*1: Checking Door Lock Status* P. 144
Using the Remote Transmitter
LED
Unlock Button
Lock Button
LED*1
Unlock Button
Lock Button
Continued 143* Not available on all models
uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuLocking/Unlocking the Doors from the Outside
144
C o
n tro
ls
1Checking Door Lock Status*
Operate the remote in an open space. If there are buildings or other obstacles between your vehicle and the remote, the remote may not work even within the operable range. However, the range required for unlocking the tailgate and all the doors as well as activating the panic function is the same as that required for operating the standard keyless access remote.
When checking the door lock status, you can also start or stop the engine.
2 Remote Engine Start* P. 445
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 144
You can remotely check if your vehicles doors are all locked or any are unlocked using the keyless access remote from extended distances.
Press the lock button, the Amber (left) LED blinks once. After three seconds one of the following feedback will come: Green (center) comes on: Acknowledges that the doors are locked. Red (right) comes on: Acknowledges that doors are not locked, or any door is not
completely closed. Red (right) blinks three times: The remote does not receive the door lock status
from the vehicle.
Checking Door Lock Status*
Red
Green
Amber
Lock Button
* Not available on all models
uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuLocking/Unlocking the Doors from the Outside C
o n
tro ls
1Locking/Unlocking the Doors Using a Key
When you lock the drivers door with a key, all the other doors, tailgate, and fuel fill door lock at the same time. When unlocking, the drivers door and fuel fill door unlock first. Turn the key a second time within a few seconds to unlock the remaining doors and the tailgate.
You can customize the door unlock mode setting. 2 Customized Features P. 351
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 145
If the lock or unlock button of the keyless access remote does not work, use the key instead.
2 Replacing the Button Battery P. 648
Fully insert the key and turn it.
Locking/Unlocking the Doors Using a Key
Lock
Unlock
Continued 145
uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuLocking/Unlocking the Doors from the Outside
146
C o
n tro
ls
1Locking a Door Without Using a Key
When you lock the drivers door, all the other doors, tailgate, and fuel fill door lock at the same time. Before locking a door, make sure that the key is not inside the vehicle.
You can change the lockout protection operation setting.
2 Customized Features P. 351
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 146
If you do not have the key on you, or if for some reason you cannot lock a door using the key, you can lock the door without it.
Locking the front doors Push the lock tab forward a or push the master door lock switch in the lock direction b, and close the door.
Locking the rear doors Push the lock tab forward and close the door.
Lockout protection function If the vehicle cannot detect the keyless access remote, lockout protection activates: u A beeper sounds, some exterior lights
flash, the doors unlock, and a message appears on the driver information interface.
u This allows you to open a door in case the keyless access remote is still inside the vehicle.
If you do not open a door, all doors relock after 15 seconds.
To avoid non-detection, make sure to keep the keyless access remote away from cell phones and other devices that may cause signal interference.
Locking a Door Without Using a Key
uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuLocking/Unlocking the Doors from the Inside C
o n
tro ls
1Using the Lock Tab
When you lock the door using the lock tab on the drivers door, all of the other doors, tailgate, and fuel fill door lock at the same time. When you unlock the door using the lock tab on the drivers door, only the drivers door will unlock.
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 147
Locking/Unlocking the Doors from the Inside
Locking a door Push the lock tab forward.
Unlocking a door Pull the lock tab rearward.
Using the Lock Tab
To unlock
Lock Tab
To lock
147Continued
uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuLocking/Unlocking the Doors from the Inside
148
C o
n tro
ls
1Unlocking Using the Front Door Inner Handle
The front door inner handles are designed to allow front seat occupants to open the door in one motion. However, this feature requires that front seat occupants never pull a front door inner handle while the vehicle is in motion.
Children should always ride in a rear seat where childproof door locks are provided.
2 Childproof Door Locks P. 149
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 148
Pull the front door inner handle. u The door unlocks and opens in one
motion.
Unlocking and opening the drivers door from the inner handle unlocks all the other doors.
To avoid all the doors unlocking, use the lock tab on the drivers door to unlock, then lock again before opening the door. u This setting works for one time only. If you do not want all the doors to be
unlock all the time, customize the Auto Door Unlock setting to OFF using the audio/information screen. 2 Customized Features P. 351
Unlocking Using the Front Door Inner Handle
Inner Handle
uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuChildproof Door Locks C
o n
tro ls
1Using the Master Door Lock Switch
When you lock/unlock either front door using the master door lock switch, all the other doors, tailgate, and fuel fill door lock/unlock at the same time.
1Childproof Door Locks
To open the door from the inside when the childproof door lock is on, put the lock tab in the unlock position, lower the rear window, put your hand out of the window, and pull the outside door handle.
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 149
Press the master door lock switch in as shown to lock or unlock all the doors, tailgate, and fuel fill door.
Childproof Door Locks The childproof door locks prevent the rear doors from being opened from the inside regardless of the position of the lock tab.
Slide the lever in the rear door to the lock position, and close the door.
When opening the door Open the door using the outside door handle.
Using the Master Door Lock Switch
To unlock
Master Door Lock Switch
To lock
Setting the Childproof Door Locks
Lock
Unlock
149
150
uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuAuto Door Locking/Unlocking
C o
n tro
ls
1Auto Door Locking/Unlocking
You can turn off or change to another auto door locking/unlocking setting using the audio/ information screen.
2 Customized Features P. 351
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 150
Auto Door Locking/Unlocking Your vehicle locks or unlocks all doors automatically when a certain condition is met.
Drive lock mode All doors and tailgate lock when the vehicles speed reaches about 10 mph (15 km/h).
Drivers door open mode All doors unlock when the drivers door is opened.
Auto Door Locking
Auto Door Unlocking
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 151
Tailgate
o n
tro ls
1Precautions for Opening/Closing the Tailgate
Be careful not to hit your head on the tailgate or to put your hands between the tailgate and the cargo area when closing the tailgate.
When you are storing or picking up luggage from the cargo area, or by using a forward and back kicking motion under the center of the rear bumper for hands free access*, while the engine is idling, do not stand in front of the exhaust pipe. You may get burned.
Do not allow any passenger in the cargo space. They may get hurt during hard braking, a sudden acceleration, or a crash.
3WARNING Anyone caught in the path of a tailgate that is being opened or closed can be seriously injured.
Make sure that all people are clear of the tailgate before opening or closing it.
Precautions for Opening/Closing the Tailgate Always make sure individuals and objects are clear of the tailgate before opening or closing it.
Open the tailgate all the way. u If it is not fully opened, the tailgate may begin to close under its own weight.
Be careful when it is windy. The wind may cause the tailgate to close.
Keep the tailgate closed while driving to: u Avoid possible damage. u Prevent exhaust gas from leaking into the vehicle. 2 Carbon Monoxide Gas P. 82
151* Not available on all models
152
uuTailgateuOpening/Closing the Tailgate
C o
n tro
ls
1Precautions for Opening/Closing the Tailgate
Make sure luggage or other items do not touch the tailgate support struts.
Tailgate Support Struts
1Opening/Closing the Tailgate
Do not leave the keyless access remote in the vehicle when you get out. Carry it with you.
Even if you are not carrying the keyless access remote, you can unlock the tailgate while someone else with the remote is within range.
Do not leave the keyless access remote inside the cargo area and close the tailgate. The beeper sounds and the tailgate cannot be closed.
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 152
Opening/Closing the Tailgate When all the doors are unlocked, the tailgate is unlocked.
Press the outer handle of the tailgate for more than one second, and lift open the tailgate.
If you are carrying the keyless access remote, you do not have to unlock the tailgate before opening it.
To close the tailgate, grab the inner handle, pull the tailgate down, and push it closed from outside.
If you close the tailgate when all the doors are locked, the tailgate locks automatically.
Outer Handle
Inner Handle
uuTailgateuOpening/Closing the Power Tailgate C
o n
tro ls
1Opening/Closing the Power Tailgate
NOTICE Do not push or pull on the power tailgate when it is being automatically opened or closed. Forcibly opening or closing the power tailgate while in operation can deform the tailgate frame.
When operating the power tailgate, make sure there is enough space around your vehicle. People near the tailgate may be seriously hurt if the tailgate hits or closes on their heads. Be especially cautious if children are around.
The power tailgate may not open or close under the following conditions: You start the engine while the tailgate is
automatically opening or closing. The vehicle is parked on a steep hill. The vehicle is swayed in a strong wind. The tailgate or the roof is covered with snow or ice.
3WARNING Opening or closing a power tailgate while any part of a passenger is in the tailgates operating path can cause serious injury. Make sure all passengers or objects are clear of the tailgate operating range before opening or closing the tailgate.
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 153
Opening/Closing the Power Tailgate The power tailgate can be operated by pressing the power tailgate button on the remote transmitter, pressing the power tailgate button on the drivers door, pressing the outer handle on the tailgate, or by using a forward and back kicking motion under the center of the rear bumper for hands free access*.
The power tailgate can be opened/closed when the transmission is in (P .
153Continued* Not available on all models
uuTailgateuOpening/Closing the Power Tailgate
154
C o
n tro
ls
1Using the Hands Free Access*
During rain or in other instances when the vehicle becomes wet, the sensor may not properly detect your foot motion.
When performing work on or around the rear section of the vehicle, you may inadvertently open or close the tailgate. To prevent this from happening, select Customized Features on the audio/information screen and then select OFF for the feature.
2 Customized Features P. 351
If you hold your foot under the bumper for too long or sweep your foot from side to side, the power tailgate does not open or close.
This function will not operate if you dont have the keyless access remote on you. Please make sure you have the keyless access remote on you.
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 154
Use a forward and back kicking motion for about 1 second under the center of the rear bumper to open or close the power tailgate while carrying the keyless access remote. u Some exterior lights flash and a beeper
sound, then the tailgate begins to move.
Using the Hands Free Access*
1 sec.
* Not available on all models
uuTailgateuOpening/Closing the Power Tailgate C
o n
tro ls
1Power Tailgate Walk Away Close*
When auto lock function is set to ON, the vehicle will automatically lock when all doors and the tailgate have closed.
2 Locking the doors and tailgate (Walk away auto lock) P. 140
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 155
When you walk away from the vehicle while carrying the keyless access remote, the power tailgate will automatically close.
1. Carry the keyless access remote and press the walk away close button. u The indicator on the walk away close
button will turn green when the walk away close is activated.
2. Walk at least 3 feet (1.0 m) away from the vehicle within 30 seconds of pressing the walk away close button. u Some exterior lights flash and a beeper
sounds, then the power tailgate begins to close.
Power Tailgate Walk Away Close*
Walk Away Close Button
Walk at least 3 feet (1.0 m) away
Continued 155* Not available on all models
uuTailgateuOpening/Closing the Power Tailgate
156
C o
n tro
ls
1Opening/Closing the Power Tailgate
If you close the power tailgate when all the doors are locked, the power tailgate locks automatically.
If you replace the battery or the power tailgate fuse while the tailgate is open, the power tailgate may be disabled. The power tailgate resumes once you manually close the tailgate.
Installing aftermarket components other than Acura genuine accessories on the power tailgate may prevent it from fully opening or closing.
Make sure the power tailgate is fully open before you get your luggage in and out.
The beeper sounds when you start driving while the power tailgate is still open, or closing.
Do not touch the sensors located on both sides of the tailgate. The power tailgate does not close if you touch either sensor when you are trying to close the tailgate.
Be careful not to scratch the sensors with a sharp object. If scratched, they can be damaged, and the power tailgate closing feature malfunctions.
If the power tailgate meets resistance while opening or closing, the auto reverse feature reverses the direction. The beeper sounds three times.
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 156
Press the power tailgate button for more than one second to operate when the power mode is in VEHICLE OFF. u Some exterior lights flash and the beeper
sounds.
If you press the button again while the power tailgate is moving, it will stop. Press the button for more than one second, and the power tailgate will reverse direction.
Customizing when to open the tailgate Anytime: The power tailgate unlocks and opens at the same time. This is the default setting. When Unlocked: The tailgate opens when all doors are unlocked.
2 Customized Features P. 351
Using the Remote Transmitter
Power Tailgate Button
Power Tailgate Button
uuTailgateuOpening/Closing the Power Tailgate C
o n
tro ls
1Opening/Closing the Power Tailgate
The auto reverse function stops sensing when the tailgate is almost closed to make sure that it fully closes.
1Using the Tailgate Outer Handle
Do not leave the keyless access remote in the vehicle when you get out. Carry it with you.
Even if you are not carrying the keyless access remote, you can unlock the tailgate while someone else with the remote is within range.
Do not leave the keyless access remote inside the cargo area and close the tailgate. The beeper sounds and the tailgate cannot be closed.
You can change the power tailgate operation setting on and off.
2 Customized Features P. 351
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 157
To open or close the power tailgate, press the power tailgate button for about one second. u Some exterior lights flash and the beeper
sounds.
If you press the button again while the power tailgate is moving, it will stop. Press the button for about one second, and the power tailgate will reverse direction.
If you press the outer handle of the tailgate for no longer than one second, the tailgate opens automatically. u The beeper sounds. u If you want to open the tailgate
manually, press the outer handle for more than one second. 2 Opening/Closing the Tailgate P. 152
If you are carrying the keyless access remote, you do not have to unlock the tailgate before opening it.
If you press the outer handle again while the power tailgate is moving, it will stop. Press the outer handle, and the power tailgate will reverse direction.
Using the Power Tailgate Button
Power Tailgate Button
Using the Tailgate Outer Handle
Outer Handle
Continued 157
158
uuTailgateuOpening/Closing the Power Tailgate
C o
n tro
ls
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 158
Press the tailgate inner button on the tailgate to close the power tailgate. u The beeper sounds.
If you press the tailgate inner button again while the power tailgate is moving, it will stop. Press and release the tailgate inner button again, and the power tailgate will reverse direction.
Using the Tailgate Inner Button
Tailgate Inner Button
uuTailgateuOpening/Closing the Power Tailgate C
o n
tro ls
1Programming Tailgate Position
If the tailgate is only slightly opened, the position cannot be programmed, even if you push the tailgate inner button.
If you want to reprogram the power tailgate to open all the way, manually raise the tailgate to its upper most position and follow the directions in step 2.
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 159
The extent to which the power tailgate automatically opens can be programmed.
To program: 1. Open the tailgate to the desired position.
2. Press and hold the tailgate inner button. You will hear one long beep, followed by two short beeps.
Programming Tailgate Position
Tailgate Inner Button
Continued 159
uuTailgateuOpening/Closing the Power Tailgate
160
C o
n tro
ls
1Auto-Closer
Keep your hands away from the tailgate when you manually close the tailgate and let it latch automatically. It is dangerous to put your hands around the tailgate as it starts to latch itself.
The auto-closer feature does not activate if you press and hold the tailgate outer handle while the power tailgate is closing.
NOTICE Do not put any force on the tailgate while the power tailgate is latching.
1Power Tailgate Fall Detection
If you try to manually close the power tailgate immediately after it fully opens, the power tailgate fall detection may activate.
Once the power tailgate fall detection activates, wait until the power tailgate fully closes. Keep away from the power tailgate when it is in motion.
If the power tailgate fall detection constantly activates, consult a dealer.
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 160
If you manually close the power tailgate, it latches automatically.
Automatically lowers the power tailgate when there is a possibility that the fully opened power tailgate can fall down by its own weight (for example, by snow on the tailgate). The beeper sounds while the power tailgate lowers.
Auto-Closer
Power Tailgate Fall Detection
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 161
Security System
o n
tro ls
1Immobilizer System
NOTICE Leaving the key in the vehicle can result in theft or accidental movement of the vehicle. Always take the key with you whenever you leave the vehicle unattended.
Do not alter the system or add other devices to it. Doing so may damage the system and make your vehicle inoperable.
Apply and hold the brake pedal before turning the vehicle on the first time after the battery has been disconnected.
Canadian models
1Security System Alarm
Do not alter the system or add other devices to it. Doing so may damage the system and make your vehicle inoperable.
The security system alarm continues for a maximum of two minutes until the security system alarm deactivates.
Immobilizer System This system prevents a key that has not been pre-registered from starting the engine.
Pay attention to the following when pressing the ENGINE START/STOP button: Do not allow objects that emit strong radio waves near the ENGINE START/
STOP button. Make sure the key is not covered by or touching a metal object. Do not bring a key from another vehicles immobilizer system near the ENGINE
START/STOP button. Do not put the key near magnetic items. Electronic devices, such as televisions
and audio systems emit strong magnetic fields. Note that even a key chain can become magnetic.
Security System Alarm The security system alarm activates when the tailgate, hood or doors are forcibly opened. The alarm does not activate if the tailgate or doors are opened with the key, remote transmitter, or keyless access system.
However, the alarm activates if a door is opened with the key and then the hood is opened before the power mode is set to ON.
When the security system alarm activates The horn sounds intermittently, and some exterior lights flash.
161Continued
uuSecurity SystemuSecurity System Alarm
162
C o
n tro
ls
1Security System Alarm
Do not set the security system alarm when someone is in the vehicle or a window is open. The system can accidentally activate when: Unlocking the door with the lock tab. Opening the hood with the hood release. Opening the tailgate with the power tailgate
button on the drivers door.
If the battery goes dead after you have set the security system alarm, the security alarm may go off once the battery is recharged or replaced. If this occurs, deactivate the security system alarm by unlocking a door using the key, remote transmitter, or keyless access system.
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 162
To deactivate the security system alarm Unlock the vehicle using the key, remote transmitter or keyless access system, or set the power mode to ON. The system, along with the horn and flashing lights, is deactivated.
Setting the security system alarm The security system alarm automatically sets when the following conditions have been met: The power mode is set to VEHICLE OFF. The hood is closed. All doors and the tailgate are locked from outside with the key, remote
transmitter, or keyless access system.
When the security system alarm sets The security system alarm indicator in the instrument panel blinks and the blinking interval changes after about 15 seconds.
To cancel the security system alarm The security system alarm is canceled when the vehicle is unlocked using the remote transmitter or keyless access system, or when the power mode is set to ON. The security system alarm indicator goes off at the same time.
uuSecurity SystemuSecurity System Alarm C
o n
tro ls
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 163
The panic button on the remote transmitter
If you press the panic button for approximately one second, the following will occur for about 30 seconds: The horn sounds. Some exterior lights flash.
Canceling panic mode Press any button on the remote transmitter. Set the power mode to ON.
Panic Mode
Panic Button
Panic Button
163
164
C o
n tro
ls
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 164
Windows
1Opening/Closing the Power Windows
The power windows can be operated for up to 10 minutes after you set the power mode to VEHICLE OFF. Opening either front door cancels this function.
Auto Reverse If a power window senses resistance when closing automatically, it will stop closing and reverse direction.
The drivers window auto reverse function is disabled when you continuously pull up the switch.
The auto reverse function stops sensing when the window is almost closed to ensure that it fully closes.
3WARNING Closing a power window on someones hands or fingers can cause serious injury.
Make sure your passengers are away from the windows before closing them.
Opening/Closing the Power Windows The power windows can be opened and closed when the power mode is in ON, using the switches on the doors.
The drivers side switches can be used to open and close all the windows. The power window lock button on the drivers side must be switched off (indicator off) to open and close the windows from anywhere other than the drivers seat.
When the power window lock button is pushed in, the indicator comes on and you can only operate the drivers window. Turn the power window lock button on if a child is in the vehicle.
uuWindowsuOpening/Closing the Power Windows C
o n
tro ls
1Opening/Closing the Power Windows
While driving with any of the windows open, you may hear a booming, throbbing, or helicopter-type noise or pressure. This is called wind buffeting. This is a normal occurrence that can be minimized.
If you hear a wind buffeting noise with any of the windows open, lower all of the other windows slightly or open the panoramic roof.
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 165
Manual operation To open: Push the switch down lightly, and hold it until the desired position is reached. To close: Pull the switch up lightly, and hold it until the desired position is reached.
Automatic operation To open: Push the switch down firmly. To close: Pull the switch up firmly.
The window opens or closes completely. To stop the window at any time, push or pull the switch briefly.
Opening/Closing the Windows with Auto-Open/Close Function
Power Window Lock Button
Rear Passengers Window Switches
Front Passengers Window Switch
Drivers Window Switch
Indicator
Continued 165
uuWindowsuOpening/Closing the Power Windows
166
C o
n tro
ls
1Opening the Windows with the Remote
If you open the windows with the remote, the panoramic roof will open automatically along with them.
1Opening/Closing the Windows with the Key
If you open/close the windows with the key, the panoramic roof will open/close automatically along with them.
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 166
To open: Press the unlock button, and then within 10 seconds, press it again and hold it.
If the windows stop midway, repeat the procedure.
To open: Unlock the drivers door with the key. Within 10 seconds of returning the key to the central position, turn the key in the unlock direction and hold it there.
To close: Lock the drivers door with the key. Within 10 seconds of returning the key to the central position, turn the key in the lock direction and hold it there.
Release the key to stop the windows at the desired position. If you want further adjustment, repeat the same operation.
Opening the Windows with the Remote
Unlock Button
Opening/Closing the Windows with the Key
Close Open
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 167
Panoramic Roof
o n
tro ls
1Panoramic Roof
NOTICE Opening the panoramic roof in below freezing temperature or when it is covered with snow or ice can damage the panoramic roof panel or motor.
The panoramic roof and sunshade can be operated for up to 10 minutes after you set the power mode to VEHICLE OFF. Opening either front door cancels this function.
When resistance is detected, the auto reverse function causes the panoramic roof and sunshade to change directions, then stop. Auto reverse stops sensing when the panoramic roof and sunshade are almost closed to ensure that it fully closes.
3WARNING Opening or closing the panoramic roof and sunshade on someones hands or fingers can cause serious injury.
Make sure all hands and fingers are clear of the panoramic roof and sunshade before opening or closing it.
Opening/Closing the Panoramic Roof You can only operate the panoramic roof and sunshade when the power mode is in ON. Use the switch in the front of the ceiling to open and close the panoramic roof and sunshade.
167Continued
uuPanoramic RoofuOpening/Closing the Panoramic Roof
168
C o
n tro
ls
1Panoramic Roof
You can use the remote transmitter or the key to operate the panoramic roof.
2 Opening the Windows with the Remote P. 166
2 Opening/Closing the Windows with the Key P. 166
1Using the Sunshade Switch
The sunshade can be opened or closed to adjust the amount of light that enters the cabin.
When you use the sunshade switch to open the sunshade, the panoramic roof does not move.
The sunshade cannot be fully closed if the panoramic roof is open. When you close the sunshade with the panoramic roof open, the sunshade stops slightly before the panoramic roof. When you push the switch forward again, the sunshade and the panoramic roof close together.
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 168
Automatic operation To open: Pull the switch back firmly. To open half: Push on the center of the sunshade switch. To close: Push the switch forward firmly.
The sunshade will automatically open or close all the way. To stop the sunshade midway, push the switch briefly.
Manual operation To open: Pull the switch back lightly, and hold it until the desired position is reached. To close: Push the switch forward lightly, and hold it until the desired position is reached.
Using the Sunshade Switch
Open
Half Open Close
uuPanoramic RoofuOpening/Closing the Panoramic Roof C
o n
tro ls
1Using the Panoramic Roof Switch
The panoramic roof cannot be fully opened in a single operation. The panoramic roof has a comfort position or wind noise reduction position at which the roof first stops. To open fully, pull the switch back again after the roof has stopped at this position.
Whenever the panoramic roof is opening, the sunshade moves along with it. However, when the panoramic roof is closing, the sunshade does not move.
When you tilt open the panoramic roof, the sunshade opens slightly to let in fresh air. When you close the panoramic roof from this position, the sunshade returns to its closed position.
Comfort Position
Full Open Position
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 169
Automatic operation To open: Pull the switch back firmly. To close: Push the switch forward firmly.
The panoramic roof will automatically open or close all the way. To stop the panoramic roof midway, pull or push the switch briefly.
Manual operation To open: Pull the switch back lightly, and hold it until the desired position is reached. To close: Push the switch forward lightly, and hold it until the desired position is reached.
Tilting the panoramic roof up To tilt: Push on the center of the panoramic roof switch. u The sunshade will open automatically
and the panoramic roof will start to tilt up.
To close: Push the switch forward firmly, then release.
Using the Panoramic Roof Switch
Open
Close Tilt
169
170
C o
n tro
ls
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 170
Operating the Switches Around the Steering Wheel
1ENGINE START/STOP Button
ENGINE START/STOP Button Operating Range You can start the engine when the keyless access remote is inside the vehicle.
The engine may also run if the keyless access remote is close to the door or window, even if it is outside the vehicle.
ON mode: The ENGINE START/STOP button is on (in red), if the engine is running.
If the battery of the keyless access remote is getting low, the engine may not start when you press the ENGINE START/STOP button. If the engine does not start, refer to the following link.
2 If the Keyless Access Remote Battery is Weak P. 696
Do not leave the power mode in ACCESSORY or ON when you get out.
Operating Range
ENGINE START/STOP Button
Changing the Power Mode
VEHICLE OFF (LOCK) The button is off. The power to all electrical components is turned off.
ACCESSORY The button blinks (in red). Operate the audio system and other accessories in this position.
ON The button blinks (in red). All electrical components can be used.
Press the button.
Without pressing the brake pedal
uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluENGINE START/STOP Button C
o n
tro ls
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 171
If you leave the vehicle for 30 to 60 minutes with the transmission in (P and the power mode in ACCESSORY, the vehicle automatically goes into the mode similar to VEHICLE OFF (LOCK) to avoid draining the battery.
If you open the drivers door when the power mode is set to ACCESSORY, a warning beep sounds.
Automatic Power Off
Power Mode Reminder
171Continued
uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluENGINE START/STOP Button
172
C o
n tro
ls
1Keyless Access Remote Reminder
When the keyless access remote is within the systems operational range, and all the doors are closed, the warning function cancels.
If the keyless access remote is taken out of the vehicle after the engine has been started, you can no longer change the ENGINE START/STOP button mode or restart the engine. Always make sure if the keyless access remote is in your vehicle when you operate the ENGINE START/STOP button.
Removing the keyless access remote from the vehicle through a window does not activate the warning buzzer.
Do not put the keyless access remote on the dashboard or in the glove box. It may cause the warning buzzer to activate. Under some other conditions that can prevent the vehicle from locating the keyless access remote, the warning buzzer may also activate even if the remote is within the systems operational range.
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 172
When the power mode is set to any mode other than OFF and you remove the keyless access remote from the vehicle and shut the door, an alarm will sound. If the alarm continues to sound, place the keyless access remote in another location.
When the power mode is in ACCESSORY
The alarm will sound from outside the vehicle.
When the power mode is in ON An alarm will sound both inside and outside the vehicle. In addition, a warning indicator will appear on the instrument panel.
Keyless Access Remote Reminder
uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluTurn Signals C
o n
tro ls
1Turn Signals
The turn signal indicator on the instrument panel will blink when the external turn signal blinks.
2 Indicators P. 86
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 173
Turn Signals The turn signals can be used when the power mode is in ON.
(A): Turn signal Push the lever up or down based on the direction you want to turn, and the turn signal will blink.
(B): One-touch turn signal When you lightly push the lever up or down and release it, the turn signal will blink 3 times. u If you lightly push the lever in the
opposite direction while it is blinking, the blinking will stop.
(A)
(B)
(B)
(A)
173
174
uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluLight Switches
C o
n tro
ls
1Light Switches
If you leave the power mode in VEHICLE OFF while the lights are on, a chime sounds when the drivers door is opened.
When the lights are on, the lights on indicator in the instrument panel will be on.
2 Lights On Indicator P. 99
Do not leave the lights on when the engine is off because it will cause the battery to discharge.
If you sense that the level of the headlights is abnormal, have the vehicle inspected by a dealer.
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 174
Light Switches
Rotating the light switch turns the lights on and off, regardless of the power mode setting.
High beams Push the lever forward until you hear a click.
Low beams When in high beams, pull the lever back to return to low beams.
Flashing the high beams Pull the lever back, and release it.
Lights off Rotate the switch to OFF either when: The transmission is in (P. The parking brake is applied.
To turn the lights on again, rotate the switch to OFF to cancel the lights off mode. Even if you do not cancel the lights off mode, the lights come on automatically when: The transmission is taken out of (P and the
parking brake is released. The vehicle starts to move.
Manual Operation
High Beams
Flashing the high beams Low Beams
Turns on parking, side marker, tail, and rear license plate lights
Turns on headlights, parking, side marker, tail, and rear license plate lights
uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluLight Switches C
o n
tro ls
1Automatic Operation (automatic lighting control)
We recommend that you turn on the lights manually when driving at night, in a dense fog, or in dark areas such as long tunnels or parking facilities.
The light sensor is in the location shown below. Do not cover this light sensor with anything; otherwise, the automatic lighting system may not work properly.
Light Sensor
Models with automatic intermittent wipers
Models without automatic intermittent wipers
Light Sensor
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 175
Automatic lighting control can be used when the power mode is in ON.
When the light switch is in AUTO, the headlights and other exterior lights will switch on and off automatically depending on the ambient brightness.
The headlights come on when you unlock a door in dark areas with the headlight switch in AUTO. u Once you lock the door, the headlights
will go off.
Automatic Operation (automatic lighting control)
Continued 175
uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluLight Switches
176
C o
n tro
ls
1Automatic Operation (automatic lighting control)
You can adjust the auto light sensitivity as follows:
2 Customized Features P. 351
Setting The exterior lights come on when the ambient light is at
Max High Mid Low Min
U.S. models
Bright
Dark
1Headlight Integration with Wiper
This feature activates while the headlights are off in AUTO. The instrument panel brightness does not change when the headlights come on.
At dark ambient light levels, the automatic lighting control feature turns on the headlights, regardless of the number of wiper sweeps.
You can turn the headlight integration with wipers function on and off.
2 Customized Features P. 351
1Automatic Lighting Off Feature
You can change the headlight auto off timer setting. 2 Customized Features P. 351
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 176
The headlights automatically come on when the wipers are used several times within a certain number of intervals with the headlight switch in AUTO. The headlights automatically go off a few minutes later if the wipers are stopped.
The headlights, all other exterior lights, and the instrument panel lights turn off 15 seconds after you set the power mode to VEHICLE OFF, take the remote with you, and close the drivers door.
If you set the power mode to VEHICLE OFF with the headlight switch on, but do not open the door, the lights turn off after 10 minutes (3 minutes, if the switch is in the AUTO position).
The lights turn on again when you unlock or open the drivers door. If you unlock the door, but do not open it within 15 seconds, the lights go off. If you open the drivers door, you will hear a reminder chime alerting you that the lights are on.
Headlight Integration with Wiper
Automatic Lighting Off Feature
uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluFog Lights* C
o n
tro ls
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 177
Fog Lights*
When the low beam headlights are on, turn the fog light switch on to use the fog lights.
Daytime Running Lights The parking/daytime running lights come on when the following conditions have been met: The power mode is in ON. The headlight switch is in AUTO.
Rotating the light switch to OFF will turn off the daytime running lights.
The daytime running lights are off once the headlight switch is turned on, or when the head light switch is in AUTO and it is getting darker outside.
Fog Light Switch
177* Not available on all models
178
uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluAuto High-Beam
C o
n tro
ls
1Auto High-Beam
The auto high-beam system does not always operate in every situation. This system is just for assisting the driver. Always observe your surroundings and switch the headlights between high beam and low beam manually if necessary.
If you find the timing of beam changes inconvenient for driving, change the headlight beams manually.
The range and the distance at which the camera can recognize varies depending on conditions surrounding your vehicle.
Regarding the handling of the camera mounted to the inside of the windshield, refer to the following.
2 Front Sensor Camera P. 562
For the auto high-beam to work properly: Do not place an object that reflects light on the
dashboard. Keep the windshield around the camera clean. When cleaning the windshield, be careful not to
apply the windshield cleanser to the camera lens. Do not attach an object, sticker or film to the area
around the camera. Do not touch the camera lens.
If the camera receives a strong impact, or repairing of the area near the camera is required, consult a dealer.
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 178
Auto High-Beam The front sensor camera detects the light sources ahead of the vehicle such as the lights of a preceding or oncoming vehicle, or street lights. When you are driving at night, the system automatically switches the headlights between low beam and high beam depending on the situation.
When all of the following conditions have been met, the auto high-beam indicator comes on and the auto high-beam is activated.
The power mode is in ON. The light switch is in AUTO. The lever is in the low beam position. The headlights have been automatically
activated. It is dark outside the vehicle.
If the auto high-beam indicator does not come on even when all the conditions have been met, carry out the following procedure and the indicator will come on. Pull the lever toward you for flashing the high beams then release it while driving.
How to Use the Auto High-Beam
Front Sensor Camera
Light Switch
Auto High-Beam Indicator
uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluAuto High-Beam C
o n
tro ls
1How to Use the Auto High-Beam
In the following cases, the auto high-beam system may not switch the headlights properly or the switching timing may be changed. In case of the automatic switching operation does not fit for your driving habits, please switch the headlights manually.
The brightness of the lights from the preceding or oncoming vehicle is intense or poor.
Visibility is poor due to the weather (rain, snow, fog, windshield frost, etc.).
Surrounding light sources, such as street lights, electric billboards and traffic lights are illuminating the road ahead.
The brightness level of the road ahead constantly changes.
The road is bumpy or has many curves. A vehicle suddenly appears in front of you, or a
vehicle in front of you is not in the preceding or oncoming direction.
Your vehicle is tilted with a heavy load in the rear. A traffic sign, mirror, or other reflective object
ahead is reflecting strong light toward the vehicle. The oncoming vehicle frequently disappears under
roadside trees or behind median barriers. The preceding or oncoming vehicle is a motorcycle,
bicycle, mobility scooter, or other small vehicle.
The auto high-beam system keeps the headlight low beam when: Windshield wipers are operating at a high speed. The camera has detected dense fog.
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 179
Automatic switching between high-beam and low-beam When auto high-beam is active, the headlights switch between high beam and low beam based on the following conditions.
Manual switching between high-beam and low-beam If you want to manually switch the headlights between high beam and low beam, follow either of the procedures below. Note that when you do this, the auto high- beam indicator will turn off and the auto high-beam will be deactivated.
Using the lever: Pull the lever toward you for flashing the high beams then release it within about one second while driving. u To reactivate the auto high-beam, pull the lever toward you for flashing the
high beams then release it while driving. The auto high-beam indicator will come on.
Using the light switch: Turn the light switch to . u To reactivate the auto high-beam, turn the light switch to AUTO when the
lever is in the low beam position, the auto high-beam indicator will come on.
Switching to high beam: Switching to low beam:
All of the following conditions must be met before the high beams turn on. Your vehicle speed is 25mph (40
km/h) or more. There are no preceding or
oncoming vehicle with headlights or taillights turned on.
There are few street lights on the road ahead.
One of the following conditions must be met before the low beams turn on. Your vehicle speed is 15 mph (24
km/h) or less. There is a preceding or oncoming
vehicle with headlights or taillights turned on.
There are many street lights on the road ahead.
Continued 179
uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluAuto High-Beam
180
C o
n tro
ls
1How to Use the Auto High-Beam
If the Some driver assist systems cannot operate: Camera temperature too high message appears: Use the climate control system to cool down the
interior and, if necessary, also use defroster mode with the airflow directed toward the camera.
Start driving the vehicle to lower the windshield temperature, which cools down the area around the camera.
If the Some driver assist systems cannot operate: Clean front windshield message appears: Park your vehicle in a safe place, and clean the
windshield. If the message does not disappear after you have cleaned the windshield and driven for a while, have your vehicle checked by a dealer.
1How to Turn Off the Auto High-Beam
If you turn the auto high-beam system off, the system does not operate until you turn the system on.
Park in a safe place before turning the system off or on.
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 180
You can turn the auto high-beam system off. If you want to turn the system off or on, set the power mode to ON, then carry out the following procedures while the vehicle is stationary.
To turn the system off: With the light switch is in AUTO, pull the lever toward you and hold it for at least 40 seconds. After the auto high-beam indicator light blinks twice, release the lever.
To turn the system on: With the light switch is in AUTO, pull the lever toward you and hold it for at least 30 seconds. After the auto high-beam indicator light blinks once, release the lever.
How to Turn Off the Auto High-Beam
AUTO Position
uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluWipers and Washers C
o n
tro ls
1Wipers and Washers
NOTICE Do not use the wipers when the windshield is dry. The windshield will get scratched, or the rubber blades will get damaged.
NOTICE Turn the washers off if no washer fluid comes out. The pump may get damaged.
The wiper motor may stop motor operation temporarily to prevent an overload. Wiper operation will return to normal within a few minutes.
If the vehicle speeds up while the wipers are operating intermittently, the length of the wipe interval shortens. When the vehicle speeds up, the wiper operations shortest delay setting ( ) and the LO setting become the same.
NOTICE In cold weather, the blades may freeze to the windshield. Operating the wipers in this condition may damage the wipers. Use the defroster or heated windshield* to warm the windshield, then turn the wipers on.
Models without automatic intermittent wipers
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 181
Wipers and Washers
The windshield wipers and washers can be used when the power mode is in ON. MIST The wipers run at high speed until you release the lever.
Wiper switch (OFF, INT*1/AUTO*2, LO, HI)
Move the lever up or down to change the wiper settings.
Adjusting wiper operation*
Turn the adjustment ring to adjust wiper operation.
Washer Sprays while you pull the lever toward you. When you release the lever for more than one second, the spray stops, the wipers sweep two or three more times to clear the windshield, then stop.
*1: Models with manual intermittent operation *2: Models with automatic intermittent operation
Windshield Wipers/Washers
Intermittent Time Adjustment Ring*
MIST
INT*1/AUTO*2
OFF
LO: Low speed wipe
HI: High speed wipe
Pull to use washer.
Lower speed, fewer sweeps
Higher speed, more sweeps
181Continued* Not available on all models
uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluWipers and Washers
182
C o
n tro
ls
1Wipers and Washers
If the wipers stop operating due to an obstacle such as the buildup of snow, park the vehicle in a safe place.
Rotate the wiper switch to OFF, and set the power mode to ACCESSORY or VEHICLE OFF, then remove the obstacle.
1Automatic Intermittent Wipers*
The rainfall sensor is in the location shown below.
NOTICE AUTO should always be turned OFF before the following situations in order to prevent severe damage to the wiper system: Cleaning the windshield Driving through a car wash No rain present
Rainfall Sensor
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 182
When you push the lever down to AUTO, the windshield wipers sweep once, and go into the automatic mode.
The wipers operate intermittently, at low speed, or at high speed and stop in accordance with the amount of rainfall the rainfall sensor detects.
Auto sensitivity adjustment When the wiper function is set to AUTO, you can adjust the sensitivity of the rainfall sensor (using the adjustment ring) so that wipers will operate in accordance with your preference.
Sensor sensitivity
Automatic Intermittent Wipers*
Adjustment Ring
Low sensitivity
High sensitivity
* Not available on all models
uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluWipers and Washers C
o n
tro ls
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 183
The rear wiper and washers can be used when the power mode is in ON.
Wiper switch (OFF, INT, ON) Change the wiper switch setting according to the amount of rain.
Washer ( ) Sprays on the rear window and rearview camera while you rotate the switch to this position. Hold it to activate the rear wiper and to spray the washers. Once released, the washer spray will stop and the rear wiper will return to its selected switch setting after a few sweeps.
Operating in reverse When you select the transmission to (R with the windshield wipers activated, the rear wiper operates automatically as follows even if its switch is off.
*1: Models with manual intermittent operation *2: Models with automatic intermittent operation
Rear Wiper/Washers
INT: Intermittent
OFF
ON: Continuous wipe
Washer
Windshield Wiper Operation Rear Wiper Operation
INT*1 (Intermittent) AUTO*2 (Intermittent)
Intermittent
Low speed wipe High speed wipe
Continuous
183
184
uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluRear Defogger/Heated Door Mirror Button
C o
n tro
ls
1Rear Defogger/Heated Door Mirror Button
This system consumes a lot of power, so turn it off when the window has been defogged. Also, do not use the system for a long time while the engine is idling. This may weaken the battery, making it difficult to start the engine.
When the power mode is set to ON and the outside temperature is below 41F (5C), the heated door mirror may automatically activate for 10 minutes.
1Heated Windshield Button*
This system consumes a lot of power, so turn it off when the window has been deiced. Also, do not use the system for a long period when the engine is idling. This may weaken the battery, making it difficult to start the engine.
When the power mode is set to ON and the outside temperature is below 39F (4C), the heated windshield may automatically activate for up to 15 minutes.
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 184
Rear Defogger/Heated Door Mirror Button Press the rear defogger and heated door mirror button to defog the rear window and mirrors when the power mode is in ON.
The rear defogger and heated door mirrors automatically switch off after 10-30 minutes depending on the outside temperature.
Heated Windshield Button*
Press the heated windshield button to deice the windshield at the wiper park area and along the driver side edge of the windshield when the power mode is in ON. The heated windshield will automatically switch off after 15 minutes.
* Not available on all models
uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluBrightness Control C
o n
tro ls
1Brightness Control
The brightness of the instrument panel will be reduced when the following conditions have been met: The power mode is in ON. The parking lights are turned on. The ambient lighting is low.
The brightness can be set differently for when the exterior lights are on, and when they are off.
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 185
Brightness Control
When the power mode is in ON, you can use the (+ / (- button to adjust instrument panel brightness. Brighten: Press the (+ button. Dim: Press the (- button.
You will hear a beep when the brightness reaches minimum or maximum. Several seconds after adjusting the brightness, you will be returned to the previous display.
Brightness level indicator The brightness level is shown on the display while you are adjusting it.
Adjusting the Instrument Panel Brightness
(+/ (- Button
185Continued
186
uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluBrightness Control
C o
n tro
ls
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 186
When the power mode is in ON, you can use the (+/ (- button to adjust head-up display brightness. Brighten: Press the (+ button. Dim: Press the (- button.
The display will return to its original state several seconds after adjusting the brightness.
Brightness level indicator The brightness level is shown on the display while you are adjusting it.
Adjusting the Head-Up Display Brightness*
(+/ (- Button
* Not available on all models
uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluDriving Position Memory System C
o n
tro ls
1Driving Position Memory System
Using the audio/information screen, you can disable the automatic seat, steering wheel and door mirrors adjustment function.
2 Customized Features P. 351
The drivers seat easy exit feature can be turned ON/ OFF.
2 Customized Features P. 351
System Operation The system will not operate if: Either memory button is pressed while the seat or
steering wheel are in motion. The seat or steering wheel position are adjusted
while in operation. Either of the memorized positions is set fully to the
rear.
The mode selector is pressed up or down while in operation.
The system may not recognise a key if: The key is in close proximity to a mobile phone or
other wireless device. Both keys are in the vehicle at the same time. The Driving Position Memory System is disabled in
customized features. Opening drivers door without fully grabbing door
handle.
Models with mode selector
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 187
Driving Position Memory System You can store three drivers seat, front passengers seat*, massage mode*, steering wheel*1 and door mirror*1 positions with the driving position memory system. When you unlock and open the drivers door with a remote transmitter, or keyless access system, door mirrors adjust to one of the three preset positions*1 and the seat adjusts to retracted positions of one of the three preset positions automatically.
The steering wheel and the seat will move to the stored position when you set the power mode to ACCESSORY*1.
When you enter the vehicle, the display briefly shows you which remote transmitter you used to unlock the vehicle. DRIVER 1 transmitter is linked to memory button 1. DRIVER 2 transmitter is linked to memory button 2.
The drivers seat moves rearward and steering wheel fully up depending on the set seating position once you Stop the vehicle. Put the transmission in (P . Turn the engine off. Open the drivers door. Once the power mode is in the ACCESSORY position, the drivers seat and steering wheel moves to the DRIVER 1 or 2 preset position.
*1: Drivers seat only
DRIVER 1 DRIVER 2
187Continued* Not available on all models
uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluDriving Position Memory System
188
C o
n tro
ls
1Storing a Position in Memory
After you press the SET button, the storing operation will be canceled when: You do not press the memory button within five
seconds. You readjust the seat, the steering wheel*1 or the
door mirror*1 position before the double-beep. You set the power mode to any position except
ON.
You press the mode selector up or down. Models with mode selector
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 188
1. Set the power mode to ON. Adjust the drivers seat, front passengers seat*, massage mode*, the steering wheel*1 and the door mirrors*1 to the desired position.
2. Press the SET button. u You will hear the beeper, and the
memory button indicator light will blink. 3. Press and hold memory button (1 , (2 , or
(3 within five seconds of pressing the SET button. u Once the seat, massage mode*, the
steering wheel*1 and the door mirror*1 positions have been memorized, the indicator light on the button you pressed stays on and you will hear the double- beep.
*1: Drivers seat only
Storing a Position in Memory
Memory Button 1
Memory Button 2
SET Button
Memory Button 3
* Not available on all models
uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluDriving Position Memory System C
o n
tro ls
1Recalling the Stored Position
The seat, the steering wheel*1 and the door mirrors*1 will stop moving if you: Press the SET button or memory button (1, (2, or
(3. Adjust the seat position, door mirrors*1, or steering
wheel*1. Put the transmission into a position other than (P.
Press the mode selector up or down. Models with mode selector
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 189
1. Put the transmission into (P . 2. Apply the parking brake. 3. Press a memory button ( (1 , (2, or (3 ). u You will hear the beeper, and the
indicator light will blink.
The seat, massage mode*, the steering wheel*1 and the door mirrors*1 will automatically move to the memorized positions. When it has finished moving, you will hear the beeper, and the indicator light stays on.
*1: Drivers seat only
Recalling the Stored Position
Memory Buttons
189* Not available on all models
190
uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluAdjusting the Steering Wheel
C o
n tro
ls
1Adjusting the Steering Wheel
3WARNING Adjusting the steering wheel position while driving may cause you to lose control of the vehicle and be seriously injured in a crash.
Adjust the steering wheel only when the vehicle is stopped.
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 190
Adjusting the Steering Wheel The steering wheel height and distance from your body can be adjusted so that you can comfortably grip the steering wheel in an appropriate driving posture.
While the vehicle is stopped, push and hold the adjustment switch to move the steering wheel in, out, up or down. u Make sure you can see the instrument
panel gauges and indicators.
Adjustment Switch
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 191
Mirrors
o n
tro ls
1Mirrors
Keep the inside and outside mirrors clean and adjusted for best visibility.
Adjust the mirrors before you start driving. 2 Front Seats P. 194
1Automatic Dimming Rearview Mirror and Power Door Mirrors*
The auto dimming function cancels when the transmission is in (R.
Interior Rearview Mirror Adjust the angle of the rearview mirror when you are sitting in the correct driving position.
When you are driving after dark, the automatic dimming rearview mirror and power door mirrors* reduce the glare from headlights behind you. Press the auto button to turn this function on and off. When activated, the auto indicator comes on.
Automatic Dimming Rearview Mirror and Power Door Mirrors*
Sensor
Auto Button
191* Not available on all models
192
uuMirrorsuPower Door Mirrors
C o
n tro
ls
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 192
Power Door Mirrors You can adjust the door mirrors when the power mode is set to ON.
Mirror position adjustment L/R selector switch: Select the left or right mirror. After adjusting the mirror, return the switch to the center position. Mirror position adjustment switch: Press the switch left, right, up, or down to move the mirror.
Folding door mirrors*
Press the folding button to fold in and out the door mirrors.
If activated, either side door mirror automatically tilts downward when you put the transmission into (R ; this improves close- in visibility on the selected side of the vehicle when backing up. The mirror automatically returns to its original position when you take the transmission out of (R .
To activate this feature, set the power mode to ON and slide the selector switch to the left or right side.
Selector Switch
Adjustment Switch
Folding Button*
Reverse Tilt Door Mirror
Selector Switch
* Not available on all models
uuMirrorsuPower Door Mirrors C
o n
tro ls
1Automatic Folding Door Mirror Function*
If you use the fold button to fold the door mirrors, the auto folding door mirror function will not work.
You can turn the automatic folding door mirror function on and off.
2 Customized Features P. 351
Door mirrors will not fold automatically when locking from inside the vehicle using lock tab or master door lock switch.
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 193
Folding in the door mirrors Lock the drivers door using the key, press the lock button on the remote transmitter, or touch the door lock sensor on any door. u The mirrors start folding in automatically.
Folding out the door mirrors Unlock the drivers door using the key, press the unlock button on the remote transmitter, or grab the door handle on any door. u The mirrors start folding out automatically.
Automatic Folding Door Mirror Function*
193* Not available on all models
194
C o
n tro
ls
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 194
Seats
1Seats
Always make seat adjustments before driving.
1Front Seats
The National Highway Traffic Safety Administration and Transport Canada recommend that drivers allow at least 10 inches (25 cm) between the center of the steering wheel and the chest.
3WARNING Sitting too close to a front airbag can result in serious injury or death if the front airbags inflate.
Always sit as far back from the front airbags as possible while maintaining control of the vehicle.
Front Seats Adjust the drivers seat as far back as possible while allowing you to maintain full control of the vehicle. You should be able to sit upright, well back in the seat and be able to adequately press the pedals without leaning forward, and grip the steering wheel comfortably. The passengers seat should be adjusted in a similar manner, so that it is as far back from the front airbag in the dashboard as possible.
Adjusting the front power seats
Move back.
Allow sufficient space.
Adjusting the Seat Positions
Horizontal Position Adjustment
Height Adjustment
Seat-back Angle Adjustment
Mode Selector*
2 Seat Control Interface* P. 196
* Not available on all models
uuSeatsuFront Seats C
o n
tro ls
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 195
Lumbar Support Adjustment Switch Press the top: To move the lumbar support up. Press the bottom: To move the lumbar support down. Press the front: To increase the entire lumbar support. Press the rear: To decrease the entire lumbar support.
Models without mode selector
Lumbar Support Adjustment Switch
195Continued
uuSeatsuFront Seats
196
C o
n tro
ls
1Seat Control Interface*
The image of each adjustment mode displayed on the audio/information screen:
Lumbar support
Bolster support
Thigh support
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 196
Press the mode selector up or down to display seat adjustment information on the audio/information screen, and then use the adjustment switch to adjust the lumbar support, bolster support or thigh support.
1. Press the mode selector up or down to select the lumbar support adjustment mode, bolster support adjustment mode or thigh support adjustment mode.
2. Press the adjustment switch as follow. To adjust the lumbar support: Press the top: To move the lumbar support up. Press the bottom: To move the lumbar support down. Press the front: To increase the entire lumbar support. Press the rear: To decrease the entire lumbar support.
Seat Control Interface*
Mode Selector
Adjustment Switch
* Not available on all models
uuSeatsuFront Seats C
o n
tro ls
1Seat Control Interface*
The lumbar support, bolster support and thigh support can be adjusted even when the power mode is in VEHICLE OFF. However, the adjusting mode display does not come on with the power mode in VEHICLE OFF.
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 197
To adjust the bolster support: Press the front: To increase the bolster support. Press the rear: To decrease the bolster support.
To adjust the thigh support: Press the front: The tucked-down seat cushion end rolls out to support your thighs. Press the rear: The tucked-down seat cushion end rolls in to support your thighs.
3. To close the adjusting mode display, hover over the A-zone touchpad and/or B- zone touchpad, then press the True Touchpad Interface. u When you want to close the drivers side adjusting mode display, hover over
and press the A-zone touchpad. u When you want to close the passengers side adjusting mode display, hover
over and press the B-zone touchpad.
Adjustment Switch
Adjustment Switch
Continued 197* Not available on all models
uuSeatsuFront Seats
198
C o
n tro
ls
1Adjusting the Seat-Backs
Do not put a cushion, or other object, between the seat-back and your back. Doing so may interfere with proper seat belt or airbag operation.
If you cannot get far enough away from the steering wheel and still reach the controls, we recommend that you investigate whether some type of adaptive equipment may help.
3WARNING Reclining the seat-back too far can result in serious injury or death in a crash.
Adjust the seat-back to an upright position, and sit well back in the seat.
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 198
Adjust the drivers seat-back to a comfortable, upright position, leaving ample space between your chest and the airbag cover in the center of the steering wheel.
The front seat passenger should also adjust their seat-back to a comfortable, upright position.
Reclining a seat-back so that the shoulder part of the belt no longer rests against the occupants chest reduces the protective capability of the belt. It also increases the chance of sliding under the belt in a crash and being seriously injured. The farther a seat-back is reclined, the greater the risk of injury.
Adjusting the Seat-Backs
uuSeatsuSecond Row Seats C
o n
tro ls
1Second Row Seats
Once a seat is adjusted correctly, rock it back and forth to make sure it is locked in position.
3WARNING An unsecured seat or seat-back can move out of position or collapse without warning if there is sudden acceleration or stop or in a crash.
A seat or seat-back that suddenly moves or collapses can result in severe injury or death.
Always make sure all seats and seat-backs are securely locked into position before driving.
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 199
Second Row Seats
Adjusting the Seat Positions
Seat-back Angle Adjustment Pull up the strap to change the angle.
Horizontal Position Adjustment Pull up the bar to move the seat, then release the bar.
Seat-back Angle Adjustment Pull up the lever to change the angle.
199Continued
uuSeatsuSecond Row Seats
200
C o
n tro
ls
1Folding Down the Second Row Outer Seat
Make sure that the folded seat-back does not press against the front passengers seat, as this can cause the weight sensors in the front passengers seat to work improperly.
2 Passenger Airbag Off Indicator P. 62
The front seat(s) must be far enough forward so they do not interfere with the second row seats as they fold down.
To lock the seat-back upright, push it backwards until it locks.
Make sure the seat-back, head restraints and seat cushion are securely latched back into place before driving. Make sure the center shoulder belt is re-positioned in the holding slot.
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 200
The second row outer seat-backs can be folded down to make room for cargo.
1. Store the center seat belt first. Insert the latch plate into the slot on the side of the anchor buckle.
2. Retract the seat belt into the holder on the ceiling. 2 Seat Belt with Detachable Anchor P. 44
3. Lower the head restraint to its lowest position. 4. Move the seat to its rearmost position. 5. Pull the seat-back angle adjustment lever,
then fold the seat-back down.
To return the seat to the original position, pull up the seat-back in the upright position.
Folding Down the Second Row Outer Seat
Seat-back Angle Adjustment Lever
uuSeatsuSecond Row Seats C
o n
tro ls
1Third Row Seat Access
The button is disabled when the vehicle is moving.
When you enter the third row seat, be careful not to trip over the second row seat belt.
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 201
Pressing the button on the seat-back, or seat cushion tilts the second row outer seats seat- back forward. u The whole seat slides forward.
Pulling up on the strap also tilts the seat-back forward.
Third Row Seat Access
Strap
Continued 201
uuSeatsuSecond Row Seats
202
C o
n tro
ls
1Removing the Second Row Center Seat
Do not remove the seat while driving.
The multi-functional center seat can be used as the beverage holder when folded down.
2 Beverage Holders P. 217
The indicator shows red when the seat is not installed properly.
To reinstall the seat, remove all objects and debris from the vehicle floor where the seat will be attached. Insert the front hooks into the front strikers, confirming that both are fully engaged. Begin to lower the rear of the seat; once the seat is within a foot of the floor, allow the seat to drop and lock to the rear floor strikers. Raise the seat-back to an upright position, grab the seat-back and rock it back and forth to confirm that all latches are secured. Check the indicator on the front of the seat base. If the indicator is red, the seat is not correctly installed. Remove the seat and then reinstall.
Indicator
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 202
Your vehicles multi-functional second row center seat is removable. 1. Store the center seat belt first. Insert the
latch plate into the slot on the side of the anchor buckle.
2. Retract the seat belt into the holder on the ceiling.
2 Seat Belt with Detachable Anchor P. 44
3. Pull up the strap and fold down the second row center seat-back.
4. Pull the lock release strap under the seat cushion, and lift the rear of the seat. u To lift the seat, grab the handle under
the rear side of the seat cushion. 5. Pull the seat-back slightly, then pivot it
upward. u This unhooks the front of the seat from
the floor.
Removing the Second Row Center Seat
Lock Release Strap
Handle
uuSeatsuThird Row Seats C
o n
tro ls
1Folding Down the Third Row Seats
Make sure all items in the cargo area or items extending to the third row seats are properly secured. Loose items can fly forward if you have to brake hard.
Make sure that the folded seat-back does not press against the second row seats.
The second row seat(s) must be far enough forward so they do not interfere with the third row seats as they fold down.
1To return the seat to the original position
Make sure the seat-back and head restraints are securely latched back into place before driving.
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 203
Third Row Seats
Separately fold down the left and right halves of the third row seats to make room for cargo.
To fold down the seat 1. Insert the seat belt into the belt holder
located next to the seat.
2. Pull the handle on the seat-back fully. u The head restraint tilts downward.
3. Push the seat-back forward while pulling the handle.
To return the seat to the original position 1. Pull the seat-back up with the handle pulled. 2. Push the head restraint up to its original position.
Folding Down the Third Row Seats
Belt Holder
Handle
203
204
uuSeatsuRear Seat Reminder
C o
n tro
ls
1Rear Seat Reminder
When the power mode is set to VEHICLE OFF, the reminder comes on briefly, then the function is deactivated.
The reminder will not work if the power mode has not been set to ON within 10 minutes of operating the rear doors.
The system does not detect passengers in the rear seats. Instead, it can detect when a rear door is opened and closed, indicating that there may be something in the rear seats.
You can turn off the notification setting. 2 Customized Features P. 351
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 204
Rear Seat Reminder This feature alerts you to the possible presence of passengers or items in the second row or third row seats before you exit the vehicle. It activates when the vehicle is set to VEHICLE OFF if the rear doors were opened shortly before or after the vehicle was set to ON.
A reminder appears on the driver information interface and an alert will sound when the power mode is set to VEHICLE OFF.
uuSeatsuMaintain a Proper Sitting Position C
o n
tro ls
1Maintain a Proper Sitting Position
3WARNING Sitting improperly or out of position can result in serious injury or death in a crash.
Always sit upright, well back in the seat, with your feet on the floor.
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 205
Maintain a Proper Sitting Position After all occupants have adjusted their seats and head restraints, and put on their seat belts, it is very important that they continue to sit upright, well back in their seats, with their feet on the floor until the vehicle is safely parked and the engine is off.
Sitting improperly can increase the chance of injury during a crash. For example, if an occupant slouches, lies down, turns sideways, sits forward, leans forward or sideways, or puts one or both feet up, the chance of injury during a crash is greatly increased.
In addition, an occupant who is out of position in the front seat can be seriously or fatally injured in a crash by striking interior parts of the vehicle or being struck by an inflating front airbag.
205
206
uuSeatsuHead Restraints
C o
n tro
ls
1Head Restraints
In order for the head restraint system to work properly: Do not hang any items on the head restraints, or
from the restraint legs. Do not place any objects between an occupant and
the seat-back. Install each restraint in its proper location.
3WARNING Improperly positioning head restraints reduces their effectiveness and increases the likelihood of serious injury in a crash.
Make sure head restraints are in place and positioned properly before driving.
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 206
Head Restraints Your vehicle is equipped with head restraints in all seating positions.
Head restraints are most effective for protection against whiplash and other rear- impact crash injuries when the center of the back of the occupants head rests against the center of the restraint. The tops of the occupants ears should be level with the center height of the restraint.
Adjusting the Front and Second Row Outer Head Restraint Positions
Position head in the center of the head restraint.
uuSeatsuHead Restraints C
o n
tro ls
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 207
To raise the head restraint: Pull it upward. To lower the head restraint: Push it down while pressing the release button.
To adjust the front head restraint forward: Push the back of it forward. To return the front head restraint to the original position: Press the release button.
Front
Second row outer
Front
Release Button
207Continued
208
uuSeatsuHead Restraints
C o
n tro
ls
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 208
A passenger sitting in the second row center seating position should adjust the height of their head restraint to an appropriate position before the vehicle begins moving.
To raise the head restraint: Pull it upward while pressing the both release buttons.
To lower the head restraint: Push it down while pressing the right release button.
Changing the Second Row Center Seat Head Restraint Position
uuSeatsuHead Restraints C
o n
tro ls
1Removing and Reinstalling the Head Restraints
To remove and install the front head restraint, recline the seat-back slightly forward as the space between the ceiling and the seat-back is limited.
3WARNING Failure to reinstall, or correctly reinstall, the head restraints can result in severe injury during a crash.
Always replace the head restraints before driving.
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 209
Head restraints can be removed for cleaning or repair.
To remove a head restraint: Pull the restraint up as far as it will go. Then, push the release button and pull the restraint up and out. To reinstall a head restraint: Insert the legs back in place, then adjust the head restraint to an appropriate height while pressing the release button. Pull up on the restraint to make sure it is locked in position.
To remove a head restraint: Pull the restraint up as far as it will go. Then push the release buttons which are located on the both legs at the same time, and pull the restraint up and out. To reinstall a head restraint: Insert the legs back in place, then adjust the head restraint to an appropriate height while pressing the right release button. Pull up on the restraint to make sure it is locked in position.
Removing and Reinstalling the Head Restraints Front and second row head restraints
Front and second row outer head restraints
Second row center head restraint
Continued 209
210
uuSeatsuHead Restraints
C o
n tro
ls
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 210
A passenger in the third row seating position should put the head restraint in the upright position before the vehicle begins moving.
To fold down the head restraint: Pull the handle.
To put the head restraint back in the upright position: Pull up the head restraint and push rearward until it latches.
Folding Down the Third Row Head Restraint
Handle
uuSeatsuArmrest C
o n
tro ls
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 211
Armrest
Pull up the strap and fold down the center backrest to use as an armrest.
Using the Rear Seat Armrest
211
212
C o
n tro
ls
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 212
Interior Convenience Items
1Interior Light Switches
In the door activated position, the interior lights fade out and go off about 30 seconds after the doors are closed. The lights go off after about 30 seconds in the following situations: When you unlock the drivers door but do not open
it. When you set the power mode to VEHICLE OFF but
do not open a door.
You can change the interior lights dimming time. 2 Customized Features P. 351
The interior lights go off immediately in the following situations: When you lock the drivers door. When you close the drivers door in ACCESSORY
mode. When you set the power mode to ON.
To avoid draining the battery, do not leave the interior light on for an extended length of time when the engine is off.
If you leave any of the tailgate or doors open in VEHICLE OFF mode, the interior lights go off after about 15 minutes.
Interior Lights
ON The interior lights come on regardless of whether the tailgate and doors are open or closed.
Door activated The interior lights come on in the following situations: When the tailgate or any of the doors are
opened. You unlock the drivers door. When the power mode is set to VEHICLE
OFF.
OFF The interior lights remain off regardless of whether the tailgate or any doors are open or closed.
Interior Light Switches
Door Activated Position
OFF
ON
uuInterior Convenience ItemsuInterior Lights C
o n
tro ls
1Map Light Switches
When the interior light switch is in the door activated position and any door is open, the map light will not go off when you press the button.
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 213
Front The map lights can be turned on and off by pressing the (map light) button.
Second and third row The map lights can be turned on and off by pressing the (map light) button when the front interior light switch is in the door activated position.
Map Light Switches
Front
Second row
Third row
Continued 213
uu Interior Convenience Itemsu Interior Lights
214
C o
n tro
ls
1Tailgate Lights
The tailgate lights do not have an on/off switch. In case the tailgate is left open for an extended period of time, they automatically go out in 30 minutes.
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 214
The tailgate lights come on when you open the tailgate.
Tailgate Lights
uu Interior Convenience ItemsuStorage Items C
o n
tro ls
1Glove Box
3WARNING An open glove box can cause serious injury to your passenger in a crash, even if the passenger is wearing the seat belt.
Always keep the glove box closed while driving.
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 215
Storage Items
Pull the handle to open the glove box. You can lock the glove box with the built-in key.
Glove Box
Glove Box
To lock
215Continued
216
uu Interior Convenience ItemsuStorage Items
C o
n tro
ls
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 216
Console compartment (armrest side) Pull the knob to open the console compartment.
Utility tray Press the button to open the utility tray in the console lid.
Console Compartment
Utility Tray
uu Interior Convenience ItemsuStorage Items C
o n
tro ls
1Beverage Holders
NOTICE Spilled liquids can damage the upholstery, carpeting, and electrical components in the interior.
Be careful when you are using the beverage holders. Hot liquid can scald you.
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 217
Front seat beverage holders Are located in the console between the front seats.
Door side beverage holders Are located on both of the front and rear door side pockets.
Beverage Holders
Front
Rear
Continued 217
218
uu Interior Convenience ItemsuStorage Items
C o
n tro
ls
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 218
Second row seat beverage holders Pull up the strap and fold down the center backrest to use as an armrest.
Third row seat beverage holders
uu Interior Convenience ItemsuStorage Items C
o n
tro ls
1Coat Hooks
The coat hooks are not designed for large or heavy items.
1Tie-down Anchors
Do not let anyone access items in the cargo area while driving. Loose items can cause injury if you have to brake hard.
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 219
There is a coat hook on the rear grab handle on both sides. Pull it down to use it.
The tie-down anchors on the cargo area floor can be used to install a net for securing items.
Coat Hooks
Tie-down Anchors
Anchors
Continued 219
uu Interior Convenience ItemsuStorage Items
220
C o
n tro
ls
1Cargo Hook
NOTICE Do not hang a large object or an object that weighs more than 6 lbs (3 kg) on the cargo hook. Hanging heavy or large objects may damage the hook.
1Sunglasses Holder
Keep the holder closed while driving except when accessing stored items.
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 220
The cargo hook on the drivers side of the cargo area can be used to hang light items.
To open the sunglasses holder, press and release the indent. To close, press it again until it latches.
You can store eyeglasses and other small items in this holder.
Cargo Hook
Sunglasses Holder
Press
uu Interior Convenience ItemsuStorage Items C
o n
tro ls
1Storing items on the lid at the bottom
The lid can be flipped over and placed in either upper or lower position. This allows for storage of dirty items, or items that may damage the carpet lining of the lid.
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 221
Pull the handle to open the cargo floor lid.
Storing items on the lid at the bottom This is convenient when storing a tall item. 1. Pull the handle and open the lid.
2. Pull the lid toward you until it disengages from the support rods.
Under-floor Storage Area
Handle
Continued 221
222
uu Interior Convenience ItemsuStorage Items
C o
n tro
ls
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 222
3. Push the far end of the lid down to the bottom of the under-floor storage area, then pull the handle and lower the other end.
uu Interior Convenience ItemsuOther Interior Convenience Items C
o n
tro ls
1Accessory Power Sockets
NOTICE Do not insert an automotive type cigarette lighter element. This can overheat the accessory power socket.
The accessory power sockets are designed to supply power for 12-volt DC accessories that are rated 180 watts (15 amps) or less.
To prevent battery drain, only use the accessory power socket with the engine running.
When both sockets are being used, the combined power rating of the accessories should not exceed 180 watts (15 amps).
When the accessory power socket is not in use, close the cover to prevent any small foreign objects from getting into the accessory power socket.
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 223
Other Interior Convenience Items
The accessory power sockets can be used when the power mode is in ACCESSORY or ON.
Accessory power socket (passenger lower pocket)
Open the cover to use it.
Accessory power socket (console compartment)
Pull the knob to open the console compartment and open the cover to use it.
Accessory Power Sockets
223Continued
224
uu Interior Convenience ItemsuOther Interior Convenience Items
C o
n tro
ls
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 224
Accessory power socket (back of the console compartment)
Open the cover to use it.
Accessory power socket (cargo area) Open the cover to use it.
uu Interior Convenience ItemsuOther Interior Convenience Items C
o n
tro ls
1AC Power Outlet*
NOTICE Do not use the AC power outlet for electric appliances that require high initial peak wattage, such as cathode-ray tube type televisions, refrigerators, electric pumps, etc. It is not suitable for devices that process precise data, such as medical equipment, and that require an extremely stable power supply, such as microcomputer-controlled electric blankets, touch sensor lamps, etc.
The AC power outlet is designed to supply power for up to 115 volt appliances that are rated 150 watts or less.
Continued use of any electric appliance/device exceeding these ratings may result in damage to the appliance/device.
When the AC power outlet is not in use, close the cover to prevent any small foreign objects from getting into the AC power outlet.
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 225
The AC power outlet can be used when the engine is running. Open the cover to use it. Plug in the appliance slightly, turn it 90 clockwise, then push it all the way.
AC Power Outlet*
Continued 225* Not available on all models
uu Interior Convenience ItemsuOther Interior Convenience Items
226
C o
n tro
ls
1Wireless Charger
RF Radiation Exposure Statement: This equipment complies with FCC RF Radiation exposure limits set forth for an uncontrolled environment. This device and its antenna must not be co-located or operating in conjunction with any other antenna or transmitter.
In order to use safely: Remove any metal objects from the charge pad
before charging a device. Do not open the charger case. Do not use the charger if it malfunctions. Contact
your dealer. If the charger interferes with radio communications, attempt to correct the interference: Press and hold the switch on the charger for a few
seconds to turn off the charger.
appears on the audio/information screen when the device is being charged by the wireless charger.
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 226
To use the wireless charger, the power mode must be in ACCESSORY or ON. Charge any devices compatible with Qi wireless charging on the area indicated by the mark as follows:
1. To turn the system on and off, press and hold the (power) button. u When the system is activated, the green
indicator light comes on. 2. Place the device you want to charge on the
charging area. u The system will automatically start
charging the device, and the amber indicator light will come on.
u Make sure that the device is compatible with the system, and placed with the chargeable side in the center of the charging area.
3. When charging is completed, the green indicator light will come on. u Depending on the device, the amber
indicator light will stay on.
Wireless Charger
Green Indicator Amber Indicator
Charging Area (Power) Button
uu Interior Convenience ItemsuOther Interior Convenience Items C
o n
tro ls
1Wireless Charger
This system consumes a lot of power. Do not use the system for a long time when the engine is not running. This may weaken the battery, making it difficult to start the engine.
When using the wireless charger, check the users manual that came with the compatible device you want to charge.
3CAUTION Metal objects between the charge pad and the device to be charged will get hot and can burn you. Always remove foreign objects from the
charge pad before charging the device. Be sure the surface is clear of dust and
other debris before charging. Do not spill liquids (i. e. water, drinks,
etc.) on the charger and the device. Do not use oil, grease, alcohol, benzine or
thinner for cleaning the charge pad. Do not cover the system with towels,
clothing, or other objects while charging etc.
Avoid spraying aerosols which may come in contact with the charge pad surface.
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 227
When charging does not start Perform one of the solutions in the following table.
Indicator Cause Solution
Green &
Amber
Blinking simulta- neously
There is an obstacle(s) between the charging area and the device.
Remove the obstacle(s).
The device is not within the charging area.
Pick up and reset the device to the center of the charging area where is located.
The temperature of the wireless charger pad increases.
Temporarily suspend charging the device. Wait for the temperature to drop and attempt to charge the device again.
Amber Blinking The wireless charger is faulty. Contact a dealer for repairs.
Continued 227
uu Interior Convenience ItemsuOther Interior Convenience Items
228
C o
n tro
ls
1Wireless Charger
The wireless charger can support up to 15W, but the charging rate varies based on the device and other conditions.
NOTICE Do not place any magnetic recording media or precision machines within the charging area while charging. The data on your cards such as credit cards can be lost because of the magnetic effect. Also, precision machines such as watches may malfunction.
Qi and marks are the registered trademarks owned by Wireless Power Consortium (WPC).
In the following cases, charging may stop or not start: The device is already fully charged. The temperature of the device is extremely high
while charging. You are at a place that emits strong
electromagnetic waves or noises such as TV station, electric power plant, or gas station.
The device has a cover, case or accessories which are not compatible with wireless charging.
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 228
uu Interior Convenience ItemsuOther Interior Convenience Items C
o n
tro ls
1Wireless Charger
A device may not charge if the size or shape of its chargeable side is not appropriate for use with the charging area.
Not all devices are compatible with the system.
During the charging phase, it is normal for the charging area and device to heat up.
Charging may be briefly interrupted when: All the doors or the tailgate are closed - to avoid interference with the proper functioning of the keyless access system.
The position of the device is altered.
Do not charge more than one device at a time on a charging area.
If the device becomes too hot and its battery protection function activates, it may charge extremely slowly or no longer charge. The temperature at which the battery protection function activates depends on the device.
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 229
Continued 229
uu Interior Convenience ItemsuOther Interior Convenience Items
230
C o
n tro
ls
1Heated Steering Wheel*
Do not use the heated steering wheel continuously when the engine is off. Under such conditions, the battery may be weakened, making the engine difficult to start.
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 230
The heated steering wheel can be used when the power mode is in ON.
Press the button on the left side of the steering wheel.
When a comfortable temperature is reached, press the button again to turn it off.
The heated steering wheel is turned off every time you start the engine, even if you turned it on the last time you drove the vehicle.
Heated Steering Wheel*
* Not available on all models
uu Interior Convenience ItemsuOther Interior Convenience Items C
o n
tro ls
1Front Seat Heaters and Ventilation*
Do not use the seat heaters and the seat ventilation even in LO when the engine is off. Under such conditions, the battery may be weakened, making the engine difficult to start.
After a certain period of time, the strength setting for the seat heaters will automatically be reduced by one level at a time until the seat heater shuts off. The elapsed time varies according to the interior environment.
3WARNING Heat induced burns are possible when using seat heaters.
Persons with a diminished ability to sense temperature (e.g., persons with diabetes, lowerlimb nerve damage, or paralysis) or with sensitive skin should not use seat heaters.
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 231
The seat heaters or ventilators* can be used when the power mode is in ON. The seat heaters: Use them to warm up the seat. The seat ventilators*: Use them when you want to ventilate the surface of the seats. The lower you set the air conditioning temperature, the more you will feel the effect of the seat ventilation.
Press the seat heater or the seat ventilation* button: Once - The HI setting (three indicators on) Twice - The MID setting (two indicators on) Three times - The LO setting (one indicator on) Four times - The OFF setting (no indicators on)
Press the AUTO button: The system automatically selects the setting most suitable to the ambient environment.
When the power mode is turned on after it is turned off, the previous setting is maintained.
Front Seat Heaters and Ventilation*
Models with seat ventilation
Models without seat ventilation
Continued 231* Not available on all models
uu Interior Convenience ItemsuOther Interior Convenience Items
232
C o
n tro
ls
1Second Row Outer Seat Heaters*
Do not use the seat heaters even in LO when the engine is off. Under such conditions, the battery may be weakened, making the engine difficult to start.
After a certain period of time, the strength setting for the seat heaters will automatically be reduced by one level at a time until the seat heater shuts off. The elapsed time varies according to the interior environment.
3WARNING Heat induced burns are possible when using seat heaters.
Persons with a diminished ability to sense temperature (e.g., persons with diabetes, lowerlimb nerve damage, or paralysis) or with sensitive skin should not use seat heaters.
1Integrated Sunshades*
Use the sunshades only when the windows are fully closed. Using the shade while a window is open can unhook and blow off the shade, hitting and hurting anyone sitting near the window.
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 232
The seat heaters can be used when the power mode is in ON.
Press the seat heater button: Once - The HI setting (three indicators on) Twice - The MID setting (two indicators on) Three times - The LO setting (one indicator on) Four times - The OFF setting (no indicators on)
Pull the tab and roll up the sunshade all the way. Use the hooks to hang it.
Second Row Outer Seat Heaters*
Integrated Sunshades*
Hook
Tab
* Not available on all models
uu Interior Convenience ItemsuOther Interior Convenience Items C
o n
tro ls
1Front Seat Massage System*
The massage function switches off automatically after approximately 20 minutes.
When a massage mode is saved to a memory button, the seat position in use will also be saved to that memory button. Regarding the Driving Position Memory System, refer to the following.
2 Driving Position Memory System P. 187
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 233
Press the drivers or passengers seat massage quick button to start a massage when the power mode is set to ON.
Massage intensity setting This setting can be changed using either the massage quick button or the audio/ information screen. There are three massage intensity levels. By pressing the massage quick button, you can switch between HI, MED, LO, and OFF.
Front Seat Massage System*
Continued 233* Not available on all models
234
uu Interior Convenience ItemsuOther Interior Convenience Items
C o
n tro
ls
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 234
Using the massage system When the power mode is set to ON, press and hold the drivers or passengers seat massage quick button to view the massage settings on the audio/information screen. Select a desired massage mode d or intensity b by using the True Touchpad Interface.
2 True Touchpad Interface P. 251
a Indicator for drivers or passengers seat b Intensity select (lights up based on intensity) c Massage mode animation/description d Massage mode icons (current mode highlight) e Scroll bar
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 235
Climate Control System
o n
tro ls
1Using Automatic Climate Control
If any buttons are pressed while using the climate control system in auto, the function of the button that was pressed will take priority. The AUTO indicator will go off, but functions unrelated to the button that was pressed will be controlled automatically.
During idle-stops, air-conditioning is suspended, and only the blower remains active. If you do not want air-conditioning suspended, press the Auto Idle Stop OFF button to cancel idle-stop.
To prevent cold air from blowing in from outside, the fan may not start immediately when the AUTO button is pressed.
If the interior is very warm, you can cool it down more rapidly by partially opening the windows, turning the system on auto, and setting the temperature to low. Change the fresh air mode to recirculation mode until the temperature cools down.
When you set the temperature to the lower or upper limit, Lo or Hi is displayed.
Pressing the button switches the climate control system between on and off. When turned on, the system returns to your last selection.
Using Automatic Climate Control The automatic climate control system maintains the interior temperature you select. The system also selects the proper mix of heated or cooled air that raises or lowers the interior temperature to your preference as quickly as possible.
Use the system when the engine is running. 1. Press the AUTO button. 2. Adjust the interior temperature using the drivers side or passengers side
temperature control switch. 3. Press the (ON/OFF) button to cancel.
Floor and windshield defroster vents
Floor ventsDashboard and floor vents, and back of the console compartment
Dashboard vents and back of the console compartment
Drivers Side Temperature Control Switch
Passengers Side Temperature Control Switch
A/C (Air Conditioning) Button
(ON/OFF) Button
Fan Control Buttons
(Recirculation) Button
(Windshield Defroster) Button
AUTO Button
SYNC (Synchronization) Button
235Continued
uuClimate Control SystemuUsing Automatic Climate Control
236
C o
n tro
ls
1Using Automatic Climate Control
When you unlock the doors with your remote, the drivers ID (DRIVER 1 or DRIVER 2) is detected, and the climate control settings are turned to the respective mode automatically when you set the power mode to ON.
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 236
Switching between the recirculation and fresh air modes Press the (recirculation) button and switch the mode depending on environmental conditions. Recirculation mode (indicator on): Recirculates air from the vehicles interior through the system. Fresh air mode (indicator off): Maintains outside ventilation.
uuClimate Control SystemuUsing Automatic Climate Control C
o n
tro ls
1Defrosting the Windshield and Windows
For your safety, make sure you have a clear view through all the windows before driving.
Do not set the temperature near the upper or lower limit. When cold air hits the windshield, the outside of the windshield may fog up.
If you press the button during Auto Idle Stop, the engine restarts automatically.
1To rapidly defrost the windows
After defrosting the windows, switch over to fresh air mode.
If you keep the system in recirculation mode, the windows may fog up from humidity. This impedes visibility.
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 237
Pressing the button turns the air conditioning system on and automatically switches the system to fresh air mode.
Press the button again to turn off, the system returns to the previous settings.
To rapidly defrost the windows 1. Press the button. 2. Press the button.
Defrosting the Windshield and Windows
Continued 237
uuClimate Control SystemuUsing Automatic Climate Control
238
C o
n tro
ls
1Synchronization Mode
When you press the button, the system changes to synchronization mode.
When the system is in dual mode, the drivers side temperature, the passengers side temperature, and the rear temperature can be set separately.
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 238
You can set the temperature synchronously for the drivers side, passengers side and rear in synchronization mode.
1. Press the SYNC button. u The SYNC indicator will come on. u The system switches to synchronization mode.
2. Adjust the temperature using the drivers side temperature control switch.
Press the SYNC button, adjust the interior temperature using the passengers side temperature control switch or changing the rear temperature to return to dual mode.
Synchronization Mode
Drivers Side Temperature Control Switch
Passengers Side Temperature Control Switch
SYNC Button
uuClimate Control SystemuRear Climate Control System C
o n
tro ls
1Rear Climate Control System
LOCK appears on the rear control panel while the rear lock is on.
If the rear lock is on while in SYNC mode, the rear control panel is disabled. LOCK SYNC appears on the rear control panel.
1Using the Rear Climate Control System From the Front Panel
Press the REAR LOCK button to turn the rear lock mode on and off. While the rear lock mode is on, the rear control panel is disabled. uThe REAR LOCK indicator will come on.
REAR LOCK Button
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 239
Rear Climate Control System
Use the system when the engine is running and the climate control system is operating. 1. Press the (ON/OFF) button. 2. Press the REAR SETTINGS button. u The system switches to the rear control mode for 10 seconds. The REAR
indicator appears on the display. 3. Press the AUTO button. u The rear system changes to AUTO mode. u The system automatically adjusts the fan speed and airflow levels to maintain
the set rear temperature. Change the temperature if necessary. 4. To turn off the rear climate control system, press the (ON/OFF) button.
Using the Rear Climate Control System From the Front Panel
REAR SETTINGS Button
239Continued
uuClimate Control SystemuRear Climate Control System
240
C o
n tro
ls
1Using the Rear Climate Control System From the Rear Panel
When the rear lock mode is off, the temperature of the rear passenger compartment can be controlled independently.
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 240
Use the system when the engine is running 1. Press the rear AUTO button. 2. Adjust the interior temperature using the rear temperature control button. 3. To turn off the rear climate control system, press (ON/OFF) button.
Using the Rear Climate Control System From the Rear Panel
Rear floor vents
Back of the console compartment vents
Rear Fan Control Buttons
(ON/OFF) Button
Rear Temperature Control Buttons
Rear AUTO Button
Back of the console compartment and floor vents
uuClimate Control SystemuAutomatic Climate Control Sensors C
o n
tro ls
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 241
Automatic Climate Control Sensors The automatic climate control system is equipped with sensors. Do not cover or spill any liquid on them.
Sensor
Sensor
241
242
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 242
lank.
* Not available on all m
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 243
Features
This chapter describes how to operate technology features.
Audio System About Your Audio System................ 244 USB Ports ......................................... 245 Audio System Theft Protection ......... 247 Audio Remote Controls.................... 248
Audio System Basic Operation ........ 250 True Touchpad Interface .................. 251 Audio/Information Screen ................ 254 Smart Shortcuts ............................... 268 System Updates ............................... 271 Adjusting the Sound ........................ 277 Display Setup ................................... 278
odels
Alexa Built-In ................................... 279 Voice Control Operation .................. 280 Playing AM/FM Radio....................... 283 Playing SiriusXM Radio ................... 287 Playing an iPod ................................ 300 Playing a USB Flash Drive ................. 303 Playing Bluetooth Audio................. 306 Playing Social Playlist........................ 309 Wi-Fi Connection ............................. 311 AT&T Hotspot .................................. 313 Apple CarPlay .................................. 314 Android Auto................................... 319
Audio Error Messages ...................... 324 General Information on the Audio System ............................................. 328
Customized Features ........................ 351 HomeLink Universal Transceiver ... 380 Bluetooth HandsFreeLink............. 383 AcuraLink ........................................ 412 CabinTalk* ....................................... 421
243
244
Featu res
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 244
Audio System
1About Your Audio System
iPod, iPad, iPhone and iTunes are trademarks of Apple Inc.
State or local laws may prohibit the operation of handheld electronic devices while operating a vehicle.
SiriusXM Radio is available on a subscription basis only. For more information on SiriusXM Radio, contact a dealer.
2 General Information on the Audio System P. 328
SiriusXM Radio is available in the United States and Canada, except Hawaii, Alaska, and Puerto Rico.
SiriusXM is a registered trademark of SiriusXM Radio, Inc.
After you turn the power mode to VEHICLE OFF (LOCK) with the drivers door closed, you can use the audio system for up to 30 minutes per driving cycle. However, whether you can continue using the audio system depends on the battery condition. Repeatedly using this feature may drain the battery. The audio system turns off when you open the drivers door.
About Your Audio System The audio system features AM/FM radio and SiriusXM Radio service. It can also play USB flash drives, iPod, iPhone, iPad and Bluetooth devices.
You can operate the audio system from the True Touchpad Interface, buttons and knobs on the panel, or the remote controls on the steering wheel.
Remote Controls
iPod
USB Flash Drive
uuAudio SystemuUSB Ports Featu
res
1USB Ports
Do not leave the iPod or USB flash drive in the vehicle. Direct sunlight and high temperatures may damage it.
We recommend that you use a USB cable if you are attaching a USB flash drive to the USB port.
Do not connect the iPod or USB flash drive using a hub.
Do not use a device such as a card reader or hard disk drive, as the device or your files may be damaged.
We recommend backing up your data before using the device in your vehicle.
Displayed messages may vary depending on the device model and software version.
If the audio system does not recognize the iPod, try reconnecting it a few times or reboot the device. To reboot, follow the manufacturers instructions provided with the iPod or visit www.apple.com/ipod.
The USB port can supply up to 2.5A/3.0A of power. It does not output 2.5A/3.0A unless the device requests. For amperage details, read the operating manual of the device that needs to be charged.
Under certain conditions, a device connected to the port may generate noise to the radio station you are listening to.
USB charge
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 245
USB Ports Install the USB connector or the USB flash drive to the USB port.
In the console compartment The USB port (2.5A) is for charging devices, playing audio files and connecting compatible phones with Apple CarPlay or Android Auto. u To prevent any potential issues, be sure
to use an Apple MFi Certified Lightning Connector for Apple CarPlay, and for Android Auto, the USB cables should be certified by USB-IF to be compliant with USB 2.0 Standard.
245Continued
246
uuAudio SystemuUSB Ports
Featu res
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 246
On the front panel To use the USB ports, push and release the indent. To close, push it again until it latches.
The USB ports (upper: 3.0A, lower: 2.5A) are only for charging devices. u You cannot play music even if you have
connected music players to them.
On the back of the console compartment
The USB ports (2.5A) are only for charging devices. u You cannot play music even if you have
connected music players to them.
On the both sides of the third row seats*
The USB ports (2.5A) are only for charging devices. u You cannot play music even if you have
connected music players to them.
* Not available on all models
uuAudio SystemuAudio System Theft Protection Featu
res
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 247
Audio System Theft Protection The audio system is disabled when it is disconnected from the power source, such as when the battery is disconnected or goes dead. In certain conditions, the system may display a code entry screen. If this occurs, reactivate the audio system.
Reactivating the audio system 1. Set the power mode to ON. 2. Turn on the audio system. 3. Press and hold the audio system power knob for more than two seconds. u The audio system is reactivated when the audio control unit establishes a
connection with the vehicle control unit. If the control unit fails to recognize the audio unit, you must go to a dealer and have the audio unit checked.
247
248
uuAudio SystemuAudio Remote Controls
Featu res
1Audio Remote Controls
Some modes appear only when an appropriate device or medium is used.
Depending on the Bluetooth device you connect, some functions may not be available.
Press the (back) button for the driver information interface or the head-up display* to go back to the previous screen or cancel a command.
Press the APPS button to go back to the menu screen of the driver information interface or the head-up display*.
Recents list is available when the following audio mode is selected. FM Radio AM Radio SiriusXM USB Audio
Models with head-up display
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 248
Audio Remote Controls Allow you to operate the audio system while driving. The information is shown on the driver information interface or the head-up display*.
VOL (+ /VOL (- (Volume) Switch Press Up: To increase the volume. Press Down: To decrease the volume.
(Power) Button Press to turn the audio system on and off. Left Selector Wheel When selecting the audio mode
Press the APPS button, then roll up or down to select an item on the driver information interface or the head-up display*, and then press the left selector wheel.
Push the left selector wheel to the right to display the Recents list, then scroll to an item selected in the past and press the wheel.
(Power) Button
VOL (+/VOL (- (Volume) Switch
(back) Button
Left Selector Wheel
APPS Button
Models with head-up display
* Not available on all models
uuAudio SystemuAudio Remote Controls Featu
res
1Audio Remote Controls
You can customize the items on the driver information interface or the head-up display*.
2 Customizing the Meter or Head-Up Display* P. 266
You cannot operate the audio functions while the following functions are being operated on the driver information interface or the head-up display*. Mode selection by pressing APPS button Navigation*
Phone Select Driving View*
Customize Apps
If Audio off message is shown on the driver information interface, we recommend connecting a device to the active source and trying again.
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 249
Roll up or down: To cycle through each modes, roll up or down and then press the left selector wheel:
After an audio mode is selected, the left selector wheel can be operated for the following functions. When listening to the radio
Move to the right: To select the next favorite radio station or channel. Move to the left: To select the previous favorite radio station or channel.
When listening to an iPod, USB flash drive, Bluetooth Audio, or Smartphone Connection Move to the right: To skip to the next song. Move to the left: To go back to the beginning of the current or previous song.
Navigation*
Phone
Audio Modes (Apple Carplay, Android Auto,
Alexa, Social Playlist, FM Radio, USB Audio, etc)
Select Driving View*
Customize Apps
249* Not available on all models
250
Featu res
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 250
Audio System Basic Operation
1Audio System Basic Operation
True Touchpad Interface 2 True Touchpad Interface P. 251
A-Zone 2 A-Zone P. 254
B-Zone 2 B-Zone P. 257
You can use the audio system for 30 minutes when the power mode to VEHICLE OFF (LOCK) with the drivers door closed, the system will then turn off automatically. If you want to keep using it, we recommend that you turn the power mode to ACCESSORY or ON.
VOL (Volume/Power) Knob: Push to turn the audio system on and off. Turn to adjust the volume when audio system is on.
/ (Seek/Skip) Buttons: Press to change station, channel, song or file. (Back) Button: Press to go back to the previous display when it is displayed.
(Home) Button: Press to go to the home screen. (Cards List) Button: Press to display the cards list of the B-zone on the audio/
information screen. 2 B-Zone P. 257
A-Zone Touchpad: Click or swipe the pad with your finger, or move your finger along the pad to operate the A-zone on the audio/information screen. B-Zone Touchpad: Click or slide the pad with your finger to operate the B-zone on the audio/information screen.
(Home) Button
(Back) Button
A-Zone Touchpad
(Cards List) Button
/ (Seek/ Skip) Button
VOL
(Volume/Power) Knob
B-Zone Touchpad
uuAudio System Basic OperationuTrue Touchpad Interface Featu
res
1True Touchpad Interface
True Touchpad Interface Operation Some items may be grayed out during driving to
reduce the potential for distraction. You can select them when the vehicle is stopped or
use voice commands. Wearing gloves may limit or prevent the True
Touchpad Interface response. Some electronics like inverters may cause slow
response while using the True Touchpad Interface.
You can operate the True Touchpad Interface using gloves when you set the Touchpad Sensitivity setting to High. However, the True Touchpad Interface cannot be operated with insulated gloves.
2 Customized Features P. 351
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 251
True Touchpad Interface You can operate the system using the True Touchpad Interface.
Click Lightly press the A-zone touchpad to select an item.
Press and hold Press and hold to initiate edit mode throughout the system.
Swipe Swipe or drag your finger in various directions to operate each screen.
A-Zone Touchpad Operation
251Continued
252
uuAudio System Basic OperationuTrue Touchpad Interface
Featu res
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 252
Flick Flick your finger up/down or left/right to scroll in lists or change pages throughout the system.
Hand-writing a character Move your finger quickly to trace a character on the A-zone touchpad.
Swipe with two fingers Swipe (or drag) two fingers across the screen to move the map.
Models with navigation system
uuAudio System Basic OperationuTrue Touchpad Interface Featu
res
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 253
Click Lightly press (click) the B-zone touchpad to select a card.
Slide Slide your finger up or down to highlight what you would like to select, such as a card or the status bar.
Flick Flick up or down to cycle through card displayed in the B-zone.
B-Zone Touchpad Operation
253
254
uuAudio System Basic OperationuAudio/Information Screen
Featu res
1Audio/Information Screen
All Apps list You can select any of the apps from the All Apps list. To display the All Apps list, place your finger on the A-zone touchpad and swipe right.
2 Home Screen P. 259
You can add or remove any of the apps in the home screen through the All Apps list.
2 To add app icons to the home screen and the head-up display* P. 260
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 254
Audio/Information Screen Displays each mode status. From this display, you can go to various setup options.
Switching the display
Press the (home) button to go to the home screen. Select the following icons on the home screen or All Apps list.
Navigation*
Displays the navigation screen. 2 Refer to the Navigation System Manual
Phone Displays the HFL information.
2 Bluetooth HandsFreeLink P. 383
FM Radio/AM Radio/SiriusXM/USB Audio/Bluetooth Audio/Social Playlist Displays the audio information for each.
A-Zone
Home Screen
A-Zone
* Not available on all models
uuAudio System Basic OperationuAudio/Information Screen Featu
res
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 255
Settings Enters the customizing menu screen.
2 Customized Features P. 351
Apple CarPlay Displays the Apple CarPlay screen.
2 Apple CarPlay P. 314
Android Auto Displays the Android Auto screen.
2 Android Auto P. 319
System Updates Updates the software version of the audio system.
2 System Updates P. 271
Messages Displays the text message screen.
2 Text Message P. 401
AT&T HotSpot Displays the AT&T Hotspot screen.
2 AT&T Hotspot P. 313
AcuraLink Displays the AcuraLink screen.
2 AcuraLink P. 412
255Continued
256
uuAudio System Basic OperationuAudio/Information Screen
Featu res
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 256
CabinTalk*
Displays the CabinTalk screen. 2 CabinTalk* P. 421
Smart Shortcuts Displays the Smart Shortcuts screen.
2 Smart Shortcuts P. 268
Alexa Displays the Alexa screen.
2 Alexa Built-In P. 279
* Not available on all models
uuAudio System Basic OperationuAudio/Information Screen Featu
res
1B-Zone
SiriusXM radio service notifications are displayed in the B-zone.
1Switching the card
The card in the B-zone will change depending on the screen displayed in the A-zone.
*1: Appears only when you set a destination on the Apple CarPlay or Android Auto navigation function.
2 Apple CarPlay P. 314 2 Android Auto P. 319
Models without navigation system
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 257
You can see the audio, HFL information, navigation mini map*, and clock information on the B-Zone using the B-zone touchpad.
Switching the card Slide up or down the B-zone touchpad to cycle through the following screen.
B-Zone
B-Zone
Now Playing Audio
Navigation*1
Clock
Continued 257* Not available on all models
258
uuAudio System Basic OperationuAudio/Information Screen
Featu res
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 258
You can also switch the screen by following procedure. 1. Press the (cards list) button. 2. Select an item then press the B-zone
touchpad.
uuAudio System Basic OperationuAudio/Information Screen Featu
res
1Home Screen
The home screen has 3 pages. You can add up to 8 pages.
Press the (home) button to go directly back to the first page of the home screen from any page.
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 259
To move to the next screen
Swiping A-zone touchpad left or right takes you to the next screen.
Home Screen
Current page position
A-Zone Touchpad
Swipe left to go to the additional pages of the home screen.
Swipe right to display the All Apps screen.
Continued 259
uuAudio System Basic OperationuAudio/Information Screen
260
Featu res
1To add app icons to the home screen and the head-up display*
Pre-installed apps may not start up normally. If this occurs, you need to reset the system.
2 Defaulting All the Settings P. 379
If you perform Factory Data Reset, it may reset all the settings to their factory default.
2 Defaulting All the Settings P. 379
In case those apps still do not startup normally, even after Factory Data Reset, contact your dealer.
Each item with HUD is listed on the head-up display menu.
If you want to hide the item from the head-up display menu, select Remove from Heads-Up Display.
Models with head-up display
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 260
To add app icons to the home screen and the head-up display*
You can add app icons to the home screen and the head-up display*. 1. Press the (home) button. 2. Swipe right to display the All Apps screen. 3. Go to an app on the list, then press and
hold A-zone touchpad. 4. From the pop-up menu, select Add to
Home Page or Add to Heads-Up Display*. u The icon or HUD* appears next to
the app on the list when the corresponding icon has been added to the home screen or the head-up display*.
* Not available on all models
uuAudio System Basic OperationuAudio/Information Screen Featu
res
1To add shortcut icons to the home screen and the head-up display*
You can add an icon to the head-up display directly from the home screen. Select an icon on the home screen, then press and hold the A-zone touchpad. After that, select Add to Heads-Up Display, and then press the (back) button or the (home) button to confirm the change. Note that icons for Messages, Settings, System Updates, AT&T Hotspot, AcuraLink, CabinTalk and Smart Shortcuts cannot be added to the head- up display.
Models with head-up display
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 261
To add shortcut icons to the home screen and the head-up display*
Shortcut icons for items stored in Favorite can be added to the home screen and the head-up display*.
1. Select a favorite item, then press and hold A-zone touchpad. u A pop-up menu will appear on the
screen. 2. Select Add to Home Page or Add to
Heads-Up Display*. u A short cut icon will be added to the
home screen or the head-up display*.
Continued 261* Not available on all models
uuAudio System Basic OperationuAudio/Information Screen
262
Featu res
1To move icons on the home screen
Press and hold (home) button to switches to the customization screen.
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 262
To move icons on the home screen You can change the location of the icons on the home screen.
1. Select the icon you want to move, then press and hold A-zone touchpad. u The screen will change to the
customization screen. 2. Drag the icon to where you want it to be
and then press and hold the A-zone touchpad. u The icon will be repositioned and the
screen will remain in the customization mode.
u After you drag the icon, keep your finger on the A-zone touchpad and then press down. If you release your finger before pressing the A-zone touchpad, the icon will remain in its original place.
u If you want to reposition the icon on another page of the home screen, swipe the A-zone touchpad.
3. Press the (back) button or the (home) button to confirm the change.
Select and hold.
Drag and drop.
uuAudio System Basic OperationuAudio/Information Screen Featu
res
1To remove icons from the home screen and the head-up display*
Removing an icon from the home screen does not result in the deletion of the corresponding app.
Press and hold (home) button to switches to the customization screen.
If you remove a shortcut icon from the home screen, the function of selected icon also remove from the head-up display.
Models with head-up display
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 263
To remove icons from the home screen and the head-up display*
You can remove icons from the home screen and the head-up display*. 1. From the home screen, select the icon that
you want to remove, then press and hold A- zone touchpad. u The screen will switch to the
customization screen. 2. Go to Remove from Home Page or
Remove from Heads-Up Display* and press the A-zone touchpad. u The icon will be removed from the home
screen or the head-up display*, and the screen will remain in the customization mode.
3. Press the (back) button or the (home) button to confirm the change.
You can also remove an icon from the home screen or the head-up display* directly from the All Apps list. 1. Go to an item you want to remove, then
press and hold the A-zone touchpad. 2. Go to Remove from Home Page or
Remove from Heads-Up Display* and press the A-zone touchpad. u The icon will be removed from the home
screen or the head-up display*. 3. Press the (back) button or the
(home) button to confirm the change.
Select and hold.
Continued 263* Not available on all models
264
uuAudio System Basic OperationuAudio/Information Screen
Featu res
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 264
1. Select the system status area, then press B- zone touchpad. u The status items will appear in the A-
zone. 2. Select an item to see the details. u Select Dismiss to delete the detail. u Press the (back) button or select
status area again to close the status list.
Status Area
System Status Area
Status Items
uuAudio System Basic OperationuAudio/Information Screen Featu
res
1Searching Screen
Delete a letter or number Swipe left the A-zone touchpad to delete a letter or a number. Input a space Swipe right the A-zone touchpad to input a space.
You can inputting letters or numbers by using on screen keyboard. Select KEYBOARD on the upper right of the screen. When you return to hand-writing input screen, select HANDWRITING.
You can inputting letters or numbers by using voice control operation. Select icon on the upper left of the screen.
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 265
You can use the hand-writing input feature by using the A-zone touchpad when searching for various items of the audio system (e.g., music, route of the navigation, phonebook contact).
1. Write letters or numbers using the A-zone touchpad. u Search results appear on the screen.
2. Press the A-zone touchpad. u If you re-enter letters or numbers, select
the input area on the upper side of the screen.
3. Select a desired item, and then press the A- zone touchpad.
Searching Screen
Input Area
Continued 265
266
uuAudio System Basic OperationuAudio/Information Screen
Featu res
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 266
You can edit, show, or hide the audio, phone, navigation* contents on the driver information interface or the head-up display*.
To add or remove an items 1. Press the APPS button on the steering
wheel. 2. Roll down the left selector wheel to select
Customize Apps and then press the selector wheel.
3. Push the left selector wheel left to select Add/Remove.
4. Select an item then press the left selector wheel. u The checked items are displayed on the
driver information interface or the head- up display*.
Customizing the Meter or Head-Up Display*
On Driver Information Interface
On Head-Up Display*
* Not available on all models
uuAudio System Basic OperationuAudio/Information Screen Featu
res
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 267
Editing order 1. Press the APPS button on the steering
wheel. 2. Using the left selector wheel, scroll to
Customize Apps and then press the selector wheel.
3. Push the selector wheel to the right to go to the Reorder screen.
4. Scroll to an item you want to move, then press the left selector wheel.
5. Scroll to where you want to move the contents, then press the left selector wheel.
On Driver Information Interface
On Head-Up Display*
267* Not available on all models
268
uuAudio System Basic OperationuSmart Shortcuts
Featu res
1Smart Shortcuts
The app also supports different profiles for each user, with customized learning for each profile. The app will also learn to associate a profile to a user over time based on key fob and connected phone data.
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 268
Smart Shortcuts By observing and learning driver behaviors, patterns, and preferences, the system anticipates driver actions and presents on-screen suggestions to help perform desired actions quicker and with fewer steps.
The app will suggest actions based on what it learns you do often, and occasionally make recommendations based on your learned preferences.
The system will take some time to learn. The more you interact with the system, the more suggestion you will see, and the more accurate they will become.
Suggestions will automatically refresh periodically to provide updated content for each profile.
You can also provide feedback on whether a suggestion is helpful by pressing and holding on it. This can help the app grow smarter over time.
To change the notifications behavior for Smart Shortcuts: 1. Select MENU on the Smart Shortcuts screen. 2. Select Suggestion Settings. 3. Select an option. All data used for Smart Shortcuts can be erased by a Factory Data Reset.
2 Defaulting All the Settings P. 379
Smart Shortcuts Screen Shortcut Suggestion
uuAudio System Basic OperationuSmart Shortcuts Featu
res
1How to Use
You can change the profile by selecting on the top of the Smart Shortcuts screen.
You can customize the following items by selecting MENU on the top of the Smart Shortcuts screen. Profiles: Create, change, and manage profiles. View App Walkthrough: View the Smart
Shortcuts walkthrough. Suggestion Settings: Change where suggestions
can appear.
To create a profile: 1. Select MENU on the Smart Shortcuts screen. 2. Select Profiles. 3. Select Manage Profiles. 4. Select + Add New Profile. 5. Enter name for your profile. 6. Click on the A-zone touchpad to confirm.
To change a profile: 1. Select MENU on the Smart Shortcuts screen. 2. Select Profiles. 3. Select Change Current Profile. 4. Select a profile from the list.
uA new profile has been created and the Smart App will automatically switch to that profile.
uThe change to the selected profile has been made.
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 269
1. Press the (home) button. 2. Select Smart Shortcuts. 3. Select a shortcut to take the action
suggested.
Call Suggestions: When selected, a call to the contact or number suggested will be placed and shown in the B-zone. Based on your calling patterns, contacts will be suggested for you to call. u Connect your smartphone through Bluetooth to get contact suggestions. u Call suggestions will not be displayed when you are connected to Apple
Carplay. Navigation Suggestions*: When selected, a route will be started to the
suggested destination and the embedded navigation app will open. u When a long route is set in your navigation system, you can receive
recommendations for gas stations and places to stop at along the way. u The places you frequently navigate to while using the embedded navigation
system will be suggested as shortcuts. u Save your home location in the embedded navigation app to have a shortcut
suggestion for it when youre away from home.
How to Use
Continued 269* Not available on all models
270
uuAudio System Basic OperationuSmart Shortcuts
Featu res
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 270
Radio Suggestions: When selected, the corresponding radio app (FM, AM, or SiriusXM) will open and it will start playing the station. u From radio apps you can receive:
- FM, AM, SiriusXM: Most frequently listened stations. - FM, SiriusXM: Genre-based suggestions.
u Considerations: - FM suggestions will appear only when they are within range, according to your vehicles tuner signal. - SiriusXM suggestions will be available as long as there is an active account in the vehicle.
uuAudio System Basic OperationuSystem Updates Featu
res
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 271
System Updates The audio systems firmware can be updated with the telematics control unit (TCU) through the subscription-based service.
Wireless connection mode setup 1. Press the (home) button. 2. Select System Updates. 3. Select MENU. 4. Select Connection Setup.
5. Select Change Mode. 6. Select Network. u The display will return to the network list.
7. Select an access point from the network list, then select OK. u If the audio system requires a password,
enter a password.
How to Update Wirelessly
271Continued
272
uuAudio System Basic OperationuSystem Updates
Featu res
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 272
How to update When the audio system update is available, the notification is shown on the audio/ information screen. Use the following procedure to update the system.
1. Press the (home) button. 2. Select System Updates.
3. Select via Wireless Connection. u When the download is complete, the
screen for step 5 will be displayed. 4. Select Download Now. u A notification will appear on the screen.
Notification
uuAudio System Basic OperationuSystem Updates Featu
res
1How to update
The system may cancel the firmware update if the battery is low on power, even if you have selected Install while Vehicle OFF. If you want to install the updated data, recharge the battery or select Install Now.
If you select Install Now, the system may reboot.
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 273
5. Select Install Now or Install while Vehicle OFF. u A notification appears on the screen if
the update is successful when Install Now is selected.
u If you select Install while Vehicle OFF, proceed to steps 6 and 7.
6. Set the power mode to VEHICLE OFF (LOCK). u A notification will appear on the screen.
If you select Postpone Update, the update will be postponed.
7. Exit from your vehicle. u The system will start the firmware
update. u If the update is successful, a notification
informing you of this fact will appear on the screen the next time you set the power mode to ON.
Continued 273
274
uuAudio System Basic OperationuSystem Updates
Featu res
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 274
Automatic download settings Use the following procedure to change to the automatic download setting.
1. Press the (home) button. 2. Select System Updates. 3. Select MENU. 4. Select Auto Download. 5. Select the access point, then Allow.
View update status Use the following procedure to confirm the update status. 1. Press the (home) button. 2. Select System Updates. 3. Select MENU. 4. Select Update Result.
uuAudio System Basic OperationuSystem Updates Featu
res
1How to Update with a USB Device
A USB device with a minimum of 8 GB of free space or more is recommended.
Be sure to delete any previous inventory or update files from the USB device before starting the USB update process.
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 275
Download the update files from the server 1. Press the (home) button. 2. Select System Updates. 3. Select via USB. u A notification appears on the screen.
4. Connect a USB device into the USB port in the console compartment. u The inventory data is copied into the USB
device. 2 USB Ports P. 245
5. Remove the USB device from the USB port. 6. Connect the USB device into your
computer, and then download the update files. u Follow the link to download the required
software update files. Refer to https://usb.acura.com for instructions.
How to Update with a USB Device
Continued 275
uuAudio System Basic OperationuSystem Updates
276
Featu res
1Update the audio system
The system may stop the firmware update when battery is low on power, even when you selected Install while Vehicle OFF. If you want to install the updated data, recharge the battery or select Install Now.
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 276
Update the audio system 1. Press the (home) button. 2. Select System Updates. 3. Select via USB. u A notification appears on the screen.
4. Connect the USB device with the update files into the USB port. u A notification appears on the screen.
2 USB Ports P. 245
5. Select Install Now or Install while Vehicle OFF. u A notification appears on the screen if
the update is successful when Install Now is selected.
u When you select Install while Vehicle OFF go to step 6.
6. Set the power mode to VEHICLE OFF (LOCK). u A notification appears on the screen. If
you select Postpone Update, the update is postponed.
7. Exit from your vehicle. u The system will start the firmware
update. u A notification appears on the screen if
the update is successful at the next time you set the power mode to ON.
uuAudio System Basic OperationuAdjusting the Sound Featu
res
1Adjusting the Sound
The SVC adjusts the volume level based on the vehicle speed. As you go faster, audio volume increases. As you slow down, audio volume decreases.
You can also adjust the sound the following procedure. 1. Press the (home) button. 2. Select Settings. 3. Select Sound.
Audio Zones & Balance / Fader*
You can change where the sound comes from by selecting one of the speaker options below: Full Vehicle: All the speakers emit sound. Driver Only: Only the speaker by the drivers seat
emits sound. Front Only: Only the front speakers emit sound. Rear Only: Only the rear speakers emit sound.
Reset to Default Select to reset the following settings from the pop-up menu to their factory default. Bass / Treble Roof / Center Volume*
Audio Zones & Balance / Fader*
Balance / Fader*
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 277
Adjusting the Sound 1. Press the (home) button. 2. Select an audio source icon.
3. Select SOUND. 4. Select the setting you want.
3. Select MENU. 4. Select Sound Settings. 5. Select the setting you want.
Select an item from the following choices: Bass / Treble: Treble, Midrange, Bass Roof / Center Volume*: Roof speaker,
center speaker Audio Zones & Balance / Fader*: Driver
Only, Front Only, Rear Only, Full Vehicle, Balance, Fader
Balance / Fader*: Balance, Fader Speed Volume Compensation: Speed
Volume Compensation (SVC) DTS Neural Surround*: DTS Neural
SurroundTM
Compressed Audio Enhancement*: Enhancement for compressed audio quality
USB Audio, Social Playlist mode
FM Radio, AM Radio, SiriusXM, Bluetooth Audio mode
277* Not available on all models
278
uuAudio System Basic OperationuDisplay Setup
Featu res
1Changing the Screen Brightness
You can change the Contrast and Black Level settings in the same manner.
To reset the settings, select Reset to Default. Reset to Default is only applicable to the settings in the current mode.
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 278
Display Setup You can change the brightness of the audio/information screen.
1. Press the (home) button. 2. Select Settings. 3. Select Display. 4. Select Day Mode or Night Mode. 5. Select the setting you want. u When you adjust the Contrast and
Black Level, select More Settings.
Certain manual functions are disabled or inoperable while the vehicle is in motion. You cannot select a grayed-out option until the vehicle is stopped.
Changing the Screen Brightness
Limitations for Manual Operation*
* Not available on all models
uuAudio System Basic OperationuAlexa Built-In Featu
res
1Alexa Built-In
Support Resources For more information or client support: Call Acura Client Relations at 1-800-382-2238. Go to https://www.amazon.com/gp/help/
customer/contact-us.
1Using Alexa
Troubleshooting Tips: Make sure you are connected to your phone via
either Wi-Fi Hotspot or AT&T Vehicle Data Plan. If using an AT&T Vehicle Data Plan, confirm that
your subscription is active. Make sure you are logged into your Amazon
account.
Deleting Your Alexa Settings from the Vehicle For your privacy and security, if you transfer the vehicle to a third party, reset all vehicle settings to default and delete all personal data. Also, remove the vehicle from the list of devices in your phones Alexa app.
2 Defaulting All the Settings P. 379
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 279
Alexa Built-In You can talk to Amazon Alexa through the audio system. With Alexa, you can: Stream audio Navigate to places (If available) Call Alexa contacts And more with supported Alexa skills
Once you sign into Alexa through the audio system, you can use Alexa without opening the app.
You can trigger Alexa by doing any of the following: Say the wake word Alexa from anywhere in the audio system. Press the (talk) button on the steering wheel. Select the Alexa icon from inside the app.
Using Alexa
279
280
uuAudio System Basic OperationuVoice Control Operation
Featu res
1Voice Control Operation
When you press the button, the system beeps and the display changes to the voice recognition screen.
Press the (home) button, (back) button on the True Touchpad Interface or APPS button on the steering wheel to cancel a voice recognition function.
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 280
Voice Control Operation Your vehicle has a voice control system that allows hands-free operation. The voice control system uses the (talk) and (back) buttons on the steering wheel and a microphone near the map lights on the ceiling.
To achieve optimum voice recognition when using the voice control system: The system recognize a natural language and accept your free form voice
command. An example of voice commands:
2 Voice Recognition Screen P. 281
Close the windows and panoramic roof. Adjust the dashboard and side vents so air does not blow onto the microphone
on the ceiling. Speak clearly in a clear, natural speaking voice without pausing between words. Reduce any background noise if possible. The system may misinterpret your
command if more than one person is speaking at the same time.
Voice Recognition
uuAudio System Basic OperationuVoice Control Operation Featu
res
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 281
When the (talk) button is pressed, the voice control screen appears. For a complete list of commands, say Help after the beep.
The system accepts free form voice commands. See the following examples for recommended voice commands.
Voice Recognition Screen
Phone Commands Dial by number Call
Redial Redial Redial last number Call last number
Contact by voice Call
her/his
The system recognizes an only contact name in the stored phonebook of your phone.
Phone commands are not available if using Apple CarPlay.
Phone Commands
AM Commands Play AM radio Tune to <530-1710> AM I want to listen to AM <530-1710> Play AM <530-1710>
Audio Commands
281Continued
282
uuAudio System Basic OperationuVoice Control Operation
Featu res
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 282
Sirius XM Commands Play XM radio Play XM
satellite radio
USB Commands Play USB Play iPod Play genre
Bluetooth Audio Commands Play Bluetooth
2 Refer to the Navigation System Manual
Help Cancel Repeat Voice Help are readout voice guidance for Help on current screen.
You can search for the desired item on each search screen with your voice.
Next Page Previous Page Back Go to
*1: Models with navigation system
Navigation Commands*1
Standard Commands
Letter Input Commands
List Commands
2 Alexa Built-In P. 279
2 Apple CarPlay P. 314
2 Android Auto P. 319
Amazon Alexa Commands
Apple CarPlay Commands
Android Auto Commands
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying AM/FM Radio Featu
res
MENU Select to display the menu screen.
Station List Select to display the station list screen.
Tune Up/Down Icons Select or to search up and down the selected band for a station with a strong signal.
VOL (Volume/Power) Knob Push to turn the audio system on and off. Turn to adjust the volume.
/ (Seek/Skip) Button Press or to search up and down the selected band for a station with a strong signal.
icon Select to display the subchannel list screen.
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 283
Playing AM/FM Radio
Tune Select to display the manual input screen of radio frequency.
Scan Select to scan each station with a strong signal.
Favorite Station Icons, Add Favorite Tune the radio frequency for favorite station. Select Add Favorite to store the station. Swipe left or right the A-zone touchpad to find available preset spaces and/or display the next or previous favorite station list.
283Continued
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying AM/FM Radio
284
Featu res
1Favorite Station
The ST indicator appears on the display indicating stereo FM broadcasts. Stereo reproduction in AM is not available.
Switching the Audio Mode Press the APPS button on the steering wheel, then select an item or select the audio source icon on the home screen.
2 Audio Remote Controls P. 248
You can store 12 AM/FM stations into favorite station.
HD Radio Technology manufactured under license from iBiquity Digital Corporation. U.S. and Foreign Patents. For patents see http://dts.com/patents. HD Radio, Artist Experience, and the HD, HD Radio, and ARC logos are registered trademarks or trademarks of iBiquity Digital Corporation in the United States and/or other countries.
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 284
To add a favorite station: 1. Tune to the selected station. 2. Select Add Favorite, then select Current Station. u When you select From Station List, you can store a station from the station
list.
Editing a favorite station Select and hold to desired favorite station icon.
The following items are available: Remove Favorite: Delete the favorite station icon from the favorite station list. Replace with (number): Replace the stored favorite station icon. Add to Home Page: Add the shortcut icon of the stored favorite station to the
home screen. Add to Heads-Up Display*: Add the shortcut item of the stored favorite station
to the head-up display menu.
Favorite Station
* Not available on all models
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying AM/FM Radio Featu
res
1Station List
Provides text data information related to your selected RDS-capable FM station.
When you select an RDS-capable FM station, the RDS automatically turns on, and the frequency display changes to the station name. However, when the signals of that station become weak, the display changes from the station name to the frequency.
1Radio Frequency Manual Tune Screen
You can tune the range of FM frequency between 87.7 to 107.9MHz and range of AM frequency between 530 to 1710kHz.
Select , then trace the numbers of the radio frequency on the A-zone touchpad. When KEYPAD is selected, the on-screen keyboard appears.
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 285
Lists the strongest stations on the selected band. 1. Select Station List to display a list. 2. Select the station.
Manual update Updates your available station list at any time. 1. Select Station List to display a list. 2. Select Refresh.
1. Select Tune. 2. Select or to tune the radio frequency.
Samples each of the strongest stations on the selected band for 10 seconds. To turn off scan, select Stop or press the (back) button.
Station List
Radio Frequency Manual Tune Screen
Scan
Continued 285
286
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying AM/FM Radio
Featu res
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 286
Displays the subchannel list when an HD RadioTM station is selected while listening to an FM station. 1. Select icon. 2. Select the channel number.
Change the AM/FM settings. 1. Select MENU. 2. Select HD Radio Setting. 3. Select Automatic or Analog Only.
HD Subchannel
AM/FM Settings
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying SiriusXM Radio Featu
res
MENU Select to display the menu screen.
Channels Select to display the channel list screen.
VOL (Volume/Power) Knob Push to turn the audio system on and off. Turn to adjust the volume.
/ (Seek/Skip) Button Press or to the previous or next channel. Press and hold to rapidly skip 10 channels at a time.
More Select to display the additional function items. Select Less to close the additional function items.
Category Icons Select or to change the category.
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 287
Playing SiriusXM Radio
Channel Up/Down Icons Select or to the previous or next channel. Select and hold to rapidly skip 10 channels at a time.
Favorite Channel Icons, Add Favorite Tune the channel for favorite channel. Select Add Favorite to store the channel. Swipe left or right the A-zone touchpad to find available preset spaces and/or display the next or previous favorite channel list.
Album Art
287Continued
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying SiriusXM Radio
288
Featu res
1Playing SiriusXM Radio
In the channel mode, all available channels are selectable. In the category mode, you can select a channel within a category (Jazz, Rock, Classical, etc.).
There may be instances when SiriusXM Radio does not broadcast all the data fields (artist name, title). This does not indicate a problem with your audio system.
SiriusXM Radio stations load in ascending order, which can take about a minute. Once they have loaded you will be able to scroll up or down to make your selections.
Switching the Audio Mode Press the APPS button on the steering wheel, then select an item or select the audio source icon on the home screen.
2 Audio Remote Controls P. 248
Tune Start: When you change to a favorite channel, a song being played on that channel restarts from the beginning with this function. This can be turned on or off by the following procedure. 1. Select MENU. 2. Select SiriusXM Settings. 3. Select Tune Start. 4. Select On or Off.
To change a category, select Category icons, or select Channels and then select category item.
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 288
1. Select MENU. 2. Select SiriusXM Settings. 3. Select Tune Mode. 4. Select All Channels or Within Category.
To Change the Tune Mode
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying SiriusXM Radio Featu
res
1Favorite Channel
You can store 12 SiriusXM channels in the favorite channel list.
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 289
To add a favorite channel: 1. Tune to the selected channel. 2. Select Add Favorite, then select CURRENT CHANNEL. u When you select From Channels, you can store a channel from the channel
list.
Editing a favorite channel Select and hold to desired favorite channel.
The following items are available: Remove Favorite: Delete the favorite channel from the favorite channel list. Replace with Ch (number): Replace the stored favorite channel. Create TuneMix: Create a favorite multi-channel. Add to Home Page: Add the shortcut icon of the stored favorite channel to the
home screen. Add to Heads-Up Display*: Add the shortcut item of the stored favorite channel
to the head-up display menu.
Favorite Channel
Continued 289* Not available on all models
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying SiriusXM Radio
290
Featu res
1Create a TuneMix (for music channels only)
When you want to replace the channel, select Replace with Ch (number). If you want to delete a channel, select Edit TuneMix, and then select the channel you want to delete.
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 290
Create a TuneMix (for music channels only) A TuneMix is a group of channels saved in one preset. You can store up to 20 of your preferred music channels per TuneMix channel.
To create a favorite multi-channel: 1. Tune a channel. 2. Select and hold a number that you want to
use as a favorite multi-channel. 3. Select Create TuneMix. u The number you have selected will be
registered as a favorite multi-channel number, and the channel that you have tuned will be registered with this number.
To add a channel to a favorite multi-channel: 1. Tune a channel. 2. Select and hold a favorite multi-channel
number. 3. Select Edit TuneMix. 4. Select Add Channel. u Current channel is added to the
TuneMix. u A message appears if the current channel
cannot be added to the TuneMix.
Create TuneMix
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying SiriusXM Radio Featu
res
1Listening to Featured Channels
Up to eight featured channels by SiriusXM can be displayed.
Select SEARCH LIST, then trace the letters and/or numbers of the channel on the A-zone touchpad. When KEYBOARD is selected, the on-screen keyboard appears.
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 291
Suggested channel listing received from SiriusXM can be displayed and selected. 1. Select Channels. 2. Select featured channel category. 3. Select featured channel.
Listening to Featured Channels
Continued 291
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying SiriusXM Radio
292
Featu res
1Replay Function
The system starts storing broadcast in memory when the power mode is turned ON. You can go back to the program from that point.
You can no longer replay any program once the power mode is turned off as it erases memory. You can check how long the program has been stored in memory from the audio/information screen.
After 30 or 60 minutes of recording the system will automatically start deleting the oldest data.
(A): Shows how much time the replayed segment is behind the real-time broadcast or if it is live audio content. (B): Replayed segment (C): Length stored in memory (D): Play/Pause icon
Audio/Information Screen
(C) (B) (A)
(D)
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 292
The system can record up to the last 60 minutes broadcast of your currently tuned channel as well as the last 30 minutes broadcast of favorite channels, starting from the moment you turn the vehicle on. If you tuned to favorite channel, the system records up to 60 minutes of a broadcast instead of up to 30 minutes. You can rewind and replay the last 30 or 60 minutes of a broadcast.
1. Select More. 2. Move the position you want to replay by selecting or .
To play or pause on playback mode, select the play/pause icon.
Returning to real-time broadcast Select and hold or select Live.
Replay Function
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying SiriusXM Radio Featu
res
1Live Sports Alert
The Pop-up appears and notifies you of a sports alert function.
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 293
While listening to other channel, you can receive sports alerts such as scores from your favorite teams.
To set up a favorite team 1. Select MENU. 2. Select SiriusXM Settings. 3. Select Sports Notification Setup. 4. Select Edit Favorite Teams. 5. Select Add Favorite Team. 6. Select a team.
To set up an alert message 1. Select MENU. 2. Select SiriusXM Settings. 3. Select Sports Notification Setup. 4. Select SportsFlash Game Play Notifications. 5. Select Notifications. 6. Select On. 7. Select Select SportsFlash Teams. 8. Select a registered team. u Press the (back) button, the screen returns to the previous screen.
Live Sports Alert
Continued 293
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying SiriusXM Radio
294
Featu res
1Game Start Notification
Before receiving a game start notification, register a favorite sports team.
2 To set up a favorite team P. 293
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 294
You can receive a sports channel notification when registered sports team start playing.
To set up a game start notification 1. Select MENU. 2. Select SiriusXM Settings. 3. Select Sports Notification Setup. 4. Select Game Notifications. 5. Select On.
Receiving a game start notification 1. A pop-up appears on the B-zone and notifies you of a game start notification. 2. Select the system status area then press the B-zone touchpad. u The status items appear on the A-zone.
3. Select a SiriusXM notification item using A-zone touchpad to see the details.
Game Start Notification
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying SiriusXM Radio Featu
res
1Traffic and Weather Information
When traffic and weather information is received, a notification is displayed in the B-zone.
2 B-Zone P. 257
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 295
You can receive traffic and weather information. 1. Select MENU. 2. Select SiriusXM Settings. 3. Select Traffic & Weather Setup. 4. Select Selected City. 5. Select the region.
Receiving a traffic and weather information 1. A pop-up will appear in the B-zone to notify you that new traffic and weather
information is available. 2. Select the system status area, then press B-zone touchpad. u The status area will appear in the A-zone.
3. To see the details, select an item using A-zone touchpad. u The traffic and weather information will appear in the B-zone. u Select Keep Listening to continue receiving traffic and weather information. u Select Return to Ch (channel number) to stop viewing traffic and weather
information.
Traffic and Weather Information
Continued 295
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying SiriusXM Radio
296
Featu res
1Channel Schedule
Select SEARCH LIST, then trace the letters and/or numbers of the channel on the A-zone touchpad. When KEYBOARD is selected, the on-screen keyboard appears.
1To set up an alert message
The Pop-up appears and notifies you of an alert function.
Selecting One Time disables the alert feature next time you turn the power mode to ON.
If you want to delete the alert, select Remove Alert.
To enable an alert message, change settings for the alert function.
2 To enable the alert function P. 297
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 296
You can view a channel schedule or receive an alert when your favorite program is about to start.
To view a channel schedule 1. Select MENU. 2. Select Channel Schedule.
To set up an alert message 1. Select MENU. 2. Select Channel Schedule. 3. Select a program. 4. Select Set Program Alert. 5. Select One Time or Every Time.
Channel Schedule
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying SiriusXM Radio Featu
res
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 297
You can change settings for the alert function.
To enable the alert function 1. Select MENU. 2. Select SiriusXM Settings. 3. Select Manage Program Alerts. 4. Select Notifications. 5. Select On or Off.
To remove an alert 1. Select MENU. 2. Select SiriusXM Settings. 3. Select Manage Program Alerts. 4. Select Alerts Set. 5. Select an item you want to delete. u A confirmation message appears on the screen. Select Delete.
Manage Program Alert
297Continued
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying SiriusXM Radio
298
Featu res
1Scan
The favorites scan function is based on TuneScanTM technology of SiriusXM.
The Featured Channels function is based on Featured FavoritesTM technology of SiriusXM.
TuneScanTM and Featured FavoritesTM are registered trademarks of SiriusXM Radio, Inc.
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 298
Sample each channel on the selected mode for 10 seconds. 1. Select More. 2. Select Scan.
You can change a scan mode by the following procedure. 1. Select MENU. 2. Select SiriusXM Settings. 3. Select Scan Mode. 4. Select Channels or Favorites.
To turn off scan, select Stop.
Scan
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying SiriusXM Radio Featu
res
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 299
Change the SiriusXM settings. 1. Select MENU. 2. Select SiriusXM Settings. 3. Select an option.
Tune Mode: Choose whether to group by category or channel number when changing channels.
2 To Change the Tune Mode P. 288
Scan Mode: Select the scan mode from all channels or favorites. 2 Scan P. 298
Tune Start: Start the currently playing song at the beginning when you switch to a music channel favorite.
2 Tune Start: P. 288
Sports Notification Setup: Set to receive sports alerts such as scores from your favorite teams.
2 Live Sports Alert P. 293
Traffic & Weather Setup: Set to receive traffic and weather information. 2 Traffic and Weather Information P. 295
Manage Program Alerts: Change settings for the alert function. 2 Manage Program Alert P. 297
SiriusXM Settings
299
300
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying an iPod
Featu res
SOUND Select to display the sound settings.
Music Library Select to display the music search screen.
Skip/Seek Icons Select or to change songs. Select and hold to move rapidly within a song.
VOL (Volume/Power) Knob Push to turn the audio system on and off. Turn to adjust the volume.
/ (Seek/Skip) Button Press or to change songs. Press and hold to move rapidly within a song.
Repeat Icon Select to repeat the current song.
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 300
Playing an iPod Using your USB connector, connect the iPod to the USB port, then select the USB mode.
2 USB Ports P. 245
Shuffle Icon Select to change a play mode in album shuffle or shuffle all songs.
Play/Pause Icon
Album Art
Current Song Information Select to display the play list screen.
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying an iPod Featu
res
1Playing an iPod
Available operating functions vary on models or versions. Some functions may not be available on the vehicles audio system.
If there is a problem, you may see an error message on the audio/information screen.
2 iPod/USB Flash Drive P. 324
If you operate the music app on your iPhone/iPod while the phone is connected to the audio system, you may no longer be able to operate the same app on the audio/information screen. Reconnect the device if necessary.
Select SEARCH LIST, then trace the letters and/or numbers of the song on the A-zone touchpad. When KEYBOARD is selected, the on-screen keyboard appears.
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 301
1. Select Music Library. 2. Select a search category (e.g., Artists,
Albums, etc.). 3. Continue making selections until you find
the song of your choice.
How to Select a Song from the Music Search List
Continued 301
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying an iPod
302
Featu res
1How to Select a Play Mode
Play Mode Menu Items Shuffle
Repeat
*1: A play mode icon glows when selected.
(shuffle off): Shuffle mode to off.
(shuffle all songs): Plays all available songs in a selected list in random order.
(repeat off): Repeat mode to off.
(repeat song): Repeats the current song.
(repeat all): Repeats the all songs in current playlist.
*1
*1
*1
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 302
You can change the playback mode for a song. Shuffle/Repeat Repeatedly select the shuffle or repeat icon until you find a play mode option of your preference.
How to Select a Play Mode
Shuffle Icon Repeat Icon
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying a USB Flash Drive Featu
res
SOUND Select to display the sound settings. Music Library Select to display the music search screen.
Skip/Seek Icons Select or to change files. Select and hold to move rapidly within a file.
VOL (Volume/Power) Knob Push to turn the audio system on and off. Turn to adjust the volume.
/ (Seek/Skip) Button Press or to change files. Press and hold to move rapidly within a file.
Repeat Icon Select to repeat the current file.
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 303
Playing a USB Flash Drive Your audio system reads and plays audio files on a USB flash drive in either format of MP3, WMA, AAC*1, etc.
2 Playable audio file P. 330
Connect your USB flash drive to the USB port, then select the USB mode. 2 USB Ports P. 245
*1:Only AAC format files recorded with iTunes are playable on this unit.
Random Icon Select to play all files in the current category in random order.
Play/Pause Icon
Album Art
Current File Information Select to display the play list screen.
303Continued
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying a USB Flash Drive
304
Featu res
1Playing a USB Flash Drive
Use the recommended USB flash drives. 2 General Information on the Audio System
P. 328
WMA files protected by digital rights management (DRM) cannot be played. The audio system skips to the next file.
If there is a problem, you may see an error message on the audio/information screen.
2 iPod/USB Flash Drive P. 324
Select SEARCH or SEARCH LIST, then trace the letters and/or numbers of the song on the A-zone touchpad. When KEYBOARD is selected, the on- screen keyboard appears.
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 304
1. Select Music Library. 2. Select a search category (e.g., Artists,
Albums, etc.). 3. Continue making selections until you find
the file of your choice.
How to Select a File from the Music Search List
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying a USB Flash Drive Featu
res
1How to Select a Play Mode
Play Mode Menu Items Random
Repeat
*1: A play mode icon glows when selected.
(random off): Random mode to off.
(random in folder): Plays all files in current playlist.
(repeat file): Repeats the current file.
(repeat folder): Repeats all files in the current folder.
*1
*1
*1
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 305
You can select repeat and random modes when playing a file. Random/Repeat Repeatedly select the shuffle or repeat icon until you find a play mode option of your preference.
How to Select a Play Mode
Random Icon Repeat Icon
305
306
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying Bluetooth Audio
Featu res
1Playing Bluetooth Audio
Not all Bluetooth-enabled phones with streaming audio capabilities are compatible with the system. For a list of compatible phones: U.S.: Visit www.handsfreelink.com/Acura or call 1-
888-528-7876. Canada: For more information on smartphone
compatibility, call 1-855-490-7351.
It may be illegal to perform some data device functions while driving.
MENU Select to display the menu items.
Bluetooth Indicator Appears when your phone is connected to HFL.
VOL (Volume/Power) Knob Push to turn the audio system on and off. Turn to adjust the volume.
/ (Seek/Skip) Button Press or to change tracks. Press and hold to move rapidly within a track.
Repeat Icon Select to repeat the current file.
Music Library Select to display the music search screen.
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 306
Playing Bluetooth Audio Your audio system allows you to listen to music from your Bluetooth-compatible phone. This function is available when the phone is paired and connected to the vehicles Bluetooth HandsFreeLink (HFL) system.
2 Phone Setup P. 389
Track Icons Select or to change tracks. Select and hold to move rapidly within a track.
Random Icon Select to play all files in the current folder in random order.
Play/Pause Icon
Current Track Information Select to display the play list screen.
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying Bluetooth Audio Featu
res
1To Play Bluetooth Audio Files
Only one phone can be used with HFL at a time. When there are more than two paired phones in the vehicle, the first paired phone the system finds is automatically connected.
Different devices can be connected respectively to Bluetooth hands-free phone and Bluetooth Audio functions.
If more than one phone is paired to the HFL system, there may be a delay before the system begins to play.
In some cases, the name of the artist, album, or track may not appear correctly. Some functions may not be available on some devices.
If a phone is currently connected via Apple CarPlay or Android Auto, Bluetooth Audio from that phone will be unavailable. However, you can have a second previously paired phone stream Bluetooth Audio by selecting from the Bluetooth device list.
2 Phone Setup P. 389
To play the audio files, you may need to operate your phone. If so, follow the phone makers operating instructions. Switching to another mode pauses the music playing from your phone.
You can change the connected phone by selecting MENU and Change Device.
2 Phone Setup P. 389
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 307
1. Make sure that your phone is paired and connected to the system.
2 Phone Setup P. 389
2. Select the Bluetooth Audio mode.
If the phone is not recognized, another HFL- compatible phone, which is not compatible for Bluetooth Audio, may already be connected.
To play or pause a file Select the play/pause icon.
To Play Bluetooth Audio Files
Continued 307
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying Bluetooth Audio
308
Featu res
1Searching for Music
Depending on the Bluetooth device you connect, some or all of the lists may not be displayed.
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 308
1. Select Music Library. 2. Select a search category (e.g., Albums). 3. Select an item. u The selection begins playing.
Searching for Music
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying Social Playlist Featu
res
1Playing Social Playlist
For more information, check the Acura CabinControl smartphone app instruction manual.
Repeat Icon Select to repeat the current file.
SOUND Select to display the sound settings.
VOL (Volume/Power) Knob Push to turn the audio system on and off. Turn to adjust the volume.
/ (Seek/Skip) Button Press or to change files.
Queue Select to view shared files.
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 309
Playing Social Playlist The Acura CabinControl smartphone and tablet app allows users to share audio files from their devices to Social Playlist. Unfortunately, the driver cannot select the audio files from the audio/information screen. The driver can play in order of their choice only if they individually select each song in the queue. The driver cannot rearrange the order of the playlist. Once the smartphone app has been downloaded onto a device, the device can be added to the vehicle by going to Connections in the Settings. The device will need to be connected to the vehicles network to use.
2 Wi-Fi Connection P. 311
Skip/Seek Icons Select or to change files.
Play/Pause Icon
Random Icon Select to play all files in random order.
309Continued
310
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying Social Playlist
Featu res
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 310
Select Queue. To play a file on the playlist: u Select the file.
To remove a file from the playlist: u Select on the file.
To clear the playlist: u Select Clear All, and then select
Request Songs to reload a playlist.
How to Edit the Playlist
uuAudio System Basic OperationuWi-Fi Connection Featu
res
1Wi-Fi Connection
Wi-Fi and Wi-Fi Direct are registered trademarks of Wi-Fi Alliance.
1Connecting to a Wi-Fi Hotspot
You cannot go through the setting procedure while a vehicle is moving. Park in a safe place to set the audio system in Wi-Fi mode.
Some cell phone carriers charge for tethering and smartphone data use. Check your phones data subscription package.
Check your phone manual to find out if the phone has Wi-Fi connectivity.
You can confirm whether Wi-Fi connection is on or off with the icon on the system status area. Transmission speed and others will not be displayed on this screen.
2 Status Area P. 264
In case of Wi-Fi connection with your phone, make sure your phones Wi-Fi setting is in access point (tethering) mode.
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 311
Wi-Fi Connection You can connect the audio system to the Internet using Wi-Fi on the audio/ information screen. If your phone has wireless hotspot capabilities, the system can be tethered to the phone. Use the following steps to setup.
1. Press the (home) button. 2. Select Settings. 3. Select Connections. 4. Select Wi-Fi. 5. Select Change Mode. 6. Select Network. u Select the access point you want to
connect to the system. u When you change the mode from
Hotspot to Network, a pop-up appears, then select Confirm.
7. Select Connect. u Enter a password for the access point. u When the connection is successful,
Connected is displayed on the list. 8. Press the (home) button to go back to
the home screen.
Connecting to a Wi-Fi Hotspot
311Continued
312
uuAudio System Basic OperationuWi-Fi Connection
Featu res
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 312
You can set the network as a Wi-Fi Hotspot of this audio system. Use the following steps to setup.
1. Press the (home) button. 2. Select Settings. 3. Select Connections. 4. Select Wi-Fi. 5. Select Change Mode. 6. Select Hotspot. u When you change the mode from
Network to Hotspot, a pop-up appears, then select Confirm.
The following options are available for the setup. Network SSID: Set this network name. Password: Set password for require entering password when connecting Wi-Fi
device to this network. Connected Devices List: Display the connected device list. Up to seven devices
can be connected to this network.
Setting the Audio System as a Wi-Fi Hotspot
uuAudio System Basic OperationuAT&T Hotspot Featu
res
1AT&T Hotspot
To use AT&T Hotspot services, your vehicle must be subscribed to a data plan. If your vehicle is not subscribed to a data plan, you can visit www.att.com/ acura to add vehicle data services.
Hotspot username and password can be changed in the Settings of the AT&T Hotspot app. Settings can not be accessed while driving. Park in a safe place to adjust Hotspot settings.
Alternatively, you can use your mobile hotspot to connect the vehicle and other mobile devices to the Internet.
2 Wi-Fi Connection P. 311
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 313
AT&T Hotspot If you have subscribed to AT&T hotspot services, your vehicle will provide data to connect your mobile devices to the Internet. You can use the AT&T Hotspot app to turn on/off vehicle data and monitor data usage left on your subscription.
a Hotspot Enable Turn on/off AT&T Hotspot. b Data Usage Bar Check the current status of your data plan. This Usage Bar will show your current plan and how much data remains on your plan. Subscription plans for AT&T Hotspot can be added/modified at www.att.com/acura. c Plan Info Shows your current AT&T subscription plan for the vehicle. d Settings Shows the current username and password for vehicle Hotspot. Settings can be changed while the vehicle is not in motion. e Help
AT&T Hotspot Menu
313
314
uuAudio System Basic OperationuApple CarPlay
Featu res
1Apple CarPlay
USB connection of Apple CarPlay is supported by iOS 7.1 and higher.
Wireless Apple CarPlay connection requires a iOS 9.0 and higher.
Park in a safe place before connecting your iPhone to Apple CarPlay and when launching any compatible apps.
While connected to Apple CarPlay, calls are only made through Apple CarPlay. If you want to make a call with Bluetooth HandsFreeLink, disable Apple CarPlay.
2 Enabling Apple CarPlay P. 316
When your iPhone is connected to Apple CarPlay, it is not possible to use the Bluetooth Audio or Bluetooth HandsFreeLink. However, other previously paired phones can stream audio via Bluetooth while Apple CarPlay is connected.
2 Phone Setup P. 389
Apple CarPlay and Android Auto cannot run at the same time.
For details on countries and regions where Apple CarPlay is available, as well as information pertaining to function, refer to the Apple homepage.
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 314
Apple CarPlay If you connect an Apple CarPlay-compatible iPhone to the system via the USB port or wirelessly, you can use the vehicles audio/information screen, instead of the iPhone, to make a phone call, listen to music, view maps (navigation), and access messages.
2 USB Ports P. 245
Use of Apple CarPlay will result in the transmission of certain user and vehicle information (such as vehicle location, speed, and status) to your iPhone to enhance the Apple CarPlay experience. You will need to consent to the sharing of this information on the audio/information screen.
Setting Up Apple CarPlay
Apple CarPlay Icon
uuAudio System Basic OperationuApple CarPlay Featu
res
1Apple CarPlay
Apple CarPlay Operating Requirements & Limitations Apple CarPlay requires a compatible iPhone with an active cellular connection and data plan. Your carriers rate plans will apply.
Changes in operating systems, hardware, software, and other technology integral to providing Apple CarPlay functionality, as well as new or revised governmental regulations, may result in a decrease or cessation of Apple CarPlay functionality and services. Acura cannot and does not provide any warranty or guarantee of future Apple CarPlay performance or functionality.
It is possible to use 3rd party apps if they are compatible with Apple CarPlay. Refer to the Apple homepage for information on compatible apps.
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 315
Phone Access the contact list, make phone calls, or listen to voice mail.
Music Play music stored on your iPhone.
Maps Display Apple Maps and use the navigation function just as you would on your iPhone.
Only one navigation system (pre-installed navigation or Apple CarPlay) can give directions at a time. When you are using one system, directions to any prior destination set on the other system will be canceled, and the system you are currently using will direct you to your destination.
Messages Check and reply to text messages, or have messages read to you.
Acura Select the Acura icon to go back to the home screen.
Go back to the Apple CarPlay Dashboard screen.
Go back to the Apple CarPlay menu screen.
Apple CarPlay Features
Models with navigation system
Continued 315
uuAudio System Basic OperationuApple CarPlay
316
Featu res
1Enabling Apple CarPlay
You can use the method below to access Apple CarPlay settings. Here you can connect to/ disconnect from devices, delete a device or change permissions to enable or disable a device: Press the (home) button Select Settings Connections Apple CarPlay Select device
Use of user and vehicle information The use and handling of user and vehicle information transmitted to/from your iPhone by Apple CarPlay is governed by the Apple iOS terms and conditions and Apples Privacy Policy.
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 316
Connecting Apple CarPlay using the USB cable to the USB port 1. Ensure Siri is enabled on your iPhone. 2. Connect the iPhone to the USB port using the USB cable.
2 USB Ports P. 245
u The confirmation screen will be displayed. 3. Select Enable Apple CarPlay. u If prompted on your device, click Allow to allow Apple CarPlay while your
phone is locked.
You may change the consent settings under the Connections settings menu.
Set up Apple CarPlay wirelessly by Bluetooth pairing 1. Ensure Siri is enabled on your iPhone. 2. Pair and connect the iPhone to the vehicles Bluetooth HandsFreeLink.
2 Phone Setup P. 389
3. A screen with option to select Continue with Bluetooth or Change to CarPlay is provided.
4. Select Change to CarPlay. 5. Your iPhone will request your permission to accept wireless Apple CarPlay. Accept
the request to complete setup.
Enabling Apple CarPlay
uuAudio System Basic OperationuApple CarPlay Featu
res
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 317
Set up Apple CarPlay wirelessly on the home screen 1. Ensure Siri is enabled on your iPhone. 2. Select Apple CarPlay on the home screen, then select Connect Phone. 3. Select + Connect New Device. 4. Start Bluetooth pairing. 5. Select Enable Apple CarPlay on the disclaimer. 6. Your iPhone will request your permission to accept wireless Apple CarPlay. Accept
the request to complete setup.
317Continued
uuAudio System Basic OperationuApple CarPlay
318
Featu res
1Operating Apple CarPlay with Siri
Below are examples of questions and commands for Siri: What movies are playing today? Call dad at work. What song is this? Hows the weather tomorrow? Read my latest email. Find a table for four tonight in Chicago.
For more information, please visit www.apple.com/ios/siri.
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 318
Press and hold the (Talk) button to activate Siri.
(Talk) Button: Press and hold to activate Siri. Press again to deactivate Siri. Press and release to activate standard voice recognition system.
Operating Apple CarPlay with Siri
(Talk) Button
uuAudio System Basic OperationuAndroid Auto Featu
res
1Android Auto
We recommend that you update Android OS to the latest version when using Android Auto.
A Google-branded or Samsung-branded phone with Android 10.0, or;
A smartphone with Android 11.0+ and with 5 GHz WiFi. Can be any smartphone brand.
If your phone does not have Android Auto, download it from the app store.
Park in a safe place before connecting your Android phone to Android Auto and when launching any compatible apps.
When your Android phone is connected to Android Auto, it is not possible to use the Bluetooth Audio. However, other previously paired phones can stream audio via Bluetooth while Android Auto is connected.
2 Phone Setup P. 389
Apple CarPlay and Android Auto cannot run at the same time.
For Wireless Android Auto
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 319
Android Auto When you connect an Android phone to the audio system via the USB port or wirelessly, Android Auto is automatically initiated. When connected via Android Auto, you can use the vehicles audio/information screen to access the Phone, Maps, Music, and messaging features other supported apps in your Android phone.
2 USB Ports P. 245 2 Android Auto Setup P. 321
Android Auto Icon
319Continued
uuAudio System Basic OperationuAndroid Auto
320
Featu res
1Android Auto
For details on countries and regions where Android Auto is available, as well as information pertaining to function, refer to the Android Auto homepage.
Screens may differ depending on the version of the Android Auto app you are using.
Android Auto Operating Requirements & Limitations Android Auto requires a compatible Android phone with an active cellular connection and data plan. Your carriers rate plans will apply.
Changes in operating systems, hardware, software, and other technology integral to providing Android Auto functionality, as well as new or revised governmental regulations, may result in a decrease or cessation of Android Auto functionality and services. Acura cannot and does not provide any warranty or guarantee of future Android Auto performance or functionality.
It is possible to use 3rd party apps if they are compatible with Android Auto. Refer to the Android Auto homepage for information on compatible apps.
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 320
Maps Display Google Maps and use the navigation function just as you would with your Android phone. When the vehicle is in motion, it is not possible to make keyboard entries. Stop the vehicle in a safe location to undertake a search or provide other inputs.
Only one navigation system (pre-installed navigation or Android Auto) can give directions at a time. When you are using one system, directions to any prior destination set on the other system will be canceled, and the system you are currently using will direct you to your destination. The audio/information screen shows you turn-by-turn driving directions to your destination.
Play Music Play Google Play Music and music apps that are compatible with Android Auto.
Phone Make and receive phone calls as well as listen to voicemail.
Exit Select the Exit icon to go back to the home screen.
Android Auto Features
Models with navigation system
uuAudio System Basic OperationuAndroid Auto Featu
res
1Android Auto Setup
Only initialize Android Auto when you are safely parked. When Android Auto first detects your phone, you will need to set up your phone so that auto pairing is possible. Refer to the instruction manual that came with your phone.
You can use the method below to change Android Auto settings after you have completed the initial setup: Press the (home) button Select Settings Connections Android Auto Select device
Use of user and vehicle information The use and handling of user and vehicle information transmitted to/from your phone by Android Auto is governed by the Googles Privacy Policy.
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 321
Operate Android Auto with your voice.
You can check Android notifications.
(Android Auto Home) Display useful information organized by Android Auto into simple cards that appear just when theyre needed.
When you connect an Android phone to the unit via the USB port or wirelessly, Android Auto is automatically initiated. Before setting up a connection, ensure that the Android Auto app is closed on the phone.
Connecting Android Auto using the USB cable to the USB port To enable Android Auto after connecting an Android phone to the system, select Enable Android Auto on the screen.
You may change the consent settings under the Connections settings menu.
Set up Android Auto wirelessly by Bluetooth pairing 1. Pair and connect the Android phone to the vehicles Bluetooth HandsFreeLink.
2 Phone Setup P. 389
2. A privacy policy statement will appear. Select Change to Android Auto. 3. Your phone will display various screens that request your permissions needed for
Android Auto. Accept the requests to complete setup.
Android Auto Setup
Continued 321
322
uuAudio System Basic OperationuAndroid Auto
Featu res
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 322
Set up Android Auto wirelessly on the home screen 1. Select Android Auto on the home screen, then select Connect Phone. 2. Select + Connect New Device. 3. Start Bluetooth pairing. 4. A privacy policy statement will appear. Select Enable Android Auto. 5. Your phone will display various screens that request your permissions needed for
Android Auto. Accept the requests to complete setup.
uuAudio System Basic OperationuAndroid Auto Featu
res
1Operating Android Auto with Voice Recognition
Below are examples of commands you can give with voice recognition: Reply to text. Call my wife. Navigate to Acura. Play my music. Send a text message to my wife. Call flower shop.
For more information, please refer to the Android Auto homepage.
You can also activate the voice recognition function by selecting the icon in the lower-left corner of the screen.
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 323
Press and hold the (Talk) button to operate Android Auto with your voice.
(Talk) Button: Press and hold to operate Android Auto with your voice. Press and release to activate standard voice recognition system.
Operating Android Auto with Voice Recognition
(Talk) Button
323
324
Featu res
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 324
Audio Error Messages
Solution
ce is connected. Disconnect the device. Then turn gain. Do not reconnect the device that caused the
is connected. If it appears when a supported iPod are to the newer version.
e is connected. If it appears when a supported evice. are in the device. Check that compatible files are
sh drive are copyright protected or an unsupported
empty.
d on the device.
ral USB devices is connected. Disconnect the USB to the USB port using the extension cable.
iPod/USB Flash Drive If an error occurs while playing an iPod or USB flash drive, you may see the following error messages. If you cannot clear the error message, contact a dealer.
Error Message
USB Error
Appears when an incompatible devi the audio system off, and turn it on a error.
Appears when an unsupported iPod is connected, update the iPod softw
Appears when an unsupported devic device is connected, reconnect the d Appears when unsupported formats stored on the device.
The selected file cannot be played on this system
Appears when the files in the USB fla format.
No Data
Appears when the iPod is empty.
Appears when the USB flash drive is
Check that compatible files are store
USB Hub Error Appears when the USB hub with plu hubs and directly connect the device
iPod
USB flash drive
iPod
USB flash drive
iPod and USB flash drive
uuAudio Error MessagesuAndroid/Apps Featu
res
on
n to close the app.
ittle longer. If it does not respond even if you keep e error message continues, perform Factory Data
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 325
Android/Apps If an error occurs while using the audio system or apps, you may see the following error messages. If you cannot clear the error message, contact a dealer.
*1:****part is variable characters, and will change depending upon where an error occurs.
Error Message Soluti
Unfortunately, **** has stopped.*1 Error has occurred within app, select OK on the scree
**** isn't responding. Do you want to close it?*1
App is not responding. Select Wait if you can wait for a response from app a l waiting, select OK to close the app and start it up. If th Reset.
2 Defaulting All the Settings P. 379
325
326
uuAudio Error MessagesuApple CarPlay/Android Auto
Featu res
Solution
roid Auto fails to recognize your device. ith Apple CarPlay or Android Auto, or the latest r device.
Apple CarPlay devices or Android Auto devices e and Continue and delete a registered device to CarPlay connection or Android Auto connection.
vice becomes connected to USB during an active
isconnected from the HFL function. Reconnect
Bluetooth devices exceeds the limitation. elete a registered device to connect a new device
n is failed. this audio system and your connected device.
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 326
Apple CarPlay/Android Auto If an error occurs while using the Apple CarPlay or Android Auto, you may see the following error messages. If you cannot clear the error message, contact a dealer.
Error Message
Error Appears when Apple CarPlay or And Check if your device is compatible w version of the app is installed on you
Maximum Number of Apple CarPlay Devices Exceeded Appears when the number of stored
exceeds the limitation. Select Replac connect a new device for the Apple Maximum Number of Android Auto
Devices Exceeded
Phone Call Active Appears when the Android Auto de Bluetooth hands-free phone call.
(connected device name) Disconnected Appears when the paired device is d device and try again.
Maximum Number of Bluetooth Devices Exceeded
Appears when the number of stored Select Replace and Continue and d for the Bluetooth connection.
Bluetooth Connection Error Appears when Bluetooth connectio Check the Bluetooth connection of
uuAudio Error MessagesuApple CarPlay/Android Auto Featu
res
Solution
vice.
e USB data port or try and bring the device to front
domly. Temporarily connect the device to the USB
try again.
s for this error but updating Android Auto app on ould solve the problem. Other solution include
om the vehicle and deleting vehicle information setting up a new connection.
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 327
Error Message
Android Auto - SSL Authentication Failure Set the vehicle date and time to match the device.
Set the vehicle date to match the de
Wireless connection problem in Android Auto Android Auto Connection Unstable
Temporarily connect the device to th of the vehicle.
Wireless connection problem in Android Auto Temporarily connect the device to the USB data port.
Failing to connect or disconnects ran data port.
Android Auto - Bluetooth Connection Error Reconnect Android Auto device and
Unable to start Android Auto from the connected device.
There could be many possible reason the phone and google play services c deleting saved phone information fr from the phones Bluetooth list and
327
328
Featu res
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 328
General Information on the Audio System
1Subscribing to SiriusXM Radio
Contact Information for SiriusXM Radio: US: SiriusXM Radio at
www.siriusxm.com/subscribenow or 1-866-635- 2349
Canada: SiriusXM Canada at www.siriusxm.ca/subscribe-now, or 1-877-209- 0079
1Receiving SiriusXM Radio
The SiriusXM satellites are in orbit over the equator; therefore, objects south of the vehicle may cause satellite reception interruptions. Satellite signals are more likely to be blocked by tall buildings and mountains the farther north you travel from the equator.
You may experience reception problems under the following circumstances: In a location with an obstruction to the south of
your vehicle. In tunnels On the lower level of a multi-tiered road Large items carried on the roof rack
SiriusXM Radio Service
1. You need your radio ID ready before registering for subscription. To see the ID in the screen, select channel up/down icons to Ch.0.
2. Have your radio ID ready, and either call or visit the SiriusXM website to subscribe.
Switch to the SiriusXM mode by using the audio remote controls on the steering wheel, or through the audio/information screen, and stay in this mode for about 30 minutes until the service is activated. Make sure your vehicle is in an open area with good reception.
Channel **** not subscribed. Call SiriusXM to subscribe.*1
You are not subscribed to the channel selected. Subscription updated: SiriusXM radio is receiving information update from the network. Channel Not Available: No such channel exits, or the artist or title information is unavailable. No Signal: The signal is too weak in the current location. Check Tuner: There is a problem with the SiriusXM tuner. Contact a dealer. Check Antenna: There is a problem with the SiriusXM antenna. Contact a dealer.
*1: ****part is variable characters, and will change depending upon where an subscribe.
Subscribing to SiriusXM Radio
Receiving SiriusXM Radio
SiriusXM Radio Display Messages
uuGeneral Information on the Audio SystemuCompatible iPod, iPad, iPhone, and USB Flash Drives Featu
res
1iPod, iPad, and iPhone Model Compatibility
This system may not work with all software versions of these devices.
The Lightning connector works with iPhone 11 Pro Max, iPhone 11 Pro, iPhone 11, iPhone XS Max, iPhone XS, iPhone XR, iPhone X, iPhone 8 Plus, iPhone 8, iPhone 7 Plus, iPhone 7, iPhone SE (1st generation), iPhone 6s Plus, iPhone 6s, iPhone 6 Plus, iPhone 6, iPhone 5s, iPad Pro (10.5-inch), iPad Pro 12.9-inch (2nd generation), iPad Pro (12.9-inch), iPad Pro (9.7-inch), iPad Air 2, iPad Air, iPad (6th generation), iPad (5th generation), iPad mini 4, iPad mini 3, iPad mini 2, iPod touch (6th generation), iPod nano (7th generation).
USB works with iPhone 11 Pro Max, iPhone 11 Pro, iPhone 11, iPhone XS Max, iPhone XS, iPhone XR, iPhone X, iPhone 8 Plus, iPhone 8, iPhone 7 Plus, iPhone 7, iPhone SE (1st generation), iPhone 6s Plus, iPhone 6s, iPhone 6 Plus, iPhone 6, iPhone 5s, iPad Pro (10.5-inch), iPad Pro 12.9-inch (2nd generation), iPad Pro (12.9-inch), iPad Pro (9.7-inch), iPad Air 2, iPad Air, iPad (6th generation), iPad (5th generation), iPad mini 4, iPad mini 3, iPad mini 2, iPod touch (6th generation), iPod nano (7th generation).
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 329
Compatible iPod, iPad, iPhone, and USB Flash Drives
iPod, iPad, and iPhone Model Compatibility
Model Made for iPod touch (6th generation)/iPod nano (7th generation) Made for iPhone 11 Pro Max/iPhone 11 Pro/iPhone 11/iPhone XS Max/iPhone XS/ iPhone XR/iPhone X/iPhone 8 Plus/iPhone 8/iPhone 7 Plus/iPhone 7/iPhone SE (1st generation)/iPhone 6s Plus/iPhone 6s/iPhone 6 Plus/iPhone 6/iPhone 5s Made for iPad (6th generation)/iPad (5th generation) Made for iPad Pro (10.5-inch)/iPad Pro 12.9-inch (2nd generation)/iPad Pro (12.9- inch)/iPad Pro (9.7-inch) Made for iPad Air 2/iPad Air Made for iPad mini 4/iPad mini 3/iPad mini 2
329Continued
uuGeneral Information on the Audio SystemuCompatible iPod, iPad, iPhone, and USB Flash Drives
330
Featu res
1USB Flash Drives
Files on the USB flash drive are played in their stored order. This order may be different from the order displayed on your PC or device.
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 330
A USB flash drive of 256 MB or higher is recommended. Some digital audio players may not be compatible. Some USB flash drives (e.g., a device with security lockout) may not work. Some software files may not allow for audio play or text data display. Some versions of playable file formats may be unsupported.
Playable audio file
USB Flash Drives
Format/Codec File Type(s) AAC LC 3GPP (.3gp), MPEG-4 (.mp4, .m4a),
ADTS raw AAC (.aac, decode in Android 3.1+, encode in Android 4.0+, ADIF not supported), MPEG-TS (.ts, not seekable, Android 3.0+)
HE-AACv1 (AAC+) HE-AACv2 (enhanced AAC+)
AAC ELD (enhanced low delay AAC)
AMR-NB 3GPP (.3gp)
AMR-WB FLAC FLAC (.flac) only
MIDI Type 0 and 1 (.mid, .xmf, .mxmf), RTTTL/ RTX (.rtttl, .rtx), OTA (.ota), iMelody (.imy)
MP3 MP3 (.mp3) Opus Matroska (.mkv) PCM/WAVE WAVE (.wav)
Vorbis Ogg (.ogg), Matroska (.mkv, Android 4.0+)
uuGeneral Information on the Audio SystemuHonda App License Agreement
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 331
Honda App License Agreement
Featu res
PLEASE CAREFULLY READ THIS END USER LICENSE AGREEMENT (THIS AGREEMENT) WHICH GOVERNS YOUR USE OF THE SOFTWARE INSTALLED ON YOUR HONDA OR ACURA VEHICLE (YOUR VEHICLE) AS WELL AS THE APPLICATIONS, SERVICES, FUNCTIONS, AND CONTENT PROVIDED THROUGH THE SOFTWARE (COLLECTIVELY, THE SERVICES). YOUR USE OF THE SOFTWARE OR SERVICES WILL SERVE AS YOUR CONSENT TO THE TERMS OF THIS AGREEMENT. THE SOFTWARE IS OWNED (OR LICENSED), PROVIDED, AND/OR OPERATED BY AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO. INC., (HONDA, US, WE, OR OUR), WITH ITS BUSINESS ADDRESS AT 1919 TORRANCE BLVD., TORRANCE, CA 90501. REFERENCE TO HONDA IN THIS AGREEMENT INCLUDES HONDAS PARENT COMPANY AND ITS AFFILIATES AND DESIGNATED AGENTS. THE SERVICES ARE OWNED (OR LICENSED), PROVIDED, AND/OR OPERATED BY HONDA OR A THIRD-PARTY SERVICE PROVIDER (A PROVIDER). REFERENCE TO A PROVIDER IN THIS AGREEMENT INCLUDES SUCH PROVIDERS PARENT COMPANY, AFFILIATES, AND DESIGNATED AGENTS.
A. Description of the Software. The SOFTWARE includes the software, firmware and the like, installed and executing on your VEHICLE during manufacture, and thereafter updated from time to time by HONDA, you or an authorized HONDA dealer (a DEALER). The SOFTWARE allows you to access and use a variety of SERVICES, including but not limited to: (a) HONDA applications, services, and content provided through the SOFTWARE (together, HONDA SERVICES); and (b) PROVIDER applications, services, and content provided through the SOFTWARE (together, PROVIDER SERVICES), each of which may provide access to various information, media, content, and services.
B. SOFTWARE Licensing and Intellectual Property. 1. SOFTWARE. This AGREEMENT grants you a non-exclusive, limited, and revocable license to use the SOFTWARE and SERVICES solely (a) as installed on your VEHICLE by HONDA, (b) as updated on your Vehicle by HONDA, you (but only as and when directed by HONDA), or a DEALER and (c) as permitted under the terms of this AGREEMENT.
2. HONDA Services. The SOFTWARE may provide you with access to various HONDA SERVICES. Installation, activation, or use of HONDA SERVICES may require your consent to additional terms, conditions, and privacy policies applicable to those HONDA SERVICES (the HONDA TERMS). You acknowledge and agree that any collection, use, sharing of data generated by your VEHICLE or your use of your VEHICLE, and your use of the HONDA SERVICES shall be subject to this AGREEMENT and any additional HONDA TERMS that may be specifically applicable to such HONDA SERVICES or data generation. The HONDA SERVICES may collect, use, and share such data while you are using the SOFTWARE.
END USER LICENSE AGREEMENT
331Continued
332
uuGeneral Information on the Audio SystemuHonda App License Agreement
Featu res
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 332
3. Open-Source Software. The SOFTWARE and SERVICES may incorporate software licensed to HONDA under free or open-source licenses which govern HONDAs distribution and your use of such software. HONDA and the third-party authors, licensors, and distributors of such software disclaim all warranties and all liability arising from any and all use or distribution of the software. To the extent such software is provided under terms that differ from the applicable free or open-source licenses, those terms are offered by HONDA alone. Additional information regarding free and open-source software incorporated in the SOFTWARE and SERVICES is available in this manual or within the SOFTWARE.
4. Provider Services. The SOFTWARE may provide you with access to various PROVIDER SERVICES. Installation or use of such PROVIDER SERVICES may require your consent to additional terms, conditions, and privacy policies of the applicable PROVIDER (the PROVIDER TERMS). This AGREEMENT restricts the manner in which you can install and use PROVIDER SERVICES but does not grant you a license or permission to use such PROVIDER SERVICES. Your permission to use PROVIDER SERVICES is limited and subject to any license grants, conditions, and limitations included in the PROVIDER TERMS. You acknowledge that any collection, use, sharing of your information, targeted advertising practices by PROVIDERS, and your use of the PROVIDER SERVICES shall be subject to both this AGREEMENT and any applicable PROVIDER TERMS. The PROVIDER SERVICES may collect, use, and share such information while you are using the SOFTWARE.
5. License Limitations and Restrictions on Use. (a) Limited License. You understand and agree that the SOFTWARE and SERVICES are licensed, not sold, to you solely for use in accordance with this AGREEMENT and any applicable PROVIDER TERMS, and any documentation for the VEHICLE made available to you by HONDA (any DOCUMENTATION). HONDA and its licensors reserve all rights in the SOFTWARE and HONDA SERVICES not expressly granted to you under this AGREEMENT. PROVIDERS and their licensors reserve all rights in the PROVIDER SERVICES not expressly granted to you under the applicable PROVIDER TERMS.
uuGeneral Information on the Audio SystemuHonda App License Agreement Featu
res
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 333
(b) Restrictions on Use. The licenses granted under this AGREEMENT do not permit you to use the SOFTWARE or SERVICES on a device other than your VEHICLE. As a condition of using the SOFTWARE and SERVICES, you agree that you may not and will not:
6. Intellectual Property Rights. All title and intellectual property rights in and to the SOFTWARE and SERVICES, the accompanying DOCUMENTATION, and all copies of the SOFTWARE or SERVICES are owned by HONDA, PROVIDERS, or their suppliers or licensors. This AGREEMENT does not grant you any rights in connection with any trademarks or service marks of HONDA, PROVIDERS, or their licensors, affiliates, or suppliers.
(1) copy, download, distribute, modify, publish, sell, rent, lease, lend, license, sublicense, reuse, or create derivative works of the SOFTWARE or SERVICES or any of the content or other material within the SOFTWARE or SERVICES, including without limitation, HONDA or PROVIDER names, logos, or any other trademarks of HONDA or PROVIDERS or used in association with the SOFTWARE or any SERVICES, except as required to use the SOFTWARE or SERVICES in accordance with this AGREEMENT, any applicable PROVIDER TERMS, and the DOCUMENTATION; (2) access or use the SOFTWARE or SERVICES in any manner intended to damage or impair the operation of the SOFTWARE or SERVICES or interfere with anyone elses use and enjoyment of the SOFTWARE or SERVICES; (3) access or attempt to access any system or server on which the SOFTWARE or SERVICES is hosted or modify or alter the SOFTWARE or SERVICES in any way; (4) use the SOFTWARE or SERVICES for any unlawful purpose, or in violation of any third party rights; (5) use the SOFTWARE or SERVICES in violation of any applicable traffic regulations, rules or laws, including but not limited to any driver distraction laws, rules or regulations; (6) violate the terms of this AGREEMENT, any HONDA TERMS, any PROVIDER TERMS or other applicable third-party terms, conditions, and privacy policies; or (7) reverse engineer, decompile, disassemble, attempt to derive the source code of, nor permit others to reverse engineer, decompile, or disassemble, or attempt to derive the source code of the SOFTWARE or SERVICES, except and only to the extent that such activity is expressly permitted (a) by applicable law notwithstanding this limitation or (b) the terms of applicable free or opensource software licenses.
333Continued
334
uuGeneral Information on the Audio SystemuHonda App License Agreement
Featu res
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 334
7. Export Restrictions: You acknowledge that the SOFTWARE and SERVICES are subject to U.S., European Union, and other export jurisdictions. You agree to comply with all applicable international and national laws that apply to the SOFTWARE and SERVICES, including the U.S. Export Administration Regulations, as well as end-user, end-use, and destination restrictions issued by the U.S. and other governments.
C. SOFTWARE Operation 1. HONDA reserves the right to suspend or terminate your access to and use of the SOFTWARE or SERVICES if you are found to be in violation of this AGREEMENT or as reasonably deemed necessary by HONDA.
2. Eligibility/Registration/Activation. The SOFTWARE is intended for and available to individuals who (a) are of legal age of majority in their jurisdiction of residence (and at least 18 years of age), or are younger than 18 years of age and possess a valid drivers license issued by their jurisdiction of residence, and (b) own or have permissive access to a compatible VEHICLE. We do not knowingly collect any information, including personal information, from children under 13. If we learn or are notified that we have collected personal information of a child under 13, we will immediately take steps to delete such information.
3. Use of PROVIDER SERVICES through the SOFTWARE. Certain PROVIDER SERVICES made available through the SOFTWARE may require that you register or otherwise have an account with the PROVIDER and agree to PROVIDER TERMS. Any use of any of such PROVIDER SERVICES within the SOFTWARE is subject to this AGREEMENT and the applicable PROVIDER TERMS. HONDA does not exercise control over such PROVIDER SERVICES and is not responsible or liable for the availability, security, or content of such PROVIDER SERVICES, and the inclusion of any PROVIDER SERVICES does not imply a referral from, the approval of, or the endorsement by HONDA of such PROVIDER SERVICES. HONDA is not responsible or liable, directly or indirectly, for any damage relating to or resulting from your use of the PROVIDER SERVICES.
4. Links to Third Party Sites: The SOFTWARE may provide you with the ability to access third-party sites and content through the use of the SOFTWARE or SERVICES. The third-party sites and content are not under the control of HONDA. HONDA is not responsible or liable, directly or indirectly, for such third-party websites and their content or for any damage relating to or resulting from your access or use of such websites and content.
uuGeneral Information on the Audio SystemuHonda App License Agreement Featu
res
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 335
5. Unauthorized Use and Abuse. You are responsible for ensuring your (and any authorized third parties) use of the SOFTWARE and SERVICES remains in compliance with this AGREEMENT and all other applicable HONDA TERMS and PROVIDER TERMS. You acknowledge and agree that any use of the SOFTWARE or SERVICES occurring through your VEHICLE will be deemed your actions and that HONDA and PROVIDERS may rely upon such actions. You agree to immediately notify us if you suspect fraudulent or abusive activity involving the SOFTWARE or SERVICES. If you so notify us or if we otherwise suspect fraudulent or abusive activity, you agree to cooperate with us in any fraud investigation and to use any fraud prevention measures we prescribe. Your failure to immediately notify us or cooperate to use such measures will result in your liability for all fraudulent usage or abusive activity associated with your VEHICLE.
6. SOFTWARE Updates. The SOFTWARE and SERVICES may be updated when your VEHICLE is serviced by a DEALER or remotely, over-the- air, by HONDA from time to time; such updates may occur with or without further notice or your future consent. The SOFTWARE may be updated at HONDAs discretion and for any purpose including, without limitation, to patch or otherwise improve the SOFTWARE or SERVICES functionality, security, or stability. All updates to the SOFTWARE and SERVICES are subject to this AGREEMENT and any other applicable HONDA TERMS and PROVIDER TERMS.
7. Uninstalling, Removing, and Replacing the SOFTWARE. Replacing SOFTWARE or HONDA SERVICES with software or firmware not provided and installed by HONDA or a DEALER will render all representations and warranties for the SOFTWARE, HONDA SERVICES, and VEHICLE functionality reliant upon the SOFTWARE or HONDA SERVICES null and void.
D. SOFTWARE Operational Notices and Warnings 1. Vehicle Geolocation Information. You acknowledge that your VEHICLE may be equipped with certain traffic and map features. The traffic feature will automatically collect and transmit, through GPS technology, your Vehicles current location (longitude and latitude), travel direction and speed (VEHICLE GEOLOCATION INFORMATION) to HONDA and PROVIDERS. The VEHICLE GEOLOCATION INFORMATION is used by HONDA and PROVIDERS to provide traffic and navigation-related information to you, but may also be used to provide other SERVICES or offers to you. HONDA will not use such VEHICLE GEOLOCATION INFORMATION for its own marketing efforts, or provide such information to unaffiliated third parties for their own purposes, without your express consent.
335Continued
336
uuGeneral Information on the Audio SystemuHonda App License Agreement
Featu res
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 336
2. Potential Map Inaccuracy and Route Safety. Maps used by this system may be inaccurate because of changes in roads, traffic controls, routing, or driving conditions. Always use good judgment and common sense when following suggested routes. Do not follow the route suggestions if doing so would result in an unsafe or illegal driving maneuver, if you would be placed in an unsafe situation, or if you would be directed into an area that you consider unsafe. Do not rely on any navigation features included in the system to route you to emergency services. Not all emergency services such as police, fire stations, hospitals, or clinics are likely to be contained in the map database for such navigation features. Ask local authorities or an emergency services operator for such locations and routes. The driver is ultimately responsible for the safe operation of the vehicle and therefore, must evaluate whether it is safe to follow the suggested directions. Any navigation features are provided only as an aid. Make your driving decisions based on your observations of local conditions and existing traffic regulations. Navigation features are not a substitute for your personal judgment. Any route suggestions made by the SOFTWARE or SERVICES should never replace any local traffic regulations or your personal judgment or knowledge of safe driving practices.
3. Speech Recognition: You acknowledge and understand that HONDA and PROVIDERS may record, retain, and use voices commands when you use the speech recognition components of the SOFTWARE or SERVICES. You and all VEHICLE operators and passengers (a) consent to the recording and retention of voice commands in support of providing speech recognition components and (b) release HONDA and PROVIDERS from all claims, liabilities, and losses that may result from any use of such recorded voice commands. Recognition errors are inherent in speech recognition. It is your responsibility to monitor any speech recognition functions included in the system and address any errors. Neither HONDA nor PROVIDERS will be liable for any damages arising out of errors in the speech recognition process.
4. Distraction Hazards. Navigation features may require manual (non-verbal) input or setup. Attempting to perform such set-up or insert data while driving can seriously distract your attention and could cause a crash or other serious consequences; the ability to undertake such interactions may also be limited by state or local law, which laws you are responsible to know and follow. Even occasional short scans of the screen may be hazardous if your attention has been diverted away from your driving at a critical time. Pull over and stop the vehicle in a safe and legal manner before attempting to access a function of the system requiring prolonged attention. Do not raise the volume excessively. Keep the volume at a level where you can still hear outside traffic and emergency signals while driving. Driving while unable to hear these sounds could result in a crash.
uuGeneral Information on the Audio SystemuHonda App License Agreement Featu
res
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 337
E. Information Collection and Storage 1. Information Collection, Use, Transmission and Storage of Data. Consent to Use of Data: You agree that HONDA and PROVIDERS may collect and use your information gathered in any manner as part of product support services related to the SOFTWARE or related services. HONDA may share such information with third parties, including, without limitation, PROVIDERS, third party software and services suppliers, their affiliates and/or their designated agents, solely to improve their products or to provide services or technologies to you. HONDA, third party software and systems suppliers, their affiliates and/or their designated agent may disclose this information to others, but not in a form that personally identifies you.
2. Information Storage. Depending on the type of multimedia system you have in your VEHICLE, certain information may be stored for ease of use of the SOFTWARE including, without limitation, search history, location history in certain applications, previous and saved destinations, map locations within certain applications, and device numbers and contact information.
(a) Vehicle Health Information. Your VEHICLE may remotely transmit information regarding the status and health of your VEHICLE (VEHICLE INFORMATION) to HONDA without notification to you. VEHICLE INFORMATION may contain VEHICLE maintenance and malfunction status that is derived from VEHICLE diagnostic data and includes, but is not limited to, status of powered doors and windows, battery life data, battery charging data, VEHICLE speed, coolant temperature, air compressor revolution, output power, warning codes, diagnostic trouble codes, fuel injection volume, and engine rotations per minute. VEHICLE HEALTH INFORMATION may be used by HONDA for research and development, to deliver HONDA SERVICES and information to you, and to contact you, and is retained only for a period of time necessary to fulfill these goals.
(b) VEHICLE Geolocation Data (non-navigation/map based). If you opt-in to geolocation-based SERVICES, your vehicles geolocation data (latitude and longitude) will be automatically sent from your VEHICLE to HONDA and PROVIDERS.
(c) You understand that the inputting or uploading of information to your VEHICLEs multimedia system or the SOFTWARE or SERVICES is at your own risk and that HONDA is not responsible for unauthorized access to or use of any personal or other information. All information uploaded to the SOFTWARE and SERVICES may be stored on your VEHICLESs multimedia system and you understand that the security and safety of your VEHICLEs multimedia system is your sole responsibility.
337Continued
338
uuGeneral Information on the Audio SystemuHonda App License Agreement
Featu res
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 338
F. NO WARRANTY. You understand and agree that your use of the SOFTWARE and SERVICES are solely at your own risk and that you will be solely responsible for any damage to your VEHICLEs multimedia system or any other equipment or any loss of data that may result from your use of the SOFTWARE or SERVICES. THE SOFTWARE AND SERVICES ARE PROVIDED ON AN AS IS AND AS AVAILABLE BASIS WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESSED, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY. WE SPECIFICALLY DISCLAIM ANY IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND NON-INFRINGEMENT. HONDA makes no warranties that the SOFTWARE or SERVICES will meet your requirements, or that the SOFTWARE or SERVICES will be uninterrupted, timely, secure, non- infringing or error free. You understand and agree that you are responsible for any and all charges, costs or expenses associated with your use of the SOFTWARE or SERVICES. Advice or information, whether oral or written, obtained by you from us or through the SOFTWARE or SERVICES are provided for informational purposes only and will not create any warranty not expressly made herein. You should not rely on any such information or advice. We assume no liability or responsibility for any errors or omissions in the SOFTWARE or SERVICES. We do not make any warranty or representation that your use of the material displayed on, or obtained through, the SOFTWARE or SERVICES is non-infringing of any rights of any third party. Any decision or action taken by you on the basis of information or content provided via the application is at your sole discretion and risk. HONDA and PROVIDERS are not responsible or liable for any such decision, or for the accuracy, completeness, usefulness, or availability of any content or information displayed, transmitted, or otherwise made available via the SOFTWARE or SERVICES. To the extent jurisdictions do not allow the exclusion of certain warranties, some of the above exclusions may not apply to you.
G. LIMITATIONS ON LIABILITY. You and HONDA are each waiving important rights. 1. Limitations on YOUR liability. HONDA cannot recover from you any consequential, indirect, incidental, or special damages, or attorneys fees in connection with your use of the SOFTWARE or HONDA SERVICES. HONDA WAIVES TO THE FULLEST EXTENT ALLOWED BY LAW ANY CLAIM FOR DAMAGES OTHER THAN DIRECT, COMPENSATORY DAMAGES AS LIMITED IN THIS AGREEMENT.
uuGeneral Information on the Audio SystemuHonda App License Agreement Featu
res
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 339
2. Limitation on HONDA and PROVIDER liability. Neither HONDA nor PROVIDERS will be liable to you or any other party for consequential, indirect, incidental, special, or punitive damages (including without limitation lost profits) in connection with your use of the SOFTWARE or SERVICES, even if HONDA or PROVIDERS are aware of the possibility of such damages. These limitations apply to all claims, including, without limitation, claims in contract and tort (such as negligence, product liability and strict liability). To the extent that a jurisdiction does not permit the exclusion or limitation of liability as set forth herein our liability is limited to the maximum extent permitted by law in such states. If HONDA or PROVIDERS are found liable to you for any reason, you agree that the aggregate liability of all these parties to you for any claim is limited to ten U.S. dollars (US $10.00). Neither HONDA nor any PROVIDER would have agreed to provide the SOFTWARE or SERVICES to you if you did not agree to this limitation. This amount is the sole and exclusive liability of HONDA and PROVIDERS to you, and is payable as liquidated damages and not as a penalty. Except where prohibited by law, you may not bring any claim against HONDA or any third-party beneficiary more than two (2) years after the claim arises. We do not have any liability for SOFTWARE or SERVICES interruptions of any length.
(a) Release of HONDA and PROVIDERS For yourself and anyone else claiming under you, you agree to release and discharge HONDA, PROVIDERS, their respective officers, directors, and employees, and each third-party beneficiary from all claims, liabilities and losses in connection with the SOFTWARE or SERVICES, including, but not limited to claims for personal injury or property damage arising from the total or partial failure of performance of the SOFTWARE or SERVICES, even if caused by or based upon the negligence, gross negligence, strict products liability, Deceptive Trade Practices Act violations, bad faith, or breach of warranty of us or the malfunction of the SOFTWARE or SOFTWARE SERVICES. YOU AGREE TO WAIVE TO THE FULLEST EXTENT ALLOWED BY LAW, ANY CLAIM FOR DAMAGES OTHER THAN DIRECT, COMPENSATORY DAMAGES AS LIMITED IN THIS AGREEMENT. YOU HEREBY RELEASE AND DISCHARGE HONDA AND ITS LICENSORS AND CONTRACTORS (INCLUDING ANY THIRD PARTIES PROVIDING ALL OR PART OF THE SOFTWARE OR SERVICES) FROM AND AGAINST ANY CLAIMS, DAMAGES, EXPENSES AND LIABILITY ARISING FROM OR RELATED TO ANY INJURIES, DAMAGES, OR LOSSES TO ANY PERSON (INCLUDING DEATH) OR PROPERTY OF ANY KIND RESULTING IN WHOLE OR PART, DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY, FROM YOUR USE OF THE SOFTWARE OR SERVICES.
H. Survival. You agree that the limitations of liability and indemnities in this AGREEMENT will survive even after the AGREEMENT has ended. These limitations of liability apply not only to you, but to anyone using the SOFTWARE or SERVICES via your VEHICLE, to anyone making a claim on your behalf, and to any claims made by your family, employees, customers, or others arising out of or relating to your VEHICLE, the SOFTWARE, or SERVICES.
339Continued
340
uuGeneral Information on the Audio SystemuHonda App License Agreement
Featu res
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 340
I. Availability/Interruption. The SOFTWARE and certain SERVICES are made available through your VEHICLEs compatible multimedia system when the VEHICLE is turned on. Certain SERVICES may be available only through your compatible mobile device when it is within the operating range of the VEHICLE and a wireless carrier. The availability of the SOFTWARE and SERVICES may be subject to transmission limitation or interruption, including but not limited to technical obsolesce or sunsetting of the hardware, software or firmware, inside of or external to the Vehicle, required for data transmission or receipt. HONDA does not guarantee that the SOFTWARE, SERVICES, or any portion thereof will be available at all times or in all areas. You acknowledge and agree that HONDA is not responsible for performance degradation, interruption or delays. You acknowledge that HONDA shall not be liable to you if the SOFTWARE or SERVICES in a given location are not available. If the SOFTWARE or SERVICES are not available within your intended location, you agree that your sole remedy shall be to cease using the SOFTWARE and SERVICES.
J. PRODUCT SUPPORT: Product support for the SOFTWARE is provided by HONDA. For product support, please refer to HONDA instructions provided in the DOCUMENTATION. Should you have any questions concerning this AGREEMENT, or if you desire to contact HONDA for any other reason, please refer to the HONDA contact information provided in the DOCUMENTATION.
K. Termination and Transfer. 1. Termination. This AGREEMENT is effective until terminated by you or US. WE may terminate this AGREEMENT for any or no reason, and with or without notice to you. Your rights under this AGREEMENT will terminate automatically without notice from US if you fail to comply with any term of this AGREEMENT. Upon termination of this AGREEMENT, you shall cease all use of the SOFTWARE and SERVICES.
2. Transfer: You may permanently transfer your rights under this AGREEMENT only as part of a sale or transfer of the VEHICLE, provided you retain no copies, you transfer all of the SOFTWARE and HONDA SERVICES (including all component parts, the media and printed materials, and any upgrades), and the recipient agrees to the terms of this AGREEMENT. You agree to notify HONDA upon the sale or transfer of the VEHICLE. To contact HONDA, please refer to the HONDA contact information provided in the DOCUMENTATION.
uuGeneral Information on the Audio SystemuHonda App License Agreement Featu
res
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 341
L. Changes to the SOFTWARE or SERVICES. WE may change, modify, or update the SOFTWARE or SERVICES from time to time. Unless explicitly stated otherwise, any new features or services that augment or enhance the SOFTWARE or SERVICES in the future shall respectively be considered part of the SOFTWARE or SERVICES and subject to this AGREEMENT. WE reserve the right at any time and from time to time to interrupt, restrict, modify, suspend, discontinue, temporarily or permanently, the SOFTWARE or SERVICES (or any portion thereof), with or without notice to you, and you agree that HONDA shall not be liable to you or to any third party for any modification, suspension or discontinuance of the SOFTWARE or SERVICES.
M. ARBITRATION: PLEASE READ THIS ARBITRATION PROVISION CAREFULLY TO UNDERSTAND YOUR RIGHTS. YOU AGREE THAT ANY CLAIM THAT YOU MAY HAVE IN THE FUTURE MUST BE RESOLVED THROUGH BINDING ARBITRATION. YOU WAIVE THE RIGHT TO HAVE YOUR DISPUTE HEARD IN COURT AND WAIVE THE RIGHT TO BRING CLASS CLAIMS. YOU UNDERSTAND THAT DISCOVERY AND APPEAL RIGHTS ARE MORE LIMITED IN ARBITRATION. Arbitration is a method of resolving a claim, dispute or controversy without filing a lawsuit. By agreeing to arbitrate, the right to go to court is waived and instead claims, disputes or controversies are submitted to binding arbitration. This provision sets forth the terms and conditions of our agreement. YOU and HONDA agree and acknowledge that this Agreement affects interstate commerce and the Federal Arbitration Act (FAA) applies. By using the Software, Vehicle, or Services, YOU elect to have disputes resolved by arbitration. YOU, HONDA or any involved third party may pursue a Claim. Claim means any dispute between YOU, HONDA, or any involved third party relating to your use of the Software, the Vehicle, or the Services, this Agreement, or our relationship, including any representations, omissions or warranties. Claim does not include personal injury or wrongful death claims. YOU or HONDA may seek remedies in small claims court or provisional judicial remedies without arbitrating. In addition, notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, YOU or HONDA may seek equitable relief in a court of competent jurisdiction. YOU or HONDA may select arbitration with American Arbitration Association, JAMS or National Arbitration and Mediation. Contact these sponsors for their rules. The hearing will be in the federal district where YOU reside. If agreed, it may be by telephone or written submissions. Filing and arbitrator fees to be paid per the sponsor rules. You may contact the sponsor for a fee waiver. If no fee waivers, HONDA will pay filing and arbitrator fees up to $5,000, unless law requires more. Each party is responsible for other fees. Arbitrator may award costs or fees to prevailing party, if permitted by law. HONDA will not seek fees, unless the claims are frivolous.
341Continued
342
uuGeneral Information on the Audio SystemuHonda App License Agreement
Featu res
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 342
N. Miscellaneous: You may not assign this AGREEMENT without HONDAs prior written consent. This AGREEMENT and any additional HONDA TERMS and PROVIDER TERMS represents the entire agreement between you and US. HONDA may amend the terms of this AGREEMENT by providing you with notices of such updated terms. If you do not consent to be bound by the updated terms, your sole remedy will be to cease using the SOFTWARE and SERVICES. If any part of this AGREEMENT is found invalid, void, or unenforceable, the balance of the AGREEMENT will remain valid and enforceable according to its terms. To the fullest extent permitted by law, and except as explicitly provided otherwise, this AGREEMENT and any disputes arising out of or relating to it will be governed by the laws of the State of California, except that California laws concerning choice of law or conflicts shall not apply if they would cause the substantive law of another jurisdiction to apply. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Section M shall be governed by the Federal Arbitration Act and the laws of the State of California, as applicable, as set forth therein. The failure to enforce any term of this AGREEMENT on one occasion shall not prevent enforcement on any other occasion or the enforcement of any other term. Headings and captions shall not be considered included for purposes of interpretation or application hereof, but are for convenience only.
Arbitrator shall be an attorney or current or retired judge familiar with automotive or consumer software. The arbitrator shall follow substantive law, statute of limitations and decide all issues relating to the interpretation, construction, enforceability and applicability of this provision. The arbitrator may order relief permitted by law. This provision is governed and enforceable by the FAA. An award shall include a written opinion and be final, subject to appeal by the FAA. This provision survives termination of this Agreement or relationship, bankruptcy, assignment or transfer. If part of this provision is unenforceable, the remainder remains in effect. If unenforceability allows arbitration as a class action, then this provision is entirely unenforceable. YOU may opt out within 30 days of your initial use of the Software by sending a signed, written notice to HONDA at Honda Financial Services, P.O. Box 165007, Irving, TX 75016. HONDA reserves the right to make changes to this provision after providing written notice and an opportunity to opt out.
uuGeneral Information on the Audio SystemuLegal Information on Apple CarPlay/Android Auto
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 343
Legal Information on Apple CarPlay/Android Auto
Featu res
USE OF APPLE CARPLAY IS SUBJECT TO YOUR AGREEMENT TO THE CARPLAY TERMS OF USE, WHICH ARE INCLUDED AS PART OF THE APPLE iOS TERMS OF USE. IN SUMMARY, THE CARPLAY TERMS OF USE DISCLAIM APPLE AND ITS SERVICE PROVIDERS LIABILITY IF THE SERVICES FAIL TO PERFORM CORRECTLY OR ARE DISCONTINUED, STRICTLY LIMIT APPLE AND ITS SERVICE PROVIDERS OTHER LIABILITIES, DESCRIBE THE KINDS OF USER INFORMATION (INCLUDING, FOR EXAMPLE, VEHICLE LOCATION, VEHICLE SPEED, AND VEHICLE STATUS) BEING GATHERED AND STORED BY APPLE AND ITS SERVICE PROVIDERS, AND DISCLOSE CERTAIN POSSIBLE RISKS ASSOCIATED WITH THE USE OF CARPLAY, INCLUDING THE POTENTIAL FOR DRIVER DISTRACTION. SEE APPLES PRIVACY POLICY FOR DETAILS REGARDING APPLES USE AND HANDLING OF DATA UPLOADED BY CARPLAY.
USE OF ANDROID AUTO IS SUBJECT TO YOUR AGREEMENT TO THE ANDROID AUTO TERMS OF USE WHICH MUST BE AGREED TO WHEN THE ANDROID AUTO APPLICATION IS DOWNLOADED TO YOUR ANDROID PHONE. IN SUMMARY, THE ANDROID AUTO TERMS OF USE DISCLAIM GOOGLE AND ITS SERVICE PROVIDERS LIABILITY IF THE SERVICES FAIL TO PERFORM CORRECTLY OR ARE DISCONTINUED, STRICTLY LIMIT GOOGLE AND ITS SERVICE PROVIDERS OTHER LIABILITIES, DESCRIBE THE KINDS OF USER INFORMATION (INCLUDING, FOR EXAMPLE, VEHICLE LOCATION, VEHICLE SPEED, AND VEHICLE STATUS) BEING GATHERED AND STORED BY GOOGLE AND ITS SERVICE PROVIDERS, AND DISCLOSE CERTAIN POSSIBLE RISKS ASSOCIATED WITH THE USE OF ANDROID AUTO, INCLUDING THE POTENTIAL FOR DRIVER DISTRACTION. SEE GOOGLES PRIVACY POLICY FOR DETAILS REGARDING GOOGLES USE AND HANDLING OF DATA UPLOADED BY ANDROID AUTO.
OWNERS MANUAL LICENSE/LIABILITY STATEMENTS
343Continued
344
uuGeneral Information on the Audio SystemuLegal Information on Apple CarPlay/Android Auto
Featu res
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 344
YOU EXPRESSLY ACKNOWLEDGE AND AGREE THAT USE OF APPLE CARPLAY OR ANDROID AUTO (THE APPLICATIONS) IS AT YOUR SOLE RISK AND THAT THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO SATISFACTORY QUALITY, PERFORMANCE, ACCURACY AND EFFORT IS WITH YOU TO THE MAXIMUM EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, AND THAT THE APPLICATIONS AND INFORMATION ON THE APPLICATIONS IS PROVIDED AS IS AND AS AVAILABLE, WITH ALL FAULTS AND WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, AND HONDA HEREBY DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES AND CONDITIONS WITH RESPECT TO THE APPLICATIONS AND INFORMATION ON THE APPLICATIONS, EITHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES AND/OR CONDITIONS OF MERCHANTABILITY, SATISFACTORY QUALITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, ACCURACY, QUIET ENJOYMENT, AND NON- INFRINGEMENT OF THIRD PARTY RIGHTS. NO ORAL OR WRITTEN INFORMATION OR ADVICE GIVEN BY HONDA OR AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE SHALL CREATE A WARRANTY. AS EXAMPLES, AND WITHOUT LIMITATION, HONDA DISCLAIMS ANY WARRANTY REGARDING THE ACCURACY OF DATA PROVIDED BY THE APPLICATIONS, SUCH AS THE ACCURACY OF DIRECTIONS, ESTIMATED TRAVEL TIME, SPEED LIMITS, ROAD CONDITIONS, NEWS, WEATHER, TRAFFIC, OR OTHER CONTENT PROVIDED BY APPLE, GOOGLE, THEIR AFFILIATES, OR THIRD PARTY PROVIDERS; HONDA DOES NOT GUARANTEE AGAINST LOSS OF APPLICATION DATA, WHICH MAY BE LOST AT ANY TIME; HONDA DOES NOT GUARANTEE THAT THE APPLICATIONS OR ANY SERVICES PROVIDED THROUGH THEM WILL BE PROVIDED AT ALL TIMES OR THAT ANY OR ALL SERVICES WILL BE AVAILABLE AT ANY PARTICULAR TIME OR LOCATION. FOR EXAMPLE, SERVICES MAY BE SUSPENDED OR INTERRUPTED WITHOUT NOTICE FOR REPAIR, MAINTENANCE, SECURITY FIXES, UPDATES, ETC., SERVICES MAY BE UNAVAILABLE IN YOUR AREA OR LOCATION, ETC. IN ADDITION, YOU UNDERSTAND THAT CHANGES IN THIRD PARTY TECHNOLOGY OR GOVERNMENT REGULATION MAY RENDER THE SERVICES AND/OR APPLICATIONS OBSOLETE AND/OR UNUSABLE.
TO THE EXTENT NOT PROHIBITED BY LAW, IN NO EVENT SHALL HONDA OR ITS AFFILIATES BE LIABLE FOR PERSONAL INJURY, OR ANY INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WHATSOEVER, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, DAMAGES FOR LOSS OF PROFITS, CORRUPTION OR LOSS OF DATA, FAILURE TO TRANSMIT OR RECEIVE ANY DATA, BUSINESS INTERRUPTION OR ANY OTHER COMMERCIAL DAMAGES OR LOSSES, ARISING OUT OF OR RELATED TO THE APPLICATIONS OR YOUR USE OF OR INABILITY TO USE THE APPLICATIONS OR INFORMATION ON THE APPLICATIONS, HOWEVER CAUSED, REGARDLESS OF THE THEORY OF LIABILITY (CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE) AND EVEN IF HONDA WERE ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. SOME STATES AND JURISDICTIONS DISALLOW THE EXCLUSION OR LIMITATION OF LIABILITY FOR DAMAGES, SO THESE LIMITATIONS AND EXCLUSIONS MAY NOT APPLY TO YOU. IN NO EVENT SHALL HONDAS TOTAL LIABILITY TO YOU FOR ALL DAMAGES (OTHER THAN AS MAY BE REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW IN CASES INVOLVING PERSONAL INJURY) EXCEED THE AMOUNT OF FIVE DOLLARS ($5.00). THE FOREGOING LIMITATIONS WILL APPLY EVEN IF THE ABOVE STATED REMEDY FAILS OF ITS ESSENTIAL PURPOSE.
DISCLAIMER OF WARRANTIES; LIMITATION ON LIABILITY
uuGeneral Information on the Audio SystemuAbout Open Source Licenses Featu
res
1About Open Source Licenses
For Amplifier Equipment For open source information, please visit: http://www.hondaopensource2.com/18.5MY_AMP
For Telematics Control Unit Free/Open Source Software Information.
This product contains Free/Open Source Software(FOSS). The license information and/or the source code of such FOSS can be found at the following URL.
https://www.denso.com/global/en/opensource/tcu/ honda/
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 345
About Open Source Licenses To see the open source license information, follow these steps.
1. Press the (home) button. 2. Select Settings. 3. Select System. 4. Select About. 5. Select Legal Information.
345
346
uuGeneral Information on the Audio SystemuLicense Information
Featu res
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 346
License Information
For DTS patents, see http://patents.dts.com. Manufactured under license from DTS Licensing Limited. DTS, the Symbol, & DTS and the Symbol together are registered trademarks, and DTS Neural Surround is a trademark of DTS, Inc. DTS, Inc. All Rights Reserved.
**For DTS patents, see http://patents.dts.com. Manufactured under license from DTS, Inc. DTS, the Symbol, DTS and the Symbol together and DTS Enhance are registered trademarks or trademarks of DTS, Inc. in the United States and/or other countries DTS, Inc. All Rights Reserved.
DTS Neural Surround
DTS Enhance
uuGeneral Information on the Audio SystemuLicense Information Featu
res
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 347
Made for iPod, Made for iPhone, and Made for iPad mean that an electronic accessory has been designed to connect specifically to iPod, iPhone, or iPad, respectively, and has been certified by the developer to meet Apple performance standards. Apple is not responsible for the operation of this device or its compliance with safety and regulatory standards. Please note that the use of this accessory with iPod, iPhone, or iPad may affect wireless performance. Apple, the Apple Logo, iPad, iPhone, iPod touch are trademarks of Apple Inc., registered in the U.S. and other countries. iPad Air, iPad mini, iPad Pro, Apple CarPlay, and Lightning are trademarks of Apple Inc. App Store is a service mark of Apple Inc.
Apple
347Continued
348
uuGeneral Information on the Audio SystemuLicense Information
Featu res
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 348
The Bluetooth word mark and logos are registered trademarks owned by Bluetooth SIG, Inc. and any use of such marks by DENSO CORPORATION is under license. Other trademarks and trade names are those of their respective owners.
This product is protected by certain intellectual property rights of Microsoft. Use or distribution of such technology outside of this product is prohibited without a license from Microsoft.
Bluetooth
Windows Media
uuGeneral Information on the Audio SystemuLicense Information Featu
res
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 349
Mpeg4 Visual THIS PRODUCT IS LICENSED UNDER THE MPEG-4 VISUAL PATENT PORTFOLIO LICENSE FOR THE PERSONAL AND NON-COMMERCIAL USE OF A CONSUMER FOR (i) ENCODING VIDEO IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE MPEG-4 VISUALA STANDARD (MPEG-4 VIDEO) AND/OR (ii) DECODING MPEG-4 VIDEO THAT WAS ENCODED BY A CONSUMER ENGAGED IN A PERSONAL AND NONCOMMERCIAL ACTIVITY AND/OR WAS OBTAINED FROM A VIDEO PROVIDER LICENSED BY MPEG LA TO PROVIDE MPEG-4 VIDEO. NO LICENSE IS GRANTED OR SHALL BE IMPLIED FOR ANY OTHER USE. ADDITIONAL INFORMATION INCLUDING THAT RELATING TO PROMOTIONAL, INTERNAL AND COMMERCIAL USES AND LICENSING MAY BE OBTAINED FROM MPEG LA, LLC. SEE HTTP://WWW.MPEGLA.COM.
VC-1 THIS PRODUCT IS LICENSED UNDER THE VC-1 PATENT PORTFOLIO LICENSE FOR THE PERSONAL AND NON-COMMERCIAL USE OF A CONSUMER TO (i) ENCODE VIDEO IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE VC-1 STANDARD (VC-1 VIDEO) AND/OR (ii) DECODE VC-1 VIDEO THAT WAS ENCODED BY A CONSUMER ENGAGED IN A PERSONAL AND NON-COMMERCIAL ACTIVITY AND/OR WAS OBTAINED FROM A VIDEO PROVIDER LICENSED TO PROVIDE VC-1 VIDEO. NO LICENSE IS GRANTED OR SHALL BE IMPLIED FOR ANY OTHER USE. ADDITIONAL INFORMATION MAY BE OBTAINED FROM MPEG LA, L.L.C. SEE HTTP://WWW.MPEGLA.COM.
MPEG
349Continued
350
uuGeneral Information on the Audio SystemuLicense Information
Featu res
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 350
AVC/H.264 THIS PRODUCT IS LICENSED UNDER THE AVC PATENT PORTFOLIO LICENSE FOR THE PERSONAL AND NONCOMMERCIAL USE OF A CONSUMER TO (i) ENCODE VIDEO IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE AVC STANDARD (AVC VIDEO) AND/OR (ii) DECODE AVC VIDEO THAT WAS ENCODED BY A CONSUMER ENGAGED IN A PERSONAL AND NON-COMMERCIAL ACTIVITY AND/OR WAS OBTAINED FROM A VIDEO PROVIDER LICENSED TO PROVIDE AVC VIDEO. NO LICENSE IS GRANTED OR SHALL BE IMPLIED FOR ANY OTHER USE. ADDITIONAL INFORMATION MAY BE OBTAINED FROM MPEG LA, L.L.C. SEE HTTP://WWW.MPEGLA.COM.
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 351
Customized Features
res
1Customized Features
When you customize settings: Make sure that the vehicle is at a complete stop. Put the transmission into (P.
The contents and order of the customized features may vary depending on the vehicles features.
To customize features detail, refer to the following. 2 Customization flow P. 352 2 List of customizable options P. 360
Use the audio/information screen to customize certain features.
How to customize With the power mode in ON, select Settings, then select a setting item.
Audio/Information Screen
351Continued
352
uuCustomized Featuresu
Featu res
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 352
Customization flow
Press the (Home) button.
Select Settings.
Touchpad Sensitivity
System
System SoundsSystem Volumes
Phone Calls
Voice Recognition
Navigation Guidance
Date & Time
System Units
Factory Data Reset
Language
Time Format
Set Date & Time
Set Time
Set Date
Automatic Date & Time
About
(Select time zone)
Automatic Time Zone
Set Time Zone
uuCustomized Featuresu Featu
res
Location Access
Events and reminders
Interruption Mode
Calls
Interruptions
Messages
Calls/messages from
Options
+ Connect New Device
(Saved Devices)
Change Mode
(Available Networks/Network Information)
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 353
Advanced Options
Bluetooth
Wi-Fi
Connections
353Continued
354
uuCustomized Featuresu
Featu res
(Saved Devices)
AcuraLink Assist
Allow Apple CarPlay
Phone Data Collection
Advanced Options
Password
Network SSID
+ Connect New Device
(Saved Devices) Allow Android Auto
Advanced Options
Password
Network SSID
+ Connect New Device
Options
Connection Information
CabinControl
Delete
AcuraLink Assist
Phone Data Collection
Delete
(Device list)
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 354
Android Auto
Apple CarPlay
CabinControl
uuCustomized Featuresu Featu
res
Contrast
Black Level
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 355
Night Mode
Day Mode
BrightnessDisplay
More Settings
Display Off
355Continued
356
uuCustomized Featuresu
Featu res
Seat Position Movement at Entry/Exit
Memory Position Link
Key and Remote Unlock Mode
Auto Door Lock
Auto Door Unlock
Keyless Lock Answer Back
Security Relock Timer
Accent Light Brightness*
Accent Light Theme*
Interior Light Dimming Time
Headlight Auto Off Timer
Auto Interior Illumination Sensitivity
Auto Folding Door Mirror*
Auto Headlight On with Wiper On
Auto Light Sensitivity*
Steering Wheel Movement at Entry/Exit
Parked Height
Leveling Control
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 356
Vehicle Driving Position Setup
Door Setup
Lighting Setup
Suspension Options*
* Not available on all models
uuCustomized Featuresu Featu
res
Door Unlock Mode
Keyless Access Light Flash
Keyless Access Beep
Remote Start System On/Off*
Walk Away Auto Lock
Lockout Protection
Remote Window Opening
Trip B Reset Timing
Adjust Outside Temp Display
Trip A Reset Timing
Reverse Shift Position Beep
Adjust Alarm Volume
Turn by Turn Display
Rear Seat Reminder
Speed Limit Information
Power Tailgate Keyless Open Mode
Power Tailgate Open by Outer Handle
Hands Free Access Power Tailgate*
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 357
Keyless Access Setup
Meter Setup
Power Tailgate Setup
357Continued* Not available on all models
358
uuCustomized Featuresu
Featu res
Road Departure Mitigation Setting
Forward Collision Warning Distance
ACC Forward Vehicle Detect Beep
Lane Keeping Assist Suspend Beep
Blind Spot Information
Driver Attention Monitor
(Select Reset Items)
Reset All Due
Guidelines
Cross Traffic Monitor
Guidelines
Cross Traffic Monitor
Show after Shifting from Reverse
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 358
Driver Assist System Setup
Maintenance Information
Rear Camera*Camera
Surround View Camera*
* Not available on all models
uuCustomized Featuresu Featu
res
Rear Only
Reset to Default
Front Only
Full Vehicle
Driver Only
Roof Speaker Volume
Center Speaker Volume
Reset to Default
Treble
Midrange
Bass
Reset to Default
Reset to Default
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 359
Roof / Center Volume*
Sound
Speed Volume Compensation
DTS Neural Surround*
Notifications
Compressed Audio Enhancement*
Bass / Treble
Audio Zones & Balance / Fader*
Balance / Fader*
359Continued* Not available on all models
360
uuCustomized Featuresu
Featu res
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 360
List of customizable options
*1:Default Setting
Setup Group Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings
System
System Volumes
System Sounds Changes the system sounds volume.
Phone Calls Changes the phone call volume.
Voice Recognition Changes the voice recognition volume.
Navigation Guidance Changes the navigation guidance volume.
Touchpad Sensitivity Sets the sensitivity of the True Touchpad Interface.
High/Low*1
Date & Time
Time Format Selects the digital clock display from 12H to 24H.
12 Hour*1/24 Hour
Set Date & Time
Automatic Date & Time
Selects On to have the GPS automatically adjust the clock. Select Off to cancel this function.
On*1/Off
Set Date Adjusts date. 2 Adjusting the Clock P. 132
Set Time Adjusts clock. 2 Adjusting the Clock P. 132
uuCustomized Featuresu Featu
res
escription Selectable Settings
system to automatically k when driving through zones.
On*1/Off
ime zone manually.
peed/distance unit on rmation interface, head- d audio/information
Miles*1/KM (U.S.) Miles/KM*1 (Canada)
isplay language. English*1/Franais/ Espaol
ettings to their factory
g All the Settings P. 379 Continue/Cancel
ndroid setting items.
t to allow apps including system* to access the on.
On*1/Off
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 361
*1:Default Setting
Setup Group Customizable Features D
System
Date & Time Set Time Zone
Automatic Time Zone
Sets the audio adjust the cloc different time
(Select time zone)
Changes the t
System Units
Changes the s the driver info up display* an screen.
Language Changes the d
Factory Data Reset Resets all the s default.
2 Defaultin
About Displays the A
Advanced Options
Location Access Selects Off no the navigation vehicles locati
361Continued* Not available on all models
362
uuCustomized Featuresu
Featu res
escription Selectable Settings
uption mode for tify when calls and rrive.
Always interrupt*1/ Dont interrupt/ Allow only priority interruptions
terruptions of events .
On*1/Off
terruptions of calls. On*1/Off
terruptions of messages. On/Off*1
terruptions of from who. Anyone/Contacts only*1/Starred contacts only
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 362
*1:Default Setting
Setup Group Customizable Features D
System Advanced Options
Interruptions
Interruption Mode
Sets the interr allowing to no notifications a
Events and reminders
Sets priority in and reminders
Calls Sets priority in
Messages Sets priority in
Calls/ messages from
Sets priority in
uuCustomized Featuresu Featu
res
escription Selectable Settings
tooth on and off. On*1/Off
one to HFL. tup P. 389
onnects, or deletes a
issions for AcuraLink one Data Collection. tup P. 389
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 363
*1:Default Setting
Setup Group Customizable Features D
Connections Bluetooth
Options Turns the Blue
+ Connect New Device Pairs a new ph 2 Phone Se
(Saved Devices)
Connects, disc paired phone. Changes perm Assist and Ph
2 Phone Se
363Continued
364
uuCustomized Featuresu
Featu res
escription Selectable Settings
i-Fi mode. Off*1/Hotspot/ Network
i-Fi mode. Off/Hotspot/ Network
ork name.
for require entering n connecting Wi-Fi network.
nnected device list.
i-Fi mode. Off/Hotspot/ Network
vailable network(s).
w available network(s).
embered network(s).
nnected device list.
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 364
*1:Default Setting *2:Appears when Wi-Fi mode is Off. *3:Appears when Wi-Fi mode is Hotspot. *4:Appears when Wi-Fi mode is Network.
Setup Group Customizable Features D
Connections Wi-Fi
Change Mode*2 Changes the W
Change Mode*3 Changes the W
Network SSID*3 Sets this netw
Password*3
Sets password password whe device to this
Connected Devices List*3 Displays the co
Change Mode*4 Changes the W
(Available Networks)*4 Displays the a
Advanced*4
Add Network
Searches a ne
Remembered Networks
Searches a rem
Connected Devices List
Displays the co
uuCustomized Featuresu Featu
res
escription Selectable Settings
ork name.
for require entering n connecting Wi-Fi etwork.
to.
droid Auto connection. Disable/Enable
k Assist on and off. Disable/Enable*1
collect phone data. Disable/Enable*1
roid Auto device. Cancel/Delete
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 365
*1:Default Setting
Setup Group Customizable Features D
Connections Android Auto
Advanced Options
Network SSID Sets this netw
Password Sets password password whe device to this n
+ Connect New Device
Pairs a new phone to Android Au 2 Android Auto Setup P. 321
(Saved Devices)
Allow Android Auto
Sets up the An
AcuraLink Assist
Turn AcuraLin
Phone Data Collection
Allow Acura to
Delete Delete an And
365Continued
366
uuCustomized Featuresu
Featu res
escription Selectable Settings
ork name.
for require entering n connecting Wi-Fi network.
rPlay. 316
ple CarPlay connection. Disable/Enable
k Assist on and off. Disable/Enable*1
o collect phone data. Disable/Enable*1
le CarPlay device. Cancel/Delete
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 366
*1:Default Setting
Setup Group Customizable Features D
Connections Apple CarPlay
Advanced Options
Network SSID
Sets this netw
Password Sets password password whe device to this
+ Connect New Device
Pairs a new phone to Apple Ca 2 Enabling Apple CarPlay P.
(Saved Devices)
Allow Apple CarPlay
Sets up the Ap
AcuraLink Assist
Turn AcuraLin
Phone Data Collection
Allow Acura t
Delete Delete an App
uuCustomized Featuresu Featu
res
escription Selectable Settings
a CabinControl function On*1/Off
cura CabinControl ormation.
ns or deletes a device.
rightness of the audio/ reen.
o/information screen
een the daytime mode mode. etup P. 278
ontrast of the audio/ reen.
lack level of the audio/ reen.
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 367
*1:Default Setting
Setup Group Customizable Features D
Connections CabinControl Options
Cabin- Control
Turns the Acur on and off.
Connection Information
Displays the A connection inf
(Device list) Selects functio
Display
Brightness Changes the b information sc
Display Off Turns the audi brightness off.
Night Mode Changes betw and nighttime
2 Display SDay Mode
More Settings
Contrast Changes the c information sc
Black Level Changes the b information sc
367Continued
368
uuCustomized Featuresu
Featu res
escription Selectable Settings
ivers seat to move back ier to enter or exit the ON*1/OFF
ing position memory off.
ON*1/OFF
ering wheel to move up e entry/exit of vehicle ON*1/OFF
etting for the parked n.
High/Auto*1/Low
etting for the leveling n.
ON*1/OFF/Towing Mode
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 368
*1:Default Setting
Setup Group Customizable Features D
Vehicle
Driving Position Setup
Seat Position Movement at Entry/Exit
Causes the dr to make it eas vehicle.
Memory Position Link Turns the driv system on and
Steering Wheel Movement at Entry/Exit
Causes the ste and in to mak easier.
Suspension Options*
Parked Height Changes the s height functio
Leveling Control Changes the s control functio
* Not available on all models
uuCustomized Featuresu Featu
res
escription Selectable Settings
rightness level of the lighting.
Link To Illumination*1/Max/ High/Mid/Low/Off
heme of the interior . area of the accent light
Dynamic Mode*1: See other selectable settings on the screen.
ngth of time the interior fter you close the doors.
15 sec/30 sec*1/60 sec
ngth of time the stay on after you close or.
0 sec/15 sec*1/30 sec/ 60 sec
ensitivity of the he instrument panel light switch is in AUTO
Min/Low/Mid*1/ High/Max
adlights to come on light switch is in the and the wipers are
mes within a certain rvals.
ON*1/OFF
iming for the headlights Min/Low/Mid*1/ High/Max
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 369
*1:Default Setting
Setup Group Customizable Features D
Vehicle Lighting Setup
Accent Light Brightness* Changes the b interior accent
Accent Light Theme*
Changes the t accent lighting
2 Lighting P. 464
Interior Light Dimming Time Changes the le lights stay on a
Headlight Auto Off Timer Changes the le exterior lights the drivers do
Auto Interior Illumination Sensitivity
Changes the s brightness of t when the head position.
Auto Headlight On with Wiper On
Causes the he when the head AUTO position used several ti number of inte
Auto Light Sensitivity* Changes the t to come on.
369Continued* Not available on all models
370
uuCustomized Featuresu
Featu res
escription Selectable Settings
etting for the automatic e.
OFF/With Vehicle Speed*1/Shift from P
etting for when the utomatically.
All Doors with Drivers Door Opens*1/All Doors with Shift to P/All Doors with IGN Off/ OFF
the drivers door or all k on the first push of the t-in key.
Driver Door*1/All Doors
K- The exterior lights
sh)- The beeper sounds. ON*1/OFF
ime it takes for the doors he security system to set ck the vehicle without oor.
30 sec*1/60 sec/90 sec
etting so that the mirrors e the doors are locked te transmitter or keyless
Auto Fold with Keyless*1/Manual Only
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 370
*1:Default Setting
Setup Group Customizable Features D
Vehicle Door Setup
Auto Door Lock Changes the s locking featur
Auto Door Unlock Changes the s doors unlock a
Key and Remote Unlock Mode
Sets up either doors to unloc remote or buil
Keyless Lock Answer Back LOCK/UNLOC flash. LOCK (2nd pu
Security Relock Timer
Changes the t to relock and t after you unlo opening any d
Auto Folding Door Mirror*
Changes the s fold at the tim with the remo access system.
* Not available on all models
uuCustomized Featuresu Featu
res
escription Selectable Settings
etting to enable the to be opened with the remote at anytime or doors are unlocked.
Anytime*1/When Unlocked
etting to enable or wer tailgate open n the user presses the f the power tailgate.
Off (Manual only)/ On (Power/ Manual)*1
etting to enable or wer tailgate open n a kicking motion bumper is detected.
ON*1/OFF
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 371
*1:Default Setting
Setup Group Customizable Features D
Vehicle Power Tailgate Setup
Power Tailgate Keyless Open Mode
Changes the s power tailgate keyless access only when the
Power Tailgate Open by Outer Handle
Changes the s disable the po operation whe outer handle o
Hands Free Access Power Tailgate*
Changes the s disable the po operation whe under the rear
371Continued* Not available on all models
372
uuCustomized Featuresu
Featu res
escription Selectable Settings
h doors unlock when rivers door handle.
Driver Door*1/All Doors
exterior lights to flash ock/lock the doors.
ON*1/OFF
eper to sound when you e doors.
ON*1/OFF
ote engine start feature ON*1/OFF
ettings for the auto lock you walk away from Enable/Disable*1
ettings for the lockout ction.
Enable*1/Disable
ettings for the remote ing function.
Enable*1/Disable
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 372
*1:Default Setting
Setup Group Customizable Features D
Vehicle Keyless Access Setup
Door Unlock Mode Changes whic you grab the d
Keyless Access Light Flash Causes some when you unl
Keyless Access Beep Causes the be unlock/lock th
Remote Start System On/ Off*
Turns the rem on and off.
Walk Away Auto Lock Changes the s function when the vehicle.
Lockout Protection Changes the s protection fun
Remote Window Opening Changes the s window open
* Not available on all models
uuCustomized Featuresu Featu
res
escription Selectable Settings
perature reading by a 5F ~ 0F*1 ~ 5F (U.S.) 3C ~ 0C*1 ~ 3C (Canada)
etting of how to reset d average fuel economy
With Refuel/IGN Off/Manually Reset*1
etting of how to reset d average fuel economy
With Refuel/IGN Off/Manually Reset*1
eper to sound once smission is put into (R .
ON*1/OFF
larm volume, such as ings, turn signal sound, High/Mid*1/Low
r the turn-by-turn on during the route ON*1/OFF
Seat Reminder feature ON*1/OFF
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 373
*1:Default Setting
Setup Group Customizable Features D
Vehicle Meter Setup
Adjust Outside Temp Display Adjusts the tem few degrees.
Trip A Reset Timing Changes the s trip meter A an A.
Trip B Reset Timing Changes the s trip meter B an B.
Reverse Shift Position Beep Causes the be when the tran
Adjust Alarm Volume Changes the a buzzers, warn and so on.
Turn by Turn Display Selects whethe display comes guidance.
Rear Seat Reminder Turns the Rear on and off.
373Continued
374
uuCustomized Featuresu
Featu res
escription Selectable Settings
r the speed limit urce is camera located rview mirror or the
tem. You can also speed on turn off.
Traffic Sign Recognition*1/ Navigation/OFF
er the speed limit come on.
ON*1/OFF
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 374
*1:Default Setting
Setup Group Customizable Features D
Vehicle Meter Setup Speed Limit Information
Select whethe information so behind the rea navigation sys limit informati
Speed Limit Information Selects wheth information to
Models with navigation system
Models without navigation system
uuCustomized Featuresu Featu
res
escription Selectable Settings
ion Mitigation Braking TM) alert distance.
Long/Normal*1/ Short
tem to beep when the a vehicle, or when the ut of the ACC with Low range.
ON/OFF*1
etting for the road gation system.
Normal*1/Wide/ Warning Only/ Narrow
tem to beep when Lane System (LKAS) is ON/OFF*1
etting for the blind spot Audible and Visual Alert*1/Visual Alert
etting for the driver itor.
OFF, Tactile Alert, Tactile/Audible Alert*1
intenance MinderTM ou have performed the ervice.
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 375
*1:Default Setting
Setup Group Customizable Features D
Vehicle
Driver Assist System Setup
Forward Collision Warning Distance
Changes Collis System (CMBS
ACC Forward Vehicle Detect Beep
Causes the sys system detects vehicle goes o Speed Follow
Road Departure Mitigation Setting
Changes the s departure miti
Lane Keeping Assist Suspend Beep
Causes the sys Keeping Assist suspended.
Blind Spot Information Changes the s information.
Driver Attention Monitor Changes the s attention mon
Maintenance Information
(Select Reset Items) Resets the Ma display when y maintenance sReset All Due
375Continued
376
uuCustomized Featuresu
Featu res
escription Selectable Settings
er the guidelines come mera monitor. w Rear Camera* P. 586
Dynamic/Fixed/ Both*1/Off
s traffic monitor feature On*1/Off
er the guidelines come mera monitor. View Camera System*
Dynamic/Fixed/ Both*1/Off
s traffic monitor feature On*1/Off
iew to be automatically e front view when the out of (R .
On/Off*1
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 376
*1:Default Setting
Setup Group Customizable Features D
Camera
Rear Camera*
Guidelines Selects wheth on the rear ca
2 Multi-Vie
Cross Traffic Monitor Turns the cros on and off.
Surround View Camera*
Guidelines
Selects wheth on the rear ca
2 Surround P. 588
Cross Traffic Monitor Turns the cros on and off.
Show after Shifting from Reverse
Sets the rear v switched to th transmission is
* Not available on all models
uuCustomized Featuresu Featu
res
escription Selectable Settings
ttings of the audio d. the Sound P. 277
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 377
*1:Default Setting
Setup Group Customizable Features D
Sound
Bass / Treble
Treble
Adjusts the se speakers soun
2 Adjusting
Midrange
Bass
Reset to Default
Roof / Center Volume*
Roof Speaker Volume
Center Speaker Volume
Reset to Default
Audio Zones & Balance / Fader*
Full Vehicle
Driver Only
Front Only
Rear Only
Reset to Default
Balance / Fader* Reset to Default
377Continued* Not available on all models
378
uuCustomized Featuresu
Featu res
escription Selectable Settings
ttings of the audio d.
g the Sound P. 277
Off/Low/Mid*1/High
On/Off*1
On/Off*1
otification settings for
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 378
*1:Default Setting
Setup Group Customizable Features D
Sound
Speed Volume Compensation Adjusts the se speakers soun
2 Adjustin DTS Neural Surround*
Compressed Audio Enhancement*
Notifications Changes the n apps.
* Not available on all models
uuCustomized FeaturesuDefaulting All the Settings Featu
res
1Defaulting All the Settings
When you transfer the vehicle to a third party, reset all settings to default and delete all personal data.
If you perform Factory Data Reset, it will reset the preinstalled apps to their factory default.
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 379
Defaulting All the Settings Reset all the menu and customized settings as the factory defaults.
1. Press the (home) button. 2. Select Settings. 3. Select System. 4. Select Factory Data Reset. u A confirmation message appears on the
screen. 5. Select Continue to reset the settings. 6. Select Reset to reset the settings. u The system will reboot.
1. Press the (home) button. 2. Select Settings. 3. Select Vehicle. 4. Select Reset to Default. 5. Select Reset.
Defaulting System Settings
Defaulting Vehicle Settings
379
380
Featu res
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 380
HomeLink Universal Transceiver
1HomeLink Universal Transceiver
Before programming HomeLink to operate a garage door opener, confirm that the opener has an external entrapment protection system, such as an electronic eye, or other safety and reverse stop features. If it does not, HomeLink may not be able to operate it.
NOTE: Some LED lightbulbs installed in the garage door opener can interfere with the training and consistent operation of your HomeLink device. Please consider use of Low RF interference bulbs in your garage door opener.
The HomeLink Universal Transceiver can be programmed to operate up to three remote controlled devices around your home, such as garage doors, lighting, or home security systems.
Refer to the safety information that came with your garage door opener to test that the safety features are functioning properly. If you do not have the safety information, contact the manufacturer.
Before programming HomeLink, make sure that people and objects are out of the way of the garage or gate to prevent potential injury or damage.
When programming a garage door opener, park just outside the garage doors path.
Important Safety Precautions
uuHomeLink Universal TransceiveruTraining HomeLink Featu
res
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 381
Training HomeLink If it is necessary to erase a previously entered learned code: Press and hold the I and III HomeLink
buttons for about 10 seconds, until the green indicator blinks. Release the buttons, and proceed to step 1.
If you are training the second or third button, go directly to step 1.
The instructions on the next page should work for most gate or garage openers, but may not work for all. For detailed instructions about your specific remote opener, visit http://www.homelink.com or call (800) 355-3515.
III HomeLink Button
Indicator
I HomeLink Button
381Continued
uuHomeLink Universal TransceiveruTraining HomeLink
382
Featu res
1Training HomeLink
Reprogramming a Button If you want to retrain a programmed button for a new device, you do not have to erase all button memory. You can replace the existing memory code using this procedure:
Erasing Button Memory To erase programming from the buttons, press and hold the two outside HomeLink buttons until the HomeLink indicator changes from orange to rapidly flashing green. This should take about 10 seconds. You should erase all programming before selling the vehicle.
Operating To operate, simply press and release the programmed HomeLink button. Activation will now occur for the trained device.
Questions For questions or comments, visit www.HomeLink.com, www.youtube.com/ HomeLinkGentex, or by calling the HomeLink Hotline (North America only) at (800) 355-3515.
HomeLink is a registered trademark of Gentex Corporation.
2.
1. Press and hold the desired HomeLink button until the HomeLink indicator begins to slowly flash orange. This should take about 20 seconds.
Release the HomeLink button and position the remote transmitter you wish to link 1 - 3 inches (3 - 8 cm) from the HomeLink button you want to program, then follow steps 3 - 6 under programming a button.
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 382
Programming a Button
Training Complete HomeLink LED is
continuously on green.
YES
YES
1. Position the remote transmitter you wish to link 1 to 3 inches (3 - 8 cm) from the HomeLink button you want to program.
3b. Canadian Garage Door Opener A. Press and release the HomeLink button. Press, hold and release the button on the remote every 2 secs. Does the HomeLink indicator (LED) change from slowly flashing orange to rapidly flashing or continuously on green? The process should take less than 60 seconds.
NO
2. Press and release the desired HomeLink button. Is the HomeLink indicator (LED) slowly flashing orange?
NO
3a. Hold the button on the remote transmitter. Does HomeLink indicator (LED) change from slowly flashing orange to rapidly flashing green or continuously on green? The process should take less than 60 seconds.
5. Press and hold the HomeLink button again.
HomeLink indicator rapidly flashes green.
5a. The remote has a rolling code. Press the learn button on the remote-controlled device (e.g. garage door opener).
6. Press and hold the HomeLink button again. The remote-controlled device should operate.
Training Complete 5b. Within 30 secs, press and hold the
programmed HomeLink button for 2 secs.
4. Press and hold the programmed HomeLink button for about a second. Does the device (garage door opener) work?
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 383
Bluetooth HandsFreeLink
res
1Bluetooth HandsFreeLink
Place your phone where you can get good reception.
To use HFL, you need a Bluetooth-compatible cell phone. For a list of compatible phones, pairing procedures, and special feature capabilities: U.S.: Visit www.handsfreelink.com/Acura, or call 1-
888-528-7876. Canada: For more information on smartphone
compatibility, call 1-855-490-7351.
To use the system, the Bluetooth setting must be On.
2 Phone Setup P. 389
Voice control tips Aim the vents away from the ceiling and close the
windows, as noise coming from them may interfere with the microphones.
Press the button when you want to call a number using a phonebook name or a number. Speak clearly and naturally after a beep.
If the microphone picks up voices other than yours, the command may be misinterpreted.
To change the volume level, use the audio systems volume or use the audio remote controls on the steering wheel.
Bluetooth HandsFreeLink (HFL) allows you to place and receive phone calls using your vehicles audio system, without handling your cell phone.
Using HFL
HFL Buttons
(Talk) Button
(Back) Button
VOL (+/VOL (- (Volume) Switch
Left Selector Wheel
APPS Button
383Continued
uuBluetooth HandsFreeLinkuUsing HFL
384
Featu res
1Bluetooth HandsFreeLink
Bluetooth Wireless Technology The Bluetooth word mark and logos are registered trademarks owned by Bluetooth SIG, Inc., and any use of such marks by Honda Motor Co., Ltd., is under license. Other trademarks and trade names are those of their respective owners.
HFL Limitations An incoming call on HFL will interrupt the audio system when it is playing. It will resume when the call is ended.
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 384
Left Selector Wheel: Incoming call: Move the selector wheel to the right to answer the call. Move it
to the left to decline the call. During a call: Move the selector wheel to the right to display the call options
menu. Move it to the left to end the call. (back) button: Press the button to go back to the previous screen or to
cancel a command. (talk) button: Press the button to start voice recognition.
To go to the phone screen of the driver information interface or the head-up display*: 1. Press the APPS button on the steering wheel. 2. Using the selector wheel, scroll to Phone on the driver information interface or
the head-up display*, and then press the left selector wheel. u You can select Favorites or Recents by moving the selector wheel to the left
or the right.
* Not available on all models
uuBluetooth HandsFreeLinkuUsing HFL Featu
res
1HFL Status Display
The information that appears on the audio/ information screen varies between phone models.
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 385
The audio/information screen notifies you when there is an incoming call.
Bluetooth connection status is displayed in the B-zone.
HFL Status Display
HFL Mode
Callers Name (If registered)/ Callers Number (If not registered)
Bluetooth Indicator Appears when your phone is connected to HFL.
Signal StrengthBattery Level Status
Continued 385
386
uuBluetooth HandsFreeLinkuUsing HFL
Featu res
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 386
Certain manual functions are disabled or inoperable while the vehicle is in motion. You cannot select a grayed-out option until the vehicle is stopped.
Limitations for Manual Operation*
* Not available on all models
uuBluetooth HandsFreeLinkuHFL Menus Featu
res
1HFL Menus
To use HFL, you must first pair your Bluetooth- compatible cell phone to the system while the vehicle is parked.
Some functions are limited while driving.
tgoing, incoming and missed calls.
tgoing calls.
oming calls.
ssed calls.
t.
mber from the call history to store as a mber.
mber from the phonebook to store as a mber. ber to store as a favorite contact number.
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 387
HFL Menus The power mode must be in ACCESSORY or ON to use the system.
Phone screen 1. Press the (home) button. 2. Select Phone.
Display the last ouRecents All
Dialed
Received
Display the last ou
Display the last inc
Missed Display the last mi
Enter Number Enter a phone number to dial.
Contacts Display the phonebook of the paired phone.
Add Favorite
(Favorite Contact List)
MENU
From Recents
From Contacts
Using Enter Number
Dial the selected number in the favorite contact lis
Display the Phone Menu screen.
Select a phone nu favorite contact nu Select a phone nu favorite contact nu Enter a phone num
387Continued
388
uuBluetooth HandsFreeLinkuHFL Menus
Featu res
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 388
Phone Menu screen 1. Press the (home) button. 2. Select Phone. 3. Select MENU.
Change Connected Phone + Connect New Device Pair a new phone to the system.
Connect or disconnect a paired device.
Ringtone Select a fixed ring tone or the one from the connected cell phone.
Auto Sync Phone Set phonebook and call history data to be automatically imported when a phone is paired to HFL.
Auto Phone Call Transfer Set calls to automatically transfer from your phone to HFL when you enter the vehicle.
AcuraLink Assist Turn AcuraLink Assist on and off.
Options Delete Device
AcuraLink Assist
Delete a paired device.
Turn AcuraLink Assist on and off.
Options Turns the Bluetooth on and off.
(Existing entry list)
Phone Data Collection Allow Acura to collect phone data.
uuBluetooth HandsFreeLinkuHFL Menus Featu
res
1Bluetooth setup
If there is an active connection to Apple CarPlay or Android Auto, this setting is unavailable.
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 389
Bluetooth setup You can turn Bluetooth function on and off. 1. Press the (home) button. 2. Select Settings. 3. Select Connections. 4. Select Bluetooth. 5. Select Options. 6. Select On.
Phone Setup
Continued 389
uuBluetooth HandsFreeLinkuHFL Menus
390
Featu res
1Phone Setup
Your Bluetooth-compatible phone must be paired to the system before you can make and receive hands-free calls.
Phone Pairing Tips: You cannot pair your phone while the vehicle is
moving. Up to six phones can be paired. Your phones battery may drain faster when it is
paired to the system.
Once you have paired a phone, you can see it displayed on the screen with one or more icons. These icons indicate the following:
: The phone is compatible with Bluetooth Audio. : The phone can be used with HFL. : The phone is compatible with Apple CarPlay. : The phone is compatible with Android Auto.
If there is an active connection to Apple CarPlay or Android Auto, pairing of additional Bluetooth compatible devices is unavailable.
Enable Smart Sharing pop-up Smart Sharing to share phone data with Acura, you can change the AcuraLink Assist and Phone Data Collection settings later by selecting the device in the Phone Menu screen and then Options. For detail information of all data shared visit https:// acuralink.acura.com/#/acuralinkLegalTerms
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 390
To pair a cell phone (when there is no phone paired to the system)
1. Press the (home) button. 2. Select Phone. 3. Select Connect Phone. 4. Make sure your phone is in search or
discoverable mode, then select + Connect New Device. u HFL automatically becomes discoverable.
5. Select the HandsFreeLink when it appears on your phone. u If HFL does not appear, select Search for
Devices. 6. The system gives you a pairing code on the
audio/information screen. u Confirm if the pairing code on the screen
and your phone match. This may vary by phone.
u After confirming pairing, may be required to confirm Bluetooth operation depending on phone. Select Continue with Bluetooth.
7. The device options screen appears, then select Continue. u You can enable/disable the AcuraLink
Assist and Phone Data Collection on the screen. Both default settings are Enable.
uuBluetooth HandsFreeLinkuHFL Menus Featu
res
1To change the currently paired phone
If no other phones are found or paired when trying to switch to another phone, HFL will continue to connect the original phone.
To pair other phones, select + Connect New Device from the Bluetooth screen.
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 391
To change the currently paired phone 1. Go to the Phone Menu screen.
2 Phone Menu screen P. 388
2. Select Change Connected Phone.
When connecting to other phone: 3. Select a phone to connect. 4. Select or . 5. Select Connect.
When changing the currently paired phone setting: 3. Select a currently paired phone. 4. Select or . 5. Select Apply Changes.
Continued 391
uuBluetooth HandsFreeLinkuHFL Menus
392
Featu res
1To delete a paired phone
You can also delete a paired phone by the following procedure. 1. Press the (home) button. 2. Select Settings. 3. Select Connections. 4. Select Bluetooth. 5. Select a phone you want to delete. 6. Select Options. 7. Select Delete Device. 8. A confirmation message appears on the screen.
Select Delete.
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 392
To delete a paired phone 1. Go to the Phone Menu screen.
2 Phone Menu screen P. 388
2. Select Change Connected Phone. 3. Select a phone you want to delete.
4. Select Options. 5. Select Delete Device. 6. A confirmation message appears on the
screen. Select Delete.
uuBluetooth HandsFreeLinkuHFL Menus Featu
res
1Ring Tone
Vehicle: The fixed ring tone sounds from the speakers. Phone: Depending on the make and model of the cell phone, the ring tone stored in the phone will sound if the phone is connected.
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 393
You can change the ring tone setting. 1. Go to the Phone Menu screen.
2 Phone Menu screen P. 388
2. Select Ringtone. 3. Select Vehicle or Phone.
If you get into the vehicle while you are on the phone, the call can be automatically transferred to HFL.
1. Go to the Phone Menu screen. 2 Phone Menu screen P. 388
2. Select Auto Phone Call Transfer. 3. Select On or Off.
Ring Tone
Automatic Transferring
Continued 393
uuBluetooth HandsFreeLinkuHFL Menus
394
Featu res
1Automatic Import of Phone Contacts and Call History
On some phones, it is necessary to enable import during setup so the phones contacts can be accessed.
When you select a name from the phone contacts list, you can see a category icon. The icons indicate what types of numbers are stored for that name.
On some phones, it may not be possible to import the category icons to the system.
The phonebook is updated after every connection. Call history is updated after every connection or call.
Home
Mobile Work
Other
Pager
Car
Preference
Fax
Voice
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 394
When Auto Sync Phone is set to On: When your phone is paired, the contents of its phonebook and call history are automatically imported to the system.
Changing the Auto Sync Phone setting 1. Go to the Phone Menu screen.
2 Phone Menu screen P. 388
2. Select Auto Sync Phone. 3. Select On or Off.
Automatic Import of Phone Contacts and Call History
uuBluetooth HandsFreeLinkuHFL Menus Featu
res
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 395
To store a favorite contact number: 1. Go to the phone screen.
2 Phone screen P. 387
2. Select Add Favorite.
3. Select a place from where to choose a number. From Recents: u Select a number from the call history. From Contacts: u Select a number from the phonebook of
a cellular phone connected to the system.
Using Enter Number: u Trace the number on A-zone touchpad,
then press it. If the KEYPAD icon located to the upper right of the screen is selected, the keyboard will appear.
4. Select a number.
Favorite Contacts
395Continued
uuBluetooth HandsFreeLinkuHFL Menus
396
Featu res
1Making a Call
Once a call is connected, you can hear the voice of the person you are calling through the audio speakers.
While there is an active connection with Apple CarPlay, phone calls cannot be made with HandsFreeLink and are only made from Apple CarPlay.
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 396
To edit a Favorite Contact 1. Go to the phone screen.
2 Phone screen P. 387
2. Select and hold a desired favorite contact. 3. Select the following options:
Remove Favorite: Delete the favorite contact.
Add to Home Page: Add a favorite contact shortcut icon to the home screen.
Add to Heads-Up Display*: Add a favorite contact shortcut icon to the head-up display menu.
4. Press the (back) button on the True Touchpad Interface. u The screen will return to the previous
screen.
You can make calls by inputting any phone number, or by using the imported phonebook, call history, or Favorite Contact entries.
Making a Call
* Not available on all models
uuBluetooth HandsFreeLinkuHFL Menus Featu
res
1To make a call using the imported phonebook
You can also send a message or set a navigation* route to a contacts address.
2 Text Message P. 401 2 Refer to Navigation System Manual
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 397
To make a call using the imported phonebook
1. Go to the phone screen. 2 Phone screen P. 387
2. Select Contacts. 3. Select a name. u You can sort by First Name or Last
Name. Select the icon on the upper right of the screen.
4. Select a number. u Dialing starts automatically.
To make a call using a phone number 1. Go to the phone screen.
2 Phone screen P. 387
2. Select Enter Number. 3. Trace the number on A-zone touchpad,
then press it. u You can enter the number using the on-
screen keyboard. Select KEYPAD located to the upper right of the screen.
4. Press the A-zone touchpad. u Dialing starts automatically. u If the on screen keyboard is displayed,
select Call.
Continued 397* Not available on all models
398
uuBluetooth HandsFreeLinkuHFL Menus
Featu res
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 398
To make a call using the call history Call history is stored by All, Dialed, Missed, and Received. 1. Go to the phone screen.
2 Phone screen P. 387
2. Select Recents. u You can sort by All, Dialed, Missed, or
Received. Select the icon on the upper right of the screen.
3. Select a number. u Dialing starts automatically.
To make a call using a Favorite Contact entry
1. Go to the phone screen. 2 Phone screen P. 387
2. Select desired favorite contact. u Dialing starts automatically.
uuBluetooth HandsFreeLinkuHFL Menus Featu
res
1Receiving a Call
Call Waiting To put a call on hold so that you can answer an incoming call, move the left selector wheel to the right. Move the left selector wheel to the right to resume the call.
Select Ignore to ignore the incoming call if you do not want to answer it. Move the left selector wheel to the left to end a call.
Instead of using the selector wheel, you can use the icons on the audio/information screen to perform the above mentioned functions.
When a screen other than the phone screen is displayed in the A-zone, the incoming call screen is displayed in the B-zone.
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 399
When there is an incoming call, an audible notification sounds (if activated) and the Incoming Call... screen appears.
Move the left selector wheel to the right to answer the call. Move it to the left to decline or end the call. u You can also select Answer or Ignore
on the audio/information screen to use hands-free calling.
Receiving a Call
Continued 399
uuBluetooth HandsFreeLinkuHFL Menus
400
Featu res
1Options During a Call
You can select the icons on the audio/information screen.
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 400
The following options are available during a call. MUTE: Mute your voice. TRANSFER TO MOBILE: Transfer a call from the system to your phone. ENTER NUMBER: Send numbers during a call. This is useful when you call a menu- driven phone system.
The available options are shown on the lower half of the screen.
Select the option. u UNMUTE is displayed when the mute
function is on. Select UNMUTE to turn it off.
u TRANSFER TO VEHICLE is displayed when the hands-free mode is off. Select TRANSFER TO VEHICLE to turn the hands-free mode is on.
Options During a Call
uuBluetooth HandsFreeLinkuText Message Featu
res
1Text Message
The text message features may not be available depending on a cellular phone.
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 401
Text Message You can operate the various options of the text message function from the message box.
1. Press the (home) button. 2. Select Messages.
The following options are available: Inbox: Shows received messages. Send Message to Contact: Sends a message to your contact on the list.
2 Send Message to Contact P. 411
Add Favorite: Adds the favorite contact to the message box. u You can add a shortcut to the home
screen that will take you directly to your favorite contact. Select and hold the contact, then select Add to Home Page.
MENU: Sets the message option for changing the connected device, turning on or off message notifications, or editing replies.
401Continued
402
uuBluetooth HandsFreeLinkuText Message
Featu res
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 402
To edit a Favorite Contact 1. Press the (home) button. 2. Select Messages. 3. Select and hold a desired favorite contact. 4. Select following options.
Remove Favorite: Delete a favorite contact.
Add to Home Page: Add the shortcut icon of a favorite contact to the home screen.
5. Press the (back) button on the True Touchpad Interface. u The screen will return to the previous
screen.
uuBluetooth HandsFreeLinkuText Message Featu
res
1To Set Up Text Message Options
To use the text message function, it may be necessary to set up on your phone.
1To turn on or off the text message notice
On: A pop-up notification comes on every time you receive a new message. Off: The message you receive is stored in the system without notification.
When a screen other than the Messages function screen is displayed in the A-zone, a text message notification is displayed in the B-zone.
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 403
To turn on or off the text message notice
1. Press the (home) button. 2. Select Messages. 3. Select MENU. 4. Select Notifications. 5. Select On or Off.
To Set Up Text Message Options
Continued 403
uuBluetooth HandsFreeLinkuText Message
404
Featu res
1Receiving a Text Message
Some cell phones might not be able to read the transmission log of data sent and data received.
The system does not display any received messages while you are driving. You can only hear them read aloud.
The system can only receive messages that are sent as text (SMS) messages. The message sent using the data services will not be displayed in the list.
With some phones, you may be able to display up to 20 of the last text messages received.
State or local laws may limit your use of the HFL text message feature. Only use the text message feature when conditions allow you to do so safely.
Depending on the status of A-zone, the received message screen may be displayed on the B-zone.
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 404
HFL can display newly received text messages as well as the last 20 messages received on a linked cell phone. Each received message can be read aloud and replied to using a fixed common phrase.
1. A pop-up appears and notifies you of a new text message.
2. Select Open. 3. Select to listen to the message. To stop
listening to the message, select . u Select to hear the message from the
beginning.
Receiving a Text Message
uuBluetooth HandsFreeLinkuText Message Featu
res
1Selecting a Phone
You can only receive notifications from one phone at a time.
You can only connect one device to use both text message function and Bluetooth hands-free phone function.
If Apple CarPlay or Android Auto is active, a message will appear if this setting is selected allowing the user to end the Apple CarPlay or Android Auto session and continue connecting to Bluetooth.
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 405
You can select one from the Bluetooth device list to be active and receive notifications.
1. Press the (home) button. 2. Select Messages. 3. Select MENU. 4. Select Change Connected Phone. 5. Change a desired phone.
2 To change the currently paired phone P. 391
Selecting a Phone
Continued 405
uuBluetooth HandsFreeLinkuText Message
406
Featu res
1Displaying Messages
The icon appears next to an unread message.
If you delete a message on the phone, the message will also be deleted from the system. If you send a message from the system, the message goes to your phones outbox.
To see the previous or next message, select Prev or Next on the message screen.
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 406
1. Press the (home) button. 2. Select Messages. 3. Select Inbox. 4. Select a message. u The message information is displayed.
5. Select View Message. u The text message is displayed.
Displaying Messages
Message List
Message Information
uuBluetooth HandsFreeLinkuText Message Featu
res
1Reply to a message
The available reply messages are as follows: Im on my way. Im running late. No OK Talk to you later, I'm driving. Yes
The display language of the default reply message depends on the connected phone.
2 To edit a reply message P. 408
You can add or delete a reply message by selecting Saved Replies.
2 To edit a reply message P. 408 2 To delete a reply message P. 408
Only certain phones receive and send messages when paired and connected. For a list of compatible phones: U.S.: Visit www.handsfreelink.com/Acura, or call 1-
888-528-7876. Canada: For more information on smartphone
compatibility, call 1-855-490-7351.
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 407
Read or Stop reading a message 1. Display the message information. 2. Select . u The system starts reading the message
aloud. 3. Select to stop reading.
Select again to start reading the message. u While listen to the message, select to
start reading the message from the beginning.
Reply to a message 1. Display the message information. 2. Select Reply. 3. Select the reply message. u The pop-up menu appears on the screen.
4. Select Send to send the message. u Message sent appears on the screen
when the reply message was successfully sent.
Continued 407
uuBluetooth HandsFreeLinkuText Message
408
Featu res
1To delete a reply message
Reset to Default Select to reset all reply messages to their factory default.
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 408
To edit a reply message 1. Press the (home) button. 2. Select Messages. 3. Select MENU. 4. Select Saved Replies. 5. Select Create New Message. 6. Use A-zone touchpad to write a reply.
When you finish writing your message, press the A-zone touchpad. u You can enter the number using the on-
screen keyboard. Select KEYBOARD located to the upper right of the screen.
To delete a reply message 1. Press the (home) button. 2. Select Messages. 3. Select MENU. 4. Select Saved Replies. 5. Select a reply message you want to delete. u A confirmation screen appears on the
screen. Select Delete. u To cancel the delete, press the
(back) button.
uuBluetooth HandsFreeLinkuText Message Featu
res
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 409
Making a call to a sender 1. Display the message information. 2. Select Call.
409Continued
410
uuBluetooth HandsFreeLinkuText Message
Featu res
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 410
Displaying message on the head-up display You can read a text message on the head-up display only when text message is received. 1. Move right the left selector wheel to select Open. 2. Roll up or down the left selector wheel to select Reply, and then press the left
selector wheel. u Select Call to dialing a call. u Select Repeat to start reading the message from the beginning.
3. Roll up or down the left selector wheel to select a message, and then press the left selector wheel.
4. Roll up or down the left selector wheel to select Send, and then press the left selector wheel. u Message sent appears on the head-up display when the reply message was
successfully sent.
Models with head-up display
uuBluetooth HandsFreeLinkuText Message Featu
res
1Send Message to Contact
You can make a call or set a navigation route* to contact address other than sending a message on this feature.
2 Making a Call P. 396 2 Refer to Navigation System Manual
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 411
1. Press the (home) button. 2. Select Messages. 3. Select Send Message to Contact. 4. Select a contact name. u You can sort by First Name or Last
Name. Select the icon on the upper right of the screen.
5. Select a number. 6. Select the reply message. u The pop-up menu appears on the screen.
7. Select Send to send the message. u Message sent appears on the screen
when the reply message was successfully sent.
Send Message to Contact
411* Not available on all models
412
Featu res
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 412
AcuraLink
1AcuraLink
AcuraLink also provides services you can operate from the Internet or your smartphone.
To subscribe to AcuraLink, or to get more information about all of its features, contact an Acura dealer, or visit owners.acura.com (U.S.) or www.acura.ca/owners/acuralink (Canada).
1To enable the AcuraLink
You can also set up a Vehicle Data Collection by the following procedure. 1. Press the (home) button. 2. Select AcuraLink. 3. Select MENU. 4. Select Vehicle Data Collection. 5. Select Allow or Block. Allow: Sends the vehicle location data, diagnostic
information, driving behavior data and phone data when you have previously allowed it when you connect a phone with Bluetooth.
Block: Does not send the vehicle location data, diagnostic information, driving behavior data.
For detail information of all data shared visit https:// acuralink.acura.com/#/acuralinkLegalTerms
Is a subscription-based service that provides convenient features such as voice communication in case of emergency, online security, one-on-one operator assistance, and the transmission of important messages regarding your vehicles status.
Use the following procedure to connect to AcuraLink.
To enable the AcuraLink You need to allow the consent of the location service to enable the AcuraLink.
1. Press the (home) button. 2. Select AcuraLink. u The confirmation message appears on
the screen for the first time, then select Allow.
To Connect to AcuraLink
uuAcuraLinku Featu
res
1To link with AcuraLink
We recommend that you install AcuraLink app on your smartphone to make AcuraLink more functional, contact an Acura dealer, or visit owners.acura.com (U.S.) or www.acura.ca/owners/ acuralink (Canada).
If you do not connect a phone to AcuraLink, Last Mile function of AcuraLink app is disabled.
1AcuraLink
You can also select AcuraLink from the All Apps screen.
2 Audio/Information Screen P. 254
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 413
To link with AcuraLink You may see the connection guide screen after launching AcuraLink when there is no phone connection available.
Continue Without Connecting: Displays the AcuraLink menu screen without phone connection. Connect Phone: Displays the Bluetooth setup screen.
2 To change the currently paired phone P. 391
1. Press the (home) button. 2. Select AcuraLink.
AcuraLink
AcuraLink
Continued 413
uuAcuraLinku
414
Featu res
1Vehicle Notifications
Some messages can be deleted manually; some others will automatically disappear when the malfunction is fixed, contact a dealer if necessary.
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 414
Vehicle Notifications Displays the diagnostic information, recall or important safety information*1, or general information by connecting to the Acura server using HFL.
Contact Acura Connect to the AcuraLink operator when trying to find a destination or for roadside assistance.
My Acura Dealer Calls your Acura dealer using HFL or sets the navigation* destination to your dealer.
MENU Displays the AcuraLink menu screen. Vehicle Data Collection: Displays the AcuraLink connection setting screen.
2 To enable the AcuraLink P. 412
AcuraLink Subscriptions: Displays your current AcuraLink subscription status. Connect Bluetooth Device: Displays the Bluetooth setup screen.
2 To change the currently paired phone P. 391
*1: When you select Roadside Assistance, the system connects to the AcuraLink operator through the telematics control unit (TCU).
* Not available on all models
uuAcuraLinku Featu
res
1AcuraLink Message
When you update AcuraLink, you must keep the engine running and maintain a constant connection with AcuraLink. If the update is interrupted, the system will automatically resume the process. If, however, a week has elapsed since the process was first interrupted, you must repeat the process from the beginning.
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 415
You can check the messages that are received quickly in the shortcut operation. 1. A notification appears and notifies you of a
new message on the B-zone. 2. Select the system status icon then press the
B-zone touchpad. u The status area list appears on the A-
zone. u A notification is continuously displayed in
the header area until the new message is read.
3. Select a new message to open. u If you have selected the update option
for AcuraLink, follow the directions on the screen to complete the process.
AcuraLink Message
Notification
New Message
Continued 415
uuAcuraLinku
416
Featu res
1In Case of Emergency
Your vehicle may not be able to connect to the operator if the battery level is low, the line is disconnected, or you do not have adequate cellular coverage.
You cannot use this emergency services when: You travel outside the AcuraLink service coverage
areas. There is a problem with the connecting devices,
such as the microphones, speakers, or the unit itself.
You cannot operate other phone-related functions using the screen while talking to the operator. Only the operator can terminate the connection to your vehicle.
1Automatic collision notification
If the unit fails to connect to the operator, it repeatedly tries until it succeeds.
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 416
Automatic collision notification If your vehicles airbags deploy or if the unit detects that the vehicle is severely impacted, your vehicle automatically will attempt to connect to the AcuraLink operator. If connected, information about your vehicle, its location, and its condition can be sent to the operator*1; you also can speak to the operator when connected.
IMPORTANT: In a crash, AcuraLink will attempt to notify emergency services but NEITHER ACURA NOR ITS SERVICE PROVIDERS GUARANTEE THAT SUCH NOTIFICATION WILL OCCUR.
Acura reserves the right to terminate AcuraLink services at any time or for any reason, and in the future may not be able to provide services due to changes in, or obsolescence of, technology integral to the service or changes in governmental regulation.
*1: Depending on your phone and adequate cellular coverage, your vehicles location may not be sent to the operator.
In Case of Emergency
uuAcuraLinku Featu
res
1Manual operator connection
Do not press the button while driving. When you need to contact the operator, park the vehicle in a safe place.
If the unit fails to connect to the operator, it automatically cancels the action after three minutes.
If necessary, the cover can be broken to access the ASSIST button.
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 417
Manual operator connection If you need to talk to the AcuraLink operator in a situation where no airbag has deployed, you can manually connect to them by pressing the ASSIST button with the power mode in ACCESSORY or ON. 1. Open the cover attached to the ceiling
console. 2. Press the ASSIST button. u You are connected to the AcuraLink
operator.
ASSIST Button
Continued 417
uuAcuraLinku
418
Featu res
1Operator Assistance
Remain attentive to road conditions and driving during operator assistance.
If you want to add or renew a subscription, call the Operator Assistance. 1. Press the (home) button. 2. Select AcuraLink. 3. Select MENU. 4. Select AcuraLink Subscriptions. 5. Select Call AcuraLink Support.
Press the (back) button to return to the previous screen, and then incall screen displayed on the B- zone.
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 418
Connect to the AcuraLink operator when trying to find a destination or for roadside assistance.
1. Press the LINK button. u Connection to the operator begins.
2. Talk to the operator. u To disconnect, select End Call on the
audio/information screen or move to left the left selector wheel.
Operator Assistance
LINK Button
Audio/information screen when connected to the AcuraLink operator
uuAcuraLinku Featu
res
1Connection Features
The contact information of your provider, your user ID and PIN will be given when you subscribe to AcuraLink. If you forget any of the above, contact a Acura dealer, or go to owners.acura.com (U.S.) or www.acura.ca/owners/acuralink (Canada).
You can also activate the remote door lock/unlock and vehicle finder features from the Internet or using your smartphone app. Ask a dealer, or visit owners.acura.com (U.S.) or www.acura.ca/owners/ acuralink (Canada) for details.
1Find My Car
The lights will stop flashing and horn will stop sounding under the following: When conditions 30 seconds have elapsed. You unlock the doors using the remote transmitter. You unlock the doors using the keyless access
system. You unlock the doors using the built-in key. The power mode is set to ACCESSORY or ON.
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 419
Your subscribed telematics service provider can check your vehicles condition. For maximum functionality download AcuraLink app in your smartphone and connect it with the vehicle.
Automatic Collision Notifications A live agent will reach out and check on you and request that help be sent in the event of a crash.
Send Destination Search for destinations on your phone and instantly beam turn-by-turn directions to your navigation system*. Requires In-vehicle Navigation System*.
Stolen Vehicle Locator Helps authorities track and recover your vehicle in case of theft.
Remote Start & Stop Arrive at your vehicle with the engine warmed up and the interior set to a comfortable temperature.
Remote Lock & Unlock Lock and unlock your vehicle with your smartphone.
Find My Car Find your parked vehicle and flash/sound your horns remotely using your smartphone.
Connection Features
Continued 419* Not available on all models
420
uuAcuraLinku
Featu res
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 420
Vehicle Status Get door and lock status as well as mileage, fuel, oil life, and tire pressure readings on your phone.
Emergency Call A live agent will stay on the call with you and request that help be sent in the event of an emergency.
Security Alarm Alert Receive alerts if vehicle security alarm is triggered.
Destination by Voice Talk to a live assistant who will search and send turn by turn directions to your vehicles navigation system*. Requires In-vehicle Navigation System*.
Last Mile Receive walking directions to your final destination right when you get out of your Acura. Requires In-vehicle Navigation System*.
Geofence Alert Receive a notification anytime your vehicle enters or leaves a region set by you.
Speed Alert Receive a notification when your vehicle has exceeded a speed limit set by you.
* Not available on all models
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 421
CabinTalk*
res
1CabinTalk*
You can adjust the speaker volume by turning the volume knob.
Your audio system allows your, or the front passengers voice to be broadcast to the second and third row seats passengers using the rear speakers.
1. Display the All Apps screen. 2. Select CabinTalk. u Select to mute your voice.
How to use
421* Not available on all models
422
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 422
lank.
* Not available on all m
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 423
Driving
This chapter discusses driving and refueling.
Before Driving................................... 424 Towing a Trailer................................ 430 Off-Highway Driving Guidelines ..... 441 When Driving
Starting the Engine .......................... 443 Precautions While Driving................. 449 Automatic Transmission ................... 450 Shifting............................................ 451 Acura Integrated Dynamics System... 459 Electronic Air Suspension (EAS)*....... 467 Auto Idle Stop.................................. 473 Vehicle Stability AssistTM (VSA), aka Electronic Stability Control (ESC), System.............479
Agile Handling Assist ....................... 481 Super Handling-All Wheel DriveTM (SH-AWD)*.....482
odels
Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) with Tire Fill Assist.......................... 483
Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) - Required Federal Explanation ......... 485
Blind spot information System.......... 487 AcuraWatchTM ................................... 490
Collision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM) ....................................... 495
Low Speed Braking Control*............ 506 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow ................................. 512
Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS) .. 529 Traffic Jam Assist.......................... 538 Road Departure Mitigation System..............550
Traffic Sign Recognition System ....... 556 Front Sensor Camera ....................... 562 Radar Sensor ................................... 564 Sonar Sensors* ................................ 565
Braking Brake System................................... 567 Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) ........... 574 Brake Assist System ......................... 575
Parking Your Vehicle........................ 576 Multi-View Rear Camera* ................ 586 Surround View Camera System* ..... 588 Refueling
Fuel Information .............................. 596 How to Refuel ................................. 597
Fuel Economy and CO2 Emissions.... 599 Turbo Engine Vehicle*...................... 600
423
424
D rivin
g
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 424
Before Driving
1Exterior Checks
NOTICE When doors are frozen shut, use warm water around the door edges to melt any ice. Do not try to force them open, as this can damage the rubber trim around the doors. When done, wipe dry to avoid further freezing.
Do not pour warm water into the key cylinder. You will be unable to insert the key if the water freezes in the hole.
Heat from the engine and exhaust can ignite flammable materials left under the hood, causing a fire. If youve parked your vehicle for an extended period, inspect and remove any debris that may have collected, such as dried grass and leaves that have fallen or have been carried in for use as a nest by a small animal. Also, check under the hood for leftover flammable materials after you or someone else has performed maintenance on your vehicle.
Driving Preparation Check the following items before you start driving.
Make sure there are no obstructions on the windows, door mirrors, exterior lights, or other parts of the vehicle. u Remove any frost, snow, or ice. u Remove any snow on the roof, as this can slip down and obstruct your field of
vision while driving. If frozen solid, remove ice once it has softened. u When removing ice from around the wheels, be sure not to damage the wheel
or wheel components. Make sure the hood is securely closed. u If the hood opens while driving, your front view will be blocked.
Make sure the tires are in good condition. u Check air pressure, and check for damage and excessive wear.
2 Checking and Maintaining Tires P. 636
Make sure there are no people or objects behind or around the vehicle. u There are blind spots from the inside.
Exterior Checks
uuBefore DrivinguDriving Preparation D
rivin g
1Interior Checks
The headlight aim is set by the factory, and does not need to be adjusted. However, if you regularly carry heavy items in the cargo area or tow a trailer, have the aiming readjusted at a dealer or by a qualified technician.
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 425
Store or secure all items on board properly. u Carrying too much cargo, or improperly storing it, can affect your vehicles
handling, stability, stopping distance, and tires, and make it unsafe. 2 Maximum Load Limit P. 427
Do not pile items higher than the seat height. u They can block your view and may be thrown forward in the event of sudden
braking. Do not place anything in the front seat footwells. Make sure to secure the floor
mat. u An object or unsecured floor mat can interfere with your brake and accelerator
pedal operation while driving. If you have any animals on board, do not let them move around in the vehicle. u They may interfere with driving and a crash could occur.
Securely close and lock all doors and the tailgate. 2 Locking/Unlocking the Doors from the Inside P. 147
Adjust your seating position properly. u Adjust the head restraint, too.
2 Seats P. 194 2 Adjusting the Front and Second Row Outer Head Restraint Positions P. 206
Adjust the mirrors and steering wheel properly. u Adjust them while sitting in the proper driving position.
2 Adjusting the Steering Wheel P. 190 2 Mirrors P. 191
Interior Checks
Continued 425
426
uuBefore DrivinguDriving Preparation
D rivin
g
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 426
Be sure items placed on the floor behind the front seats cannot roll under the seats. u They can interfere with the drivers ability to operate the pedals, the operation
of the seats, or the operation of the sensors under the seats. Everyone in the vehicle must fasten their seat belt.
2 Fastening a Seat Belt P. 42
Make sure that the indicators in the instrument panel come on when you start the vehicle, and go off soon after. u Always have a dealer check the vehicle if a problem is indicated.
2 Indicators P. 86
uuBefore DrivinguMaximum Load Limit D
rivin g
1Maximum Load Limit
Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR): The maximum allowable weight of the vehicle, all occupants, all accessories, all cargo, and the tongue load.
2 Specifications P. 730
Gross Axle Weight Rating (GAWR): The maximum allowable weight of the vehicle axle.
2 Specifications P. 730
3WARNING Overloading or improper loading can affect handling and stability and cause a crash in which you can be hurt or killed.
Follow all load limits and other loading guidelines in this manual.
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 427
Maximum Load Limit The maximum load for your vehicle is 1,173 lbs (532 kg). See the Tire and Loading Information label attached to the drivers doorjamb.
This figure includes the total weight of all occupants, cargo, and accessories, and the tongue load if you are towing a trailer.
Steps for Determining Correct Load Limit - (1)Locate the statement The combined weight of occupants and
cargo should never exceed XXX kg or XXX lbs. on your vehicles placard.
(2)Determine the combined weight of the driver and passengers that will be riding in your vehicle.
(3)Subtract the combined weight of the driver and passengers from XXX kg or XXX lbs.
Label Example
427Continued
428
uuBefore DrivinguMaximum Load Limit
D rivin
g
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 428
(4)The resulting figure equals the available amount of cargo and luggage load capacity. For example, if the XXX amount equals 1,400 lbs. and there will be five 150 lb. passengers in your vehicle, the amount of available cargo and luggage load capacity is 650 lbs. (1,400 - 750 (5 x 150) = 650 lbs.)
(5)Determine the combined weight of luggage and cargo being loaded on the vehicle. That weight may not safely exceed the available cargo and luggage load capacity calculated in step 4.
(6) If your vehicle will be towing a trailer, load from your trailer will be transferred to your vehicle. Consult this manual to determine how this reduces the available cargo and luggage load capacity of your vehicle.
uuBefore DrivinguMaximum Load Limit D
rivin g
1Maximum Load Limit
Towing a Trailer: See Towing a Trailer to determine whether your vehicle is designed to tow a trailer.
2 Towing a Trailer P. 430
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 429
In addition, the total weight of the vehicle, all occupants, accessories, cargo, and trailer tongue load must not exceed the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR) or the Gross Axle Weight Rating (GAWR). Both are on a label on the drivers doorjamb.
Load Limits Example
Example1
Max Load 1,173 lbs (532 kg)
Passenger Weight 150 lbs x 2 = 300 lbs (68 kg x 2 = 136 kg)
Cargo Weight 873 lbs
(396 kg)
Example2
Max Load 1,173 lbs (532 kg)
Passenger Weight 150 lbs x 5 = 750 lbs (68 kg x 5 = 340 kg)
Cargo Weight 423 lbs
(192 kg)
429
430
D rivin
g
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 430
Towing a Trailer
1Towing Load Limits
Check if all loads are within limits at a public scale. If a public scale is not available, add the estimated weight of your cargo load to the weight of your trailer (as quoted by the manufacturer), and then measure the tongue load with an appropriate scale or tongue gauge or estimate it based on cargo distribution.
Refer to the trailer owners manual for additional information.
Break-in Period Avoid towing a trailer during your vehicles first 600 miles (1,000 km).
Never exceed the gross weight ratings. Gross weight information
2 Vehicle Specifications P. 730
3WARNING Exceeding any load limit or improperly loading your vehicle and trailer can cause a crash in which you can be seriously hurt or killed.
Check the loading of your vehicle and trailer carefully before starting to drive.
Towing Preparation
Your vehicle can tow a trailer if you carefully observe the load limits, use the proper equipment, and follow the towing guidelines. Check the load limits before driving.
Total trailer weight Do not exceed the maximum allowable weight of the trailer, cargo, and everything in or on it shown in the table. Towing loads in excess of this can seriously affect vehicle handling and performance and can damage the engine and drivetrain.
Towing Load Limits
Total Load
uuTowing a TraileruTowing Preparation D
rivin g
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 431
Each weight limit is calculated based on the following conditions: Occupants fill seats from the front of the vehicle to the back Each occupant weighs 150 lbs (68 kg) Each occupant has 17.6 lbs (8 kg) of cargo in the cargo area Any additional weight, cargo or accessories reduce the maximum trailer weight and maximum tongue load.
Number of occupants
Models without turbo charger Models with turbo charger AWD models with
ATF cooler AWD models
without ATF cooler 2WD models
Models with ATF cooler
Models without ATF cooler
2 5,000 lbs (2,268 kg) 3,500 lbs (1,588 kg) 3,500 lbs (1,588 kg) 5,000 lbs (2,268 kg) 3,500 lbs (1,588 kg) 3 4,750 lbs (2,155 kg) 3,250 lbs (1,474 kg) 3,250 lbs (1,474 kg) 4,750 lbs (2,155 kg) 3,500 lbs (1,588 kg) 4 4,500 lbs (2,041 kg) 3,000 lbs (1,361 kg) 3,000 lbs (1,361 kg) 3,750 lbs (1,701 kg) 3,500 lbs (1,588 kg) 5 4,250 lbs (1,928 kg) 2,750 lbs (1,247 kg) 2,750 lbs (1,247 kg) 2,750 lbs (1,247 kg) 2,750 lbs (1,247 kg) 6 2,800 lbs (1,270 kg) 2,000 lbs (907 kg) 2,500 lbs (1,134 kg) 1,500 lbs (680 kg) 1,500 lbs (680 kg) 7 Towing not recommended
431Continued
432
uuTowing a TraileruTowing Preparation
D rivin
g
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 432
Tongue load The weight of the tongue with a fully loaded trailer on the hitch should be approximately: Boat trailers: 5 15% of the total trailer weight Other trailers: 10 15% of total trailer weight
Tongue LoadTongue L
Number of occupants
Models without turbo charger Models with turbo charger AWD models with or without ATF cooler
2WD models Models with ATF cooler Models without ATF cooler
2 500 lbs (227 kg) 350 lbs (159 kg) 500 lbs (227 kg) 350 lbs (159 kg) 3 450 lbs (204 kg) 325 lbs (147 kg) 475 lbs (216 kg) 350 lbs (159 kg) 4 350 lbs (159 kg) 300 lbs (136 kg) 375 lbs (170 kg) 350 lbs (159 kg) 5 250 lbs (113 kg) 220 lbs (100 kg) 275 lbs (125 kg) 275 lbs (125 kg) 6 140 lbs (64 kg) 100 lbs (45 kg) 150 lbs (68 kg) 150 lbs (68 kg) 7 Towing not recommended
uuTowing a TraileruTowing Preparation D
rivin g
1How to weigh the trailer loads using the public scale
Fully load the vehicle and trailer. An attendant who watches the scale is needed as all occupants should stay in the vehicle.
If a public scale is not available, add the estimated weight of your cargo load to the weight of your trailer (as quoted by the manufacturer), and then measure the tongue load with an appropriate scale or tongue gauge or estimate it based on cargo distribution.
Weight limit for Models without turbo charger 2WD models AWD models
Front gross axle 2,921 lbs (1,325 kg)
2,976 lbs (1,350 kg)
Gross vehicle 5,600 lbs (2,540 kg)
5,820 lbs (2,640 kg)
Rear gross axle 2,767 lbs (1,255 kg)
2,965 lbs (1,345 kg)
Gross combined 8,311 lbs (3,770 kg)
10,053 lbs (4,560 kg)
Weight limit for Models with turbo charger Front gross axle 3,097 lbs (1,405 kg)
Gross vehicle 6,085 lbs (2,760 kg) Rear gross axle 3,131 lbs (1,420 kg) Gross combined 10,284 lbs (4,665 kg)
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 433
How to weigh the trailer loads using the public scale Check each weight in the order indicated as shown. Refer to the table on the right for each weights limit except for the tongue load.
2 Tongue load P. 432
If you cannot weigh the rear axle, subtract 1 from 2. The maximum gross combined weight (4) decreases by 2% for every 1,000 feet
(305 meters) of elevation. To calculate the tongue load, subtract 5 from 6. Refer to the trailer owners manual for additional information.
1. Front gross axle weight.
2. Gross vehicle weight.
4. Gross combined weight.
3. Rear gross axle weight. 5. Hitched trailer weight. 6. Unhitched trailer weight.
Continued 433
uuTowing a TraileruTowing Preparation
434
D rivin
g
1Towing Equipment and Accessories
Make sure that all equipment is properly installed and maintained, and that it meets federal, state, province/ territory, and local regulations.
Consult your trailer maker for proper installation and setup of the equipment. Improper installation and setup can affect the handling, stability, and braking performance of your vehicle.
Consult your trailer sales or rental agency if any other items are recommended or required for your towing situation.
The lighting and wiring of trailers can vary by type and brand. If a connector is required, it should only be installed by a qualified technician.
Trailer packages and products: Ball mount, hitch plug, hitch pin etc. Wiring harness kit Trailer hitch kit (jumper harness included)
2 Trailer brakes P. 435 Are available at a dealer.
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 434
Towing generally requires a variety of supplemental equipment. To ensure the best quality, we recommend that you purchase Acura equipment whenever possible.
Towing Equipment and Accessories
uuTowing a TraileruTowing Preparation D
rivin g
1Trailer brakes
The 4-pin gray connector is located under the left side instrument panel.
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 435
Trailer brakes Recommended for any trailer with a total weight of 1,000 lbs (450 kg) or more: There are two common types of trailer brakes: surge and electric. Surge brakes are common for boat trailers, since the brakes will get wet. If you choose electric brakes, be sure they are electronically actuated. Do not attempt to attach trailer brakes to your vehicles hydraulic system, as it will lower braking effectiveness and create a potential hazard. The 4-pin gray connector installed in your vehicle has all of the circuits required to install most electric trailer brake controllers.
Have a qualified mechanic install your trailer brake controller following the trailer brake controller manufacturers instructions. Failure to properly install the trailer brake controller may increase the distance it takes for you to stop your vehicle when towing a trailer.
Electric Brake (Light Green)
Ground (Brown)
+B Electric Brake (Yellow) (20A)
Stop (Violet)
Trailer brake controller connectors terminals:
Continued 435
uuTowing a TraileruTowing Preparation
436
D rivin
g
1Trailer light
The trailer lighting connector is located behind the rear panel lining in the cargo area. Even if you are planning to use the non-Acura trailer lighting harness and converter, ask a dealer for the correct connector and pins.
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 436
Trailer light Trailer lights and equipment must comply with federal, state, province/territory, and local regulations. Check with your local trailer sales or rental agency for the requirements in the area where you plan to tow.
We recommend that you have a dealer install a Acura wiring harness and converter. They are designed for your vehicle.
Hitches Read the trailer manufacturers instructions, and select the appropriate draw bar for the height of the trailer you will be towing.
Weight distribution hitches Your vehicle is designed to tow without the need for a load distributing hitch. If you wish to use one, please consult your trailer maker for proper installation and set-up. Improper set-up could degrade the handling, stability, and braking performance of your vehicle.
Brake Diag
Pins wiring color codes and their purposes:
+B Back Up Cargo Light Rear Left Welcome Light Ground
Interior Light Cut Relay Out 2 Hands Free Access Signal Right Small Light Right Turn Signal
+B Trailer Back Light +B Trailer Small Light +B Trailer Hazard Light +B Trailer Charge
Electric Brake
Back Light
IG2 A/C
Left Turn Signal
uuTowing a TraileruTowing Preparation D
rivin g
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 437
Safety chains Always use safety chains when you tow a trailer. Leave enough slack to allow the trailer to turn corners easily, but do not allow the chains to drag on the ground.
Sway control This device can be used if your trailer tends to sway. Your trailer maker can tell you what kind of sway control you need and how to install it. Improper installation could degrade the handling and stability of your vehicle.
Trailer mirrors Many states, provinces and territories require special exterior mirrors when towing a trailer. Install special mirrors whenever you cannot clearly see behind you, or if the trailer creates a blind spot.
Automatic transmission cooler An additional ATF (automatic transmission fluid) cooler is required to keep the transmission from overheating when towing more than 3,500 lbs (1,588 kg). You can get the additional ATF cooler at a dealer.
AWD models
437
438
uuTowing a TraileruTrailer Stability Assist
D rivin
g
1Trailer Stability Assist
Trailer stability assist is not a function that prevents the vehicle and trailer from swaying. Avoid high speeds, abrupt steering, improper trailer load, and sudden braking to keep the trailer from swaying. When swayed too severely, the system becomes ineffective, and you may lose control of your vehicle, causing the trailer to roll over or get damaged.
2 Driving Safely with a Trailer P. 439
Trailer towing sway is caused by: Crosswinds Improper towbar down load Excessive Speed
The VSA system indicator blinks during the trailer stability assist operation.
2 VSA Operation P. 479
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 438
Trailer Stability Assist Helps to stabilize the vehicle and trailer when the trailer severely sways.
How trailer stability assist works When the vehicle and trailer become unstable while driving, trailer stability assist determines the cause. If the trailer oscillation is detected as the cause, and the swaying increases, the system applies the brakes or controls engine output to reduce vehicle speed. Both the vehicle and trailer brake lights come on automatically if you brake to reduce vehicle speed.
uuTowing a TraileruDriving Safely with a Trailer D
rivin g
1Driving Safely with a Trailer
Operating speed when towing a trailer must not exceed 62 mph (100 km/h).
Parking In addition to the normal precautions, place wheel chocks at each of the trailers tires.
Remember to unhitch the trailer before changing a flat tire. Ask the trailer sales or rental agency where and how to store the trailers spare tire.
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 439
Driving Safely with a Trailer
Have the trailer properly serviced and keep it in good condition. Make sure that all the weights and load in the vehicle and trailer are within limits.
2 Towing Load Limits P. 430
When towing more than 3,500 lbs (1,590 kg), use of gasoline with a pump octane number of 91 or higher is recommended. u Towing performance can be affected by high altitude, high temperature, or
steep uphill. Securely attach the hitch, safety chains, and other necessary parts to the trailer. Securely store all the items in and on the trailer so that they do not shift while
driving. Check if the lights and brakes on the trailer are working properly. Check the pressures of the trailer tires. Turn off the Auto Idle Stop system using the Auto Idle Stop OFF button. The
trailer weight can affect your vehicles brake effectiveness if Auto Idle Stop is activated on a hill while towing a trailer.
Turn off the rear parking sensor system. 2 Turning off All Rear Sensors P. 581
Turn off the Low Speed Braking Control system. It may activate if it detects the towed object as an obstacle.
2 System On and Off P. 509
Before hitching a trailer, set the EAS Leveling Control setting to Towing mode. When hitching the trailer, set the power mode to OFF.
2 Leveling Control P. 472
Things You Need To Know Before Towing a Trailer
Models with parking sensor system
Models with Low Speed Braking Control
Models with Electronic Air Suspension (EAS)
439Continued
uuTowing a TraileruTowing Behind a Motorhome
440
D rivin
g
1Towing Speeds and Gears
When towing a fixed-sided trailer (e.g., camper), do not exceed 55 mph (88 km/h). At higher speeds, the trailer may sway or affect vehicle handling.
1Driving in Hilly Terrain
If the automatic transmission fluid temperature exceeds the specified limit, the transmission will also automatically up shift, even in the sequential shift mode.
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 440
Drive slower than normal. Obey posted speed limits for vehicles with trailers. Use the (D position when towing a trailer on level roads.
Turn more slowly and with a wider turning arc than normal. Allow more time and distance for braking. Do not brake or turn suddenly.
Monitor your temperature gauge. If it nears the red (H) mark, turn off the climate control system and reduce speed. Pull to the side of the road safely to cool down the engine if necessary.
Change the shift position to (S position if the transmission shifts frequently.
If the vehicle tires slip when retrieving a boat from the water, keep the transmission in (D and do not use the sequential shift mode in (S . This prevents damage to the transmission.
Towing Behind a Motorhome Your vehicle is not designed to be towed behind a motor home. If your vehicle needs to be towed in an emergency, refer to the emergency towing information.
2 Emergency Towing P. 724
Towing Speeds and Gears
Turning and Braking
Driving in Hilly Terrain
Retrieving a Boat
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 441
Off-Highway Driving Guidelines
rivin g
1Off-Highway Driving Guidelines
Failure to operate your vehicle correctly might result in a crash or a rollover.
2 Important Handling Information P. 36 2 Precautions While Driving P. 449
Spinning the tires can also damage the SH-AWD system.
3WARNING Improperly operating this vehicle on or off- pavement can cause a crash or rollover in which you and your passengers could be seriously injured or killed.
Follow all instructions and guidelines in this owners manual.
Keep your speed low, and dont drive faster than conditions permit.
AWD models
General Information Your vehicle has been designed primarily for use on pavement, however, its higher ground clearance allows you to occasionally travel on unpaved roads. It is not designed for trail-blazing, or other challenging off-highway activities.
If you decide to drive on unpaved roads, you will find that it requires somewhat different driving skills and that your vehicle will handle somewhat differently than it does on pavement. Pay attention to the precautions and tips in this section, and get acquainted with your vehicle before leaving the pavement.
Important Safety Precautions To avoid loss of control or rollover, be sure to follow all precautions and recommendations: Be sure to store cargo properly and do not exceed your cargo load limits.
2 Maximum Load Limit P. 427
Whenever you drive, make sure you and your passengers always wear seat belts. Keep your speed low, and never go faster than the conditions allow. Its up to you to continually assess the situation and drive within the limits.
441
442
uuOff-Highway Driving GuidelinesuAvoiding Trouble
D rivin
g
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 442
Avoiding Trouble Check Out Your Vehicle before you leave the pavement and make sure that all
scheduled maintenance has been completed. Pay special attention to the condition of the tires, and check the tire pressures.
Remember the route you choose presents limits (too steep or bumpy), you have limits (driving skill and comfort), and your vehicle has limits (traction, stability, and power). Failing to recognize these limits will likely put you and your passengers in a hazardous situation.
Accelerating and Braking should be done slowly and gradually. Trying to start or stop too fast can cause a loss of traction and you could lose control.
Avoiding Obstacles and Debris in the road reduces the likelihood of a rollover or damage to your suspension or other components.
Driving on Slopes increases your risk of a rollover, particularly if you attempt to drive across a slope that is too steep. Going straight up or down a slope is usually the safest. If you cant clearly see all conditions or obstacles on a slope, walk it before you drive it. If there is any doubt whether you can safely pass, dont try it. Find another route. If you get stuck when climbing, do not try to turn around. Back down slowly following the same route you took up the hill.
Crossing a Stream - Avoid driving through deep water. If you encounter water in your route (a small stream or large puddle, for example), evaluate it carefully before going ahead. Make sure it is shallow, flowing slowly, and has firm ground underneath. If you are not sure of the depth or the ground, turn around and find another route. Driving through deep water can also damage your vehicle. The water can get into the transmission and differential, diluting the lubricant and causing an eventual failure. It can also wash the grease out of the wheel bearings.
If You Get Stuck, carefully go in the direction that you think will get you unstuck. Do not spin the tires as this will only make things worse and could damage the transmission. If you are unable to free yourself, your vehicle will need to be towed. Front tow hook is provided for this purpose.
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 443
When Driving
rivin g
1Starting the Engine
Keep your foot firmly on the brake pedal when starting the engine.
The engine is harder to start in cold weather and in thinner air found at altitudes above 8,000 feet (2,400 meters).
When starting the engine in cold weather, turn off all electrical accessories such as the lights, climate control system, and rear defogger in order to reduce battery drain.
If you live in a region where winter is extremely cold, an engine block heater will improve starting and warming of the engine. Consult a dealer for details.
If the exhaust system sounds abnormal or you can smell exhaust gas inside the vehicle, have your vehicle checked by a dealer. There may be a problem with the engine or exhaust system.
Bring the keyless access remote close to the ENGINE START/STOP button if the battery in the keyless access remote is weak.
2 If the Keyless Access Remote Battery is Weak P. 696
The engine may not start if the keyless access remote is subjected to strong radio waves.
Starting the Engine 1. Make sure the parking brake is applied. u The parking brake and brake system
indicator (red) comes on for 30 seconds when you press the electric parking brake switch.
2. Depress the brake pedal.
3. Press the ENGINE START/STOP button without depressing the accelerator pedal.
Electric Parking Brake Switch
Brake Pedal
443Continued
uuWhen DrivinguStarting the Engine
444
D rivin
g
1Starting the Engine
Do not hold the ENGINE START/STOP button to start the engine. If the engine does not start, wait at least 30 seconds before trying again.
The immobilizer system protects your vehicle from theft. If an improperly coded device is used, the engines fuel system is disabled.
2 Immobilizer System P. 161
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 444
uuWhen DrivinguStarting the Engine D
rivin g
1Remote Engine Start*
The remote engine start may violate local laws. Before using the remote engine start, check your local laws.
If there are buildings and obstacles between your vehicle and the remote, the range will be reduced. This distance may vary by external electrical interference.
3WARNING Carbon monoxide gas is toxic and can rapidly accumulate in closed or even partly enclosed areas.
Breathing it can cause unconsciousness and even kill you.
Never use the remote engine starter with the vehicle parked in a garage or other areas with limited ventilation.
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 445
You can remotely start the engine using the two-way keyless access remote from extended distances.
To start the engine
The engine runs for up to 10 minutes without you starting the vehicle. To extend the run time for another 10 minutes during the first run, press the button, then press and hold the button. u The amber LED blinks, then the green LED comes back on if a 10-minute
extension request was transmitted successfully. After pressing the button, wait for the green LED to blink. This indicates that the all the doors and the tailgate are locked.
Remote Engine Start*
Press the button, then press and hold the button.
Amber LED: Blinks when any button is pressed.
Continues to blink during a vehicle self check until the engine starts.
Go within the range, and try again.
Green LED: Comes on while the engine is running.
Red LED: Blinks when the remote is out of the keyless access system range.
Continued 445* Not available on all models
uuWhen DrivinguStarting the Engine
446
D rivin
g
1Remote Engine Start*
The engine may not start by the remote engine start if: You have disabled a remote engine start setting
using the audio/information screen. 2 Customized Features P. 351
The power mode is not in VEHICLE OFF (LOCK). The transmission is in a position other than (P. The hood is open, or any door or the tailgate is
unlocked. The 12-volt battery temp is too low or the 12-volt
battery charge is too low. You have already used the remote twice to start
the engine. Another registered keyless access remote is in the
vehicle. There is any antenna failure. The door is unlocked with the built-in key. The engine oil pressure is low. The engine coolant temperature is extremely high. The telematics unit malfunctions. The security system alarm is not set.
Before starting the engine, make sure to check the door lock status using the remote. When you press the button, wait for the green LED to blink. If the red LED turns on, the doors and tailgate did not lock, and the engine does not start.
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 446
To stop the engine
Press and hold the button for one second.
Go within the range, and try again.
Amber LED: Blinks when any button is pressed.
Red LED: Comes on for one second to let you
know that the engine has stopped.
Blinks when the remote is out of the keyless access system range. The engine will not stop.
* Not available on all models
uuWhen DrivinguStarting the Engine D
rivin g
1Remote Engine Start*
While the engine is running, the vehicle will automatically precondition inside the vehicle. When it is warm outside: The climate control system is activated in
recirculation mode. The seat ventilation* is activated. When it is cold outside: The defroster is activated at a moderately warm
temperature. The rear defogger and door mirror heaters are
activated. The seat heaters* and heated steering wheel* are
activated. 2 Heated Steering Wheel* P. 230 2 Front Seat Heaters and Ventilation*
P. 231
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 447
Continued 447* Not available on all models
uuWhen DrivinguStarting the Engine
448
D rivin
g
1Starting to Drive
You can also release the parking brake by pulling the electric parking brake switch while depressing the brake pedal. When facing downhill, you can start your vehicle more smoothly by manually releasing it with the electric parking brake switch than by releasing it with the accelerator pedal.
The engine stops when the transmission is taken out of (P before the ENGINE START/STOP button is pressed. Follow step 1 when starting to drive.
When the engine was started using the keyless access remote*
1Hill start assist system
Hill start assist may not prevent the vehicle from rolling downhill on a very steep or slippery slope, and will not operate on small inclines.
Hill start assist is not a replacement for the parking brake.
Hill start assist will operate even when VSA is switched off.
1Stopping the Engine
The power mode will automatically turn to VEHICLE OFF (LOCK) about 20 minutes after the following conditions have been met: A door has been opened, such as when leaving the
vehicle. The transmission is in (P. The drivers seat belt is not fastened.
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 448
1. Depress and hold the brake pedal, then press the ENGINE START/STOP button.
2. Keeping your right foot on the brake pedal, put the transmission into (D . Select (R when reversing.
3. With the parking brake applied, release the brake pedal and gently depress the accelerator pedal. u Make sure the parking brake and brake system indicator (red) goes off.
2 Parking Brake P. 567
Hill start assist system Hill start assist keeps the brake engaged briefly to help prevent the vehicle from rolling on inclines as you move your foot from the brake pedal to the accelerator.
Put the transmission into (D or (S when facing uphill, or (R when facing downhill, then release the brake pedal.
You can turn the engine off when the vehicle is completely stopped. 1. Put the transmission into (P . 2. Press the ENGINE START/STOP button.
Starting to Drive
Stopping the Engine
When the engine was started using the keyless access remote*
When the engine was started in any case
* Not available on all models
uuWhen DrivinguPrecautions While Driving D
rivin g
1Precautions While Driving
NOTICE Do not change the shift position while pressing the accelerator pedal. You could damage the transmission.
NOTICE If you repeatedly turn the steering wheel at an extremely low speed, or hold the steering wheel in the full left or right position for a while, the electric power steering (EPS) system heats up. The system goes into a protective mode, and limits its performance. The steering wheel becomes harder and harder to operate. Once the system cools down, the EPS system is restored. Repeated operation under these conditions can eventually damage the system.
If the power mode is set to ACCESSORY while driving, the engine will shut down and all steering and brake power assist functions will stop, making it difficult to control the vehicle.
Do not select (N while driving as you will lose engine braking (and acceleration) performance.
During the first 600 miles (1,000 km) of operation, avoid sudden acceleration or full throttle operation so as not to damage the engine or powertrain.
Avoid hard braking for the first 200 miles (300 km) after purchasing your new vehicle or replacing the brake pads or rotors, to allow for proper break-in.
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 449
Precautions While Driving
Utility vehicles have a significantly higher rollover rate than other types of vehicles. To prevent rollovers or loss of control: Take corners at slower speeds than you would with a passenger vehicle. Avoid sharp turns and abrupt maneuvers whenever possible. Do not modify your vehicle in any way that you would raise the center of gravity. Do not carry heavy cargo on the roof. Never carry more than 165 lbs (75 kg) of cargo on the roof rack (Acura accessory).
Avoid driving in deep water and on flooded roads. This can damage the engine or driveline, or cause electrical component failure.
Driving Guidelines for Your Utility Vehicle
In Rain
449Continued
uuWhen DrivinguAutomatic Transmission
450
D rivin
g
1Driving Guidelines for Your Utility Vehicle
Failure to operate your vehicle correctly might result in a crash or a rollover.
2 Important Handling Information P. 36 2 Precautions While Driving P. 449
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 450
If there is a strong impact with something under the vehicle, stop in a safe location. Check the underside of the vehicle for damage or any fluid leaks.
Automatic Transmission
When the engine runs at higher idle speeds, the creeping force increases. Keep the brake pedal firmly depressed when stopped.
Quickly depressing the accelerator pedal while driving uphill may cause the transmission to drop to a lower gear, unexpectedly increasing vehicle speed. Depress the accelerator pedal carefully, especially on slippery roads and curves.
Other Precautions
Creeping
Kickdown
uuWhen DrivinguShifting D
rivin g
1Shifting
To prevent malfunction and unintended engagement: Do not spill any liquids on or around shift buttons. Do not place or drop any objects on or around shift
buttons. Do not let passengers or children operate the shift
buttons.
The beeper sounds and the message appears on the driver information interface when you depress the accelerator pedal with the shift position in (N. Change the shift position to (D or (R with the brake pedal depressed.
3WARNING The vehicle can roll away if left unattended without confirming that Park is engaged.
A vehicle that rolls away could cause a crash resulting in serious injury or death.
Always keep your foot on the brake pedal until you have confirmed that (P is shown on the gear position indicator.
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 451
Shifting Change the shift position in accordance with your driving needs.
Shift positions
Park Used when parking or starting the engine Transmission is locked
Reverse Used when reversing
Neutral Transmission is not locked
Drive/S Position Each time you press the button, the mode switches between Drive and S Position mode. Used for:
Normal driving (gears change between 1st and 10th automatically)
Temporarily driving in the sequential mode
Automatically changing gears between 1st and 8th (8th gear is used only at high speed)
Driving in the sequential mode
D/S
Drive
S Position
451Continued
452
uuWhen DrivinguShifting
D rivin
g
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 452
(P (parking) button Park your vehicle in a safe place with the power mode in ON, then apply the brakes and press the (P button to put the transmission in Park. The indicators on the sides of the (P button come on.
(P Button
uuWhen DrivinguShifting D
rivin g
1Shift Operation
NOTICE When you change (D to (R and vice versa, come to a complete stop and keep the brake pedal depressed. Operating the shift button before the vehicle has come to a complete standstill can damage the transmission.
Use the gear position indicator and the shift button indicator to check the shift position before selecting a shift button.
If the indicator of the currently selected shift position, or all the gear position indicators are blinking simultaneously, there is a problem with the transmission. Avoid sudden acceleration and have the transmission checked by a dealer as soon as possible.
The fuel supply may be cut off if you drive at engine speeds in or over the tachometer red zone (engine speed limit). If this happens, you may experience a slight jolt.
When the engine speed is increased while the transmission is in (N, (P or (R, the fuel supply may be cut off even without the engine speed entering the tachometer red zone.
When shifting positions in extremely low temperatures (22F/30C), there may be a short delay before the shift is indicated in the display. Always confirm you are in the correct shift position before driving.
The beeper sounds once when you change to (R. 2 Customized Features P. 351
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 453
Shift Operation
Gear Position Indicator
Tachometer red zone
Press the (P button.
Pull back the (R button.
Press the (N button.
Press the button, the mode switches between Drive and S Position mode.
D/S
Shift Button Indicator
M (sequential mode) Indicator
Sequential Mode Gear Selection Indicator
Continued 453
uuWhen DrivinguShifting
454
D rivin
g
1When opening the drivers door
While the system is designed to automatically change the shift position to (P under the described conditions, in the interest of safety you should always select (P before opening the drivers door. Make sure to park the vehicle in a safe place.
2 When Stopped P. 576
If you want to drive the vehicle after the shift position has automatically changed to (P under the described conditions, close the door, fasten the seat belt, depress the brake pedal, then change the shift position.
If you leave the vehicle, turn off the engine and lock the doors.
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 454
When opening the drivers door If you open the drivers door under the following conditions, the shift position automatically changes to (P . The vehicle is stationary with the engine running, or moving at 1 mph (2 km/h) or
slower. The transmission is in other than (P. You have unfastened the driver side seat belt. u If you manually change the shift position from (P with the brake pedal
depressed, the shift position will automatically return to (P once you release the brake pedal.
When turning off the power mode If you turn the engine off while the vehicle is stationary, and the transmission is in other than (P , the shift position automatically changes to (P.
uuWhen DrivinguShifting D
rivin g
1If you want to keep the transmission in (N position [car wash mode]
Note that the transmission may not stay in (N position while any of the following indicators is on: Malfunction indicator lamp Transmission system indicator Charging system indicator The Charging System Problem message on the
driver information interface.
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 455
If you want to keep the transmission in (N position [car wash mode] With the engine running: 1. Press and hold the brake pedal. 2. Select (N, then release the button to display (N (Neutral) hold mode on the driver
information interface. 3. Press and hold (N again for two seconds. u This puts the vehicle in car wash mode which must be used when your vehicle
is pulled through a conveyor type automatic car wash where you or an attendant do not remain in the vehicle.
If the ENGINE START/STOP button is pressed after car wash mode has been activated, the power mode will change to ACCESSORY and a message will be displayed on the driver information interface. u For 15 minutes the shift position remains
in (N with the power mode in ACCESSORY. After that, the position automatically changes to (P and the power mode changes to OFF.
u Manually changing to (P cancels ACCESSORY mode. The (P indicator comes on and the power mode changes to OFF. You must always shift to (P when car wash mode is no longer needed.
Continued 455
456
uuWhen DrivinguShifting
D rivin
g
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 456
Restrictions on selecting a shift position You cannot select a shift position under certain circumstances that may lead to a crash.
When the transmission is in:
1. Under these circumstances: 2. If you try to change to the following:
3. The shift position remains in/changes to:
How to change the shift position
(P
The brake pedal is not depressed.
Other shift position
(P
Release the accelerator pedal and depress the brake pedal.
The accelerator pedal is depressed.
(N
The vehicle is moving at low speed without the brake pedal depressed.
(N
The vehicle is moving at low speed with the accelerator pedal depressed.
(N, (D or (S The vehicle is moving forward. (R Stop your vehicle in a safe place, depress the brake pedal, and select the appropriate shift position.
(R or (N The vehicle is moving backward. (D, (S
(R , (N, (D or (S The vehicle is moving. (P
uuWhen DrivinguShifting D
rivin g
1Sequential Mode
The sequential mode may be canceled if the Dynamic Mode is changed to another dynamic mode.
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 457
Use the paddle shifters to change between 1st and 10th gears without releasing your hands from the steering wheel. The transmission will switch to the sequential mode.
When the transmission is in (D : The vehicle will go into the sequential mode momentarily, and the sequential mode gear selection indicator will come on. When the vehicle goes into the sequential mode by (- paddle shifter and the lower gear is available, the transmission properly selects single or double gear change.
Once you start traveling at a constant speed, the sequential mode will automatically switch off, and the sequential mode gear selection indicator will go off.
Hold the (+ paddle shifter for two seconds or push the button to return to normal drive.
When the transmission is in (S
The vehicle will go into the sequential mode, and the M (sequential mode) indicator and sequential mode gear selection indicator will come on. If the vehicle speed increases and the engine speed reaches near the tachometer red zone, the transmission automatically shifts up to the next gear. You can cancel this mode by holding the (+ paddle shifter for two seconds or pushing the button. When the sequential mode is canceled, the sequential mode indicator and sequential mode gear selection indicator go off.
Sequential Mode
D/S
D/S
Continued 457
uuWhen DrivinguShifting
458
D rivin
g
1Sequential Mode Operation
Each paddle shift operation makes a single or double gear change. To change gears continuously, release the paddle shifter before pulling it again for the next gear.
If the sequential mode gear selection indicator blinks when you try to shift up or down, this means your vehicle speed is not in its allowable gear range or the protection of transmission system is necessary. Slightly accelerate to shift up and decelerate to shift down while the indicator is blinking.
When the transmission is in (S and SPORT, SPORT+* or INDIVIDUAL mode, to prioritize the engine performance enhancement, the transmission may not allow for shifting up while the engine speed is low.
Sequential Mode Gear Selection Indicator
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 458
Sequential Mode Operation
Downshifting when pulling the paddle shifter. (Changes to a lower gear)
Upshifting when pulling the paddle shifter. (Changes to a higher gear)
Paddle Shifter (Shift down)
Paddle Shifter (Shift up)
* Not available on all models
uuWhen DrivinguAcura Integrated Dynamics System D
rivin g
1Acura Integrated Dynamics System
The mode may not be able to be change when: The vehicle is turning The VSA system is activating There is a problem with the engine, transmission,
the brake system, the VSA, the EPS, the Active Damper System*, the Electronic Air Suspension (EAS)*, or the SH-AWD*
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 459
Acura Integrated Dynamics System Modifies the dynamic character of the vehicle. Turn the Dynamic Mode switch to select LIFT*, SNOW, COMFORT, NORMAL, SPORT or SPORT+*. Press the button to select INDIVIDUAL. The mode you have selected appears on the audio/ information screen.
459Continued* Not available on all models
460
uuWhen DrivinguAcura Integrated Dynamics System
D rivin
g
COMFORT Mode
SNOW Mode
SPORT Mode
NORMAL Mode
LIFT Mode*
SPORT+ Mode*
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 460
Selecting the Dynamic Mode
Audio/information interface
INDIVIDUAL Setting screen 2 P. 465
Changing modes alters the screen on the driver information interface.
Dynamic Mode Switch
Turn
Push
Press and hold
Press the or button on the True Touchpad Interface 2 Audio System Basic Operation P.250
Button
Turn and hold
* Not available on all models
uuWhen DrivinguAcura Integrated Dynamics System D
rivin g
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 461
Mode descriptions Each mode has been crafted for different driving styles according to the following chart.
*1:Interior accent light only available if equipped. Interior accent light changes with Dynamic Mode only when Accent Light Theme is set to Dynamic Mode. 2 Customized Features P. 351 2 Lighting area of the accent light P. 464
*2:Different gauges will display based on the Acura Integrated Dynamics System mode. 2 Instrument Panel P. 13
Mode Function Accent Light Color*1 Instrument Panel Gauges Shown*2
LIFT* Maximum ride height selected to provide additional clearance for occasional obstacles
2 Electronic Air Suspension (EAS)* P. 467 When in Lift, the Auto Idle Stop System will stay disabled regardless of the Auto Idle Stop OFF button
2 Auto Idle Stop P. 473
White Tachometer, Speedometer
SNOW Maximizes controllability through powertrain settings. When in Snow, the Auto Idle Stop System will stay disabled regardless of the Auto Idle Stop OFF button
2 Auto Idle Stop P. 473
White Tachometer, Speedometer
COMFORT Maximizes driver comfort through decreased steering effort, decreased active sound control, and reduced ride firmness (if Active Damper System and EAS is equipped)
Blue No analog gauges
NORMAL Balanced response for everyday use White Tachometer, Speedometer
461Continued* Not available on all models
462
uuWhen DrivinguAcura Integrated Dynamics System
D rivin
g
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 462
*1:Interior accent light only available if equipped. Interior accent light changes with Dynamic Mode only when Accent Light Theme is set to Dynamic Mode. 2 Customized Features P. 351 2 Lighting area of the accent light P. 464
*2:Different gauges will display based on the Acura Integrated Dynamics System mode. 2 Instrument Panel P. 13
Mode Function Accent Light Color*1 Instrument Panel Gauges Shown*2
SPORT Enhances vehicle response through increased steering effort, heightened throttle response, increased active sound control, more responsive ride and handling with Active Damper System*, EAS*, and SH-AWD*. When in SPORT, the Auto Idle Stop System will stay disabled regardless of the Auto Idle Stop OFF button
2 Auto Idle Stop P. 473
Red Power Monitor or Boost Gauge, Tachometer, Speedometer
SPORT+* Further enhances vehicle response for performance driving through increased throttle response and maximized active sound control.
Red Enhanced Boost Gauge, Tachometer, Speedometer
INDIVIDUAL Each category can be customized separately to suit the drivers preference
2 Customizing the INDIVIDUAL Settings P. 465
Blue, white, or red 2 Customizing the
INDIVIDUAL Settings P. 465
Follows COMFORT, NORMAL, or SPORT and is customized in the INDIVIDUAL Settings
2 Customizing the INDIVIDUAL Settings P. 465
* Not available on all models
uuWhen DrivinguAcura Integrated Dynamics System D
rivin g
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 463
Next start-up mode The mode for the next start-up is saved according to the following chart. Each keyless access remote has its own mode saved.
*1:Interior accent light only available if equipped. Interior accent light changes with Dynamic Mode only when Accent Light Theme is set to Dynamic Mode. 2 Customized Features P. 351 2 Lighting area of the accent light P. 464
Last Dynamic Mode Next Dynamic Mode Welcome Accent Light Color*1
COMFORT COMFORT Blue
LIFT*, SNOW, NORMAL, SPORT or SPORT+*
NORMAL White
INDIVIDUAL (via COMFORT) COMFORT Blue
INDIVIDUAL (via LIFT*, SNOW, NORMAL, SPORT or SPORT+*)
NORMAL White
463Continued* Not available on all models
464
uuWhen DrivinguAcura Integrated Dynamics System
D rivin
g
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 464
Lighting area of the accent light Interior accent light only available if equipped. Interior accent light changes with Dynamic Mode only when Accent Light Theme is set to Dynamic Mode.
2 Customized Features P. 351
*1: Accent lighting area may vary by model trim
Lighting Area of the Accent Light*1
uuWhen DrivinguAcura Integrated Dynamics System D
rivin g
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 465
You can customize the INDIVIDUAL settings linked to your current keyless access remote. Each keyless access remote has its own settings. 1. Push and hold the button to enter INDIVIDUAL mode and open the INDIVIDUAL settings.
2 Selecting the Dynamic Mode P. 460
2. Highlight the setting category icon and click the A-zone touchpad to display the setting screen. 3. Highlight the desired setting and click the A-zone touchpad to change the setting. u Press the button to return to INDIVIDUAL settings screen. u Press the button to return to the audio/information screen.
2 True Touchpad Interface P. 251
Customizing the INDIVIDUAL Settings
Swipe to highlight the setting category icon and click the A-zone touchpad
INDIVIDUAL Setting screen When Engine is selected
Button
Current setting
465Continued
466
uuWhen DrivinguAcura Integrated Dynamics System
D rivin
g
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 466
*1:Interior accent light only available if equipped. Interior accent light changes with Dynamic Mode only when Accent Light Theme is set to Dynamic Mode. 2 Customized Features P. 351 2 Lighting area of the accent light P. 464
*2:Suspension category only available if Active Damper System, EAS, or SH-AWD is equipped.
Category Description
Engine Select COMFORT, NORMAL, or SPORT for the engine throttle response and transmission shift response
Steering Select COMFORT, NORMAL, or SPORT for the steering effort
Suspension*2 Select COMFORT, NORMAL, or SPORT for ride and/or handling: The suspension stiffness with the Active Damper System (if equipped) The vehicle height changes with the EAS (if equipped) The power distribution to the wheels with SH-AWD (if equipped)
Idle Stop Set the Auto Idle Stop system to Enabled or Disabled. While Idle Stop is Disabled in INDIVIDUAL mode, the Auto Idle Stop System will stay disabled regardless of the Auto Idle Stop OFF button
2 Auto Idle Stop P. 473
Gauge Select COMFORT, NORMAL or SPORT to set the gauges to be displayed
Lighting*1 Set the interior accent lighting. COMFORT for blue, NORMAL for white, and SPORT for red
Reset to Default Engine, Steering, Suspension, Gauge, and Lighting is set to Normal, and Idle Stop is set to Enabled
uuWhen DrivinguElectronic Air Suspension (EAS)* D
rivin g
1Electronic Air Suspension (EAS)*
NOTICE When parking or changing Dynamic Mode, Parked Height settings, or Leveling Control settings, make sure there are no obstacles above or under the vehicle.
NOTICE A message will display when the vehicle height has been lowered significantly. If you drive while this message is displayed, you may damage the underside of the vehicle when driving on uneven pavement such as curbs and potholes. It may take at least 10 minutes after starting the engine to return to a vehicle height within the normal operating range. If you enter the vehicle or load luggage while this message is displayed, it may take longer for it to return.
If your vehicle is parked for an extended period, the EAS will lose some air.
The vehicle height when parked may naturally change in the following situations: The ambient temperature has changed. When loading and unloading luggage. The EAS has lost some air. When the engine is started, the EAS automatically moves your vehicle to the target vehicle height.
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 467
Electronic Air Suspension (EAS)*
Improves passenger comfort and driving performance by adjusting the vehicle height while driving. You can also improve the ease of entering and exiting the vehicle and change its appearance when parked by customizing the parked height. Auto Leveling Driving Vehicle Height Adjustment Parked Height
467Continued* Not available on all models
uuWhen DrivinguElectronic Air Suspension (EAS)*
468
D rivin
g
1Electronic Air Suspension (EAS)*
If the vehicle height is changed repeatedly, the system will turn off temporarily as a protective measure. If it turns off frequently, contact your Acura dealer.
You may hear noises coming from the lower part of the vehicle and the engine compartment while the vehicle height is being adjusted or the system is being maintained.
Vehicle height adjustment may stop temporarily if the doors or the tailgate are opened during operation.
The EAS may continue to operate even after the engine is turned off.
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 468
* Not available on all models
uuWhen DrivinguElectronic Air Suspension (EAS)* D
rivin g
1Vehicle Height Display
The Dynamic Lift Mode Indicator remains on when in LIFT mode.
1Auto Leveling
Auto Leveling status is not displayed on the driver information interface.
Auto Leveling will not activate while the engine is turned off by the Auto Idle Stop.
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 469
The current vehicle height is displayed as follows:
High: Approx. 50mm higher than base height Mid: Approx. 30 mm higher that base height Base: Base height Low: Approx. 15mm lower than base height
The Dynamic Lift Mode Indicator turns on while the suspension is being adjusted. The target vehicle height is shown using the arrows .
When the engine is started, the vehicle automatically adjusts the vehicle height to the target height so that it stays level when entering or exiting the vehicle, loading luggage, or when the fuel level is low.
Vehicle Height Display
Dynamic Lift Mode Indicator
Auto Leveling
Continued 469
uuWhen DrivinguElectronic Air Suspension (EAS)*
470
D rivin
g
1Driving mode
When the power mode is set to ON, the target vehicle height is set to the base height even if SPORT+, SPORT, or LIFT mode was previously selected. Once you begin to drive, the vehicle height is adjusted. If you dont want the vehicle height to change, you need to change Dynamic Mode to the mode previously selected.
When INDIVIDUAL mode is selected, the vehicle height set in Suspension settings is used.
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 470
The vehicle height changes when the Dynamic Mode is changed. The vehicle height is automatically adjusted to maintain the target height according to the speed of the vehicle.
2 Acura Integrated Dynamics System P. 459
Driving Vehicle Height Adjustment
Dynamic Mode Vehicle Height
LIFT The vehicle height is set to High when stopped. As the vehicle speed increases, the vehicle height will decrease in stages. Once the vehicle exceeds a certain speed, the vehicle height will reach Low. As the vehicles speed decreases, it will gradually return to the original height.
SNOW COMFORT NORMAL
The vehicle height is set to Base when stopped. Once the vehicle exceeds a certain speed, the vehicle height changes to Low. It then returns to the original height once the speed of the vehicle decreases.
SPORT SPORT+
The vehicle height is set to Low in all conditions.
uuWhen DrivinguElectronic Air Suspension (EAS)* D
rivin g
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 471
You can change the parked vehicle height to improve the ease of entry and exit into the vehicle and customize the appearance of the vehicle when parked. The vehicle height will change to the set height when the shift position is set to (P .
2 Customized Features P. 351
Parked Height
Setting Explanation
High The vehicle height is about 50mm higher than base height when parked.
Auto The vehicle height adjusts based on the Integrated Dynamic System mode.
Low The vehicle height is about 15mm lower than base height when parked.
471Continued
uuWhen DrivinguElectronic Air Suspension (EAS)*
472
D rivin
g
1Leveling Control
Leveling Control automatically changes from OFF to ON when the vehicle is moving at a speed of 6 mph (10 km/h) or higher.
To set leveling control to Towing Mode before attaching the trailer to ensure proper trailer setup.
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 472
You should change the system settings depending on the situation. 2 Customized Features P. 351
The system may not operate correctly in the following conditions: There is not enough air in the suspension. Movement of the suspension is restricted by snow, ice, etc. The vehicle is tilting heavily. When driving on an uneven or very bumpy road. The vehicle is moving or turning at a high speed. The battery is too low.
Leveling Control
Setting Explanation
ON Used when driving normally. The vehicle height changes depending on the Dynamic Mode.
OFF Used when raising the vehicle with a jack, such as during a tire change, or when emergency towing is required.
2 Changing a Flat Tire P. 661 2 Emergency Towing P. 724
The vehicle height is locked to the one in use when the setting is changed and turns off Auto Leveling.
Towing Mode Used when towing a trailer. The vehicle height is locked to the base height regardless of Dynamic Mode.
EAS Conditions and Limitations
uuWhen DrivinguAuto Idle Stop D
rivin g
1Auto Idle Stop
The 12-volt battery installed in this vehicle is specifically designed for a model with Auto Idle Stop. Using a 12-volt battery other than this specified type may shorten the 12-volt battery life, and prevent Auto Idle Stop from activating. If you need to replace the 12-volt battery, make sure to select the specified type. Ask a dealer for more details.
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 473
Auto Idle Stop To help maximize fuel economy, the engine automatically stops when the vehicle comes to a stop, depending on environmental and vehicle operating conditions. The indicator (green) comes on at this time.
The environmental and vehicle conditions that impact Auto Idle Stop system operation are varied.
2 Auto Idle Stop Activates When: P. 475, 476
The engine then restarts once the vehicle is about to move again, and the indicator (green) goes off.
2 The Engine Automatically Restarts When: P. 477
The Auto Idle Stop suspend indicator comes on and a message appears on the driver information interface when the Auto Idle Stop system cannot be activated.
2 Indicators P. 86 2 Auto Idle Stop System ON/OFF P. 474
If the drivers door is opened while the indicator (green) comes on, a buzzer sounds to notify you that the Auto Idle Stop function is in operation.
A message associated with Auto Idle Stop appears on the driver information interface.
2 Indicators P. 86
Auto Idle Stop Indicator (Green)
Auto Idle Stop Suspend Indicator
473Continued
uuWhen DrivinguAuto Idle Stop
474
D rivin
g
1Auto Idle Stop System ON/OFF
If you turn off the Auto Idle Stop system while it is activated, the engine will restart.
2 Auto Idle Stop Activates When: P. 475
If you hold the Auto Idle Stop OFF button, you can disable idle stop messages.
2 Indicators P. 86
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 474
To turn the Auto Idle Stop system off, press this button. The Auto Idle Stop system stops. u Auto Idle Stop system will stop, the
indicator will come on and a message appears on the driver information interface.
The Auto Idle Stop system is turned on every time you start the engine, even if you turned it off the last time you drove the vehicle.
Auto Idle Stop System ON/OFF
Auto Idle Stop OFF Indicator
Auto Idle Stop OFF Button
uuWhen DrivinguAuto Idle Stop D
rivin g
1Auto Idle Stop Activates When:
Do not open the hood while the Auto Idle Stop function is activated. If the hood is opened, the engine will not restart automatically.
In this case, restart the engine with the ENGINE START/STOP button.
2 Starting the Engine P. 443
When ACC with Low Speed Follow is in operation, the vehicle stops without depressing the brake pedal and Auto Idle Stop may activate. In such cases, the engine may restart if you change the shift position other than (D.
Pressing the ENGINE START/STOP button causes the engine to no longer restart automatically. Follow the standard procedure to start the engine.
2 Starting the Engine P. 443
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 475
The vehicle stops with the shift position in (D and the brake pedal depressed. When you put the transmission into (P , the Auto Idle Stop continues to operate, even if the brake pedal is released. u If you depress the brake pedal, the engine may automatically restart.
Auto Idle Stop does not activate when: The Auto Idle Stop OFF button is pressed. The drivers seat belt is not fastened. The engine is not adequately warmed up or coolant temperature is high. The transmission fluid temperature is low or high. The vehicle comes to a stop again before the vehicle speed reaches 3 mph (5
km/h) after the engine starts. The vehicle is stopped on a steep incline. The transmission is in a position other than (D . The engine is started with the hood open. u Turn off the engine. Close the hood before you restart the engine to activate
Auto Idle Stop. The battery charge is low. The internal temperature of the battery is 14F (10C). or less. The climate control system is in use, and the outside temperature is below 4F
(20C) or over 104F (40C). The climate control system is in use, and the temperature is set to the Hi or Lo. is ON (indicator on). The Integrated Dynamics System mode is changed to LIFT*, SNOW, SPORT or
SPORT+* mode. The Auto Idle Stop is set to off on INDIVIDUAL setting screen.
2 Customizing the INDIVIDUAL Settings P. 465
Auto Idle Stop Activates When:
Continued 475* Not available on all models
476
uuWhen DrivinguAuto Idle Stop
D rivin
g
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 476
Auto Idle Stop may not activate when: The vehicle is stopped by braking suddenly. The steering wheel is operated. The fan speed is high. The climate control system is in use, and there is a significant difference between
the set temperature and the actual interior temperature. The climate control system is in use, and humidity in the interior is high.
uuWhen DrivinguAuto Idle Stop D
rivin g
1The Engine Automatically Restarts When:
If you are using an electronic device during Auto Idle Stop, the device may temporarily be turned off when the engine restarts.
1The engine restarts even if the brake pedal is depressed*1 when:
*1: With the automatic brake hold system activated, you can release the brake pedal while Auto Idle Stop is in operation. If the automatic brake hold system has been turned off, or if there is a problem with the system, the engine will restart automatically when you release the brake pedal.
2 Automatic Brake Hold P. 572
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 477
The brake pedal is released (without the automatic brake hold system activated). The accelerator pedal is depressed (with the automatic brake hold system
activated). 2 Automatic Brake Hold P. 572
The engine restarts even if the brake pedal is depressed*1 when: The Auto Idle Stop OFF button is pressed. The steering wheel is operated. The transmission is put into (R or (S , or when it is set from (N to (D . u If you put the transmission into (P after the Auto Idle Stop activates, the Auto
Idle Stop continues to operate. In this case, the engine restarts when you depress the brake pedal.
The pressure on the brake pedal is reduced and the vehicle starts moving while stopped on an incline.
The brake pedal is released slightly during a stop. The battery charge becomes low. The accelerator pedal is depressed. The drivers seat belt is unlatched. is ON (indicator on). The climate control system is in use, and the difference between the set
temperature and actual interior temperature becomes significant. The climate control system is being used to dehumidify the interior. The vehicle ahead of you starts again when your vehicle stops automatically with
ACC with Low Speed Follow. The Integrated Dynamics System mode is changed to LIFT*, SNOW, SPORT or
SPORT+* mode. The Auto Idle Stop is set to off on INDIVIDUAL setting screen.
2 Customizing the INDIVIDUAL Settings P. 465
The Engine Automatically Restarts When:
Continued 477* Not available on all models
478
uuWhen DrivinguAuto Idle Stop
D rivin
g
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 478
Briefly keeps the brake applied after releasing the brake pedal to restart the engine. This can keep your vehicle from unexpectedly moving while on an incline.
Starting Assist Brake Function
uuWhen DrivinguVehicle Stability AssistTM (VSA), aka Electronic Stability Control (ESC), System D
rivin g
1Vehicle Stability AssistTM (VSA), aka Electronic Stability Control (ESC), System
The VSA may not function properly if tire type and size are mixed. Make sure to use the same size and type of tire, and the air pressures as specified.
When the VSA system indicator comes on and stays on while driving, there may be a problem with the system. While this may not interfere with normal driving, have your vehicle checked by a dealer immediately.
VSA cannot enhance stability in all driving situations and does not control the entire braking system. You still need to drive and corner at speeds appropriate for the conditions and always leave a sufficient margin of safety.
The main function of the VSA system is generally known as Electronic Stability Control (ESC). The system also includes a traction control function.
The vehicle stability assistTM (VSA) system, adaptive cruise control (ACC) with low speed follow, safety support and low tire pressure/TPMS indicators may come on in amber along with a message in the driver information interface when you set the power mode to ON after reconnecting the battery. Drive a short distance at more than 12 mph (20 km/h). Each indicator should go off. If any do not, have your vehicle checked by a dealer.
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 479
Vehicle Stability AssistTM (VSA), aka Electronic Stability Control (ESC), System VSA helps to stabilize the vehicle during cornering if the vehicle turns more or less than what was intended. It also assists in maintaining traction on slippery surfaces. It does so by regulating engine output and selectively applying the brakes.
When VSA activates, you may notice that the engine does not respond to the accelerator. You may also notice some noise from the hydraulic brake system. You will also see the indicator blink.
VSA Operation
VSA System Indicator
479Continued
uuWhen DrivinguVehicle Stability AssistTM (VSA), aka Electronic Stability Control (ESC), System
480
D rivin
g
1Vehicle Stability AssistTM (VSA), aka Electronic Stability Control (ESC), System
In certain unusual conditions when your vehicle gets stuck in shallow mud or fresh snow, it may be easier to free it with the VSA temporarily switched off.
When the button is pressed, the traction control function becomes less effective. This allows for the wheels to spin more freely at low speed. You should only attempt to free your vehicle with the VSA off if you are not able to free it when the VSA is on.
Immediately after freeing your vehicle, be sure to switch VSA on again. We do not recommend driving your vehicle with the VSA system switched off.
You may hear a motor sound coming from the engine compartment while system checks are being performed immediately after starting the engine or while driving. This is normal.
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 480
This button is on the driver side control panel. To partially disable VSA functionality/ features, press and hold it until you hear a beep.
Your vehicle will have normal braking and cornering ability, but traction control function will be less effective.
To restore VSA functionality/features, press
the (VSA OFF) button until you hear a beep.
VSA is turned on every time you start the engine, even if you turned it off the last time you drove the vehicle.
VSA On and Off
VSA OFF Indicator
uuWhen DrivinguAgile Handling Assist D
rivin g
1Agile Handling Assist
The agile handling assist cannot enhance stability in all driving situations. You still need to drive and corner at speeds appropriate for the conditions and always leave a sufficient margin of safety.
When the VSA system indicator comes on and stays on while driving, the agile handling assist does not activate.
You may hear a sound coming from the engine compartment while the agile handling assist is activated. This is normal.
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 481
Agile Handling Assist Lightly brakes each of the front and rear wheels, as needed, when you turn the steering wheel, and helps support the vehicles stability and performance during cornering.
481
482
uuWhen DrivinguSuper Handling-All Wheel DriveTM (SH-AWD)*
D rivin
g
1Super Handling-All Wheel DriveTM (SH-AWD)*
The SH-AWD system may not function properly if tire type and size are mixed. Make sure to use the same size and type of tire, and the air pressures as specified.
2 Tire and Wheel Replacement P. 642
Do not continuously spin the front tires of your vehicle. Continuously spinning the front tires can cause damage to the transmission and SH-AWD unit.
If AWD temperature too hot. Do not drive. Idle engine to allow system to cool. message appears on the driver information interface while driving, it indicates the differential temperature is too high. If this happens, pull to the side of the road when it is safe, change the shift position to (P, and idle the engine until the indicator goes out.
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 482
Super Handling-All Wheel DriveTM (SH-AWD)*
The system controls and transfers varying amounts of engine torque to each wheel in accordance with the driving conditions.
SH-AWD helps to enhance driving stability, and lets you handle situations like slippery surfaces, such as on wet, icy, or snowy roads, better than when driving with two wheel drive. However, the system does not help to enhance braking. Be precautious about the following: It is still your responsibility to drive safely when you steer, accelerate, and apply
brakes. Leave a sufficient margin when braking on slippery surfaces.
* Not available on all models
uuWhen DrivinguTire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) with Tire Fill Assist D
rivin g
1Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) with Tire Fill Assist
Conditions such as low ambient temperature and altitude change directly affect tire pressure and can trigger the low tire pressure/TPMS indicator to come on.
2 If the Low Tire Pressure/TPMS Indicator Comes On or Blinks P. 711
Tire pressure checked and inflated in: Warm weather can become under-inflated in
colder weather. Cold weather can become overinflated in warmer
weather. The low tire pressure/TPMS indicator will not come on as a result of overinflation.
Only use genuine TPMS specified wheels since your vehicles wheels are equipped with the low tire pressure/TPMS sensor. If you drive your vehicle without the genuine TPMS specified wheels, the low tire pressure/TPMS indicator blinks for one minutes and then stays on.
2 Tire and Wheel Replacement P. 642
The TPMS audibly and visually informs you of changes in tire pressure of the individual tire that you are adjusting using audible and visual indications.
If a change in tire pressure has been significant, the system beeps and the hazard lights flash continuously for five seconds when the specified tire pressure is reached. Stop filling the tire.
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 483
Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) with Tire Fill Assist
Monitors the tire pressure while you are driving. If your vehicles tire pressure becomes significantly low, the low tire pressure/TPMS indicator comes on and a message appears on the driver information interface.
Low Tire Pressure/ TPMS Indicator
483Continued
uuWhen DrivinguTire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) with Tire Fill Assist
484
D rivin
g
1Tire Pressure Monitor
The pressure displayed on the driver information interface can be slightly different from the actual pressure as measured by a gauge. If there is a significant difference between the two values, or if the low tire pressure/TPMS indicator and the message on the driver information interface do not go off after you have inflated the tire to the specified pressure, have the system checked by a dealer.
Tire pressure monitor system problem. Check tire pressure. See your dealer. may appear if you drive with the compact spare tire*, or there is a problem with the TPMS.
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 484
To select the tire pressure monitor, set the power mode to ON, and roll the right selector wheel until you see the tire pressure screen.
Tire pressure for each tire is displayed in psi.
Tire pressures low is displayed when a tire has significantly low pressure. The specific tire is displayed on the screen.
Tire Pressure Monitor
* Not available on all models
uuWhen DrivinguTire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) - Required Federal Explanation D
rivin g
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 485
Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) - Required Federal Explanation Each tire, including the spare (if provided), should be checked monthly when cold and inflated to the inflation pressure recommended by the vehicle manufacturer on the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure label.
(If your vehicle has tires of a different size than the size indicated on the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure label, you should determine the proper tire inflation pressure for those tires.)
As an added safety feature, your vehicle has been equipped with a tire pressure monitoring system (TPMS) that illuminates a low tire pressure telltale
when one or more of your tires is significantly under-inflated.
Accordingly, when the low tire pressure telltale illuminates, you should stop and check your tires as soon as possible, and inflate them to the proper pressure.
Driving on a significantly under-inflated tire causes the tire to overheat and can lead to tire failure. Under-inflation also reduces fuel efficiency and tire tread life, and may affect the vehicles handling and stopping ability.
485Continued
486
uuWhen DrivinguTire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) - Required Federal Explanation
D rivin
g
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 486
Please note that the TPMS is not a substitute for proper tire maintenance, and it is the drivers responsibility to maintain correct tire pressure, even if under-inflation has not reached the level to trigger illumination of the TPMS low tire pressure telltale.
Your vehicle has also been equipped with a TPMS malfunction indicator to indicate when the system is not operating properly. The TPMS malfunction indicator is combined with the low tire pressure telltale. When the system detects a malfunction, the telltale will flash for approximately one minute and then remain continuously illuminated. This sequence will continue upon subsequent vehicle start-ups as long as the malfunction exists.
When the malfunction indicator is illuminated, the system may not be able to detect or signal low tire pressure as intended.
TPMS malfunctions may occur for a variety of reasons, including the installation of replacement or alternate tires or wheels on the vehicle that prevent the TPMS from functioning properly.
Always check the TPMS malfunction telltale after replacing one or more tires or wheels on your vehicle to ensure that the replacement or alternate tires and wheels allow the TPMS to continue to function properly.
uuWhen DrivinguBlind spot information System D
rivin g
1Blind spot information System
Important Safety Reminder Like all assistance systems, blind spot information system has limitations. Overreliance on blind spot information system may result in a collision.
The blind spot information system alert indicator may not come on under the following conditions: A vehicle does not stay in the alert zone for more
than two seconds. A vehicle is parked in a side lane. The speed difference between your vehicle and the
vehicle you are passing is greater than 6 mph (10 km/h).
An object not detected by the radar sensors approaches or passes your vehicle.
A vehicle running in the adjacent lane is a motorcycle or other small vehicle.
3WARNING Failure to visually confirm that it is safe to change lanes before doing so may result in a crash and serious injury or death. Do not rely only on the blind spot information system when changing lanes.
Always look in your mirrors, to either side of your vehicle, and behind you for other vehicles before changing lanes.
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 487
Blind spot information System Is designed to detect vehicles in specified alert zones adjacent to your vehicle, particularly in harder to see areas commonly known as blind spots.
When the system detects vehicles approaching from behind in adjacent lanes, the appropriate indicator comes on for a few seconds, providing assistance when you change lanes.
How the system works
Alert zone range A: Approx. 1.6 ft. (0.5 m) B: Approx. 10 ft. (3 m) C: Approx. 10 ft. (3 m)
Radar Sensors: underneath the rear bumper corners
Alert Zone A
B
C
The transmission is in (D or (S.
Your vehicle speed is between 20 mph (32 km/h) and 100 mph (160 km/h)
487Continued
uuWhen DrivinguBlind spot information System
488
D rivin
g
1Blind spot information System
The system is for your convenience only. Even if an object is within the alert zone, the following situations may occur. The blind spot information system alert indicator
may not come on due to obstruction (splashes, etc.) even without the Blind spot information system not available driver information interface appearing.
The blind spot information system alert indicator may come on even with the message appearing.
You can change the setting for the blind spot information system.
2 Customized Features P. 351
Turn the system off when towing a trailer. The system may not work properly for the following reasons: The added mass tilts the vehicle and changes the
radar coverage. The trailer itself can be detected by the radar
sensors, causing the blind spot information system alert indicators to come on.
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 488
When the system detects a vehicle Blind spot information System Alert Indicator: Located near the pillar on both sides.
Comes on when: A vehicle enters the alert zone from behind
to overtake you with a speed difference of no more than 31 mph (50 km/h) from your vehicle.
You pass a vehicle with a speed difference of no more than 12 mph (20 km/h).
Blinks and the beeper sounds when: You move the turn signal lever in the direction of the detected vehicle. The beeper sounds three times.
Comes On
Blinks
uuWhen DrivinguBlind spot information System D
rivin g
1Blind spot information System
You can also select the safety support content from the driver information interface.
2 Driver Information Interface (Right Side Area) P. 111
Blind spot information system may be adversely affected when: Objects (guard rails, poles, trees, etc.) are detected. An object that does not reflect radio waves well,
such as a motorcycle, is in the alert zone. Driving on a curved road. A vehicle is moving from a far lane to the adjacent
lane. The system picks up external electrical interference. The rear bumper or the sensors have been
improperly repaired or the rear bumper has been deformed.
The orientation of the sensors has been changed. In bad weather (Heavy rain, snow, and fog). Making a turn at an intersection. Driving on a bumpy road. Making a short turn that slightly tilts the vehicle.
For a proper blind spot information system operation: Always keep the rear bumper corner area clean. Do not cover the rear bumper corner area with
labels or stickers of any kind. Take your vehicle to a dealer if you need the rear
bumper corner area or the radar sensors to be repaired, or the rear bumper corner area is strongly impacted.
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 489
Blind spot information System On and Off When you turn the blind spot information system on and off, do the following. 1. Press the safety support switch. 2. Roll the right selector wheel to the
symbol and push it. u A message appears on the driver
information interface when the system turns on or off.
u A check mark appears in the box and the color of the symbol changes green when the system is on. The check mark disappears and the color of the symbol changes gray when the system is off.
The blind spot information system is in the previously selected on (checked) or off (unchecked) setting each time you start the engine.
Right Selector Wheel
Safety Support Switch
489
490
D rivin
g
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 490
AcuraWatchTM
AcuraWatchTM is a driver support system which employs the use of two distinctly different kinds of sensors, a radar sensor located behind the emblem, and a front sensor camera mounted to the interior side of the windshield, behind the rearview mirror.
AcuraWatchTM is a driver support system which employs the use of three distinctly different kinds of sensors, a radar sensor located behind the emblem, a front sensor camera mounted to the interior side of the windshield, behind the rearview mirror, and the sonar sensors located in the front and rear bumpers.
AcuraWatchTM has following functions.
The functions which do not require switch operations to activate Collision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM) 2 P. 495
Low Speed Braking Control* 2 P. 506
Road Departure Mitigation System 2 P. 550
Traffic Sign Recognition System 2 P. 556
The functions which require switch operations to activate Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow 2 P. 512
Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS) 2 P. 529
Traffic Jam Assist 2 P. 538
Models without Low Speed Braking Control
Models with Low Speed Braking Control
* Not available on all models
uuAcuraWatchTMu D
rivin g
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 491
Button Press to activate standby mode for ACC with Low Speed Follow and Traffic Jam Assist. Or press to cancel these systems.
LKAS Button Press to activate standby mode for LKAS and Traffic Jam Assist. Or press to cancel these systems.
Interval Button Press to change the ACC with Low Speed Follow following-interval.
CANCEL Button Press to cancel ACC with Low Speed Follow.
RES/+/SET/ Switch Press the RES/+/SET/ switch up to set or resume the ACC with Low Speed Follow or increase the vehicle speed. Press the RES/+/SET/ switch down to set the ACC with Low Speed Follow or decrease the vehicle speed.
Operation Switches for the ACC with Low Speed Follow/ LKAS/Traffic Jam Assist
Interval Button
LKAS Button
Button
CANCEL Button
RES/+/SET/ Switch
491Continued
492
uuAcuraWatchTMu
D rivin
g
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 492
You can see the current state of ACC with Low Speed Follow, LKAS and Traffic Jam Assist. When both of a and b indicates, Traffic Jam Assist is ready to be activated.
Gauge Content
6
6
7
a Indicates that ACC with Low Speed Follow is ready to be activated. White: The system is in standby. Green: The system is on. Amber: There is a problem with the system.
b Indicates that LKAS is ready to be activated. White: The system is in standby. Green: The system is on. Amber: There is a problem with the system.
uuAcuraWatchTMu D
rivin g
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 493
You can have the head-up display show you the current state of each function. 2 Head-Up Display* P. 125
c Indicates that LKAS or Traffic Jam Assist is activated and whether or not traffic lane lines are detected. Solid line: The system is on. Lane outline: The system is in standby.
d Indicates whether or not ACC with Low Speed Follow detected the vehicle ahead. eShows vehicle set speed in ACC with Low Speed Follow. fShows set vehicle interval in ACC with Low Speed Follow. g Indicates that ACC with Low Speed Follow shows the setting status.
Green: The system is on. Outlined: The system is not activated.
Models with Head-up display
493Continued* Not available on all models
494
uuAcuraWatchTMu
D rivin
g
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 494
To activate ACC with Low Speed Follow, LKAS, and Traffic Jam Assist, carry out the following steps:
How to Operate the Buttons on the Steering Wheel
Press the Button
Button RES/+/SET/ Switch
LKAS Button
ACC with Low Speed Follow
The vehicle icon, interval bars and set speed appear on the gauge.
Press the LKAS Button
Press the RES/+/SET/ Switch down
Press the LKAS Button
Traffic Jam Assist
Keep your vehicle near the center of the lane while driving. Keep vehicle speed under 45mph (72 km/h).
Lane outlines appear on the gauge. Traffic Jam Assist is ready to use.
The lane outlines change to solid ones once the system starts operating after detecting the left and right lane markings.
LKAS
Keep your vehicle near the center of the lane while driving. Keep vehicle speed over 45mph (72 km/h).
Lane outlines appear on the gauge. LKAS is activated.
The lane outlines change to solid ones once the system starts operating after detecting the left and right lane markings.
Press the button, and then press the RES/+/SET/ Switch down
(white)
(green) (white)
(green)
uuAcuraWatchTMuCollision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM) D
rivin g
1Collision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM)
For directions on the proper handling of the radar sensor, refer to the following page.
2 Radar Sensor P. 564
You can read about handling information for the camera equipped with this system.
2 Front Sensor Camera P. 562
Important Safety Reminder The CMBSTM is designed to reduce the severity of an unavoidable collision. It does not prevent a collision nor stop the vehicle automatically. It is still your responsibility to operate the brake pedal and steering wheel appropriately according to the driving conditions.
The CMBSTM may not activate or may not detect a vehicle in front of your vehicle under certain conditions:
2 CMBSTM Conditions and Limitations P. 500
The CMBSTM is not activated for about 15 seconds after the power system is turned on.
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 495
Collision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM) The system can assist you when it determines there is a possibility of your vehicle colliding with a vehicle or a pedestrian detected in front of your vehicle. The CMBSTM is designed to alert you when the potential for a collision is determined, as well as to reduce your vehicle speed to help minimize collision severity when a collision is deemed unavoidable.
495Continued
uuAcuraWatchTMuCollision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM)
496
D rivin
g
1How the System Works
When the CMBSTM activates, it may automatically apply the brake. It will be canceled when your vehicle stops or a potential collision is not determined.
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 496
How the System Works
The system starts monitoring the roadway ahead when your vehicle speed is about 3 mph (5 km/h) or above and will search for a vehicle in front of you.
The radar sensor is behind the emblem.
The CMBSTM activates when: The speed difference between your vehicle and a vehicle or pedestrian
detected in front of you becomes about 3 mph (5 km/h) and over with a chance of a collision.
Your vehicle speed is about 62 mph (100 km/h) or less and the system determines there is a chance of a collision with: - Vehicles detected in front of you that are stationary, oncoming, or traveling in your same direction. - A pedestrian who is detected in front of you.
Your vehicle speed is above 62 mph (100 km/h), and the system determines there is a chance of a collision with a vehicle detected in front of you traveling in your same direction.
The camera is located behind the rearview mirror.
uuAcuraWatchTMuCollision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM) D
rivin g
1When the system activates
The camera in the CMBSTM is also designed to detect pedestrians. However, this pedestrian detection feature may not activate or may not detect a pedestrian in front of your vehicle under certain conditions. Refer to the ones indicating the pedestrian detection limitations from the list.
2 CMBSTM Conditions and Limitations P. 500
The head-up warning* uses a lens located at the front end of the dashboard. Do not cover the lens or spill any liquid on it.
Lens
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 497
When the system activates
You can change the distance (Long/Normal/Short) between vehicles at which the systems earliest collision alert will come on through driver information interface setting options.
2 List of customizable options P. 360
The system provides visual and audible alerts of a possible collision, and stops if the collision is avoided. u Take appropriate action to prevent a collision (apply the brakes, change
lanes, etc.)
Beep
Head-up Warning Lights*
Visual Alerts
Audible Alert
Continued 497* Not available on all models
498
uuAcuraWatchTMuCollision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM)
D rivin
g
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 498
The system has three alert stages for a possible collision. However, depending on circumstances, the CMBSTM may not go through all of the stages before initiating the last stage.
Collision Alert Stages
Distance between vehicles
CMBSTM
The sensors detect a vehicle
Audible & Visual WARNINGS
Braking
Stage one There is a risk of a collision with the vehicle ahead of you.
When in Long, visual and audible alerts come on at a longer distance from a vehicle ahead than in Normal setting, and in Short, at a shorter distance than in Normal.
Stage two The risk of a collision has increased, time to respond is reduced.
Visual and audible alerts.
Lightly applied
Stage three The CMBSTM determines that a collision is unavoidable.
Forcefully applied
Your Vehicle Vehicle Ahead
Normal ShortLong
Your Vehicle
Vehicle Ahead
Your Vehicle
Vehicle Ahead
uuAcuraWatchTMuCollision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM) D
rivin g
1Collision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM)
The CMBSTM may automatically shut off, and the safety support indicator (amber) will come and stay on under certain conditions:
2 CMBSTM Conditions and Limitations P. 500
You can also select the safety support content from the driver information interface.
2 Driver Information Interface (Right Side Area) P. 111
When the CMBSTM is activated, it will continue to operate even if the accelerator pedal is partially depressed. However, it will be canceled if the accelerator pedal is fully depressed.
The vehicle stability assistTM (VSA) system, adaptive cruise control (ACC) with low speed follow, safety support and low tire pressure/TPMS indicators may come on in amber along with a message in the driver information interface when you set the power mode to ON after reconnecting the battery. Drive a short distance at more than 12 mph (20 km/h). Each indicator should go off. If any do not, have your vehicle checked by a dealer.
Have your vehicle checked by a dealer if you find any unusual behavior of the system (e.g., the warning message appears too frequently).
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 499
When you turn the CMBSTM on and off, do the following. 1. Press the safety support switch. 2. Roll the right selector wheel to the
symbol and push it. u A message appears on the driver
information interface when the system turns on or off.
u A check mark appears in the box and the color of the symbol changes green when the system is on. The check mark disappears and the color of the symbol changes gray when the system is off.
The CMBSTM is turned on every time you start the engine, even if you turned it off the last time you drove the vehicle.
CMBSTM On and Off
Right Selector Wheel
Safety Support Switch
Continued 499
500
uuAcuraWatchTMuCollision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM)
D rivin
g
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 500
The system may automatically shut off and the safety support indicator (amber) will come on under certain conditions. Some examples of these conditions are listed below. Other conditions may reduce some of the CMBSTM functions.
2 Front Sensor Camera P. 562 2 Radar Sensor P. 564
Environmental conditions Driving in bad weather (rain, fog, snow, etc.). Sudden changes between light and dark, such as an entrance or exit of a tunnel. There is little contrast between objects and the background. Driving into low sunlight (e.g., at dawn or dusk). Strong light is reflected onto the roadway. Driving in the shadows of trees, buildings, etc. Roadway objects or structures are misinterpreted as vehicles and pedestrians. Reflections on the interior of the windshield. Driving at night or in a dark condition such as a tunnel.
Roadway conditions Driving on a snowy or wet roadway (obscured lane marking, vehicle tracks,
reflected lights, road spray, high contrast). Driving on curvy, winding, or undulating roads. The road is hilly or the vehicle is approaching the crest of a hill.
CMBSTM Conditions and Limitations
uuAcuraWatchTMuCollision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM) D
rivin g
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 501
Vehicle conditions Headlight lenses are dirty or the headlights are not properly adjusted. The outside of the windshield is blocked by dirt, mud, leaves, wet snow, etc. The inside of the windshield is fogged. An abnormal tire or wheel condition (incorrect sizes, varied sizes or construction,
improperly inflated, compact spare tire*, etc.). When tire chains are installed. The vehicle is tilted due to a heavy load or suspension modifications. The camera temperature gets too high. Driving with the parking brake applied. When the radar sensor behind the emblem gets dirty. The vehicle is towing a trailer.
The EAS is malfunctioning. Models with Electronic Air Suspension (EAS)
501Continued* Not available on all models
502
uuAcuraWatchTMuCollision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM)
D rivin
g
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 502
Detection limitations A vehicle or pedestrian suddenly crosses in front of you. The distance between your vehicle and the vehicle or pedestrian ahead of you is
too short. A vehicle cuts in front of you at a slow speed, and it brakes suddenly. When you accelerate rapidly and approach the vehicle or pedestrian ahead of you
at high speed. The vehicle ahead of you is a motorcycle, bicycle, mobility scooter or other small
vehicle. When there are animals in front of your vehicle. When you drive on a curved, winding or undulating road that makes it difficult for
the sensor to properly detect a vehicle in front of you. The speed difference between your vehicle and a vehicle or pedestrian in front of
you is significantly large. An oncoming vehicle suddenly comes in front of you. Another vehicle suddenly comes in front of you at an intersection, etc. Your vehicle abruptly crosses over in front of an oncoming vehicle. When driving through a narrow iron bridge. When the lead vehicle suddenly slows down.
uuAcuraWatchTMuCollision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM) D
rivin g
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 503
When there is a group of people in front of your vehicle walking together side by side.
Surrounding conditions or belongings of the pedestrian alter the pedestrians shape, preventing the system from recognizing that the person is a pedestrian.
When the pedestrian is slouching or squatting. When the pedestrian is shorter than about 3.3 feet (1 meter) or taller than about
6.6 feet (2 meter) in height. When a pedestrian blends in with the background. When a pedestrian is bent over or squatting, or when their hands are raised or
they are running. When several pedestrians are walking ahead in a group. When the camera cannot correctly identify that a pedestrian is present due to an
unusual shape (holding luggage, body position, size).
Automatic shutoff The CMBSTM may automatically shut itself off and the safety support indicator (amber) comes and stays on when: The temperature inside the system is high. You drive off-road or on a mountain road, or curved and winding road for an
extended period. An abnormal tire condition is detected (incorrect tire size, flat tire, etc.). The camera behind the rearview mirror, or the area around the camera, including
the windshield, gets dirty. Once the conditions that caused CMBSTM to shut off improve or are addressed (e.g., cleaning), the system comes back on.
Limitations applicable to pedestrian detection only
503Continued
504
uuAcuraWatchTMuCollision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM)
D rivin
g
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 504
The CMBSTM may activate even when you are aware of a vehicle ahead of you, or when there is no vehicle ahead. Some examples of this are:
When Passing Your vehicle approaches another vehicle ahead of you and you change lanes to pass.
At an intersection Your vehicle approaches or passes another vehicle that is making a left or right turn.
With Little Chance of a Collision
uuAcuraWatchTMuCollision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM) D
rivin g
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 505
On a curve When driving through curves, your vehicle comes to a point where an oncoming vehicle is right in front of you.
Through a low bridge at high speed You drive under a low or narrow bridge at high speed.
Speed bumps, road work sites, train tracks, roadside objects, etc. You drive over speed bumps, steel road plates, etc., or your vehicle approaches train tracks or roadside objects [such as a traffic sign and guard rail] on a curve or, when parking, stationary vehicles and walls.
505
506
uuAcuraWatchTMuLow Speed Braking Control*
D rivin
g
1Low Speed Braking Control*
If the Low Speed Braking Control activates in a situation where you do not want automatic brake application (such as when the vehicle is between two railroad crossing gates), simply press the brake pedal to deactivate the system and then continue to drive as intended.
3WARNING The Low Speed Braking Control System cannot avoid all collisions and may not reduce damage in each situation where the accelerator is mistakenly or aggressively pressed. Overreliance on the system may result in a collision with serious injury or death. Always check your surroundings, your shift position, and your pedal use. Driver remains responsible for safely operating the vehicle.
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 506
Low Speed Braking Control*
Using sonar sensors located on the front and rear bumpers, this system detects if there is danger of a potential collision with a wall or other obstacle during normal driving or when the accelerator pedal is depressed with too much force. The system then assists in avoiding collisions and reducing damage from impact through assistive braking and/or assistive driving power suppression.
* Not available on all models
uuAcuraWatchTMuLow Speed Braking Control* D
rivin g
1Low Speed Braking Control*
For directions on the proper handling of the sonar sensors, please refer to the following page.
2 Sonar Sensors* P. 565
The vehicle will release the brake and start moving a few seconds after the system is activated. To keep the vehicle stopped, keep the brake pedal depressed or put the transmission into (P.
In order to prevent the system from activating when not needed, always turn it off during vehicle maintenance, when loading on ships, trucks, and so on, or when using a chassis dynamometer, free rollers for inspection or when washing the car in conveyor type car wash machine.
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 507
Assistive braking Assistive braking provides a visual and audible alert when the vehicle is moving between approximately 1 and 6 mph (2 and 10 km/h) and there is the possibility of a collision with a detected wall or other obstacles, as well as providing assistance with braking.
If the only rear sensors are turned off using the parking sensor system, the assistive braking is not working when reversing.
2 Turning off All Rear Sensors P. 581
How the System Works
Beep Beep
Driver depresses brake pedal
Remove brake after maintaining stationary position
The vehicle applies brake
Stop
Continued 507* Not available on all models
508
uuAcuraWatchTMuLow Speed Braking Control*
D rivin
g
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 508
Assistive driving power suppression When the vehicle is stopped or moving at less than 6 mph (10 km/h) and there is an obstacle such as a wall detected near the front of or back of the vehicle, if the accelerator pedal is depressed more than necessary, the system will inform you with a visual and audible alert. At the same time, the system will prevent sudden forward or backwards movement by limiting the output of the engine, then assistive braking will activate nearby the obstacle.
Assistive driving power suppression will not activate in the following situations. When moving forward: When on a steep slope or the shift position is in (P , (R , or (N . When reversing: When on a steep slope or the shift position is in a position other than (R .
If the only rear sensors are turned off using the parking sensor system, the assistive driving power suppression is not working when reversing.
2 Turning off All Rear Sensors P. 581
Beep
Beep
Accidental depression of the accelerator/ Limiting the output of the engine
uuAcuraWatchTMuLow Speed Braking Control* D
rivin g
1System On and Off
You can also select the safety support content from the driver information interface.
2 Driver Information Interface (Right Side Area) P. 111
The Low Speed Braking Control system may temporarily turn off after reconnecting the 12-volt battery. The system will automatically turn ON after the vehicle has been moving at over 12 mph (20 km/h) for some time. If the system does not turn on, have your vehicle checked by a dealer.
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 509
When you turn the system on and off, do the following. 1. Press the safety support switch. 2. Roll the right selector wheel to the
symbol and push it. u A message appears on the driver
information interface when the system turns on or off.
u A check mark appears in the box and the color of the symbol changes green when the system is on. The check mark disappears and the color of the symbol changes gray when the system is off.
The system is turned on every time you start the power system, even if you turned it off the last time you drove the vehicle.
System On and Off
Right Selector Wheel
Safety Support Switch
Continued 509
uuAcuraWatchTMuLow Speed Braking Control*
510
D rivin
g
1Conditions for Cancellation
After Low Speed Braking Control has activated once, it will not activate again for the same obstacle. They can be activated again after driving for a certain distance after last activation.
Low Speed Braking Control activates separately when moving forward and reversing. (For example, if it activates when moving forward, it can be activated again immediately if reversing.) However, if assistive braking has been activated, in order to activate assistive driving power suppression again, it is necessary to drive for a certain distance to reset the system.
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 510
Conditions for assistive driving power suppression. When the accelerator is no longer depressed. When the accelerator is depressed for approximately four seconds. When the brake pedal is depressed. When the steering wheel is turned and a collision avoided.
Conditions for assistive braking cancellation. A certain amount of time has passed since activation.
The system may not operate correctly in the following conditions:
Examples of obstacles the sonar sensor cannot detect Obstacles that do not reflect sound waves well, such as people, snow, cloth,
sponges, etc. Thin obstacles such as fences, bicycles, sign posts, etc. Short or small obstacles. Obstacles immediately in front of the bumper. Moving objects or obstacles that suddenly enter the road. Obstacles that are not perpendicular to the ground.
Conditions for Cancellation
Low Speed Braking Control System Conditions and Limitations
uuAcuraWatchTMuLow Speed Braking Control* D
rivin g
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 511
Examples of situations where the sonar sensor cannot detect obstacles The sonar sensor is dirty (covered by snow, water, mud, etc.). The vehicle is too hot or cold. The steering wheel is turned sharply when approaching the obstacle at an angle.
Examples of other cases where the system may not work correctly The vehicle is tilted due to heavy load or suspension modifications. An abnormal tire or wheel condition (wrong size, varied size or construction,
improperly inflated, compact spare tire*, etc.). Bad weather conditions such as heavy rain, fog, snow, sandstorms, etc. The ambient temperature/humidity is too high or low. When going down a very steep slope. When close to other vehicles with sonar sensors or other objects that emit
ultrasonic waves.
The EAS is malfunctioning.
Situations where the system may activate even without risk of a collision When passing through short or narrow gates. When driving on uneven surfaces, grassy areas, or places with steps. When a sloped pillar or wall is protruding from a high position. When there are obstacles next to the road. When driving toward flags, curtains, tree branches, railroad crossing bars, etc. When driving on flooded roads.
Models with Electronic Air Suspension (EAS)
511* Not available on all models
512
uuAcuraWatchTMuAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow
D rivin
g
1Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow
Important Reminder As with any system, there are limits to ACC with Low Speed Follow. Use the brake pedal whenever necessary, and always keep a safe interval between your vehicle and other vehicles.
3WARNING Improper use of ACC with Low Speed Follow can lead to a crash.
Use ACC with Low Speed Follow only when driving on expressways or freeways and in good road and weather conditions.
3WARNING ACC with Low Speed Follow has limited braking capability and may not stop your vehicle in time to avoid a collision with a vehicle that quickly stops in front of you.
Always be prepared to apply the brake pedal if the conditions require.
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 512
Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow Helps maintain a constant vehicle speed and a set following-interval behind a vehicle detected ahead of yours and, if the detected vehicle comes to a stop, can decelerate and stop your vehicle, without you having to keep your foot on the brake or the accelerator. When ACC with Low Speed Follow slows your vehicle by applying the brakes, your vehicles brake lights will illuminate.
When to use
Vehicle speed for ACC with Low Speed Follow: A vehicle is detected ahead within ACC with Low Speed Follow range ACC with Low Speed Follow operates at speeds up to 90 mph (145 km/h). No vehicle is detected within ACC with Low Speed Follow range ACC with Low Speed Follow operates at the speed of about 25 mph (40 km/h) or above.
Shift position for ACC with Low Speed Follow: In (D or (S.
The radar sensor is behind the emblem.
The camera is located behind the rearview mirror.
uuAcuraWatchTMuAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow D
rivin g
1Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow
For directions on the proper handling of the radar sensor, refer to the following page.
2 Radar Sensor P. 564
You can read about handling information for the camera equipped with this system.
2 Front Sensor Camera P. 562
ACC with Low Speed Follow may not work properly under certain conditions.
2 ACC with Low Speed Follow Conditions and Limitations P. 519
When not using ACC with Low Speed Follow: Turn off adaptive cruise by pressing the button.
Do not use ACC with Low Speed Follow under the following conditions. Driving in continuous stop and go traffic. On roads with sharp turns. On roads with steep downhill sections, as the set
vehicle speed can be exceeded by coasting. In such cases, ACC with Low Speed Follow will not apply the brakes to maintain the set speed.
On roads with toll collection facilities or other objects between lanes of traffic, or in parking areas, or facilities with drive through access.
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 513
How to activate the system
Press the button on the steering wheel.
(white) is on in the instrument panel. ACC with Low Speed Follow is ready to use.
How to use
Continued 513
uuAcuraWatchTMuAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow
514
D rivin
g
1Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow
The vehicle stability assistTM (VSA) system, adaptive cruise control (ACC) with low speed follow, safety support and low tire pressure/TPMS indicators may come on in amber along with a message in the driver information interface when you set the power mode to ON after reconnecting the battery. Drive a short distance at more than 12 mph (20 km/h). Each indicator should go off. If any do not, have your vehicle checked by a dealer.
1To Set the Vehicle Speed
You can switch the displayed set speed measurements on the gauge between mph and km/h.
2 Gauge Settings P. 116 2 Customized Features P. 351
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 514
When driving at about 25 mph (40 km/h) or above: Take your foot off the pedal and press down the RES/+/SET/ switch when you reach the desired speed. The moment you release the switch, the set speed is fixed, and ACC with Low Speed Follow begins.
To Set the Vehicle Speed
On when ACC with Low Speed Follow begins
Press down and release
RES/+/SET/ Switch
(green)
Set Vehicle Speed
Setting Status (green)
uuAcuraWatchTMuAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow D
rivin g
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 515
When driving slower than about 25 mph (40 km/h): If the vehicle is moving and the brake pedal is not depressed, pressing the switch fixes the set speed to about 25 mph (40 km/h) regardless of current vehicle speed. While stationary and a vehicle is ahead of you, the vehicle speed can be set, even with the brake pedal depressed.
When ACC with Low Speed Follow starts operating, the vehicle icon, interval bars and set speed appear on the gauge.
When you use ACC with Low Speed Follow, Straight Driving Assist (a feature of the Electric Power Steering system) is activated. By enabling the steering system to automatically compensate for natural steering pull, Straight Driving Assist makes it easier for you to keep your vehicle in a straight line.
Set Vehicle Speed
Set Vehicle Interval
Setting Status (green)
515Continued
uuAcuraWatchTMuAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow
516
D rivin
g
1When in Operation
If the vehicle detected ahead of you slows down abruptly, or if another vehicle is detected cutting in front of you, a beeper sounds and a message appears on the driver information interface, and the head-up warning lights* come on.
Depress the brake pedal, and keep an appropriate interval from the vehicle ahead.
Beep
Head-up Warning Lights*
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 516
There is a vehicle ahead ACC with Low Speed Follow monitors if a vehicle ahead of you enters the ACC with Low Speed Follow range. If a vehicle is detected doing so, the ACC with Low Speed Follow system maintains or decelerates your vehicles set speed in order to keep the vehicles set following-interval from the vehicle ahead.
2 To Set or Change Following-interval P. 523
When a vehicle whose speed is slower than your set speed is detected in front of you, your vehicle starts to slow down.
When in Operation
ACC with Low Speed Follow Range: 394 ft. (120 m)
A vehicle icon appears on the gauge.
* Not available on all models
uuAcuraWatchTMuAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow D
rivin g
1When in Operation
Even if the interval between your vehicle and the vehicle detected ahead is short, ACC with Low Speed Follow may start accelerating your vehicle under the following circumstances: The vehicle ahead of you is going at almost the
same speed as, or faster than, your vehicle. A vehicle that cuts in front of you is going faster
than your vehicle, gradually increasing the interval between the vehicles.
You can also set the system to beep when a vehicle in front of you comes in and goes out of the ACC with Low Speed Follow detecting range. Change the ACC Forward Vehicle Detect Beep setting.
2 Customized Features P. 351
Limitations You may need to use the brake to maintain a safe interval when using ACC with Low Speed Follow. Additionally, ACC with Low Speed Follow may not work properly under certain conditions.
2 ACC with Low Speed Follow Conditions and Limitations P. 519
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 517
There is no vehicle ahead Your vehicle maintains the set speed without having to keep your foot on the brake or accelerator pedal. If there previously was a vehicle detected ahead that kept your vehicle from traveling at the set speed, ACC with Low Speed Follow accelerates your vehicle to the set speed, and then maintains it.
When you depress the accelerator pedal You can temporarily increase the vehicle speed. In this case, there is no audible or visual alert even if a vehicle is in the ACC with Low Speed Follow range. ACC with Low Speed Follow stays on unless you cancel it. Once you release the accelerator pedal, the system resumes the set speed. There are times when the vehicle speed will decrease when the accelerator pedal is lightly applied.
A vehicle icon disappears on the gauge.
Continued 517
uuAcuraWatchTMuAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow
518
D rivin
g
1A vehicle detected ahead is within ACC with Low Speed Follow range and slows to a stop
3WARNING Exiting a vehicle that has been stopped while the ACC with Low Speed Follow system is operating can result in the vehicle moving without operator control.
A vehicle that moves without operator control can cause a crash, resulting in serious injury or death.
Never exit a vehicle when the vehicle is stopped by ACC with Low Speed Follow.
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 518
A vehicle detected ahead is within ACC with Low Speed Follow range and slows to a stop
Your vehicle also stops, automatically. The Stopped message appears on the gauge. When the vehicle ahead of you starts again, the vehicle icon on the gauge blinks. If you press the RES/+/SET/ switch up or down, or depress the accelerator pedal, ACC with Low Speed Follow operates again within the prior set speed.
If no vehicle is ahead of you before you resume driving, depressing the accelerator pedal will resume operation of ACC with Low Speed Follow within the prior set speed.
(green)
Setting Status (green)
(green)
Setting Status (green)
uuAcuraWatchTMuAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow D
rivin g
1ACC with Low Speed Follow Conditions and Limitations
The radar sensor for ACC with Low Speed Follow is shared with the Collision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM).
2 Collision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM) P. 495
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 519
The system may automatically shut off under certain conditions. Some examples of these conditions are listed below. Other conditions may reduce some of the ACC with Low Speed Follow functions.
2 Front Sensor Camera P. 562 2 Radar Sensor P. 564
Environmental conditions Driving in bad weather (rain, fog, snow, etc.).
Roadway conditions Driving on a roadway with reduced traction or obscured lane markings, vehicle tracks, reflected lights, road spray, or high contrast.
Vehicle conditions The outside of the windshield is blocked by dirt, mud, leaves, wet snow, etc. An abnormal tire or wheel condition (incorrect sizes, varied sizes or construction,
improperly inflated, compact spare tire*, etc.). The camera temperature gets too high. The parking brake is applied. The front grille is dirty. The vehicle is tilted due to a heavy load or suspension modifications. Tire chains are installed. The vehicle is towing a trailer.
The EAS is malfunctioning.
ACC with Low Speed Follow Conditions and Limitations
Models with Electronic Air Suspension (EAS)
Continued 519* Not available on all models
uuAcuraWatchTMuAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow
520
D rivin
g
1ACC with Low Speed Follow Conditions and Limitations
If you need the radar sensor to be repaired, or removed, or the radar sensor cover is strongly impacted, turn off the system by pressing the button and take your vehicle to a dealer.
Have your vehicle checked by a dealer if you find any unusual behavior of the system (e.g., the warning message appears too frequently).
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 520
Detection limitations A vehicle or pedestrian suddenly crosses in front of you. The interval between your vehicle and the vehicle or pedestrian ahead of you is
too short. A vehicle cuts in front of you at a slow speed, and it brakes suddenly. You accelerate rapidly and approach the vehicle or pedestrian ahead of you at
high speed. The vehicle ahead of you is a motorcycle, bicycle, mobility scooter, or other small
vehicle. There are animals in front of your vehicle. You drive on a curved or winding or undulating road that makes it difficult for the
sensor to properly detect a vehicle or a pedestrian in front of you.
The speed difference between your vehicle and a vehicle in front of you is significantly large.
An oncoming vehicle suddenly comes in front of you. Your vehicle abruptly crosses over in front of an oncoming vehicle.
uuAcuraWatchTMuAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow D
rivin g
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 521
Driving through a narrow metal bridge.
The vehicle ahead of you brakes suddenly. The vehicle ahead of you has a unique shape.
Your vehicle or the vehicle ahead of you is driving on one edge of the lane.
Sensor detects upper section of an empty carrier truck.
Panel truck, tanker truck, etc.
521Continued
uuAcuraWatchTMuAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow
522
D rivin
g
1To Adjust the Vehicle Speed
If a vehicle detected ahead is going at a speed slower than your increased set speed, ACC with Low Speed Follow may not accelerate your vehicle. This is to maintain the set interval between your vehicle and the vehicle ahead.
When you depress the accelerator pedal and then press down and release the RES/+/SET/ switch, the current speed of the vehicle is set.
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 522
Increase or decrease the vehicle speed using the RES/+/SET/ switch on the steering wheel.
Each time you press the RES/+/SET/ switch up or down, the vehicle speed is increased or decreased by about 1 mph or 1 km/h accordingly.
If you keep the RES/+/SET/ switch pressed up or down, the vehicle speed increases or decreases by about 5 mph or 5 km/h accordingly.
To Adjust the Vehicle Speed
To increase speed
To decrease speed
uuAcuraWatchTMuAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow D
rivin g
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 523
Press the interval button to change the ACC with Low Speed Follow following-interval. Each time you press the button, the following- interval (the interval behind a vehicle detected ahead of you) setting cycles through short, middle, long, and extra long following- intervals.
Determine the most appropriate following- interval setting based on your specific driving conditions. Be sure to adhere to any following-interval requirements set by local regulation.
To Set or Change Following-interval
Interval Button
523Continued
524
uuAcuraWatchTMuAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow
D rivin
g
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 524
The higher your vehicles following-speed is, the longer the short, middle, long or extra long following-interval becomes. See the following examples for your reference.
When your vehicle stops automatically because a vehicle detected ahead of you has stopped, the interval between the two vehicles will vary based on the ACC with Low Speed Follow interval setting.
Following-interval When the Set Speed is:
50 mph (80 km/h) 65 mph (104 km/h)
Short 83 feet
25 meters 1.1 sec
100 feet 31 meters
1.1 sec
Middle 110 feet
33 meters 1.5 sec
137 feet 42 meters
1.5 sec
Long 154 feet
47 meters 2.1 sec
200 feet 61 meters
2.1 sec
Extra Long
213 feet 65 meters
2.9 sec
282 feet 86 meters
2.9 sec
uuAcuraWatchTMuAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow D
rivin g
1To Cancel
Resuming the prior set speed: After you have canceled ACC with Low Speed Follow, you can activate the ACC with Low Speed Follow with the prior set speed displayed on the gauge (Outlined) by pressing the RES/+/SET/ switch up even if the vehicle is stopped. When you turn the ACC with Low Speed Follow off by pressing the CANCEL button or depressing the brake pedal, the prior set speed is displayed on the gauge (Outlined). When pressing the RES/+/SET/ switch up, the ACC with Low Speed Follow is activated with displayed speed. If the indicator (white) is displayed and you press the RES/+/SET/ switch up, but no prior set speed (Outlined) is displayed, the speed will be set to your vehicles current speed.
The set speed cannot be set or resumed when ACC with Low Speed Follow has been turned off using the
button. Press the button to activate the system, then set the desired speed.
Setting Status (Outlined)Prior Set Speed
(Outlined)
(white)
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 525
To cancel ACC with Low Speed Follow, do any of the following: Press the CANCEL button. u The indicator (green) on the gauge
changes to the indicator (white). Press the button. u indicator (green) goes off.
Depress the brake pedal while the vehicle is moving forward. u The indicator (green) on the gauge
changes to the indicator (white).
To Cancel
CANCEL Button
Button
Continued 525
uuAcuraWatchTMuAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow
526
D rivin
g
1Automatic cancellation
Even though ACC with Low Speed Follow has been automatically canceled, you can still resume the prior set speed. Wait until the condition that caused ACC with Low Speed Follow to cancel improves, then press the RES/+/SET/ switch up or down.
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 526
Automatic cancellation The beeper sounds and a message appears on the driver information interface when ACC with Low Speed Follow is automatically canceled. Any of these conditions may cause the ACC with Low Speed Follow to automatically cancel: Bad weather (rain, fog, snow, etc.) When the radar sensor behind the emblem gets dirty. The vehicle ahead of you cannot be detected. An abnormal tire condition is detected, or the tires are skidding. Driving on a mountainous road, or driving off road for extended periods. Abrupt steering wheel movement. When the ABS, VSA, CMBSTM, or Low Speed Braking Control is activated. When the ABS or VSA system indicator comes on. When the vehicle is stopped on a very steep slope. When you manually apply the parking brake. When the detected vehicle within the ACC with Low Speed Follow range is too
close to your vehicle. The camera behind the rearview mirror, or the area around the camera, including
the windshield, gets dirty. When the Maximum Load Limit is exceeded. When passing through an enclosed space, such as tunnel. The vehicle has repeatedly applied the brakes to maintain the set speed (for
example, you are descending a long slope).
The ACC with Low Speed Follow automatic cancellation can be also triggered by the following causes. In these cases, the electric parking brake will be automatically applied. The drivers seat belt is unfastened when the vehicle is stationary. The vehicle stops for more than 10 minutes. The engine is turned off.
uuAcuraWatchTMuAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow D
rivin g
1To Switch ACC with Low Speed Follow to Cruise Control
Always be aware which mode you are in. When you are driving in Cruise mode, the system will not assist you to maintain a following-interval from a vehicle ahead of you.
You can switch the displayed set speed measurements on the gauge or audio/information screen between mph and km/h.
2 Gauge Settings P. 116 2 Customized Features P. 351
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 527
Press and hold the interval button for one second. Cruise mode selected appears on the driver information interface for two seconds, and then the mode switches to Cruise. The comes on. White: The system is standby. Green: The system is on. To switch back to ACC with Low Speed Follow, press and hold the interval button again for one second. ACC mode selected appears on the driver information interface for two seconds.
When to use Desired speed in a range above roughly 25 mph (40 km/h).
Take your foot off the pedal and press the RES/+/SET/ switch down when you reach the desired speed. The moment you release the RES/+/SET/ switch, the set speed is fixed, and cruise control begins. The indicator (green) comes on. When you use cruise control, Straight Driving Assist (a feature of the Electric Power Steering system) is activated. By enabling the steering system to automatically compensate for natural steering pull, Straight Driving Assist makes it easier for you to keep your vehicle in a straight line.
To Switch ACC with Low Speed Follow to Cruise Control
ACC with Low Speed Follow ON
Cruise Control ON
(white) (white)
Interval Button
To Set the Vehicle Speed
Continued 527
uuAcuraWatchTMuAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow
528
D rivin
g
1To Cancel
Resuming the prior set speed: After you have canceled cruise control, you can activate the cruise control with the prior set speed displayed on the gauge (Outlined) by pressing the RES/+/SET/ switch up while driving at a speed of at least 25 mph (40 km/h) or more. When you turn the cruise control off by pressing the CANCEL button or depressing the brake pedal, the prior set speed is displayed on the gauge in contour line. When pressing the RES/+/SET/ switch up, the cruise control is activated with displayed speed. If the indicator (white) is displayed and you press the RES/+/SET/ switch up, but no prior set speed (Outlined) is displayed, the speed will be set to your vehicles current speed.
You cannot set or resume in the following situations: When vehicle speed is less than 25 mph (40 km/h). When the button is turned off.
At vehicle speeds of 22 mph (35 km/h) or less, cruise control is canceled automatically.
Setting Status (Outlined)Prior Set Speed
(Outlined)
(white)
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 528
Each time you press the RES/+/SET/ switch up or down, the vehicle speed is increased or decreased by about 1 mph (1 km/h). If you keep the RES/+/SET/ switch pressed up or down, the vehicle speed increases or decreases by about 5 mph or 5 km/h accordingly.
To cancel cruise control, do any of the following: Press the CANCEL button. u The indicator (green) on the gauge change to the indicator (white).
Press the button. u indicator (green) goes off.
Depress the brake pedal. u The indicator (green) on the gauge change to the indicator (white).
To Adjust the Vehicle Speed
To Cancel
uuAcuraWatchTMuLane Keeping Assist System (LKAS) D
rivin g
1Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)
Important Safety Reminders The LKAS is for your convenience only. It is not a substitute for your vehicle control. The system does not work if you take your hands off the steering wheel or fail to steer the vehicle.
Do not place objects on the instrument panel. Objects may reflect on the windshield and prevent correct detection of the traffic lanes.
The LKAS only alerts you when lane drift is detected without a turn signal in use. The LKAS may not detect all lane markings or lane departures; accuracy will vary based on weather, speed, and lane marker condition. It is always your responsibility to safely operate the vehicle and avoid collisions.
The LKAS is convenient when it is used on freeways.
The LKAS may not work properly or may work improperly under the certain conditions:
2 LKAS Conditions and Limitations P. 535
You can read about handling information for the camera equipped with this system.
2 Front Sensor Camera P. 562
The LKAS may not function as designed while driving in frequent stop and go traffic, or on roads with sharp curves.
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 529
Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS) Provides steering input to help keep the vehicle in the middle of a detected lane and provides tactile and visual alerts if the vehicle is detected drifting out of its lane.
When you operate the turn signals to change lanes, the system is suspended, and resumes after the signals are off. If you make a lane change without operating the turn signals, the LKAS alerts activate, and torque is applied to the steering.
Front Sensor Camera
Monitors the lane lines
Tactile and visual alerts Rapid vibrations on the steering wheel and a warning display alert you that the vehicle is drifting out of a detected lane.
Steering input assist The system applies torque to the steering to keep the vehicle between the left and right lane lines. The applied torque becomes stronger as the vehicle gets closer to either of the lane lines.
529Continued
uuAcuraWatchTMuLane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)
530
D rivin
g
1Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)
When it fails to detect lanes, the system will temporarily be canceled. When a lane is detected, the system will recover automatically.
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 530
Provides assistance to keep the vehicle in the center of the lane. When the vehicle nears a white or yellow line, steering force of the electric power steering will become stronger.
When the vehicle enters the warning area, the LKAS alerts you with slight steering wheel vibration as well as a warning display.
Lane Keep Support Function
Lane Departure Warning Function
Warning Area
Warning Area
uuAcuraWatchTMuLane Keeping Assist System (LKAS) D
rivin g
1When the System can be Used
If the vehicle drifts toward either left or right lane line due to the system applying torque, turn off the LKAS and have your vehicle checked by a dealer.
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 531
The system can be used when the following conditions are met. The lane in which you are driving has detectable lane markers on both sides, and
your vehicle is in the center of the lane. The vehicle is traveling between about 45 and 90 mph (72 and 145 km/h). You are driving on a straight or slightly curved road. The turn signals are off. The brake pedal is not depressed. The wipers are not in high speed operation.
How to activate the system 1. Press the LKAS button. u indicator (white) and lane outlines
appear on the gauge. The system is ready to use.
When the System can be Used
LKAS Button
(white)
Continued 531
532
uuAcuraWatchTMuLane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)
D rivin
g
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 532
2. Keep your vehicle near the center of the lane while driving. u The indicator changes from white to
green and the lane outlines change to solid ones once the system starts operating after detecting the left and right lane markings.
Press the LKAS button.
The LKAS is turned off every time you stop the engine, even if you turned it on the last time you drove the vehicle.
(green)
To Cancel
LKAS Button
uuAcuraWatchTMuLane Keeping Assist System (LKAS) D
rivin g
1The system operation is suspended if you:
You can change the setting for the LKAS. LKAS suspended beep on and off can be selected.
2 Customized Features P. 351
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 533
The system operation is suspended if you:
Set the wipers to high speed. u Turning the wipers off, setting it to LO,
or the wipers are operating intermittently resumes the LKAS.
Decrease the vehicle speed to about 40 mph (64 km/h) or less. u Increasing the vehicle speed to about 45
mph (72 km/h) or more resumes the LKAS.
Depress the brake pedal. u The LKAS resumes and starts detecting
the lane lines again once you release the brake pedal.
Your vehicle is driving to the right or the left of the lane.
When the LKAS is suspended, the lane lines on the gauge change to lane outlines, and the beeper sounds (if activated).
(white)
Continued 533
534
uuAcuraWatchTMuLane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)
D rivin
g
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 534
The LKAS may be automatically suspended when: The system fails to detect lane lines. The steering wheel is quickly turned. You fail to steer the vehicle. Driving through a sharp curve. Driving at a speed in excess of approximately 90 mph (145 km/h).
Once these conditions no longer exist, the LKAS automatically resumes.
The LKAS may be automatically canceled when: The camera temperature gets extremely high or low. The camera behind the rearview mirror, or the area around the camera, including
the windshield, gets dirty. The ABS or VSA system engages.
The beeper sounds if the LKAS is automatically canceled.
uuAcuraWatchTMuLane Keeping Assist System (LKAS) D
rivin g
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 535
The system may not detect lane markings and therefore may not keep the vehicle in the middle of a lane under certain conditions, including the following:
Environmental conditions Driving in bad weather (rain, fog, snow, etc.). Sudden changes between light and dark, such as an entrance or exit of a tunnel. There is little contrast between lane lines and the roadway surface. Driving into low sunlight (e.g., at dawn or dusk). Strong light is reflected onto the roadway. Driving in the shadows of trees, buildings, etc. Shadows of adjacent objects are parallel to lane markings. Roadway objects or structures are misinterpreted as lane markers. Reflections on the interior of the windshield. Driving at night or in a dark condition such as a tunnel.
LKAS Conditions and Limitations
535Continued
536
uuAcuraWatchTMuLane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)
D rivin
g
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 536
Roadway conditions Driving on a snowy or wet roadway (obscured lane marking, vehicle tracks,
reflected lights, road spray, high contrast). Driving on a road with temporary lane markings. Faint, multiple, or varied lane markings are visible on the roadway due to road
repairs or old lane markings.
The roadway has merging, split, or crossing lines (e.g., such as at an intersection or crosswalk).
The lane markings are extremely narrow, wide, or changing.
The vehicle in front of you is driving near the lane lines. The road is hilly or the vehicle is approaching the crest of a hill. Driving on rough or unpaved roads, or over bumpy surfaces.
Faded lines Duplicate lines Tire tracks
Very wide or narrow traffic lane
uuAcuraWatchTMuLane Keeping Assist System (LKAS) D
rivin g
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 537
When objects on the road (curb, guard rail, pylons, etc.) are recognized as white lines (or yellow lines).
Driving on roads with double lines.
Vehicle conditions Headlight lenses are dirty or the headlights are not properly adjusted. The outside of the windshield is streaked or blocked by dirt, mud, leaves, wet
snow, etc. The inside of the windshield is fogged. The camera temperature gets too high. An abnormal tire or wheel condition (incorrect sizes, varied sizes or construction,
improperly inflated, compact spare tire*, etc.). The vehicle is tilted due to a heavy load or suspension modifications. The vehicle is towing a trailer.
The EAS is malfunctioning.
Lane void of lines at exit or interchange
Models with Electronic Air Suspension (EAS)
537* Not available on all models
538
uuAcuraWatchTMuTraffic Jam Assist
D rivin
g
1Traffic Jam Assist
3WARNING Improper reliance on Traffic Jam Assist can cause a crash resulting in injury or death. Always maintain full control over your vehicle even when this system is active. and only use when on expressways or freeways. Traffic Jam Assist is not an autonomous driving system.
3WARNING Failure to securely park vehicle when stopped while Adaptive Cruise Control with Low Speed Follow is active can allow the vehicle to roll away, resulting in a crash causing injury or death. Never stop the vehicle and exit it without placing it in Park and setting the parking brake.
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 538
Traffic Jam Assist The Traffic Jam Assist system uses a radar sensor mounted inside the front grille and a camera mounted to the upper portion of the windshield to detect and monitor left and right white or yellow traffic lane lines as well as any vehicle ahead. Based on inputs from the radar sensor and camera, the system can adjust the speed of your vehicle to maintain a set interval between your vehicle and the one detected ahead. It also can apply steering torque to keep your vehicle in the center of the detected lane when you are driving in heavy traffic.
How Traffic Jam Assist works If you are in heavy traffic and Adaptive Cruise Control with Low Speed Follow is active, the Traffic Jam Assist system, upon detecting the traffic lane lines and a vehicle ahead, will apply steering torque to help keep your vehicle in the center of the lane. The system adjusts the speed of your vehicle to maintain a set interval between your vehicle and the one detected ahead.
uuAcuraWatchTMuTraffic Jam Assist D
rivin g
1Traffic Jam Assist
You can read about handling information for the camera equipped with this system.
2 Front Sensor Camera P. 562
Traffic Jam Assist may not always be able to detect lane division lines or a vehicle traveling ahead. Depending on weather and road conditions and other factors, Traffic Jam Assist may not function normally. Always be aware of your surroundings and the road conditions, and conduct yourself in a manner conducive to safe driving. Traffic Jam Assist may not function properly when you are driving through a sharp curve or repeatedly accelerating and decelerating.
Traffic Jam Assist may not work properly under the certain conditions:
2 Traffic Jam Assist: Conditions and limitations P. 545
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 539
When the driver takes direct control of steering, the steering assist function is temporarily canceled. The torque applied to steering may not be noticeable when the driver has direct control of steering, or when the surface of the road is rough or uneven.
Front Sensor Camera
Detects vehicle ahead
Detects left and right white (yellow) traffic lane lines
Radar Sensor
When you use the turn signal to indicate a lane change, Traffic Jam Assist is temporarily deactivated. It is reactivated once the vehicle is traveling in the center of the lane and the system has detected the traffic lane lines and a vehicle ahead.
Continued 539
uuAcuraWatchTMuTraffic Jam Assist
540
D rivin
g
1Traffic Jam Assist Activation
Refer to the following page for proper handling of the Adaptive Cruise Control with Low Speed Follow:
2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow P. 512
Refer to the following page for proper handling of the Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS):
2 Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS) P. 529
Refer to the following page for steering buttons and displays:
2 Operation Switches for the ACC with Low Speed Follow/LKAS/Traffic Jam Assist P. 491
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 540
Traffic Jam Assist is activated when all of the following circumstances exist: LKAS is active. ACC with Low Speed Follow is active. The vehicle speed is between 0 and 45mph (0 and 72km/h) and there is a vehicle
detected traveling ahead. The lane in which you are driving has detectable lane markers on both sides, and
your vehicle is in the center of the lane. You are driving on a straight or slightly curved road. The driver is gripping the steering wheel.
Do not use Traffic Jam Assist in any of the following situations: You are traveling on a road with sharp curves. u The system may not allow your vehicle to respond in a manner best suited for
the road conditions. You are entering a toll booth, interchange, service area, or parking area. u If the vehicle ahead disappears from the travel path of your vehicle, your
vehicle may suddenly accelerate to resume the set speed. You are driving in adverse weather (rain, fog, snow, etc.). u The system may not be able to correctly determine the interval between your
vehicle and the one ahead. The surface of the road is slippery, for example, it is icy or covered with snow. u The tires may slip, causing you to lose control of the vehicle.
You are driving in a HOV lane and motorcycles are passing you to the side, or you are required to keep your vehicle to the right or the left of the lane. u The system may not be able to correctly determine the vehicle ahead.
Traffic Jam Assist Activation
uuAcuraWatchTMuTraffic Jam Assist D
rivin g
1How Traffic Jam Assist Works
If your vehicle veers too far to the right or the left of the white (yellow) traffic lane lines while Traffic Jam Assist is active, deactivate Traffic Jam Assist and have an authorized Acura dealer inspect your vehicle.
In some cases the system cannot properly detect the traffic lane lines and, as a result, will not provide steering assistance.
2 Traffic Jam Assist: Conditions and limitations P. 545
If the driver takes his or her hands off the steering wheel or does not adequately maintain control of steering, the warning below will appear.
If the driver does not grip the steering wheel after the warning above has repeatedly appeared, a warning buzzer will sound and Traffic Jam Assist will be canceled.
You can have the head-up display* show you the current state of Traffic Jam Assist.
2 Head-Up Display* P. 125
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 541
When a vehicle is traveling ahead When a vehicle ahead of yours is detected entering the Traffic Jam Assist detection area, Traffic Jam Assist adjusts the speed of your vehicle to maintain the selected interval between your vehicle and the one ahead. It also applies steering torque to keep your vehicle in the center of the detected lane.
How Traffic Jam Assist Works
Continued 541* Not available on all models
542
uuAcuraWatchTMuTraffic Jam Assist
D rivin
g
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 542
Keep your vehicle near the center of the lane while driving. u Traffic Jam Assist will be activated once
the camera has detected the white (yellow) traffic lane lines on either side of the lane and the radar sensor and camera have detected a vehicle driving ahead. The lane outlines change to solid ones and a vehicle icon appears on the gauge.
(white)
(white)
(green)
(green)
uuAcuraWatchTMuTraffic Jam Assist D
rivin g
1How Traffic Jam Assist Works
If the vehicle detected ahead suddenly slows down, or if another vehicle is detected cutting in front of yours, a warning buzzer will sound, and a warning in the driver information interface and head-up warning* will appear.
Depress the brake pedal and take direct control of steering.
Beep
Head-up Warning Lights*
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 543
When no vehicle is traveling ahead If the vehicle detected ahead disappears from the travel path of your vehicle (for example, it changes lanes), Traffic Jam Assist will be deactivated temporarily and your vehicle will gradually accelerate until it reaches the set speed, after which it will maintain that speed.
The solid lines change to lane outlines and a vehicle icon disappears on the gauge.
(green)
(white)
Continued 543* Not available on all models
uuAcuraWatchTMuTraffic Jam Assist
544
D rivin
g
1How Traffic Jam Assist Works
If you are traveling slower than the vehicle detected ahead or a vehicle that is detected cutting in front of you and the interval between your vehicle and the detected vehicle gradually increases, your vehicle will continue to follow that vehicle without emitting any warning, even if the interval between the vehicle is minimal.
1When Traffic Jam Assist may automatically be suspended when:
You are traveling over 45mph (72km/h). uWhen the speed of the vehicle reaches 45mph
(72km/h), Traffic Jam Assist is deactivated and LKAS is activated instead. Once the speed of the vehicle drops to under 40mph (64 km/h), Traffic Jam Assist is reactivated.
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 544
To cancel Traffic Jam Assist, you can do any of the following: Press the button. Press the LKAS button. When the ACC with Low Speed Follow is deactivated.
When Traffic Jam Assist may automatically be suspended when: The system is temporarily canceled automatically under the following circumstances. The system fails to detect lane lines. The vehicle ahead of you cannot be detected. The steering wheel is turned quickly. You fail to steer the vehicle. The vehicle in front of you is driving near the lane lines.
The wipers are set to high. The interval between your vehicle and the one traveling ahead is over 197 feet
(60m). Once these conditions no longer exist, the Traffic Jam Assist automatically resumes.
Canceling Traffic Jam Assist
uuAcuraWatchTMuTraffic Jam Assist D
rivin g
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 545
When Traffic Jam Assist may automatically be canceled when: It is possible that under any of the following circumstances, lane outlines representing traffic lane lines will appear in the gauge, a buzzer will sound, and Traffic Jam Assist will be canceled. The temperature of the camera is too high. The camera behind the rearview mirror, or the area around the camera, including
the windshield, is dirty.
Under the following circumstances, some features of Traffic Jam Assist may not work.
Vehicle conditions The front grille is dirty. Headlight lenses are dirty or the headlights are not properly adjusted. The outside of the windshield is streaked or blocked by dirt, mud, leaves, wet
snow, etc. The inside of the windshield is fogged up. Your vehicle is fitted with tires or wheels of differing size, type, or structure, or the
tires are not properly inflated. The vehicle is tilted due to a heavy load or suspension modifications. The interval between your vehicle and the detected vehicle ahead of you is too
short. Snow chains are installed on the tires. The vehicle is towing a trailer.
The EAS is malfunctioning.
Traffic Jam Assist: Conditions and limitations
Models with Electronic Air Suspension (EAS)
545Continued
546
uuAcuraWatchTMuTraffic Jam Assist
D rivin
g
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 546
Environmental conditions Bad weather (rain, fog, snow, etc.). You are driving into low sunlight (e.g., at dawn or dusk). Strong light is reflected onto your vehicle or the roadway. Brightness in the immediate are suddenly changes between light and dark, such
as at the an entrance or exit of a tunnel. The road has puddles or the surface of the road is shiny due to recent rainfall. Shadows are cast across the lane lines (e.g., trees, buildings, guardrails, vehicle,
etc.). Spray or snow coming off the vehicle ahead. Driving at night or in a dark condition such as a tunnel.
Roadway conditions Certain features of the road can interfere with proper camera operation. Here are some examples: The lines are not very distinguishable from the surface of the road. The section of the road has lane restrictions or temporarily marked lanes. The lines are faded, removed lines remain visible next to newer lines (duplicate
lines), or the road is marked with tire tracks.
Faded lines Duplicate lines Tire tracks
uuAcuraWatchTMuTraffic Jam Assist D
rivin g
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 547
The roadway has merging, split, or crossing lines (e.g., such as at an intersection or crosswalk).
The lane markings are extremely narrow, wide, or of inconsistent width.
The lane lines are partly concealed by your vehicle or another vehicle. The road is hilly or the vehicle is approaching the crest of a hill. The vehicle is shaking considerably because of an uneven road surface, etc. Objects on the road (curb, guard rail, pylons, etc.) are recognized as white lines
(or yellow lines). The lines appear distorted or they briefly disappear out of the camera detection
range due to an uneven road surface. The road is unpaved, or has a rough or bumpy surface. The roads has double lines. The surface of the road is slippery due to icy or snowy conditions. Sections of the paved road are obscured by puddles or snow. The road has ruts.
Very wide or narrow traffic lane
547Continued
548
uuAcuraWatchTMuTraffic Jam Assist
D rivin
g
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 548
The section of the road branches off or merges with another road.
Certain features of the road can interfere with proper radar sensor operation. Here are some examples:
The road has curves, undulations, slopes, etc.
The radar beam is reflecting off multiple items that are within close proximity of your vehicle. This can happen when you are driving, for example, across a narrow truss bridge.
Lane void of lines at exit or interchange
uuAcuraWatchTMuTraffic Jam Assist D
rivin g
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 549
Detection limitations The vehicle ahead suddenly accelerates. The vehicle ahead is a panel truck or a vehicle whose shape is not of standard
dimensions.
The vehicle ahead of you is a motorcycle, bicycle, mobility scooter, or other small vehicle.
The ground clearance of the vehicle ahead is unusually high.
A vehicle suddenly cuts in front of yours.
Sensor detects upper section of an empty carrier truck.
Panel truck, tanker truck, etc.
549
550
uuAcuraWatchTMuRoad Departure Mitigation System
D rivin
g
1Road Departure Mitigation System
Important Safety Reminder Like all assistance systems, the Road Departure Mitigation system has limitations. Overreliance on the Road Departure Mitigation system may result in a collision. It is always your responsibility to keep the vehicle within your driving lane.
The Road Departure Mitigation system only alerts you when lane drift is detected without a turn signal in use. The Road Departure Mitigation system may not detect all lane markings or lane or roadway departures; accuracy will vary based on weather, speed and lane marker condition. It is always your responsibility to safely operate the vehicle and avoid collisions.
You can read about handling information for the camera equipped with this system.
2 Front Sensor Camera P. 562
The Road Departure Mitigation system may not work properly or may work improperly under the certain conditions:
2 Road Departure Mitigation Conditions and Limitations P. 554
There are times when you may not notice Road Departure Mitigation functions due to your operation of the vehicle, or road surface conditions.
The Road Departure Mitigation is not activated for about 15 seconds after the power system is turned on.
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 550
Road Departure Mitigation System Alerts and helps to assist you when the system detects a possibility of your vehicle unintentionally crossing over detected lane markings and/or leaving the roadway altogether.
The front camera behind the rearview mirror monitors left and right lane markings (in white or yellow). If your vehicle is getting too close to detected lane markings without a turn signal activated, the system, in addition to a visual alert, applies steering torque and alerts you with rapid vibrations on the steering wheel, to help you remain within the detected lane.
2 Customized Features P. 351
As a visual alert, appears on the gauge.
If the system determines that its steering input is insufficient to keep your vehicle on the roadway, it may apply braking. u Braking is applied only when the lane
markings are solid continuous lines.
How the System Works
uuAcuraWatchTMuRoad Departure Mitigation System D
rivin g
1Road Departure Mitigation System
If LKAS is off and you have selected Narrow from the customized options using the audio/information screen, the message below will appear in case the system determines a possibility of your vehicle crossing over detected lane markings.
2 Customized Features P. 351
In the following case, a beeper sounds, a message related to the ACC with Low Speed Follow/ACC appears on the driver information interface, and the braking function controlled by the Road Departure Mitigation system is canceled. The vehicle has repeatedly applied the brakes to
maintain the set speed (for example, you are descending a long slope).
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 551
The system cancels assisting operations when you turn the steering wheel to avoid crossing over detected lane markings.
If the system operates several times without detecting driver response, the system beeps to alert you.
Continued 551
uuAcuraWatchTMuRoad Departure Mitigation System
552
D rivin
g
1How the System Activates
The Road Departure Mitigation system may automatically shut off and the safety support indicator (amber) comes and stays on.
2 Indicators P. 86
Road Departure Mitigation system function can be impacted when the vehicle is: Not driven within a traffic lane. Driven on the inside edge of a curve, or outside of
a lane. Driven in a narrow lane.
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 552
The system activates when all of the following conditions are met: The vehicle is traveling between about 45 and 90 mph (72 and 145 km/h). The vehicle is on a straight or slightly curved road. The turn signals are off. The brake pedal is not depressed. The wipers are not in continuous operation. The system makes a determination that the driver is not actively accelerating,
braking, or steering.
How the System Activates
uuAcuraWatchTMuRoad Departure Mitigation System D
rivin g
1Road Departure Mitigation On and Off
When you have selected Warning Only from the customized options using the audio/information screen, the system does not operate the steering wheel and braking.
2 Customized Features P. 351
You can also select the safety support content from the driver information interface.
2 Driver Information Interface (Right Side Area) P. 111
The vehicle stability assistTM (VSA) system, adaptive cruise control (ACC) with low speed follow, safety support and low tire pressure/TPMS indicators may come on in amber along with a message in the driver information interface when you set the power mode to ON after reconnecting the battery. Drive a short distance at more than 12 mph (20 km/h). Each indicator should go off. If any do not, have your vehicle checked by a dealer.
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 553
When you turn the Road Departure Mitigation on and off, do the following. 1. Press the safety support switch. 2. Roll the right selector wheel to the
symbol and push it. u A message appears on the driver
information interface when the system turns on or off.
u A check mark appears in the box and the color of the symbol changes green when the system is on. The check mark disappears and the color of the symbol changes gray when the system is off.
The Road Departure Mitigation is in the previously selected on (checked) or off (unchecked) setting each time you start the engine.
Road Departure Mitigation On and Off
Safety Support Switch
Right Selector Wheel
Continued 553
554
uuAcuraWatchTMuRoad Departure Mitigation System
D rivin
g
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 554
The system may not properly detect lane markings and the position of your vehicle under certain conditions. Some examples of these conditions are listed below.
Environmental conditions Driving in bad weather (rain, fog, snow, etc.). Sudden changes between light and dark, such as an entrance or exit of a tunnel. There is little contrast between lane lines and the roadway surface. Driving into low sunlight (e.g., at dawn or dusk). Strong light is reflected onto the roadway. Driving in the shadows of trees, buildings, etc. Shadows of adjacent objects are parallel to lane markings. Roadway objects or structures are misinterpreted as lane markers. Reflections on the interior of the windshield. Driving at night or in a dark condition such as a tunnel.
Road Departure Mitigation Conditions and Limitations
uuAcuraWatchTMuRoad Departure Mitigation System D
rivin g
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 555
Roadway conditions Driving on a snowy or wet roadway (obscured lane marking, vehicle tracks,
reflected lights, road spray, high contrast). Driving on a road with temporary lane markings. Faint, multiple, or varied lane markings are visible on the roadway due to road
repairs or old lane markings. The roadway has merging, split, or crossing lines (e.g., such as at an intersection
or crosswalk). The lane markings are extremely narrow, wide, or changing. The vehicle in front of you is driving near the lane lines. The road is hilly or the vehicle is approaching the crest of a hill. Driving on rough or unpaved roads, or over bumpy surfaces. When objects on the road (curb, guard rail, pylons, etc.) are recognized as white
lines (or yellow lines). Driving on roads with double lines.
Vehicle conditions Headlight lenses are dirty or the headlights are not properly adjusted. The outside of the windshield is streaked or blocked by dirt, mud, leaves, wet
snow, etc. The inside of the windshield is fogged. The camera temperature gets too high. An abnormal tire or wheel condition (incorrect sizes, varied sizes or construction,
improperly inflated, compact spare tire*, etc.). The vehicle is tilted due to a heavy load or suspension modifications. When tire chains are installed. The vehicle is towing a trailer.
The EAS is malfunctioning. Models with Electronic Air Suspension (EAS)
555* Not available on all models
556
uuAcuraWatchTMuTraffic Sign Recognition System
D rivin
g
1Traffic Sign Recognition System
Not all signs may be displayed, but any signs posted on roadsides should not be ignored. The system does not work on the designated traffic signs of all the countries you travel, nor in all situations. Do not rely too much on the system. Always drive at speeds appropriate for the road conditions.
Never apply a film or attach any objects to the windshield that could obstruct the cameras field of vision and cause the system to operate abnormally. Scratches, nicks, and other damage to the windshield within the cameras field of vision can cause the system to operate abnormally. If this occurs, we recommend that you replace the windshield with a genuine Acura replacement windshield. Making even minor repairs within the cameras field of vision or installing an aftermarket replacement windshield may also cause the system to operate abnormally. After replacing the windshield, have a dealer recalibrate the camera. Proper calibration of the camera is necessary for the system to operate properly.
To help reduce the likelihood that high interior temperatures will cause the cameras sensing system to shut off, when parking, find a shady area or face the front of the vehicle away from the sun. If you use a reflective sun shade, do not allow it to cover the camera housing. Covering the camera can concentrate heat on it.
You can read about handling information for the camera equipped with this system.
2 Front Sensor Camera P. 562
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 556
Traffic Sign Recognition System Reminds you of road sign information of the current speed limit your vehicle has just passed through, showing it on the gauge and the head-up display*.
* Not available on all models
uuAcuraWatchTMuTraffic Sign Recognition System D
rivin g
1Traffic Sign Recognition System
You can select whether the source of the speed limit information is the front sensor camera or the navigation system. You can also turn off speed limit information.
2 Customized Features P. 351
You can turn on or off the speed limit information. 2 Customized Features P. 351
Models with navigation system
Models without navigation system
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 557
Shows the current speed limit based on either information compiled through the navigation system* or speed limit signs captured by the front sensor camera. The system displays the ones that are recognized as designated for your vehicle. The sign icon will be displayed until the vehicle reaches a predetermined time and distance. If the system does not detect any traffic signs while you are driving, the sign icon will not be displayed.
The sign icon also may switch to another one or disappear when: The other designated limit is detected. You make a turn with a turn signal at an intersection.
How the System Works
Gauge Head-up display*
Continued 557* Not available on all models
uuAcuraWatchTMuTraffic Sign Recognition System
558
D rivin
g
1Traffic Sign Recognition System Conditions and Limitations
When the traffic sign recognition system malfunctions, appears on the gauge. If this message does not disappear, have your vehicle checked by a dealer.
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 558
The traffic sign recognition system may not be able to recognize a traffic sign in the following cases.
Vehicle conditions Headlight lenses are dirty or the headlights are not properly adjusted. The outside of the windshield is blocked by dirt, mud, leaves, wet snow, etc. The inside of the windshield is fogged. There are portions remaining to be wiped. An abnormal tire or wheel condition (incorrect sizes, varied sizes or construction,
improperly inflated, compact spare tire*, etc.). The vehicle is tilted due to a heavy load or suspension modifications.
Environmental conditions Driving into low sunlight (e.g., at dawn or dusk). Strong light is reflected onto the roadway. Sudden changes between light and dark, such as an entrance or exit of a tunnel. When you drive in the shadows of trees, buildings, etc. Driving at night, in dark areas such as long tunnels. Driving in bad weather (rain, fog, snow, etc.). A vehicle in front of you is kicking up spray or snow.
Traffic Sign Recognition System Conditions and Limitations
* Not available on all models
uuAcuraWatchTMuTraffic Sign Recognition System D
rivin g
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 559
The position or the condition of the traffic sign A sign is hard to be found since it is in a complicated area. A sign is located far away from your vehicle. A sign is located where the beam of the headlight is hard to reach. A sign is on a corner or bend in the road. Faded or bent signs. Rotated or damaged signs. A sign is covered with mud, snow, or frost. A part of the sign is hidden by the trees, or the sign itself is hidden by a vehicle
and others. Light (a streetlight) or a shadow is reflected on the surface of the sign. A sign is too bright or too dark (an electric sign). A sign of a small size.
Other conditions When you are driving at a high speed.
559Continued
560
uuAcuraWatchTMuTraffic Sign Recognition System
D rivin
g
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 560
The traffic sign recognition system may not operate correctly, such as displaying a sign that does not follow the actual regulation for the roadway or does not exist at all in the following cases. u A speed limit sign may display at a higher or lower speed than the actual speed
limit. There is a supplementary sign with further information such as weather, time,
vehicle type, school zone, etc. Figures on the sign are hard to read (electric signs, numbers on the sign are
blurred, etc.). A sign is in the vicinity of the lane you are driving in, even though it is not for the
lane (speed limit sign situated at the junction between the side road and the main road, etc.).
There are things that look similar to the color or shape of the recognition object (similar sign, electric sign, signboard, structure, etc.).
A truck or another large vehicle with a sticker of the speed limit sign on the back is traveling in front of you.
uuAcuraWatchTMuTraffic Sign Recognition System D
rivin g
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 561
The speed limit sign icon is displayed on the center of the screen.
The speed limit sign icon is displayed on the right half of the screen.
Signs Displayed on the Gauge and Head-up Display*
Gauge
Head-up Display
Speed Limit Sign
Gauge
Speed Limit Sign
Head-up display
561* Not available on all models
562
uuAcuraWatchTMuFront Sensor Camera
D rivin
g
1Front Sensor Camera
Never apply a film or attach any objects to the windshield, the hood, or the front grille that could obstruct the cameras field of vision and cause the system to operate abnormally. Scratches, nicks, and other damage to the windshield within the cameras field of vision can cause the system to operate abnormally. If this occurs, we recommend that you replace the windshield with a genuine Acura replacement windshield. Making even minor repairs within the cameras field of vision or installing an aftermarket replacement windshield may also cause the system to operate abnormally. After replacing the windshield, have a dealer recalibrate the camera. Proper calibration of the camera is necessary for the system to operate properly.
Do not place an object on the top of the instrument panel. It may reflect onto the windshield and prevent the system from detecting lane lines properly.
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 562
Front Sensor Camera The camera, used in systems such as Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS), Road Departure Mitigation, Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow, Collision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM), and Traffic Jam Assist is designed to detect an object that triggers any of the systems to operate its functions.
This camera is located behind the rearview mirror.
To help reduce the likelihood that high interior temperatures will cause the cameras sensing system to shut off, when parking, find a shady area or face the front of the vehicle away from the sun. If you use a reflective sun shade, do not allow it to cover the camera housing. Covering the camera can concentrate heat on it.
Camera Location and Handling Tips
Front Sensor Camera
uuAcuraWatchTMuFront Sensor Camera D
rivin g
1Front Sensor Camera
If the Some driver assist systems cannot operate: Camera temperature too high message appears: Use the climate control system to cool down the
interior and, if necessary, also use defroster mode with the airflow directed towards the camera.
Start driving the vehicle to lower the windshield temperature, which cools down the area around the camera.
If the Some driver assist systems cannot operate: Clean front windshield message appears: Park your vehicle in a safe place, and clean the
windshield. If the message does not disappear after you have cleaned the windshield and driven for a while, have your vehicle checked by a dealer.
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 563
563
564
uuAcuraWatchTMuRadar Sensor
D rivin
g
1Radar Sensor
Avoid strong impacts to the radar sensor cover.
For the CMBSTM to work properly: Always keep the radar sensor cover clean. Never use chemical solvents or polishing powder
for cleaning the sensor cover. Clean it with water or a mild detergent.
Do not put a sticker on the radar sensor cover or replace the radar sensor cover.
If you need the radar sensor to be repaired, or removed, or the radar sensor cover is strongly impacted, turn off the system by using the safety support switch and take your vehicle to a dealer.
2 CMBSTM On and Off P. 499
If the vehicle is involved in any of the following situations, the radar sensor may not work properly. Have your vehicle checked by a dealer: Your vehicle is involved in a frontal collision Your vehicle drives through deep water or is
submerged in deep water Your vehicle strongly strikes a bump, curb, chock,
or embankment that could jar the radar sensor
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 564
Radar Sensor The radar sensor is behind the emblem.
Radar Sensor
uuAcuraWatchTMuSonar Sensors* D
rivin g
1Sonar Sensors*
For the sonar sensors to work properly, do not: Place stickers or other objects on or around the
sensors. Hit the area around the sensors. Attempt to take apart any sensor. Put any accessories on or around the sensors.
Consult with a dealer if: A sensor has been subjected to shock. Work needs to be done to the area around a
sensor.
In the following cases, the sonar sensors may not work properly. Have your vehicle checked by a dealer. The front or rear bumper has made contact with a
hill, parking block, curb, embankment, etc. The vehicle has been involved in frontal or rear
collision. The vehicle has been driven through a deep
puddle.
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 565
Sonar Sensors*
Location and range of sensors The sonar sensors are situated in the front and rear bumpers.
Sonar Sensors Sonar Sensors
Models without turbo charger
Models with turbo charger
Sonar Sensors Sonar Sensors
565Continued* Not available on all models
566
uuAcuraWatchTMuSonar Sensors*
D rivin
g
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 566
Sensor Range
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 567
Braking
rivin g
1Brake System
When you depress the brake pedal, you may hear a whirring sound from the engine compartment. This is because the brake system is in operation, and it is normal.
1Parking Brake
You may hear the electric parking brake system motor operating from the rear wheel area when you apply or release the parking brake. This is normal.
The brake pedal may slightly move due to the electric parking brake system operation when you apply or release the parking brake. This is normal.
You cannot apply or release the parking brake if the 12-volt battery goes dead.
2 If the Battery Is Dead P. 699
If you press and hold the electric parking brake switch while driving, the brakes on all four wheels are applied by the VSA system until the vehicle comes to a stop. The electric parking brake then applies, and the switch should be released.
If you press and hold the electric parking brake switch while driving, the brakes on all four wheels are applied by the electric servo brake system until the vehicle come to a stop. The electric parking brake then applies, and the switch should be released.
3.5 L engine models
3.0 L engine models
Brake System
Use the parking brake to keep the vehicle stationary when parked. When the parking brake is applied, you can manually or automatically release it.
To apply The electric parking brake can be applied any time the vehicle has battery, no matter which position the power mode is in.
Press the electric parking brake switch gently and securely. u The indicator in the switch comes on. u The parking brake and brake system
indicator (red) comes on.
Parking Brake
Electric Parking Brake Switch
Indicator
567Continued
uuBrakinguBrake System
568
D rivin
g
1Parking Brake
In the following situations, the parking brake automatically operates. When the vehicle stops more than 10 minutes
while ACC with Low Speed Follow is activated. When the drivers seat belt is unfastened while
your vehicle is stopped automatically by ACC with Low Speed Follow.
When the engine is turned off, except by Auto Idle Stop system, while ACC with Low Speed Follow is activated.
When the vehicle stops with the automatic brake hold system activated for more than 10 minutes.
When the drivers seat belt is unfastened while your vehicle is stopped and brake hold is applied.
When the engine is turned off, except by Auto Idle Stop system, while brake hold system is applied.
When there is a problem with the brake hold system while automatic brake hold is applied.
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 568
To release The power mode must be in ON in order to release the electric parking brake. 1. Depress the brake pedal. 2. Pull the electric parking brake switch up. u The parking brake and brake system
indicator (red) goes off.
Manually releasing the parking brake using the switch helps your vehicle start slowly and smoothly when facing downhill on steep hills.
Electric Parking Brake Switch
uuBrakinguBrake System D
rivin g
1Parking Brake
If the parking brake cannot be released automatically, release it manually.
When the vehicle is traveling uphill, the accelerator pedal may need to be pressed farther to automatically release the electric parking brake.
The parking brake cannot be released automatically while the following indicators are on: Malfunction indicator lamp Transmission system indicator
The parking brake may not be released automatically while the following indicators are on: Parking brake and brake system indicator (amber) Vehicle Stability AssistTM (VSA) system indicator Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) indicator Supplemental restraint system indicator
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 569
Automatic parking brake feature operation If the automatic parking brake feature has been activated: The parking brake is applied automatically when you set the power mode to
VEHICLE OFF. To confirm that the parking brake is applied, check if the Parking Brake and Brake
System indicator (red) is on. 2 Activating and deactivating the automatic parking brake feature P. 570
To release automatically Depressing the accelerator pedal releases the parking brake. Use the accelerator pedal to release the brake when you are starting the vehicle facing uphill, or in a traffic jam.
Gently depress the accelerator pedal. When on a hill, it may require more accelerator input to release. u The parking brake and brake system
indicator (red) goes off.
You can release the parking brake automatically when: You are wearing the drivers seat belt. The engine is running. The transmission is not in (P or (N .
Accelerator Pedal
Continued 569
uuBrakinguBrake System
570
D rivin
g
1Parking Brake
In cold climates, the parking brake may freeze in place if applied. When parking the vehicle, chock the wheels and make sure the automatic parking brake feature is deactivated. Also, when putting your vehicle through a conveyor- type car wash or when having your vehicle towed, deactivate the automatic parking brake feature and leave the parking brake released.
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 570
Activating and deactivating the automatic parking brake feature With the power mode in ON, carry out the following steps to either activate or deactivate the automatic parking brake feature. 1. Put the transmission into (P . 2. Without depressing the brake pedal, push and release the parking brake switch. u Check that the parking brake and brake system indicator (red) has come on.
3. Push and hold the parking brake switch. When you hear a beeping sound, release the switch and within 3 seconds push and hold the switch again.
4. When you hear a sound indicating that the procedure is completed, release the switch. u Two beeps indicates that the feature has been activated. u One beep indicates that the feature has been deactivated. u When you have completed activating the feature, the parking brake will
remain applied after you turn off the power system. u To confirm that the parking brake is applied, check if the parking brake and
brake system indicator (red) is on.
If you need to temporarily deactivate the feature while putting your vehicle through a conveyor type car wash, you can follow the procedure explained below. 1. Depress the brake pedal and bring the vehicle to a stop. 2. Set the power mode to VEHICLE OFF and then within 2 seconds pull the parking
brake switch. u Activation and deactivation settings for the feature will not be affected. u Before temporarily deactivating the feature, make sure to first turn off both
ACC with Low Speed Follow and the automatic brake hold system. u To confirm that the parking brake is applied, check if the parking brake and
brake system indicator (red) is on.
uuBrakinguBrake System D
rivin g
1Foot Brake
Check the brakes after driving through deep water, or if there is a buildup of road surface water. If necessary, dry the brakes by lightly depressing the pedal several times.
If you hear a continuous metallic friction sound when applying the brakes, this is caused by the brake wear indicator rubbing on the brake rotor and indicates that the brake pads need to be replaced. Have the vehicle checked by a dealer. If you hear only an occasional squeak or squeal when you initially apply the brake pedal, this may be normal and caused by high frequency vibration of the brake pads against the rotating brake disc.
Constantly using the brake pedal while going down a long hill builds up heat, which reduces the brake effectiveness. Apply engine braking by taking your foot off the accelerator pedal and downshifting to a lower gear.
Do not rest your foot on the brake pedal while driving, as it will lightly apply the brakes and cause them to lose effectiveness over time and reduce pad life. It will also confuse drivers behind you.
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 571
Your vehicle is equipped with disc brakes at all four wheels. The brake assist system increases the stopping force when you depress the brake pedal hard in an emergency situation. The anti-lock brake system (ABS) helps you retain steering control when braking very hard.
2 Brake Assist System P. 575 2 Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) P. 574
Brake squeal To satisfy the performance under a wide range of driving conditions, a high performance braking system is equipped on your vehicle. You may hear the brake squeal under certain conditions, such as vehicle speed, deceleration, humidity, and so on. This is not a malfunction.
Foot Brake
3.0 L engine models
Continued 571
uuBrakinguBrake System
572
D rivin
g
1Automatic Brake Hold
3WARNING Activating the automatic brake hold system on steep hills or slippery roads may still allow the vehicle to move if you remove your foot from the brake pedal.
If a vehicle unexpectedly moves, it may cause a crash resulting in serious injury or death.
Never activate the automatic brake hold system or rely on it to keep a vehicle from moving when stopped on a steep hill or slippery roads.
3WARNING Using the automatic brake hold system to park the vehicle may result in the vehicle unexpectedly moving.
If a vehicle moves unexpectedly, it may cause a crash, resulting in serious injury or death.
Never leave the vehicle when braking is temporarily kept by automatic brake hold and always park the vehicle by putting the transmission in (P and applying the parking brake.
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 572
Keeps the brake applied after releasing the brake pedal until the accelerator pedal is pressed. You can use this system while the vehicle is temporarily stopped, like at traffic lights and in heavy traffic.
Automatic Brake Hold
Turning on the system
Fasten your seat belt properly, then start the engine. Press the automatic brake hold button. The automatic brake
hold system indicator comes on. The system is turned on.
Activating the system
Depress the brake pedal to come to a complete stop. The transmission must not be in (P or (R. The automatic brake
hold system indicator changes to the automatic brake hold indicator. Braking is kept for up to 10 minutes.
Release the brake pedal after the automatic brake hold indicator comes on.
Canceling the system
Depress the accelerator pedal while the transmission is in a position other than (P or (N. The system is canceled and the vehicle starts to move. The automatic brake
hold indicator changes to the automatic brake hold system indicator. The system continues to be on.
Accelerator Pedal
Brake Pedal
Automatic Brake Hold Button
Comes On Changes to Changes to
U.S. Canada
uuBrakinguBrake System D
rivin g
1Automatic Brake Hold
While the system is activated, you can turn off the engine or park the vehicle through the same procedure as you normally do.
2 When Stopped P. 576
Whether the system is on, or the system is activated, the automatic brake hold turns off once the engine is off.
1Turning off the automatic brake hold system
Make sure to turn off the automatic brake hold system before using an automated car wash.
You may hear an operating noise if the vehicle moves while the automatic brake hold system is in operation.
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 573
The system automatically cancels when: You engage the parking brake. You depress the brake pedal and put the transmission into (P or (R.
The system automatically cancels and the parking brake is applied when: Braking is kept for more than 10 minutes. The drivers seat belt is unfastened. The engine is turned off. There is a problem with automatic brake hold system.
Turning off the automatic brake hold system While the system is on, press the automatic brake hold button again. u The automatic brake hold system
indicator goes off.
If you want to turn off automatic brake hold while the system is in operation, press the automatic brake hold button with the brake pedal depressed.
Automatic Brake Hold Button
Goes Off
573
574
uuBrakinguAnti-lock Brake System (ABS)
D rivin
g
1Anti-lock Brake System (ABS)
NOTICE The ABS may not function correctly if you use a tire of the incorrect size or type.
If the ABS indicator comes on while driving, there may be a problem with the system. While normal braking will not be affected, there is a possibility that the ABS will not be operating. Have your vehicle checked by a dealer immediately.
The ABS is not designed for the purpose of reducing the time or distance it takes for a vehicle to stop: It is designed to limit brake lockup which can lead to skidding and loss of steering control.
In the following cases, your vehicle may need more distance to stop than a vehicle without the ABS: You are driving on rough or uneven road surfaces,
such as gravel or snow. The tires are equipped with tire chains.
The following may be observed with the ABS system: Motor sounds coming from the engine
compartment when the brakes are applied, or when system checks are being performed after the engine has been started and while the vehicle accelerates.
Brake pedal and/or the vehicle body vibration when ABS activates.
These vibrations and sounds are normal to ABS systems and are no cause for concern.
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 574
Anti-lock Brake System (ABS)
Helps prevent the wheels from locking up, and helps you retain steering control by pumping the brakes rapidly, much faster than you can.
The electronic brake distribution (EBD) system, which is part of the ABS, also balances the front-to-rear braking distribution according to vehicle loading.
You should never pump the brake pedal. Let the ABS work for you by always keeping firm, steady pressure on the brake pedal. This is sometimes referred to as stomp and steer.
ABS operation The brake pedal may pulsate slightly when the ABS is working. Depress the brake pedal and keep holding the pedal firmly down. On dry pavement, you will need to press on the brake pedal very hard before the ABS activates. However, you may feel the ABS activate immediately if you are trying to stop on snow or ice.
ABS may activate when you depress the brake pedal when driving on: Wet or snow covered roads. Roads paved with stone. Roads with uneven surfaces, such as potholes, cracks, manholes, etc.
When the vehicle speed goes under 6 mph (10 km/h), the ABS stops.
ABS
uuBrakinguBrake Assist System D
rivin g
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 575
Brake Assist System Designed to assist the driver by generating greater braking force when you depress the brake pedal hard during emergency braking.
Brake assist system operation Press the brake pedal firmly for more powerful braking.
When brake assist operates, the pedal may wiggle slightly and an operating noise may be heard. This is normal. Keep holding the brake pedal firmly down.
575
576
D rivin
g
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 576
Parking Your Vehicle
1Parking Your Vehicle
Do not park your vehicle near flammable objects, such as dry grass, oil, or timber. Heat from the exhaust can cause a fire.
3WARNING The vehicle can roll away if left unattended without confirming that Park is engaged.
A vehicle that rolls away could cause a crash resulting in serious injury or death.
Always keep your foot on the brake pedal until you have confirmed that (P is shown on the gear position indicator.
1When Stopped
NOTICE The following can damage the transmission: Depressing the accelerator and brake pedals
simultaneously. Holding the vehicle in place when facing uphill by
depressing the accelerator pedal. Changing to (P before the vehicle stops
completely.
When Stopped 1. Depress the brake pedal firmly. 2. With the brake pedal depressed, press the electric parking brake switch. 3. Change the shift position to (P. 4. Turn off the engine. u The parking brake and brake system indicator (red) goes off in about 30
seconds.
uuParking Your VehicleuWhen Stopped D
rivin g
1When Stopped
In extremely cold temperatures, the parking brake may freeze up if applied. If such temperatures are expected, do not apply the parking brake but, if parking on a slope, either turn the front wheels so they will contact the curb if the vehicle rolls down the slope or block the wheels to keep the vehicle from moving. If you do not take either precaution, the vehicle may roll unexpectedly, leading to a crash.
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 577
Always set the parking brake, in particular if you are parked on an incline.
577
578
uuParking Your VehicleuParking Sensor System*
D rivin
g
1Parking Sensor System*
Even when the system is on, always confirm if there is no obstacle near your vehicle before parking.
The system may not work properly when: The sensors are covered with snow, ice, mud, or
dirt. The vehicle is on uneven surface, such as grass,
bumps, or a hill. The vehicle has been out in hot or cold weather. The system is affected by devices that emit
ultrasonic waves. Driving in bad weather.
The system may not sense: Thin or low objects. Sonic-absorptive materials, such as snow, cotton,
or sponge. Objects directly under the bumper.
Do not put any accessories on or around the sensors.
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 578
Parking Sensor System*
The corner and center sensors monitor obstacles around your vehicle, and the beeper, gauge and audio/information screen let you know the approximate distance between your vehicle and the obstacle.
The sensor location and range
Within about 24 in (60 cm) or less
Front Corner Sensors Rear Corner Sensors
Front: Within about 39 in (100 cm) or less Rear: Within about 43 in (110 cm) or less
Rear Center Sensors Front Center Sensors
* Not available on all models
uuParking Your VehicleuParking Sensor System* D
rivin g
1Parking sensor system on and off
When you set the power mode to ON, the system will be in the previously selected condition.
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 579
Parking sensor system on and off With the power mode in ON, press the parking sensor system button to turn on or off the system. The indicator in the button comes on when the system is on.
The front corner, rear corner and rear center sensors start to detect an obstacle when the transmission is in (R, and the vehicle speed is less than 5 mph (8 km/h).
The front center and front corner sensors start to detect an obstacle when the transmission is in any position other than (P or (R , and the vehicle speed is less than 5 mph (8 km/h).
Continued 579
580
uuParking Your VehicleuParking Sensor System*
D rivin
g
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 580
When the distance between your vehicle and obstacles becomes shorter
*1: At this stage, only the center sensors detect obstacles.
Interval between beeps
Distance between the Bumper and Obstacle Indicator
Gauge Audio/information ScreenCorner Sensors Center Sensors
Moderate
Rear: About 43-24 in (110-60 cm)
Front: About 39-24 in (100-60 cm)
Blinks in Yellow*1
Short About 24-18 in
(60-45 cm) About 24-18 in
(60-45 cm) Blinks in Amber
Very short About 18-14 in
(45-35 cm) About 18-14 in
(45-35 cm)
Continuous About 14 in
(35 cm) or less About 14 in
(35 cm) or less Blinks in Red
Gauge
Indicators light up where the sensor detects an obstacle.
Audio/information screen Models with multi-view rear camera system
Indicators light up where the sensor detects an obstacle.
Models with surround view camera system
Indicators light up where the sensor detects an obstacle.
uuParking Your VehicleuParking Sensor System* D
rivin g
1Turning off All Rear Sensors
When you set the shift position to (R, the indicator in the parking sensor system button blinks as a reminder that the rear sensors have been turned off.
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 581
1. Make sure that the parking sensor system is not activated. Set the power mode to VEHICLE OFF (LOCK).
2. Press and hold the parking sensor system button, and set the power mode to ON. 3. Keep pressing the button for 10 seconds. Release the button when the indicator
in the button flashes. 4. Press the button again. The indicator in the button goes off. u The beeper sounds twice. The rear sensors are now turned off.
To turn the rear sensors on again, follow the above procedure. The beeper sounds three times when the rear sensors come back on.
Turning off All Rear Sensors
581
582
uuParking Your VehicleuCross Traffic Monitor
D rivin
g
1Cross Traffic Monitor
The parking sensor systems alerting buzzer overrides the Cross Traffic Monitor buzzer when the sensors are detecting obstacles at the closest range.
3CAUTION Cross Traffic Monitor cannot detect all approaching vehicles and may not detect an approaching vehicle at all.
Failure to visually confirm that it is safe to back up the vehicle before doing so may result in a collision.
Do not solely rely on the system when reversing; always also use your mirrors, and look behind and to the sides of your vehicle before reversing.
Models with parking sensor system
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 582
Cross Traffic Monitor Monitors the rear corner areas using the radar sensors when reversing, and alerts you if a vehicle approaching from a rear corner is detected.
The system is convenient when you are backing out of a parking space.
uuParking Your VehicleuCross Traffic Monitor D
rivin g
1Cross Traffic Monitor
Cross Traffic Monitor may not detect or may delay alerting an approaching vehicle, or may alert without an approaching vehicle under the following conditions: An obstacle, such as another vehicle and a wall,
near your vehicles rear bumper, is blocking the radar sensors scope.
Your vehicle is moving at a speed of about 3 mph (5 km/h) or higher.
A vehicle is approaching at a speed other than between about 6 mph (10 km/h) and 16 mph (25 km/h).
The system picks up external interference such as other radar sensors from another vehicle or strong radio wave transmitted from a facility nearby.
Either corner of the rear bumper is covered with snow, ice, mud or dirt.
When there is bad weather. Your vehicle is on an incline. Your vehicle is tilted due to a heavy load in the rear. Your vehicle is reversing towards a wall, a pole, a
vehicle, and so on.
The rear bumper or the sensors have been improperly repaired or the rear bumper has been deformed. Have your vehicle checked by a dealer.
For proper operation, always keep the rear bumper corner area clean. Do not cover the rear bumper corner area with labels or stickers of any kind.
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 583
The system activates when: The power mode is in ON. The Cross Traffic Monitor is turned on.
2 Cross Traffic Monitor On and Off P. 585
The transmission is in (R . Your vehicle is moving at 3 mph (5 km/h) or
lower.
When a vehicle is detected approaching from a rear corner, Cross Traffic Monitor alerts you with a buzzer and a displayed warning.
The system will not detect a vehicle that approaches from directly behind your vehicle, nor will it provide alerts about a detected vehicle when it moves directly behind your vehicle.
The system does not provide alerts for a vehicle that is moving away from your vehicle, and it may alert for pedestrians, bicycles, or stationary objects.
How the System Works
Radar sensors: Underneath the rear bumper corners
Continued 583
uuParking Your VehicleuCross Traffic Monitor
584
D rivin
g
1When the System Detects a Vehicle
If the changes to in amber when the transmission is in (R, mud snow or ice, etc. may have accumulated in the vicinity of the sensor. Check the bumper corners for any obstructions, and thoroughly clean the area if necessary.
If the comes on when the transmission is in (R, there may be a problem with the Cross Traffic Monitor system. Do not use the system and have your vehicle checked by a dealer.
If the display remains the same with the transmission in (R, there may be a problem with the rear camera system and the Cross Traffic Monitor system. Do not use the system and have your vehicle checked by a dealer.
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 584
An arrow icon appears on the side a vehicle is approaching on the audio/information screen.
When the System Detects a Vehicle
Wide ViewNormal View
Arrow Icon
Models with multi-view rear camera system
Top Down View
Rear Wide View/ Ground View
Rear Normal View/ Ground View
Arrow Icon
Models with surround view camera system
uuParking Your VehicleuCross Traffic Monitor D
rivin g
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 585
You can switch the system on and off from the customized feature on the audio/ information screen.
2 Customized Features P. 351
The system can also be turned on and off on the audio/information screen by pressing the cross traffic monitor icon.
Cross Traffic Monitor On and Off
Cross Traffic Monitor icon
585
586
D rivin
g
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 586
Multi-View Rear Camera*
1About Your Multi-View Rear Camera
The rear camera view is restricted. You cannot see the corner ends of the bumper or what is underneath the bumper. Its unique lens also makes objects appear closer or farther than they actually are.
Visually confirm that it is safe to drive before backing up. Certain conditions (such as weather, lighting, and high temperatures) may also restrict the rear view. Do not rely on the rearview display which does not give you all information about conditions at the back of your vehicle.
If the rear camera lens is covered with dirt or moisture, activate the rearview camera washer or use a soft, moist cloth to keep the lens clean and free of debris.
2 Rear Wiper/Washers P. 183
You can change the Guidelines setting. 2 Customized Features P. 351
Off: Guidelines do not appear. Fixed: Fixed Guidelines appear. Dynamic: Guidelines that move according to the steering wheel direction appear. Both: Fixed guidelines and dynamic guidelines appear.
About Your Multi-View Rear Camera The audio/information screen can display your vehicles rear view. The display automatically changes to the rear view when the transmission is put into (R .
Multi-View Rear Camera Display Area
Guidelines
Bumper
Camera
Approx. 20 inches (50 cm) Tailgate Open Range
Approx. 39 inches (1 m)
Wide View Mode
Normal View Mode
Top Down View Mode
Approx. 39 inches (1 m) Approx. 20 inches (50 cm) Tailgate Open Range
* Not available on all models
uuMulti-View Rear Camera*uAbout Your Multi-View Rear Camera D
rivin g
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 587
You can view three different camera modes on the rearview display. Swipe to highlight the view mode icon and click the A-Zone Touchpad to change the mode.
2 True Touchpad Interface P. 251
: Wide view mode : Normal view mode : Top down view mode
If the last used viewing mode was Wide or Normal view mode, the same mode is selected the next time you put the transmission into (R .
If Top down view mode was last used before you turned the power mode to OFF, Wide View mode is selected next time you set the power mode to ON and put the transmission into (R.
If Top down view mode was last used more than 10 seconds after you change from (R, Wide View mode is selected the next time you put the transmission into (R .
587
588
D rivin
g
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 588
Surround View Camera System*
1Surround View Camera System*
3WARNING Failure to visually assess the area around the vehicle (directly or by use of the mirrors) may result in a crash causing serious injury or death.
The areas shown in the surround view camera system display are limited. The display may not show all pedestrians or other objects around your vehicle.
Do not solely rely only on the surround view camera system display to assess whether it is safe to move your vehicle.
3WARNING Failure to pay proper attention to your surroundings while driving may result in a crash causing serious injury or death.
To help mitigate the chances of a collision, only look at the surround view camera system display when it is safe to do so.
Is a four camera system that views areas commonly known as blind spots from different angles, then displays the images on the audio/information screen. This system can be used to: Check the right and left sides of the vehicle while crossing at intersections with
poor visibility (fog, heavy rain, obstructed view, etc.). 2 Checking from the front wide view at intersections P. 594
Check for obstacles in front of the vehicle when parking or maneuvering in confined areas.
2 Checking the sides of your vehicle P. 594
Check for obstacles when you are moving in (R . 2 Using the Surround View Camera System P. 592
* Not available on all models
uuSurround View Camera System*uDisplaying an Image From the Surround View Cameras D
rivin g
1Surround View Camera System*
The surround view camera system does not eliminate all blind spots. The system is for your convenience only.
If the rear camera lens is covered with dirt or moisture, activate the rearview camera washer or use a soft, moist cloth to keep the lens clean and free of debris.
2 Rear Wiper/Washers P. 183
When the parking sensor system detects any obstacles, the indicator will display.
2 Parking Sensor System* P. 578 When a vehicle is detected approaching from a rear corner, Cross Traffic Monitor alerts you.
2 Cross Traffic Monitor P. 582
1Displaying an Image From the Surround View Cameras
The navigation system is disabled when the shift position is in (R.
Pressing the (home) or (back) button while the surround view camera system screen is displayed cancels the front view screen of the surround view camera system.
If you press the CAMERA button while the vehicle speed is more than 16 mph (25 km/h), the standby screen appears. When the vehicle speed is reduced below 12 mph (20 km/h), the screen switches to a surround view camera system image.
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 589
Displaying an Image From the Surround View Cameras
For frontal views: Press the CAMERA button when the vehicle is stationary or moving at 12 mph (20 km/h) or slower. Press the button again to switch camera views.
For rear reviews: Change the shift position to (R when the vehicle is stationary. Press the CAMERA button to switch to rear view mode.
You can customize the display setting. 2 Customized Features P. 351
CAMERA Button
589Continued* Not available on all models
590
uuSurround View Camera System*uDisplaying an Image From the Surround View Cameras
D rivin
g
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 590
Camera Locations and Images
Ground View An overhead view created by the combination of images captured by four cameras.
Side View + Ground View
Sideview Camera (Passenger side)
Sideview Camera (Driver side)
The unique surround view camera lenses make distances appear differently than they actually are - objects seen on the audio/ information screen may appear closer or further away, and may be distorted. This becomes more apparent the further away an object is from your vehicle.
Press the CAMERA button.
Rearview CameraFront-view Camera
Audio/ Information Screen
Front Wide View + Ground View
Rear Wide View + Ground View
Rear Normal View + Ground View
uuSurround View Camera System*u D
rivin g
1Reference Lines and Guides
The positions/distances indicated by the guidelines and camera views on the display may differ from the actual positions/distances due to the changes in the vehicle height, road conditions, and other factors. The guidelines should be used as a reference only.
The guidelines can be turned on and off using the audio/information screen.
2 Customized Features P. 351
If you turn the guidelines off, they remain off until you turn them back on.
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 591
Following can be displayed when the system is on. Guidelines: Help you to get a sense of a distance between your vehicle and the rear surroundings. The distance may appear differently than the actual distance. Projection lines: Indicate vehicle direction while the steering wheel is in the current position.
Reference Lines and Guides
Continued 591
uuSurround View Camera System*u
592
D rivin
g
1Using the Surround View Camera System
The ground view can be displayed even with the door mirrors folded. However, the viewable angle and blind spot change. Do not refer to the surround view camera system when the door mirrors are folded.
When changing the shift position from/to (R, you may experience a delay in switching between the audio/information screen and a rear view image.
FoldedNot folded
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 592
Checking for Obstacles at the Back of Your Vehicle The display automatically changes to the rear view when the shift position is changed to (R .
Using the Surround View Camera System
Rear Ground View
When the steering wheel is turned more than 90 degrees.
The projection lines appear approx. 16 inches (40 cm) outside the vehicle body.
Blind spots appear in black.
Approximate distances the guidelines indicate
Approximate distances the projection lines indicate
39 inches (1 m)
20 inches (50 cm)
39 inches (1 m)
uuSurround View Camera System*u D
rivin g
1Checking for the Sides of Your Vehicle
When the vehicle speed exceeds 16 mph (25 km/h), the front or side view on the screen automatically switches to the audio/information screen. The front or side view screen resumes when the vehicle speed is reduced below 12 mph (20 km/h).
0 mph (0 km/h)
Down Up
Camera Screen
Camera Screen
Audio/Information Screen
Audio/Information Screen
16 mph (25 km/h)
12 mph (20 km/h)0 mph (0 km/h)
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 593
You can display the ground view screen using all the four cameras for the system. Pressing the CAMERA button when the vehicle speed is at below 12 mph (20 km/h) changes the image as follows.
Checking for the Sides of Your Vehicle
Front Wide View + Ground ViewAudio/Information Screen
Approximate distance the reference line indicates.
Press the CAMERA button.
approx. 3 feet (1 m)
Blind spots appear in black.
Side View + Ground View
Continued 593
uuSurround View Camera System*u
594
D rivin
g
1Checking from the front wide view at intersections
The front wide view image is a wide-angled view. The displayed image will be largely distorted, and objects may appear closer or more distant than they actually are.
1Checking the sides of your vehicle
When the door mirrors are folded, the side views cannot be displayed.
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 594
Checking from the front wide view at intersections The front wide view screen is useful when you need to check for vehicles crossing from either direction at an intersection with poor visibility.
Checking the sides of your vehicle The side view screens are convenient when you pull over at a curb or tollbooth, or slowly pass by oncoming vehicles on a narrow road.
The angle provided by the front wide view screen is 180 degrees.
When the vehicle speed is below 12 mph (20 km/h), press the CAMERA button.
Front Wide View + Ground View
12 inches (30 cm)
Approximate distance the projection lines indicate is 12 inches (30 cm) from the vehicle.
Side Views The images from the side cameras.
12 inches (30 cm)
uuSurround View Camera System*u D
rivin g
Solutions
ot use the surround view camera system but rely on visual confirmation until the conditions allow ystem to work properly.
n rear camera lenses with the rearview camera er or a soft cloth moisturized with water, mild
rgent or glass cleaner. Rear Wiper/Washers P. 183
off the screen using a soft dry cloth.
ot use the surround view camera system and act a dealer.
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 595
The system may not work properly under the following conditions.
Surround View Camera System Limitations
Conditions
The images may not appear clearly when:
You activate the system in bad weather (heavy rain, snow, fog, etc.) or in the dark.
Camera temperatures are high. A sudden change between light and dark such as an
entrance or exit of a tunnel. You drive into the sunlight (e.g., at dawn or dusk.)
Do n only the s
A camera lens is covered with dirt, moisture, or debris.
A camera lens is scratched.
Clea wash dete
2
The audio/information screen is dirty. Wipe
A camera angle is altered.
A camera or the area around the camera has been severely impacted.
Do n cont
An error message is displayed while the surround view camera system is in use.
595
596
D rivin
g
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 596
Refueling
1Fuel Information
NOTICE We recommend quality gasoline containing detergent additives that help prevent fuel system and engine deposits. In addition, in order to maintain good performance, fuel economy, and emissions control, we strongly recommend the use of gasoline that does NOT contain harmful manganese-based fuel additives such as MMT, if such gasoline is available.
Use of gasoline with these additives may adversely affect performance, and cause the malfunction indicator lamp on your instrument panel to come on. If this happens, contact a dealer for service. Some gasoline today is blended with oxygenates such as ethanol. Your vehicle is designed to operate on oxygenated gasoline containing up to 15% ethanol by volume. Do not use gasoline containing methanol. If you notice any undesirable operating symptoms, try another service station or switch to another brand of gasoline.
Fuel Information Fuel recommendation
Use of a lower octane gasoline can cause occasional metallic knocking noise in the engine and will result in decreased engine performance. Use of a gasoline with a pump octane less than 87 can lead to engine damage.
Top tier detergent gasoline Because the level of detergency and additives in gasoline vary in the market, Acura endorses the use of TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline where available to help maintain the performance and reliability of your vehicle. TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline meets a new gasoline standard jointly established by leading automotive manufacturers to meet the needs of todays advanced engines.
Qualifying gasoline retailers will, in most cases, identify their gasoline as having met TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline standards at the retail location. This fuel is guaranteed to contain the proper level of detergent additives and be free of metallic additives. The proper level of detergent additives, and absence of harmful metallic additives in gasoline, help avoid buildup of deposits in your engine and emission control system.
For further important fuel-related information for your vehicle, or on information on gasoline that does not contain MMT, visit Acura Owners at owners.acura.com. In Canada, visit www.acura.ca for additional information on gasoline. For more information on top tier gasoline, visit www.toptiergas.com.
Fuel tank capacity: 18.5 US gal (70.0 L)
Unleaded premium gasoline, pump octane number 91 or higher
uuRefuelinguHow to Refuel D
rivin g
1How to Refuel
The fuel filler opening is designed to accept only service station filler nozzles for refueling. Use of smaller diameter tubes (e.g., those used to siphon fuel for other uses) or other non-service station devices can damage the area in and around the filler opening.
Use the master door lock switch to unlock the fuel fill door. The vehicle doors and fuel fill door automatically relock if the remote unlock function is used. This can be deactivated by briefly opening then closing the drivers door.
3WARNING Gasoline is highly flammable and explosive. You can be burned or seriously injured when handling fuel.
Stop the engine, and keep heat, sparks, and flames away.
Handle fuel only outdoors. Wipe up spills immediately.
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 597
How to Refuel Your fuel tank is not equipped with a fuel filler cap. You can insert the filler nozzle directly into the filler neck. The tank seals itself again when you pull out the filler nozzle.
1. Stop your vehicle with the service station pump on the left side of the vehicle in the rear.
2. Turn off the engine. 3. Unlock the drivers door. u The fuel fill door on the outer side of the
vehicle will unlock. 4. Press the area indicated by the arrow to
release the fuel fill door. You will hear a click.
5. Manually pull the fuel fill door to a fully open position.
Press
597Continued
uuRefuelinguHow to Refuel
598
D rivin
g
1How to Refuel
If the fuel filler nozzle keeps turning off when the tank is not full, there may be a problem with the pumps fuel vapor recovery system. Try filling at another pump. If this does not fix the problem, consult a dealer.
The filler nozzle automatically stops to leave space in the fuel tank so that fuel does not overflow as a result of changes in air temperature.
Do not continue to add fuel after the filler nozzle has automatically stopped. Additional fuel can exceed the full tank capacity.
If you repeatedly fill the tank with less than the specified minimum amount of fuel, the malfunction indicator lamp may come on. If this happens, have your vehicle checked by a dealer.
If you have to refuel your vehicle from a portable container, use the funnel provided with your vehicle.
2 Refueling From a Portable Fuel Container P. 727
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 598
6. Place the end of the filler nozzle on the lower part of filler opening, then insert it slowly and fully. u Make sure that the end of the filler
nozzle goes down along with the filler pipe.
u Keep the filler nozzle level. u When the tank is full, the filler nozzle will
click off automatically. u If you do not fill up the tank to full,
always add a minimum of 2.6 US gal (10.0 L) of fuel.
u After filling, wait about five seconds before removing the filler nozzle.
7. Shut the fuel fill door by hand.
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 599
Fuel Economy and CO2 Emissions
rivin g
1Improving Fuel Economy and Reducing CO2 Emissions
Direct calculation is the recommended method to determine actual fuel consumed while driving.
In Canada, posted fuel economy numbers are established following a simulated test. For more information on how this test is performed, please visit https://www.nrcan.gc.ca and search for fuel consumption testing in the search field at the top of the page.
Miles driven Gallons of fuel
Miles per Gallon
100 Liters of fuel Kilometers driven
L per 100 km
Improving Fuel Economy and Reducing CO2 Emissions Achieving fuel economy and reducing CO2 emissions is dependent on several factors, including driving conditions, load weight, idling time, driving habits, and vehicle condition. Depending on these and other factors, you may not achieve the rated fuel economy of this vehicle.
You can optimize your fuel economy with proper maintenance of your vehicle. Always maintain your vehicle in accordance with the messages displayed on the driver information interface. Use engine oil with the viscosity recommended.
2 Recommended Engine Oil P. 616
Maintain the specified tire pressure. Do not load the vehicle with excess cargo. Keep your vehicle clean. A buildup of snow or mud on your vehicles underside
adds weight and increases wind resistance.
Maintenance and Fuel Economy
599
600
D rivin
g
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 600
Turbo Engine Vehicle*
1Turbo Engine Vehicle*
The scheduled maintenance intervals for replacing the filter is indicated on the driver information interface. Follow the information on replacement timing.
2 Maintenance MinderTM P. 605
The temperature gauge pointer is at the upper level when you restart the engine after driving under high load conditions such as at high speed or in hilly terrain. This is normal. The gauge goes down after you idle or drive the vehicle for about one minute.
Handling Precautions The turbocharger is a high-precision device to obtain greater horsepower by delivering a large volume of compressed air into the engine using a turbine driven by the engines exhaust gas pressure.
When the engine is cold just after starting, avoid hard or sudden acceleration.
Always replace the engine oil and engine oil filter according to the Maintenance MinderTM.
The turbine rotates at very high speeds over 100,000 rpm and its temperature reaches over 1,292F (700C). It is lubricated and cooled by engine oil. If you fail to replace the engine oil and filter at the scheduled distance or interval, deteriorated engine oil may cause failure such as sticking and abnormal noise of the turbine bearing.
* Not available on all models
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 601
Maintenance
This chapter discusses basic maintenance.
Before Performing Maintenance Inspection and Maintenance ............ 602 Safety When Performing Maintenance..603 Parts and Fluids Used in Maintenance Service ........................................... 604
Maintenance MinderTM ..................... 605 Maintenance Under the Hood and Cargo Area
Maintenance Items Under the Hood.. 611 Maintenance Items Under the Hood and Cargo Area .................................... 612
Opening the Hood ........................... 613 Engine Compartment Cover............. 615 Recommended Engine Oil ................ 616
Oil Check......................................... 617 Adding Engine Oil............................ 619 Changing the Engine Oil and Oil Filter ..620 Engine Coolant ........................ 622, 624 Transmission Fluid............................ 626 Brake Fluid....................................... 627 Refilling Window Washer Fluid......... 628
Replacing Light Bulbs ....................... 629 Checking and Maintaining Wiper Blades...631 Checking and Maintaining Tires
Checking Tires ................................. 636 Tire and Loading Information Label .. 637 Tire Labeling .................................... 637
DOT Tire Quality Grading (U.S. Vehicles)..639 Wear Indicators ............................... 641 Tire Service Life................................ 641 Tire and Wheel Replacement ........... 642 Tire Rotation.................................... 643 Winter Tires ..................................... 644
Battery............................................... 645 Remote Transmitter Care
Replacing the Button Battery ........... 648 Climate Control System Maintenance ..650 Cleaning
Interior Care .................................... 651 Exterior Care.................................... 653
Accessories and Modifications ........ 656
601
602
M ain
ten an
ce
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 602
Before Performing Maintenance
1Inspection and Maintenance
Maintenance, replacement, or repair of emissions control devices and systems may be done by any automotive repair establishment or individuals using parts that are certified to EPA standards.
According to state and federal regulations, failure to perform maintenance on the maintenance main items marked with # will not void your emissions warranties. However, all maintenance services should be performed in accordance with the intervals indicated by the driver information interface.
2 Maintenance Service Items P. 607
If you want to perform complex maintenance tasks that require more skills and tools, you can purchase a subscription to the Service Express website at www.techinfo.acura.com.
2 Authorized Manuals P. 743
If you want to perform maintenance yourself, make sure that you have the necessary tools and skills first. After performing maintenance, update the records in the separate maintenance booklet.
U.S. models
Inspection and Maintenance For your safety, perform all listed inspections and maintenance to keep your vehicle in good condition. If you become aware of any abnormality (noise, smell, insufficient brake fluid, oil residue on the ground, etc.), have your vehicle inspected by a dealer. (Note, however, that service at a dealer is not mandatory to keep your warranties in effect.) Refer to the separate maintenance booklet for detailed maintenance and inspection information.
Routine inspections Perform inspections before long distance trips, when washing the vehicle, or when refueling.
2 Maintenance P. 26
Periodic inspections Check the brake fluid level monthly.
2 Checking the Brake Fluid P. 627
Check the tire pressure monthly. Examine the tread for wear and foreign objects. 2 Checking and Maintaining Tires P. 636
Check the operation of the exterior lights monthly. 2 Replacing Light Bulbs P. 629
Check the condition of the wiper blades at least every six months. 2 Checking and Maintaining Wiper Blades P. 631
Types of Inspection and Maintenance
uuBefore Performing MaintenanceuSafety When Performing Maintenance M
ain ten
an ce
1Safety When Performing Maintenance
3WARNING Improperly maintaining this vehicle or failing to correct a problem before driving can cause a crash in which you can be seriously hurt or killed.
Always follow the inspection and maintenance recommendations according to the schedules in this owners manual.
3WARNING Failure to properly follow maintenance instructions and precautions can cause you to be seriously hurt or killed.
Always follow the procedures and precautions in this owners manual.
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 603
Safety When Performing Maintenance Some of the most important safety precautions are given here. However, we cannot warn you of every conceivable hazard that can arise in performing maintenance. Only you can decide whether you should perform a given task.
To reduce the possibility of fire or explosion, keep cigarettes, sparks, and flames away from the battery and all fuel related parts.
Never leave rags, towels, or other flammable objects under the hood. u Heat from the engine and exhaust can ignite them, causing a fire.
To clean parts, use a commercially available degreaser or parts cleaner, not gasoline.
Wear eye protection and protective clothing when working with the battery or compressed air.
Engine exhaust contains carbon monoxide, which is poisonous and can kill you. u Only operate the engine if there is sufficient ventilation.
Maintenance Safety
603Continued
uuBefore Performing MaintenanceuParts and Fluids Used in Maintenance Service
604
M ain
ten an
ce
1Parts and Fluids Used in Maintenance Service
NOTICE Do not press the engine cover forcibly. This may damage the engine cover and component parts.
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 604
The vehicle must be in a stationary condition. u Make sure your vehicle is parked on level ground, the parking brake is set, and
the engine is off. Make sure that the radiator fan is stopped before inspecting the engine
compartment. u If you stop the engine while its temperature is high, the radiator fan may
operate automatically. Be aware that hot parts can burn you. u Make sure to let the engine and exhaust system cool thoroughly before
touching vehicle parts. Be aware that moving parts can injure you. u Do not start the engine unless instructed, and keep your hands and limbs away
from moving parts. u Do not open the hood while the Auto Idle Stop function is activated.
Parts and Fluids Used in Maintenance Service The use of Acura genuine parts and fluids is recommended when maintaining and servicing your vehicle. Acura genuine parts are manufactured according to the same high quality standards used in Acura vehicles.
Vehicle Safety
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 605
Maintenance MinderTM
ain ten
an ce
1Displaying the Maintenance Minder Information
Based on the engine operating conditions, the remaining engine oil life is calculated and displayed as a percentage.
There is a list of maintenance main and sub items you can view on the driver information interface.
2 Maintenance Service Items P. 607
Displayed Engine Oil Life (%)
Calculated Engine Oil Life (%)
100 100 to 91 90 90 to 81 80 80 to 71 70 70 to 61 60 60 to 51 50 50 to 41 40 40 to 31 30 30 to 21 20 20 to 16 15 15 to 11 10 10 to 6 5 5 to 1 0 0
If the engine oil life is less than 15%, you will see the Maintenance Minder messages appear on the driver information interface every time you set the power mode to ON. The messages notify you when to change the engine oil, or when to bring your vehicle to a dealer for indicated maintenance services.
To Use Maintenance MinderTM
Maintenance items, which should be serviced at the same time that you replace the engine oil, appear on the driver information interface. You can view them on the engine oil life screen at any time. 1. Set the power mode to ON. 2. Press the right selector wheel until the content is displayed. 3. Roll the right selector wheel until the Maintenance screen is displayed. The engine oil
life appears on the driver information interface along with maintenance items due soon.
Displaying the Maintenance Minder Information
Remaining Engine Oil Life
Maintenance Service Items
Right Selector Wheel
605Continued
606
uuMaintenance MinderTMuTo Use Maintenance MinderTM
M ain
ten an
ce
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 606
The system message indicator ( ) comes on along with the Maintenance Minder message.
Maintenance Minder Messages on the Driver Information Interface
Maintenance Message Oil Life Display Explanation Information
When you select the Maintenance screen, it displays codes for maintenance items due at the next engine oil change, along with the percentage of engine oil life remaining.
Maintenance Due Soon 15% The remaining engine oil life is 15 to 6 percent. Once you switch the display by rolling the right selector wheel, this message will go off.
The engine oil is approaching the end of its service life, and the maintenance items should be inspected and serviced soon.
Maintenance Due Now 5% The remaining engine oil life is 5 to 1 percent. Roll the right selector wheel to switch to another display.
The engine oil has almost reached the end of its service life, and the maintenance items should be inspected and serviced as soon as possible.
Maintenance Past Due Negative Distance The remaining engine oil life has passed its service life, and a negative distance appears. Roll the right selector wheel to switch to another display.
The engine oil life has passed. The maintenance items must be inspected and serviced immediately.
uuMaintenance MinderTMuTo Use Maintenance MinderTM M
ain ten
an ce
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 607
Maintenance Service Items
Maintenance Minder Message System Message Indicator
Sub ItemsMain Item
607Continued
608
uuMaintenance MinderTMuTo Use Maintenance MinderTM
M ain
ten an
ce
1Maintenance Service Items
Adjust the valves during services A, B, 1, 2, or 3 if they are noisy.
onditions, replace the air cleaner element every 15,000 miles (24,000 km). in urban areas that have high concentrations of soot in the air from industry and vehicles, replace the dust and pollen filter every 15,000 miles (24,000 km). in very high temperatures (over 110F, 43C), in very low temperatures (under ing a trailer, replace every 60,000 miles/100,000 km. us areas at very low vehicle speeds or trailer towing results in higher level of tress to fluid. This requires differential fluid changes more frequently than Maintenance Minder. If you regularly drive your vehicle under these conditions, fluid changed at 7,500 miles (12,000 km), then every 15,000 miles (24,000 km). der message does not appear more than 36 months after the display for item 7 is ke fluid every 3 years.
Maintenance Sub Items te tires ace air cleaner element*2
ace dust and pollen filter*3
ect drive belt ace transmission and transfer* fluid ace spark plugs ace timing belt and inspect water pump*4
ect valve clearance ace engine coolant ace rear differential fluid*, *5
ace brake fluid*6
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 608
U.S. models
*1: If a message does not appear more than 12 months after the display is reset, change the engine oil every year.
# : See information on maintenance and emissions warranty.
CODE Maintenance Main Items A Replace engine oil*1
B Replace engine oil*1 and oil filter Inspect front and rear brakes Check expiration date for tire repair kit bottle*
Inspect tie rod ends, steering gearbox, and boots Inspect suspension components Inspect driveshaft boots Inspect brake hoses and lines (Including ABS/VSA) Inspect all fluid levels and condition of fluids Inspect exhaust system#
Inspect fuel lines and connections#
*2: If you drive in dusty c *3: If you drive primarily
from diesel-powered *4: If you drive regularly
-20F, -29C), or tow *5: Driving in mountaino
mechanical (Shear) s recommended by the have the differential
*6: If a Maintenance Min reset, change the bra
CODE 1 Rota 2 Repl
Repl Insp
3 Repl 4 Repl
Repl Insp
5 Repl 6 Repl 7 Repl
* Not available on all models
uuMaintenance MinderTMuTo Use Maintenance MinderTM M
ain ten
an ce
1Maintenance Service Items
Adjust the valves during services A, 0, 9, 1, 2, or 3 if they are noisy.
Maintenance Sub Items
tires
air cleaner element*2
dust and pollen filter*3
drive belt
transmission fluid and transfer fluid
spark plugs timing belt and inspect water pump*4
valve clearance
engine coolant
rear differential fluid*5
brake fluid*6
front and rear brakes xpiration date for tire repair kit bottle*
these items: od ends, steering gearbox, and boots ension components
eshaft boots e hoses and lines (including ABS/VSA) luid levels and condition of fluids ust system#
lines and connections#
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 609
Canadian models
*1: If a message does not appear more than 12 months after the display is reset, change the engine oil every year.
*2: If you drive in dusty conditions, replace every 24,000 km (15,000 miles). *3: If you drive primarily in urban areas that have high concentrations of soot in the air from industry and
from diesel-powered vehicles, replace every 24,000 km (15,000 miles). *4: If you drive regularly in very high temperatures (over 43C, 110F), in very low temperatures (under
29C, 20F), or towing a trailer, replace every 100,000 km/60,000 miles. *5: Driving in mountainous areas at very low vehicle speeds or trailer towing results in higher level of
mechanical (Shear) stress to fluid. This requires differential fluid changes more frequently than recommended by the Maintenance Minder. If you regularly drive your vehicle under these conditions, have the differential fluid changed at 12,000 km (7,500 miles), then every 24,000 km (15,000 miles).
*6: If a Maintenance Minder message does not appear more than 36 months after the display for item 7 is reset, change the brake fluid every 3 years.
# : See information on maintenance and emissions warranty.
CODE Maintenance Main Items
A Replace engine oil*1
0 Replace engine oil*1 and oil filter
CODE
1 Rotate
2 Replace Replace Inspect
3 Replace
4 Replace Replace Inspect
5 Replace
6 Replace
7 Replace
9 Service Check e Inspect
Tie r Susp Driv Brak All f Exha Fuel
609Continued* Not available on all models
uuMaintenance MinderTMuTo Use Maintenance MinderTM
610
M ain
ten an
ce
1Resetting the Display
NOTICE Failure to reset the Maintenance MinderTM after a maintenance service results in the system showing incorrect maintenance intervals, which can lead to serious mechanical problems.
The dealer will reset the Maintenance MinderTM display after completing the required maintenance service. If someone other than a dealer performs maintenance service, reset the Maintenance MinderTM display yourself.
You can also reset the Maintenance MinderTM display using the audio/information screen.
2 Customized Features P. 351
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 610
Reset the maintenance minder information display if you have performed the maintenance service.
1. Set the power mode to ON. 2. Press the right selector wheel until the content is displayed. 3. Roll the right selector wheel until the Maintenance screen is displayed. 4. Press and hold the right selector wheel for about 10 seconds to enter the reset
mode. 5. Roll the right selector wheel to select a maintenance item to reset, or to select All
due items (You can also press the right selector wheel to the left to end the process).
6. Press the right selector wheel to reset the selected item. 7. Repeat from step 4 for other items you wish to reset.
Resetting the Display
Remaining Engine Oil Life
Maintenance Service Items
Right Selector Wheel
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 611
Maintenance Under the Hood and Cargo Area
ain ten
an ce
Brake Fluid (Black Cap)
Engine Coolant Reserve Tank
ery
Maintenance Items Under the Hood 3.5 L engine models
Washer Fluid
Radiator Cap
Engine Oil Dipstick (Orange)
Engine Oil Fill Cap
Batt
611
612
uuMaintenance Under the Hood and Cargo AreauMaintenance Items Under the Hood and Cargo Area
M ain
ten an
ce
ttery
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 612
Maintenance Items Under the Hood and Cargo Area 3.0 L engine models
Brake Fluid (Black Cap)
Washer Fluid
Engine Coolant Reserve Tank
Engine Oil Dipstick (Orange)
Engine Oil Fill Cap
Ba
Hood Cargo Area
uuMaintenance Under the Hood and Cargo AreauOpening the Hood M
ain ten
an ce
1Opening the Hood
NOTICE Do not open the hood when the wiper arms are raised. The hood will strike the wipers, resulting in possible damage to the hood and/or the wipers.
NOTICE Do not press the engine cover forcibly. This may damage the engine cover and component parts.
When closing the hood, check that both right and left latches are securely latched.
If the hood latch lever moves stiffly, or if you can open the hood without lifting the lever, the latch mechanism should be cleaned and lubricated.
Do not open the hood while the Auto Idle Stop function is activated.
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 613
Opening the Hood 1. Park the vehicle on a level surface, and set
the parking brake. 2. Pull the hood release handle under the
drivers side lower corner of the dashboard. u The hood will pop up slightly.
3. Push the hood latch lever (located under the front edge of the hood to the center) to the side and raise the hood. Once you have raised the hood slightly, you can release the lever.
4. Lift the hood up most of the way. u The hydraulic supports will lift it up the
rest of the way and hold it up.
When closing, gently lower the hood, then remove your hand at a height of approximately 12 inches (30 cm) and press down firmly with both hands, making sure both right and left latches are firmly locked in place.
Hood Release Handle
Pull
Lever
Latches
613Continued
uuMaintenance Under the Hood and Cargo AreauOpening the Hood
614
M ain
ten an
ce
1Opening the Hood
NOTICE If a warning message for hood open is displayed, either right, left, or both hood locks are not correctly locked in place. If they are incorrectly locked in place, the hood may open while driving. Immediately stop in a safe place and close the hood by pressing down on the front of the hood until both locks are latched and the warning disappears.
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 614
uuMaintenance Under the Hood and Cargo AreauEngine Compartment Cover M
ain ten
an ce
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 615
Engine Compartment Cover The component parts in the engine compartment are protected by a cover.
You may need to remove the cover when you perform certain maintenance work. Pull up on the engine compartment cover carefully until all pins are removed from their grommets.
3.5 L engine models
Remove the Engine Compartment Cover
615
616
uuMaintenance Under the Hood and Cargo AreauRecommended Engine Oil
M ain
ten an
ce
1Recommended Engine Oil
Engine Oil Additives Your vehicle does not require oil additives. In fact, they may adversely affect the engine performance and durability.
The following seal indicates the oil is energy conserving and that it meets the American Petroleum Institutes latest requirements.
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 616
Recommended Engine Oil Use a genuine engine oil or another commercial engine oil of suitable type and viscosity (for the ambient temperature) as shown in the image that follows.
Oil is a major contributor to your engines performance and longevity. If you drive the vehicle with insufficient or deteriorated oil, the engine may fail or be damaged.
*1:Formulated to improve fuel economy.
Synthetic oil You may also use synthetic motor oil if it is labeled with the API Certification Seal and is the specified viscosity grade.
Genuine Engine Oil Commercial Engine Oil
Acura Genuine Motor Oil Premium-grade 0W-20 detergent oil with an API Certification Seal on the container.
Ambient Temperature Ambient Temperature
uuMaintenance Under the Hood and Cargo AreauOil Check M
ain ten
an ce
1Oil Check
If the oil level is near or below the lower mark, slowly add oil, being careful not to overfill.
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 617
Oil Check We recommend that you check the engine oil level every time you refuel. Park the vehicle on level ground. Wait approximately three minutes after turning the engine off before you check the oil.
1. Remove the dipstick (orange). 2. Wipe the dipstick with a clean cloth or
paper towel. 3. Insert the dipstick back all the way into its
hole.
3.5 L engine models
3.0 L engine models
617Continued
618
uuMaintenance Under the Hood and Cargo AreauOil Check
M ain
ten an
ce
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 618
4. Remove the dipstick again, and check the level. It should be between the upper and lower marks. Add oil if necessary.
Lower Mark
Upper Mark
3.5 L engine models
3.0 L engine models
Lower Mark
Upper Mark
uuMaintenance Under the Hood and Cargo AreauAdding Engine Oil M
ain ten
an ce
1Adding Engine Oil
NOTICE Do not fill the engine oil above the upper mark. Overfilling the engine oil may result in leaks and engine damage.
If any oil spills, wipe it away immediately. Spilled oil may damage the engine compartment components.
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 619
Adding Engine Oil 1. Unscrew and remove the engine oil fill cap. 2. Add oil slowly. 3. Reinstall the engine oil fill cap, and tighten
it securely. 4. Wait for three minutes and recheck the
engine oil dipstick.
Engine Oil Fill Cap
3.5 L engine models
3.0 L engine models
Engine Oil Fill Cap
619
620
uuMaintenance Under the Hood and Cargo AreauChanging the Engine Oil and Oil Filter
M ain
ten an
ce
1Changing the Engine Oil and Oil Filter
NOTICE You may damage the environment if you do not dispose of the oil in a suitable way. If you are changing the oil by yourself, appropriately dispose of the used oil. Put the oil in a sealed container and take it to a recycling center. Do not throw the oil away into a garbage can or onto the ground.
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 620
Changing the Engine Oil and Oil Filter You must change the engine oil and oil filter regularly in order to maintain the engines lubrication. The engine may be damaged if they are not changed regularly.
Change the oil and filter in accordance with the maintenance message on the driver information interface.
1. Run the engine until it reaches normal operating temperature, and then turn the engine off.
2. Open the hood and remove the engine oil fill cap.
3. Remove the drain bolt and washer from the bottom of the engine, and drain the oil into a suitable container.
Drain Bolt
Washer
3.5 L engine models
3.0 L engine models
Drain Bolt
Washer
uuMaintenance Under the Hood and Cargo AreauChanging the Engine Oil and Oil Filter M
ain ten
an ce
1Changing the Engine Oil and Oil Filter
You will need a special wrench to replace the oil filter. You can buy this wrench from a dealer.
When installing the new oil filter, follow the instructions supplied with the oil filter.
Reinstall the engine oil fill cap. Start the engine. If the low oil pressure warning appears, turn off the engine, and check your work.
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 621
4. Remove the oil filter and dispose of the remaining oil.
5. Check that the filter gasket is not stuck to the engine contact surface. u If it is stuck, you must detach it.
6. Wipe away dirt and dust adhering to the contact surface of the engine block, and install a new oil filter. u Apply a light coat of new engine oil to
the filter gasket. 7. Put a new washer on the drain bolt, then
reinstall the drain bolt. u Tightening torque:
30 lbfft (40 Nm, 4.0 kgfm) 8. Pour the recommended engine oil into the engine. u Engine oil change capacity (including
filter):
5.6 US qt (5.3 L)
5.5 US qt (5.2 L) 9. Reinstall the engine oil fill cap securely and
start the engine. 10. Run the engine for a few minutes, and
then check that there is no leak from the drain bolt or oil filter.
11. Stop the engine, wait for three minutes, and then check the oil level on the dipstick. u If necessary, add more engine oil.
Oil Filter
3.5 L engine models
3.0 L engine models
Oil Filter 3.5 L engine models
3.0 L engine models
621
622
uuMaintenance Under the Hood and Cargo AreauEngine Coolant
M ain
ten an
ce
1Engine Coolant
NOTICE Genuine Acura engine coolant is a 50/50 mixture of antifreeze and water that can withstand freezing at temperatures as low as about 31F (35C). If your vehicle is consistently subjected to temperatures below this, the concentration of antifreeze in the coolant should be increased. Consult a dealer for details.
If Acura antifreeze/coolant is not available, you may use another major brand of non-silicate coolant as a temporary replacement. Check that it is a high quality coolant recommended for aluminum engines. Continued use of any non-Acura coolant can result in corrosion, causing the cooling system to malfunction or fail. Have the cooling system flushed and refilled with Acura antifreeze/coolant as soon as possible.
Do not add rust inhibitors or other additives to your vehicles cooling system. They may not be compatible with the coolant or with the engine components.
3WARNING Removing the radiator cap while the engine is hot can cause the coolant to spray out, seriously scalding you.
Always let the engine and radiator cool down before removing the radiator cap.
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 622
Engine Coolant
This coolant is premixed with 50% antifreeze and 50% water. Do not add any straight antifreeze or water.
We recommend you check the engine coolant level every time you refuel. Check the reserve tank first. If it is completely empty, also check the coolant level in the radiator. Add the engine coolant accordingly.
1. Make sure the engine and radiator are cool.
2. Check the amount of coolant in the reserve tank. u If the coolant level is below the MIN
mark, add the specified coolant until it reaches the MAX mark.
3. Inspect the cooling system for leaks.
Specified coolant: Acura Long Life Antifreeze/Coolant Type 2
Reserve Tank
3.5 L engine models
MIN
MAX
uuMaintenance Under the Hood and Cargo AreauEngine Coolant M
ain ten
an ce
1Radiator
NOTICE Pour the fluid slowly and carefully so you do not spill any. Clean up any spills immediately; they can damage components in the engine compartment.
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 623
1. Make sure the engine and radiator are cool.
2. Remove the engine compartment cover. 2 Engine Compartment Cover P. 615
3. Turn the radiator cap 1/8 turn counter- clockwise and relieve any pressure in the cooling system.
4. Push down and turn the radiator cap counter-clockwise to remove it.
5. The coolant level should be up to the base of the filler neck. Add coolant if it is low.
6. Put the radiator cap back on, and tighten it fully.
Radiator
Radiator Cap
623
624
uuMaintenance Under the Hood and Cargo AreauEngine Coolant
M ain
ten an
ce
1Engine Coolant
NOTICE Genuine Acura engine coolant is a 50/50 mixture of antifreeze and water that can withstand freezing at temperatures as low as about -31F (-35C). If your vehicle is consistently subjected to temperatures below this, the concentration of antifreeze in the coolant should be increased. Consult a dealer for details.
If Acura antifreeze/coolant is not available, you may use another major brand of non-silicate coolant as a temporary replacement. Check that it is a high quality coolant recommended for aluminum engines. Continued use of any non-Acura coolant can result in corrosion, causing the cooling system to malfunction or fail. Have the cooling system flushed and refilled with Acura antifreeze/coolant as soon as possible.
Do not add rust inhibitors or other additives to your vehicle's cooling system. They may not be compatible with the coolant or with the engine components.
3WARNING Removing the reserve tank cap while the engine is hot can cause the coolant to spray out, seriously scalding you.
Always let the engine and radiator cool down before removing the reserve tank cap.
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 624
Engine Coolant
This coolant is premixed with 50% antifreeze and 50% water. Do not add any straight antifreeze or water.
We recommend you check the engine coolant level every time you refuel. Check the reserve tank. Add the engine coolant accordingly.
1. Make sure the engine and radiator are cool.
2. Check the amount of coolant in the reserve tank. u If the coolant level is below the MIN
mark, add the specified coolant until it reaches the MAX mark.
3. Inspect the cooling system for leaks.
Specified coolant: Acura Long Life Antifreeze/Coolant Type 2
Checking the Coolant
3.0 L engine models
Reserve Tank
MAX
MIN
uuMaintenance Under the Hood and Cargo AreauEngine Coolant M
ain ten
an ce
1Adding the Coolant
NOTICE Pour the fluid slowly and carefully so you do not spill any. Clean up any spills immediately; they can damage components in the engine compartment.
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 625
1. Make sure the engine and radiator are cool.
2. Turn the reserve tank cap 1/8 turn counter- clockwise and relieve any pressure in the coolant system.
3. Push down and turn the reserve tank cap counter-clockwise to remove it.
4. Pour coolant into the reserve tank until it reaches the MAX mark.
5. Put the reserve tank cap back on, and tighten it fully.
Adding the Coolant
Reserve Tank Cap
625
626
uuMaintenance Under the Hood and Cargo AreauTransmission Fluid
M ain
ten an
ce
1Automatic Transmission Fluid
NOTICE Do not mix Acura ATF-type 2.0 with other transmission fluids. Using a transmission fluid other than Acura ATF-type 2.0 may adversely affect the operation and durability of your vehicles transmission, and damage the transmission. Any damage caused by using a transmission fluid that is not equivalent to Acura ATF-type 2.0 is not covered by Acuras new vehicle limited warranty.
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 626
Transmission Fluid
Have a dealer check the fluid level and replace if necessary.
Do not attempt to check or change the automatic transmission fluid yourself.
Automatic Transmission Fluid
Specified fluid: Acura ATF-type 2.0
uuMaintenance Under the Hood and Cargo AreauBrake Fluid M
ain ten
an ce
1Brake Fluid
NOTICE Brake fluid marked DOT 5 is not compatible with your vehicles braking system and can cause extensive damage.
If the specified brake fluid is not available, you should use only DOT 3 or DOT 4 fluid from a sealed container as a temporary replacement.
Using any non-Acura brake fluid can cause corrosion and decrease the longevity of the system. Have the brake system flushed and refilled with Acura Heavy Duty Brake Fluid DOT 3 as soon as possible.
If the brake fluid level is at or below the MIN mark, have a dealer inspect the vehicle for leaks or worn brake pads as soon as possible.
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 627
Brake Fluid
The fluid level should be between the MIN and MAX marks on the side of the reserve tank.
Specified fluid: Acura Heavy Duty Brake Fluid DOT 3
Checking the Brake Fluid
Reserve Tank
MIN
MAX
3.5 L engine models
3.0 L engine models
MAX
MIN
Reserve Tank
627
628
uuMaintenance Under the Hood and Cargo AreauRefilling Window Washer Fluid
M ain
ten an
ce
1Refilling Window Washer Fluid
NOTICE Do not use engine antifreeze or a vinegar/water solution in the windshield washer reservoir. Antifreeze can damage your vehicles paint. A vinegar/water solution can damage the windshield washer pump.
Use only commercially available windshield washer fluid. Avoid prolonged use of hard water to prevent lime scale buildup.
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 628
Refilling Window Washer Fluid If the washer fluid is low, a message appears on the driver information interface. Pour the washer fluid carefully. Do not overflow the reservoir.
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 629
Replacing Light Bulbs
ain ten
an ce
1Headlights
The headlight aim is set by the factory, and does not need to be adjusted. However, if you regularly carry heavy items in the cargo area or tow a trailer, have the aiming readjusted at a dealer or by a qualified technician.
Headlights Headlights are LED type. Have an authorized Acura dealer inspect and replace the light assembly.
Front Turn Signal/Parking, Daytime Running and Front Side Marker Lights Front turn signal/parking, daytime running and front side marker lights are LED type. Have an authorized Acura dealer inspect and replace the light assembly.
Fog Lights*
Fog lights are LED type. Have an authorized Acura dealer inspect and replace the light assembly.
Side Turn Signal/Emergency Indicator Lights Door mirror side turn lights are LED type. Have an authorized Acura dealer inspect and replace the light assembly.
629* Not available on all models
630
uuReplacing Light BulbsuBrake Lights, Taillights, Rear Turn Signal Lights, and Rear Side Marker Lights
M ain
ten an
ce
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 630
Brake Lights, Taillights, Rear Turn Signal Lights, and Rear Side Marker Lights Brake lights, taillights, rear turn signal lights, and rear side marker lights are LED type. Have an authorized Acura dealer inspect and replace the light assembly.
Back-Up Lights and Taillights Back-up lights and taillights are LED type. Have an authorized Acura dealer inspect and replace the light assembly.
Rear License Plate Light Rear license plate light is LED type. Have an authorized Acura dealer inspect and replace the light assembly.
High-Mount Brake Light High-mount brake light is LED type. Have an authorized Acura dealer inspect and replace the light assembly.
Door Outer Handle Ambient Lights*
Door outer handle ambient lights are LED type. Have an authorized Acura dealer inspect and replace the light assembly.
* Not available on all models
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 631
Checking and Maintaining Wiper Blades
ain ten
an ce
1Changing the Front Wiper Blade Rubber
NOTICE Avoid dropping the wiper arm onto the windshield, it may damage the wiper arm and/or the windshield.
Checking Wiper Blades If the wiper blade rubber has deteriorated, it will leave streaks, become noisy, and the hard surfaces of the blade may scratch the window glass.
Changing the Front Wiper Blade Rubber 1. Set the power mode to VEHICLE OFF. 2. While holding the wiper switch in the MIST
position, set the power mode to ON, then to VEHICLE OFF. u Both wiper arms are set to the
maintenance position as shown in the image.
3. Lift both wiper arms.
631Continued
632
uuChecking and Maintaining Wiper BladesuChanging the Front Wiper Blade Rubber
M ain
ten an
ce
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 632
4. Press up on and hold the tab, then slide the holder off the wiper arm.
5. Pull the end of the wiper blade in the direction of the arrow in the image until it is out of the holders end cap.
6. Pull the wiper blade in the opposite direction to slide it out of the holder.
Tab
Holder
Wiper Arm
Wiper Blade
End cap at the bottom
Wiper Blade
Holder
uuChecking and Maintaining Wiper BladesuChanging the Front Wiper Blade Rubber M
ain ten
an ce
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 633
7. Insert the flat side of the new wiper blade onto the bottom part of the holder. Insert the blade all the way.
8. Install the end of the wiper blade into the cap.
9. Slide the holder onto the wiper arm until it locks.
10. Lower both wiper arms. 11. Set the power mode to ON and hold the
wiper switch in the MIST position until both wiper arms return to the standard position.
Holder
Wiper Blade
Cap
633
634
uuChecking and Maintaining Wiper BladesuChanging the Rear Wiper Blade Rubber
M ain
ten an
ce
1Changing the Rear Wiper Blade Rubber
NOTICE Avoid dropping the wiper arm, it may damage the rear window.
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 634
Changing the Rear Wiper Blade Rubber 1. Raise the wiper arm off. 2. Pivot the bottom end of the wiper blade up
until it comes off from the wiper arm.
3. Slide the blade out of the wiper.
4. Remove the retainers from wiper blade and mount to a new rubber blade.
Blade
Retainer
Rubber
uuChecking and Maintaining Wiper BladesuChanging the Rear Wiper Blade Rubber M
ain ten
an ce
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 635
5. Slide the new wiper blade onto the holder. u Make sure it is engaged correctly, then
install the wiper blade assembly onto the wiper arm.
635
636
M ain
ten an
ce
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 636
Checking and Maintaining Tires
1Checking Tires
Measure the air pressure when tires are cold. This means the vehicle has been parked for at least three hours, or driven less than 1 mile (1.6 km). If necessary, add or release air until the specified pressure is reached.
If checked when hot, tire pressure can be as much as 46 psi (3040 kPa, 0.30.4 kgf/cm2) higher than if checked when cold.
Have a dealer check the tires if you feel a consistent vibration while driving. New tires and any that have been removed and reinstalled should be properly balanced.
3WARNING Using tires that are excessively worn or improperly inflated can cause a crash in which you can be seriously hurt or killed.
Follow all instructions in this owners manual regarding tire inflation and maintenance.
Checking Tires To safely operate your vehicle, your tires must be of the proper type and size, in good condition with adequate tread, and properly inflated.
Inflation guidelines Properly inflated tires provide the best combination of handling, tread life, and comfort. Refer to the drivers doorjamb label or specifications page for the specified pressure.
Underinflated tires wear unevenly, adversely affect handling and fuel economy, and are more likely to fail from overheating.
Overinflated tires make your vehicle ride harshly, are more prone to road hazards, and wear unevenly.
Every day before you drive, look at each of the tires. If one looks lower than the others, check the pressure with a tire gauge.
At least once a month or before long trips, use a gauge to measure the pressure in all tires, including the spare*. Even tires in good condition can lose 12 psi (1020 kPa, 0.10.2 kgf/cm2) per month.
Inspection guidelines Every time you check inflation, also examine the tires and valve stems. Look for: Bumps or bulges on the side or in the tread. Replace the tire if you find any cuts,
splits, or cracks in the side of the tire. Replace it if you see fabric or cord. Remove any foreign objects and inspect for air leaks. Uneven tread wear. Have a dealer check the wheel alignment. Excessive tread wear.
2 Wear Indicators P. 641
Cracks or other damage around valve stem.
* Not available on all models
uuChecking and Maintaining TiresuTire and Loading Information Label M
ain ten
an ce
1Tire and Loading Information Label
The tire and loading information label attached to the drivers doorjamb contains: a The number of people your vehicle can carry. b The total weight your vehicle can carry. Do not
exceed this weight. c The original tire sizes for front, rear, and spare. d The proper cold tire pressure for front, rear, and
spare.
1Tire Sizes
Following is an example of tire size with an explanation of what each component means. P235/60R18 102V P: Vehicle type (P indicates passenger vehicle). 235: Tire width in millimeters. 60: Aspect ratio (the tires section height as a percentage of its width). R: Tire construction code (R indicates radial). 18: Rim diameter in inches. 102: Load index (a numerical code associated with the maximum load the tire can carry). V: Speed symbol (an alphabetical code indicating the maximum speed rating).
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 637
Tire and Loading Information Label The label attached to the drivers doorjamb provides necessary tire and loading information.
Tire Labeling The tires that came on your vehicle have a number of markings. Those you should be aware of are described as shown.
Whenever tires are replaced, they should be replaced with tires of the same size.
Label Example
Example Tire Size Tire Identification Number (TIN)
Maximum Tire Load
Maximum Tire Pressure
Tire Size
Tire Sizes
637Continued
uuChecking and Maintaining TiresuTire Labeling
638
M ain
ten an
ce
1Tire Identification Number (TIN)
DOT B97R FW6X 2209 DOT: This indicates that the tire meets all requirements of the U.S. Department of Transportation. B97R: Manufacturers identification mark. FW6X: Tire type code. 22 09: Date of manufacture.
Year Week
1Self-sealing Tires
Some models may not be equipped with a spare tire, temporary tire repair kit, or the tools necessary for changing tires. To purchase these, contact your Acura dealer.
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 638
The tire identification number (TIN) is a group of numbers and letters that look like the example in the side column. TIN is located on the sidewall of the tire.
Cold Tire Pressure The tire air pressure when the vehicle has been parked for at least three hours or driven less than 1 mile (1.6 km). Load Rating Means the maximum load that a tire is rated to carry for a given inflation pressure. Maximum Inflation Pressure The maximum tire air pressure that the tire can hold. Maximum Load Rating Means the load rating for a tire at the maximum permissible inflation pressure for that tire. Recommended Inflation Pressure The cold tire inflation pressure recommended by the manufacturer. Treadwear Indicators (TWI) Means the projections within the principal grooves designed to give a visual indication of the degrees of wear of the tread.
Some models may be equipped with self sealing tires. Self sealing tires contain a material inside that is designed to seal minor puncture damage to the tread. It is not effective against major damage to the sidewall or tread. If you notice a puncture in the tire, have the tire inspected by your Acura dealer.
Tire Identification Number (TIN)
Glossary of Tire Terminology
Self-sealing Tires
uuChecking and Maintaining TiresuDOT Tire Quality Grading (U.S. Vehicles) M
ain ten
an ce
1Uniform Tire Quality Grading
For example: Treadwear 200 Traction AA Temperature A
All passenger car tires must conform to Federal Safety Requirements in addition to these grades.
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 639
DOT Tire Quality Grading (U.S. Vehicles) The tires on your vehicle meet all U.S. Federal Safety Requirements. All tires are also graded for treadwear, traction, and temperature performance according to Department of Transportation (DOT) standards. The following explains these gradings.
Quality grades can be found where applicable on the tire sidewall between tread shoulder and maximum section width.
The treadwear grade is a comparative rating based on the wear rate of the tire when tested under controlled conditions on a specified government test course. For example, a tire graded 150 would wear one and one-half (1 1/2) times as well on the government course as a tire graded 100. The relative performance of tires depends upon the actual conditions of their use, however, and may depart significantly from the norm due to variations in driving habits, service practices and differences in road characteristics and climate.
Uniform Tire Quality Grading
Treadwear
639Continued
uuChecking and Maintaining TiresuDOT Tire Quality Grading (U.S. Vehicles)
640
M ain
ten an
ce
1Traction
Warning: The traction grade assigned to this tire is based on straight-ahead braking traction tests, and does not include acceleration, cornering, hydroplaning, or peak traction characteristics.
1Temperature
Warning: The temperature grade for this tire is established for a tire that is properly inflated and not overloaded. Excessive speed, underinflation, or excessive loading, either separately or in combination, can cause heat buildup and possible tire failure.
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 640
The traction grades, from highest to lowest, are AA, A, B, and C. Those grades represent the tires ability to stop on wet pavement as measured under controlled conditions on specified government test surfaces of asphalt and concrete. A tire marked C may have poor traction performance.
The temperature grades are A (the highest), B, and C, representing the tires resistance to the generation of heat and its ability to dissipate heat when tested under controlled conditions on a specified indoor laboratory test wheel. Sustained high temperature can cause the material of the tire to degenerate and reduce tire life, and excessive temperature can lead to sudden tire failure. The grade C corresponds to a level of performance which all passenger car tires must meet under the Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard No. 109. Grades B and A represent higher levels of performance on the laboratory test wheel than the minimum required by law.
Traction
Temperature
uuChecking and Maintaining TiresuWear Indicators M
ain ten
an ce
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 641
Wear Indicators The groove where the wear indicator is located is about 1/16 inch (about 1.6 mm) shallower than elsewhere on the tire. If the tread has worn so that the indicator is exposed, replace the tire. Worn out tires have poor traction on wet roads.
Tire Service Life The life of your tires is dependent on many factors, including driving habits, road conditions, vehicle loading, inflation pressure, maintenance history, speed, and environmental conditions (even when the tires are not in use).
In addition to regular inspections and inflation pressure maintenance, it is recommended that you have annual inspections performed once the tires reach five years old. All tires, including the spare*, should be removed from service after 10 years from the date of manufacture, regardless of their condition or state of wear.
Example of a Wear Indicator mark
641* Not available on all models
642
uuChecking and Maintaining TiresuTire and Wheel Replacement
M ain
ten an
ce
1Tire and Wheel Replacement
3WARNING Installing improper tires on your vehicle can affect handling and stability. This can cause a crash in which you can be seriously hurt or killed.
Always use the size and type of tires recommended in this owners manual.
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 642
Tire and Wheel Replacement Replace your tires with radials of the same size, load range, speed rating, and maximum cold tire pressure rating (as shown on the tires sidewall). Using tires of a different size or construction can cause certain vehicle systems such as the ABS and Vehicle Stability AssistTM (VSA) system to work incorrectly.
It is best to replace all four tires at the same time. If that isnt possible, replace the front or rear tires in pairs.
Whenever you have a tire replaced or reset, make sure that the rubber valve stem is replaced and that the TPMS sensor is transferred from the old valve stem to the new one.
If you replace a wheel, make sure that the wheels specifications match those of the original wheels.
uuChecking and Maintaining TiresuTire Rotation M
ain ten
an ce
1Tire Rotation
Tires with directional tread patterns should only be rotated front to back (not from one side to the other). Directional tires should be mounted with the rotation indication mark facing forward, as shown below.
Front
Rotation Mark
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 643
Tire Rotation Rotating tires according to the maintenance messages on the driver information interface helps to distribute wear more evenly and increase tire life.
Tires without rotation marks Rotate the tires as shown here.
Tires with rotation marks Rotate the tires as shown here.
Front
Front
643
644
uuChecking and Maintaining TiresuWinter Tires
M ain
ten an
ce
1Winter Tires
NOTICE Traction devices that are the wrong size or improperly installed can damage your vehicles brake lines, suspension, body, and wheels. Stop driving if they are hitting any part of the vehicle.
When tire chains are mounted, follow the chain manufacturers instructions regarding vehicle operational limits.
If your vehicle is equipped with summer tires, be aware that these tires are not designed for winter driving conditions. For more information, contact a dealer.
3WARNING Using the wrong chains, or not properly installing chains, can damage the brake lines and cause a crash in which you can be seriously injured or killed.
Follow all instructions in this owners manual regarding the selection and use of tire chains.
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 644
Winter Tires If driving on snowy or frozen roads, mount all season marked M+S tires, snow tires, or tire chains; reduce speed; and maintain sufficient distance between vehicles when driving.
Be particularly careful when operating the steering wheel or brakes to prevent skidding.
Use tire chains, snow tires, or all season tires when necessary or according to the law.
When mounting, refer to the following points.
For winter tires: Select the size and load ranges that are the same as the original tires. Mount the tires to all four wheels. For tire chains: Install them on the front tires only. Because your vehicle has limited tire clearance, we strongly recommend using the
chains listed below:
Follow the chain manufacturers instruction when installing. Mount them as tightly as you can.
Check that the chains do not touch the brake lines or suspension. Drive slowly.
Cable-type: Konig XB-16 265
Cable-type: Peerless Auto-Trac 232105
Models with 255/55R19 tires
Models with 255/50R20 tires
Models with 275/40R21 tires
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 645
Battery
ain ten
an ce
1Battery
WARNING: Battery post, terminals, and related accessories contain lead and lead compounds. Wash your hands after handling.
When you find corrosion, clean the battery terminals by applying a baking powder and water solution. Clean the terminals with a damp towel. Cloth/towel dry the battery. Coat the terminals with grease to help prevent future corrosion.
When replacing the battery, the replacement must be of the same specifications. Consult a dealer for more information.
3WARNING The battery gives off explosive hydrogen gas during normal operation.
A spark or flame can cause the battery to explode with enough force to kill or seriously hurt you.
When conducting any battery maintenance, wear protective clothing and a face shield, or have a skilled technician do it.
Checking the Battery The condition of the battery is monitored by a sensor located on the negative terminal of the battery. If there is a problem with this sensor, the driver information interface will display a warning message. If this happens, have your vehicle inspected by a dealer.
Check the battery terminals for corrosion monthly.Battery
3.5 L engine models
3.0 L engine models
Battery
645Continued
uuBatteryuChecking the Battery
646
M ain
ten an
ce
1Battery
3WARNING Failure to use and correctly install a
battery specifically designed for this vehicle could cause a hydrogen gas leak inside the vehicle, resulting in a fire or explosion that may cause injury or death.
Only install a 12V AGM battery designed for use in this vehicle.
Contact your Acura dealer for more information.
3.0 L engine models
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 646
To access the battery, remove the cover in the cargo area. u Turn the knobs to unlock the cover.
If your vehicles battery is disconnected or goes dead: The audio system is disabled.
2 Audio System Theft Protection P. 247
The clock resets. 2 Clock P. 132
The immobilizer system needs to be reset.
2 Immobilizer System Indicator P. 100
3.0 L engine models Cover
Knob
3.0 L engine models
All models
Canadian models only
uuBatteryuCharging the AGM Battery M
ain ten
an ce
1Battery
The battery installed in this vehicle is specifically designed for a model with Auto Idle Stop. Using a battery other than this specified type may shorten the battery life, and prevent Auto Idle Stop from activating. If you need to replace the battery, make sure to select the specified type and size. Ask a dealer for more details.
The indicators for the Vehicle Stability AssistTM (VSA) system, Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow, safety support, and low tire pressure/ TPMS may come on after reconnecting the battery. Drive a short distance at more than 12 mph (20 km/h). The indicators should go off. If they do not, have your vehicle checked by a dealer.
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 647
Charging the AGM Battery AGM labeled batteries like those installed in your vehicle require a compatible charger to be properly charged. Damage to the battery can result if the battery is charged improperly or with the wrong equipment. For more information on how to charge your vehicles AGM battery, consult a dealer.
647
648
M ain
ten an
ce
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 648
Remote Transmitter Care
1Replacing the Button Battery
NOTICE An improperly disposed of battery can damage the environment. Always confirm local regulations for battery disposal.
Replacement batteries are commercially available or at a dealer.
3WARNING CHEMICAL BURN HAZARD The battery that powers the remote transmitter can cause severe internal burns and can even lead to death if swallowed. Keep new and used batteries away from children. If you suspect that a child has swallowed the battery, seek medical attention immediately.
Replacing the Button Battery
If the indicator does not come on when the button is pressed, replace the battery.
1. Remove the built-in key.
2. Pry on the edge of the cover using a flat-tip screwdriver to remove the cover. u Wrap the flat-tip screwdriver with a cloth
to prevent scratches. 3. Make sure to replace the battery with the
correct polarity.
Models without two-way keyless access remote
Battery type: CR2032
Battery
Cover
uuRemote Transmitter CareuReplacing the Button Battery M
ain ten
an ce
1Replacing the Button Battery
NOTICE The Remote transmitter is equipped with two batteries: A standard replaceable CR2032 coin button battery and an integral non-replaceable rechargeable battery. To prevent permanent damage to the rechargeable battery, replace the CR2032 battery every three to four years.
Models with two-way keyless access remote
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 649
If the indicator does not come on when the button is pressed, replace the battery.
1. Remove the built-in key.
2. Pry on the edge of the cover using a flat-tip screwdriver to remove the cover. u Wrap the flat-tip screwdriver with a cloth
to prevent scratches. 3. Make sure to replace the battery with the
correct polarity.
Models with two-way keyless access remote
Battery type: CR2032
Battery
Cover
649
650
M ain
ten an
ce
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 650
Climate Control System Maintenance
1Air Conditioning
NOTICE Vented refrigerant is harmful to the environment. To avoid refrigerant from venting, never replace the evaporator with one removed from a used or salvaged vehicle.
Refrigerant in your vehicles air conditioning system is flammable and can be ignited during servicing if proper procedures are not followed.
The air conditioner label is found under the hood: 2 Safety Labels P. 83 2 Specifications P. 730
Canadian models
Caution
Flammable Refrigerant
Requires Registered Technician to Service
Air Conditioning System
:
:
:
:
1Dust and Pollen Filter
If the airflow from the climate control system deteriorates noticeably, and the windows fog up easily, the filter may need to be replaced. Please contact a dealer for replacement.
Air Conditioning To ensure proper and safe operation, the Society of Automotive Engineers (SAE J2845) recommends that the refrigerant system only be serviced by trained and certified technicians.
Never repair or replace the air conditioning evaporator (cooling coil) with one removed from a used or salvaged vehicle.
New replacement mobile air conditioning evaporators must be certified (and labeled) as meeting SAE Standard J2842.
Dust and Pollen Filter The climate control system is equipped with a dust and pollen filter that collects pollen, dust, and other debris in the air. The Maintenance MinderTM messages will let you know when to replace the filter.
We recommend that you replace the dust and pollen filter sooner when using your vehicle in areas with high concentrations of dust.
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 651
Cleaning
ain ten
an ce
1Interior Care
Do not spill liquids inside the vehicle. Electrical devices and systems may malfunction if liquids are splashed on them.
Do not use silicone based sprays on electrical devices such as audio devices and switches. Doing so may cause the items to malfunction or cause a fire inside the vehicle. If a silicone based spray is inadvertently used on electrical devices, consult a dealer.
Depending on their composition, chemicals and liquid aromatics may cause discoloration, wrinkles, and cracking to resin-based parts and textiles. Do not use alkali solvents or organic solvents such as benzene or gasoline.
After using chemicals, make sure to gently wipe them away using a dry cloth. Do not place used cloths on top of resin based parts or textiles for long periods of time without washing.
Interior Care Use a damp cloth with a mixture of mild detergent and warm water to remove dirt. Use a clean cloth to remove detergent residue.
Use a soft brush with a mixture of mild soap and warm water to clean the seat belts. Let the belts air dry. Wipe the openings of the seat belt anchors using a clean cloth.
Cleaning Seat Belts
Opening
651Continued
uuCleaninguInterior Care
652
M ain
ten an
ce
1Cleaning the Window
Wires are mounted to the inside of the rear window. Wipe along the same direction as the wires with a soft cloth so as not to damage them.
Be careful not to spill fluids, such as water or glass cleaner, on or around the cover of both the front sensor camera and the rainfall/light sensor*.
2 Automatic Operation (automatic lighting control) P. 175
2 Automatic Intermittent Wipers* P. 182 2 Front Sensor Camera P. 562
1Floor Mats
If you use any floor mats that were not originally provided with your vehicle, make sure they are designed for your specific vehicle, fit correctly, and are securely anchored by the floor anchors. Position the rear seat floor mat properly. If not properly positioned, the floor mat can interfere with the front seat functions.
1Maintaining Genuine Leather
It is important to clean or wipe away dirt or dust as soon as possible. Spills can soak into leather resulting in stains. Dirt or dust can cause abrasions in the leather. In addition, please note that some dark colored clothing can rub onto the leather seats resulting in discoloration or stains.
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 652
Wipe using a glass cleaner.
The front and second row passengers floor mats hook over floor anchors, which keep them from sliding forward. To remove a mat for cleaning, turn the anchor knobs to the unlock position. When reinstalling the mat after cleaning, turn the knobs to the lock position.
Do not put additional floor mats on top of the anchored mats.
To properly clean leather: 1. Use a vacuum or soft dry cloth first to remove any dirt or dust. 2. Clean the leather with a soft cloth dampened with a solution comprised of 90%
water and 10% neutral soap. 3. Wipe away any soap residue with a clean damp cloth. 4. Wipe away residual water and allow leather to air dry in the shade.
Cleaning the Window
Floor Mats
Lock
Unlock
Maintaining Genuine Leather
* Not available on all models
uuCleaninguExterior Care M
ain ten
an ce
1Washing the Vehicle
Do not spray water into the air intake vents. It can cause a malfunction.
Do not spray water onto the fuel fill door directly. A high-pressure spray may cause it to open.
Do not spray water onto the capless unit when the fuel fill door is open. It can cause damage to the fuel system or engine.
If you need to lift the wiper arms away from the windshield, first set the wiper arms to the maintenance position.
2 Changing the Front Wiper Blade Rubber P. 631
Air Intake Vents
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 653
Exterior Care Dust off the vehicle body after you drive. Regularly inspect your vehicle for scratches on painted surfaces. A scratch on a painted surface can result in body rust. If you find a scratch, promptly repair it.
Wash the vehicle regularly. Wash more frequently when driving in the following conditions: If driving on roads with road salt. If driving in coastal areas. If tar, soot, bird droppings, insects, or tree sap are stuck to painted surfaces.
If driving in conditions that cause buildup of mud, snow, ice or other debris on the front inner fender vents.
Washing the Vehicle
3.0 L engine models
653Continued
uuCleaninguExterior Care
654
M ain
ten an
ce
1Using an Automated Car Wash
When using an automated car wash that pulls the vehicle through with a conveyor, make sure the transmission in (N position.
2 If you want to keep the transmission in (N position [car wash mode] P. 455
1Applying Wax
NOTICE Chemical solvents and strong cleaners can damage the paint, metal, and plastic on your vehicle. Wipe away spills immediately.
1Maintaining the Bumpers and Other Resin Coated Parts
Ask a dealer about the correct coating material when you want to repair the painted surface of the parts made of resin.
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 654
Make sure to follow the instructions indicated on the automated car wash. Fold in the door mirrors. For models equipped with automatic intermittent wipers, turn the wipers off.
Keep sufficient distance between the cleaning nozzle and the vehicle body. Take particular care around the windows. Standing too close may cause water to
enter the vehicle interior. Do not spray high pressure water directly into the engine compartment. Instead,
use low pressure water and a mild detergent.
A good coat of automotive body wax helps protect your vehicles paint from the elements. Wax will wear off over time and expose your vehicles paint to the elements, so reapply as necessary.
If you get gasoline, oil, engine coolant, or battery fluid on resin coated parts, they may be stained or the coating may peel. Promptly wipe it away using a soft cloth and clean water.
Wipe using a glass cleaner.
Using an Automated Car Wash
Using High Pressure Cleaners
Applying Wax
Maintaining the Bumpers and Other Resin Coated Parts
Cleaning the Window
uuCleaninguExterior Care M
ain ten
an ce
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 655
Aluminum is susceptible to deterioration caused by salt and other road contaminants. When necessary, as early as possible use a sponge and mild detergent to wipe away these contaminants. Do not use a stiff brush or harsh chemicals (including some commercial wheel cleaners). These can damage the protective finish on aluminum alloy wheels, resulting in corrosion. Depending on the type of finish, the wheels also may lose their luster or appear burnished. To avoid water stains, wipe the wheels dry with a cloth while they are still wet.
The inside lenses of exterior lights (headlights, brake lights, etc.) may fog temporarily if you have driven in the rain, or after the vehicle has been run through a car wash. Dew condensation also may build up inside the lenses when there is a significant enough difference between the ambient and inside lens temperatures (similar to vehicle windows fogging up in rainy conditions). These conditions are natural processes, not structural design problems in the exterior lights. Lens design characteristics may result in moisture developing on the light lens frame surfaces. This also is not a malfunction. However, if you see large amounts of water accumulation, or large water drops building up inside the lenses, have your vehicle inspected by a dealer.
Maintaining Aluminum Wheels
Fogged Exterior Light Lenses
655
656
M ain
ten an
ce
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 656
Accessories and Modifications
1Accessories and Modifications
Acura Genuine accessories are recommended to ensure proper operation on your vehicle.
3WARNING Improper accessories or modifications can affect your vehicles handling, stability, and performance, and cause a crash in which you can be seriously hurt or killed.
Follow all instructions in this owners manual regarding accessories and modifications.
Accessories When installing accessories, check the following: Do not install accessories on the windshield. They can obstruct your view and
delay your reaction to driving conditions. Do not install any accessories over areas marked SRS Airbag, on the sides or backs
of the front seats, on front or side pillars, or near the side windows. Accessories installed in these areas may interfere with proper operation of the vehicles airbags or may be propelled into you or another occupant if the airbags deploy.
Be sure electronic accessories do not overload electrical circuits or interfere with proper operation of your vehicle.
2 Fuses P. 713
Before installing any electronic accessory, have the installer contact a dealer for assistance. If possible, have a dealer inspect the final installation.
uuAccessories and ModificationsuModifications M
ain ten
an ce
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 657
Modifications Do not modify your vehicle in a manner that may affect its handling, stability, or reliability, or install non-genuine Acura parts or accessories that may have a similar effect.
Even minor modifications to vehicle systems can affect overall vehicle performance. Always make sure all equipment is properly installed and maintained, and do not make any modification to your vehicle or its systems that might cause your vehicle to no longer meet federal, state, province, territory, and local regulations.
The on-board diagnostic port (OBD-II/SAE J1962 connector) installed on this vehicle is intended to be used with automobile system diagnostic devices or with other devices that Acura has approved. Use of any other type of device may adversely affect the vehicles electronic systems or allow them to be compromised, possibly resulting in a system malfunction, drained battery, or other unexpected problems.
Do not modify or attempt to repair any of the electrical components.
657
658
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 658
lank.
* Not available on all m
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 659
Handling the Unexpected
This chapter explains how to handle unexpected troubles.
Tools Types of Tools .................................. 660
If a Tire Goes Flat Changing a Flat Tire ......................... 661 Temporarily Repairing a Flat Tire ..669, 683
Handling of the Jack......................... 694 Engine Does Not Start
Checking the Engine........................ 695 If the Keyless Access Remote Battery is Weak ...696 Emergency Engine Start ................... 697 Emergency Engine Stop ................... 698
If the Battery Is Dead ....................... 699 Overheating
How to Handle Overheating............. 702
odels
Indicator, Coming On/Blinking If the Engine oil pressure low Warning Appears..705 If the Charging System Indicator Comes On..706 If the Slow down! Reduced stopping power Warning Appears* .......................................706
If the Malfunction Indicator Lamp Comes On or Blinks ................................... 707
If the Brake System Indicator (Red) Comes On or Blinks ................................... 708
If the Brake System Indicator (Red) Comes On or Blinks at the Same Time When the Brake System Indicator (Amber) Comes On ..709
If the Electric Power Steering (EPS) System Indicator Comes On............................710
If the Low Tire Pressure/TPMS Indicator Comes On or Blinks ....................... 711
If the Transmission System Indicator Blinks along with the Warning Message... 712
Fuses Fuse Locations ................................. 713 Inspecting and Changing Fuses........ 721
Emergency Towing........................... 724 If You Cannot Unlock the Fuel Fill Door ...725 If You Cannot Open the Tailgate .... 726 Refueling
Refueling From a Portable Fuel Container...727
659
660
H an
d lin
g th
e U n
exp ected
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 660
Tools
1Types of Tools
The tools are stored in the cargo area.
Some models may not be equipped with a spare tire, temporary tire repair kit, or the tools necessary for changing tires. To purchase these, contact your Acura dealer.
Types of Tools
*1: Except Canadian models with temporary tire repair kit *2: Canadian models with temporary tire repair kit
Wheel Nut Wrench/Jack Handle
Jack
Jack Handle Bar
Models with a compact spare tire
Models with optional spare tire
Funnel
*1 *2
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 661
If a Tire Goes Flat
an d
lin g
th e U
n exp
ected
1Changing a Flat Tire
Follow compact spare precautions: Periodically check the tire pressure of the compact spare. It should be set to the specified pressure. Specified Pressure: 60 psi (420 kPa, 4.2 kgf/cm2)
When driving with the compact spare tire, keep the vehicle speed under 50 mph (80 km/h). Replace with a full-size tire as soon as possible.
The compact spare tire and wheel in your vehicle are specifically for this model. Do not use them with another vehicle. Do not use another type of compact spare tire or wheel with your vehicle.
Do not mount tire chains on a compact spare tire. If a chain-mounted front tire goes flat, remove one of the full-size rear tires and replace it with the compact spare tire. Remove the flat front tire and replace it with the full-size tire that was removed from the rear. Mount the tire chains on the front tire.
Do not use a puncture-repairing agent other than the one provided in the kit that came with your vehicle (if equipped). If a different agent is used, you may permanently damage the tire pressure sensor.
Changing a Flat Tire If a tire goes flat while driving, grasp the steering wheel firmly, and brake gradually to reduce speed. Then, stop in a safe place. Replace the flat tire with a compact spare tire. Go to a dealer as soon as possible to have the full-size tire repaired or replaced.
1. Park the vehicle on firm, level, non-slippery surface and apply the parking brake. 2. Put the transmission into (P . 3. Turn on the hazard warning lights and set the power mode to VEHICLE OFF
(LOCK).
1. Park the vehicle on firm, level, non-slippery surface and apply the parking brake. 2. Set Leveling Control to OFF.
2 Leveling Control P. 472
3. Put the transmission into (P . 4. Turn on the hazard warning lights and set the power mode to VEHICLE OFF
(LOCK).
Models with a compact spare tire
Models with optional spare tire
Models without Electronic Air Suspension (EAS)
Models with Electronic Air Suspension (EAS)
661Continued
uu If a Tire Goes FlatuChanging a Flat Tire
662
H an
d lin
g th
e U n
exp ected
1Changing a Flat Tire
NOTICE Do not use the jack if it doesnt work properly. Call your dealer or a professional towing service.
NOTICE The wheel nut wrench supplied with your vehicle is specially adapted to fit the holder shaft. Do not use any other tool.
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 662
1. Push the rear edge of the handle on the floor lid and open the lid.
2. Turn the knobs counter-clockwise to remove the tool case cover.
3. Unstrap the jack and take out of the tool case. Remove the wheel nut wrench and jack handle bar from the tool case cover.
4. Remove the square-shaped cover on the cargo area lining. u Wrap the flat-tip screwdriver with a
cloth to prevent scratches.
Getting Ready to Replace the Flat Tire
Handle
Tool Case Cover
Knob
Cover
uu If a Tire Goes FlatuChanging a Flat Tire H
an d
lin g
th e U
n exp
ected
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 663
5. Remove the cover on the cargo area lining to access the shaft for the spare tire hoist.
6. Put the wheel nut wrench with the jack handle bar on the hoist shaft. Turn the wrench to the left to lower the spare tire to the ground.
7. Keep turning the wheel nut wrench to create slack in the cable.
8. Remove the bracket from the spare tire.
Cover
Jack Handle Bar
Wheel Nut Wrench
Bracket
663Continued
664
uu If a Tire Goes FlatuChanging a Flat Tire
H an
d lin
g th
e U n
exp ected
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 664
9. Place a wheel block or rock in front and rear of the wheel diagonal to the flat tire.
10. Place the compact spare tire (wheel side up) under the vehicle body, near the tire that needs to be replaced.
11. Loosen each wheel nut about one turn using the wheel nut wrench.
Wheel Blocks
The tire to be replaced.
uu If a Tire Goes FlatuChanging a Flat Tire H
an d
lin g
th e U
n exp
ected
1How to Set Up the Jack
Do not use the jack with people or luggage in the vehicle.
Use the jack provided in your vehicle. Other jacks may not support the weight (load) or may not fit the jacking point.
The following instructions must be followed to use the jack safely: Do not use while the engine is running. Use only where the ground is firm and level. Use only at the jacking points. Do not get in the vehicle while using the jack. Do not put anything on top of or underneath the
jack.
3WARNING The vehicle can easily roll off the jack, seriously injuring anyone underneath.
Follow the directions for changing a tire exactly, and never get under the vehicle when it is supported only by the jack.
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 665
1. Place the jack under the jacking point closest to the tire to be changed.
2. Turn the end bracket clockwise as shown in the image until the top of the jack contacts the jacking point. u Make sure that the jacking point tab is
resting in the jack notch.
3. Raise the vehicle, using the jack handle bar and the jack handle, until the tire is off the ground.
How to Set Up the Jack
Jacking Points
Jack Handle Bar Wheel Nut Wrench as Jack Handle
Continued 665
uu If a Tire Goes FlatuChanging a Flat Tire
666
H an
d lin
g th
e U n
exp ected
1Replacing the Flat Tire
Do not over tighten the wheel nuts by applying extra torque using your foot or a pipe.
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 666
1. Remove the wheel nuts and flat tire.
2. Wipe the mounting surfaces of the wheel with a clean cloth.
3. Mount the compact spare tire. 4. Screw the wheel nuts until they touch the
lips around the mounting holes, then stop rotating.
5. Lower the vehicle and remove the jack. Tighten the wheel nuts in the order indicated in the image. Go around, tightening the nuts, two to three times in this order. Wheel nut torque: 94 lbfft (127 Nm, 13.0 kgfm)
6. Set Leveling Control to ON. 2 Leveling Control P. 472
Replacing the Flat Tire
Models with Electronic Air Suspension (EAS)
uu If a Tire Goes FlatuChanging a Flat Tire H
an d
lin g
th e U
n exp
ected
1Storing the Flat Tire
3WARNING Loose items can fly around the interior in a crash and can seriously injure the occupants.
Store the jack and tools securely before driving.
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 667
1. Remove the center cap. 2. Place the flat tire face up under the hoist. 3. Insert the hoist bracket into the center hole
of the flat tire. 4. Slowly turn the wheel nut wrench clockwise
to take up the hoist cable slack. Make sure the bracket is seated in the center hole of the flat tire.
5. Turn the wheel nut wrench with the jack handle bar clockwise until the flat tire rests against the underbody of the vehicle and you hear the hoist click.
6. Securely store the jack and wheel nut wrench and jack handle bar back in the tool case.
Storing the Flat Tire
Center Cap
Wheel Nut Wrench
Jack Handle Bar
Continued 667
uu If a Tire Goes FlatuChanging a Flat Tire
668
H an
d lin
g th
e U n
exp ected
1TPMS and the Compact Spare Tire
The system cannot monitor the pressure of the spare tire. Manually check the spare tire pressure to be sure that it is correct.
Use the TPMS specific wheels. Each is equipped with a tire pressure sensor mounted inside the tire behind the valve stem.
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 668
If you replace a flat tire with the spare tire, the low tire pressure/TPMS indicator comes on while you are driving. After driving for a few miles (kilometers), Tire pressure monitor system problem. Check tire pressure. See your dealer. will appear on the driver information interface and the indicator will start blinking for a short time and then stay on; however, this is normal and is no cause for concern.
If you replace the tire with a full-size tire, the warning message on the driver information interface and the low tire pressure/TPMS indicator will go off after a few miles (kilometers).
TPMS and the Compact Spare Tire
uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuTemporarily Repairing a Flat Tire H
an d
lin g
th e U
n exp
ected
1Temporarily Repairing a Flat Tire
The kit should not be used in the following situations. Instead, contact a dealer or roadside assistance to have the vehicle towed. The tire sealant has expired. More than one tire is punctured. The puncture or cut is larger than 3/16 inch (4.8 mm). The tire side wall is damaged or the puncture is
outside the contact area.
Damage has been caused by driving with the tire extremely under inflated.
The tire bead is no longer seated. The rim is damaged.
Do not remove a nail or screw that punctured the tire. If you remove it from the tire, you may not be able to repair the puncture using the kit.
NOTICE Do not use a puncture-repairing agent other than the one provided in the kit that came with your vehicle. If a different agent is used, you may permanently damage the tire pressure sensor.
When the puncture is: Kit Use
Smaller than 3/16 inch (4.8 mm)
Yes
Larger than 3/16 inch (4.8 mm)
No
Contact Area
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 669
Temporarily Repairing a Flat Tire If the tire has a large cut or is otherwise severely damaged, you will need to have the vehicle towed. If the tire only has a small puncture, from a nail for instance, you can use the temporary tire repair kit so that you can drive to the nearest service station for a more permanent repair.
If a tire goes flat while driving, grasp the steering wheel firmly, and brake gradually to reduce speed. Then, stop in a safe place.
1. Park the vehicle on a firm, level, and non-slippery surface and apply the parking brake.
2. Put the transmission into (P . 3. Turn on the hazard warning lights and set the power mode to VEHICLE OFF
(LOCK).
U.S. models with temporary tire repair kit
669Continued
uu If a Tire Goes FlatuTemporarily Repairing a Flat Tire
670
H an
d lin
g th
e U n
exp ected
1Getting Ready to Temporarily Repair the Flat Tire
Repair notification label and speed restriction label are applied to the side of the temporary tire repair kit.
When making a temporary repair, carefully read the instruction manual provided with the kit.
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 670
Getting Ready to Temporarily Repair the Flat Tire
Pressure Relief Button
AIR
Repair Notification Label Speed Restriction Label
Pressure Gauge
Power Plug
Instruction Manual
Sealant/Air Hose
Inflator Switch
REPAIR
uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuTemporarily Repairing a Flat Tire H
an d
lin g
th e U
n exp
ected
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 671
1. Pull the handle on the cargo area floor lid and open the lid.
2. Remove the cover.
3. Take out the kit. 4. Place the kit face up, on flat ground near
the flat tire, and away from traffic. Do not place the kit on its side.
Handle
Cover
Tire Repair Kit
671Continued
uu If a Tire Goes FlatuTemporarily Repairing a Flat Tire
672
H an
d lin
g th
e U n
exp ected
1Injecting Sealant and Air
In cold temperatures, the sealant may not flow easily. In this situation, warm it up for five minutes before using.
The sealant can permanently stain clothing and other materials. Be careful during handling and wipe away any spills immediately.
3CAUTION Tire sealant contains substances that are harmful if inhaled, ingested or if contact is made with the eyes or skin.
Always use in a well-ventilated area and use gloves and safety glasses for protection; do not ingest.
For skin or eye contact, flush with cool water; if ingested, rinse mouth with water. In all cases, seek medical attention if necessary.
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 672
1. Remove the valve cap from the tire valve stem.
2. Remove the sealant/air hose from the packaging.
3. Attach the sealant/air hose onto the tire valve stem. Screw it until it is tight.
Injecting Sealant and Air
Valve Stem
Valve Cap
Sealant/Air Hose
Valve Stem
Sealant/Air Hose
uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuTemporarily Repairing a Flat Tire H
an d
lin g
th e U
n exp
ected
1Injecting Sealant and Air
NOTICE Do not operate the temporary tire repair kit compressor for more than 15 minutes. The compressor can overheat and become permanently damaged.
There are four accessory power sockets: In the front console on the passenger side In the console compartment On the rear of the console compartment In the left side panel in the cargo area
2 Accessory Power Sockets P. 223
3WARNING Running the engine with the vehicle in an enclosed or even partly enclosed area can cause a rapid buildup of toxic carbon monoxide.
Breathing this colorless, odorless gas can cause unconsciousness and even death. Only run the engine to power the air compressor with the vehicle outdoors.
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 673
4. Plug in the compressor to the accessory power socket. u Be careful not to pinch the cord in a
door or window. u Do not plug any other electronic
devices into other accessory power sockets. 2 Accessory Power Sockets P. 223
5. Start the engine. u Keep the engine running while injecting
sealant and air. 2 Carbon Monoxide Gas P. 82
6. Turn the selector switch to REPAIR.
REPAIR
Continued 673
uu If a Tire Goes FlatuTemporarily Repairing a Flat Tire
674
H an
d lin
g th
e U n
exp ected
1Injecting Sealant and Air
Until the sealant injection is complete, the pressure shown on the pressure gauge will appear higher than actual. After the sealant injection is complete the pressure will drop and then begin to rise again as the tire is inflated with air. This is normal. To accurately measure the air pressure using the gauge, turn the air compressor off only after the sealant injection is complete.
If the required air pressure is not reached within 10 minutes, the tire may be too severely damaged for the kit to provide the necessary seal, and your vehicle will need to be towed.
See an Acura dealer for a replacement sealant bottle and proper disposal of an empty bottle.
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 674
7. Press the inflator switch to turn on the compressor. u The compressor starts injecting sealant
and air into the tire. u When the sealant injection is complete,
continue to add air.
8. After the air pressure reaches 35 psi (240 kPa), turn off the kit.
After the air pressure reaches 36 psi (250 kPa), turn off the kit. u To check the pressure, occasionally turn
off the compressor and read the gauge. 9. Unplug the power plug from the accessory
power socket. 10. Unscrew the sealant/air hose from the tire
valve stem. Reinstall the valve cap. 11. Press the pressure relief button until the
gauge returns to 0 psi (0 kPa).
Pressure Gauge
ON
OFF Models with 255/55R19 tires
Models without 255/50R20 tires
Sealant/ Air Hose
Valve Stem
uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuTemporarily Repairing a Flat Tire H
an d
lin g
th e U
n exp
ected
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 675
12. Apply the repair notification label to the flat surface of the wheel. u The wheel surface must be clean to
ensure the label adheres properly.
Repair Notification Label
675Continued
676
uu If a Tire Goes FlatuTemporarily Repairing a Flat Tire
H an
d lin
g th
e U n
exp ected
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 676
1. Apply the speed restriction label to the location as shown.
2. Drive the vehicle for about 10 minutes. u Do not exceed 50 mph (80 km/h).
3. Stop the vehicle in a safe place.
4. Recheck the air pressure using the sealant/ air hose on the compressor.
Distributing the Sealant in the Tire
Speed Restriction Label
Sealant/Air Hose
uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuTemporarily Repairing a Flat Tire H
an d
lin g
th e U
n exp
ected
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 677
5. Turn the selector switch to AIR. u Do not turn the air compressor on to
check the pressure. 2 Inflating an Under-inflated Tire P. 680
6. If the air pressure is Less than 25 psi (175 kPa): Do not add air or continue driving. The leak is too severe. Call for help and have your vehicle towed.
2 Emergency Towing P. 724
35 psi (240 kPa) or more:
36 psi (250 kPa) or more: Continue driving for another 10 minutes or until you reach the nearest service station, whichever is sooner. Do not exceed 50 mph (80 km/h). If you have not reached a service station, stop and check the tire pressure. u If the air pressure does not go down
after the 10 minute driving, you do not need to check the pressure any more.
AIR
OFF
Models with 255/55R19 tires
Models without 255/50R20 tires
677Continued
uu If a Tire Goes FlatuTemporarily Repairing a Flat Tire
678
H an
d lin
g th
e U n
exp ected
1Distributing the Sealant in the Tire
3WARNING Running the engine with the vehicle in an enclosed or even partly enclosed area can cause a rapid buildup of toxic carbon monoxide.
Breathing this colorless, odorless gas can cause unconsciousness and even death. Only run the engine to power the air compressor with the vehicle outdoors.
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 678
Greater than 25 psi (175 kPa), but less than 35 psi (240 kPa):
Turn the air compressor on to inflate the tire until the tire pressure reaches 35 psi (240 kPa).
Greater than 25 psi (175 kPa), but less than 36 psi (250 kPa):
Turn the air compressor on to inflate the tire until the tire pressure reaches 36 psi (250 kPa).
2 Inflating an Under-inflated Tire P. 680
Then, drive carefully for 10 more minutes or until you reach the nearest service station, whichever is sooner. Do not exceed 50 mph (80 km/h). If you have not reached a service station, stop and check the tire pressure. u You should repeat this procedure as
long as the air pressure is within this range.
7. Unplug the kit from the accessory power socket.
8. Unscrew the sealant/air hose from the tire valve stem. Reinstall the valve cap.
Models with 255/55R19 tires
Models without 255/50R20 tires
uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuTemporarily Repairing a Flat Tire H
an d
lin g
th e U
n exp
ected
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 679
9. Press the pressure relief button until the gauge returns to 0 psi (0 kPa).
10. Repackage and properly stow the kit.
Pressure Relief Button
679Continued
uu If a Tire Goes FlatuTemporarily Repairing a Flat Tire
680
H an
d lin
g th
e U n
exp ected
1Inflating an Under-inflated Tire
NOTICE Do not operate the temporary tire repair kit compressor for more than 15 minutes. The compressor can overheat and become permanently damaged.
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 680
You can use the kit to inflate a non-punctured under-inflated tire. 1. Open the cargo area floor lid.
2 Getting Ready to Temporarily Repair the Flat Tire P. 670
2. Remove the kit. 3. Place the kit, face up, on flat ground near
the tire to be inflated, away from traffic. Do not place the kit on its side.
4. Remove the sealant/air hose from the kit.
5. Remove the valve cap.
6. Attach the sealant/air hose onto the tire valve stem. Screw it until it is tight.
Inflating an Under-inflated Tire
Sealant/Air Hose
Valve Cap
Valve Stem
Sealant/Air Hose
uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuTemporarily Repairing a Flat Tire H
an d
lin g
th e U
n exp
ected
1Inflating an Under-inflated Tire
3WARNING Running the engine with the vehicle in an enclosed or even partly enclosed area can cause a rapid buildup of toxic carbon monoxide.
Breathing this colorless, odorless gas can cause unconsciousness and even death. Only run the engine to power the air compressor with the vehicle outdoors.
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 681
7. Plug in the kit to the accessory power socket. u Be careful not to pinch the cord in a
door or window. u Do not plug any other electronic
devices into other accessory power sockets. 2 Accessory Power Sockets P. 223
8. Start the engine. u Keep the engine running while injecting
air. 2 Carbon Monoxide Gas P. 82
9. Turn the selector switch to AIR. 10. Press the inflator switch to turn on the kit.
u The compressor starts to inject air into the tire.
11. Inflate the tire to the specified air pressure.
AIR
ON
Continued 681
682
uu If a Tire Goes FlatuTemporarily Repairing a Flat Tire
H an
d lin
g th
e U n
exp ected
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 682
12. Turn off the kit. u Check the pressure gauge on the air
compressor. u If overinflated, press the pressure relief
button. 13. Unplug the kit from the accessory power
socket. 14. Unscrew the sealant/air hose from the tire
valve stem. Reinstall the valve cap. 15. Press the pressure relief button until the
gauge returns to 0 psi (0 kPa). 16. Repackage and properly stow the kit.
Pressure Relief Button
uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuTemporarily Repairing a Flat Tire H
an d
lin g
th e U
n exp
ected
1Temporarily Repairing a Flat Tire
The kit should not be used in the following situations. Instead, contact a dealer or a roadside assistant to have the vehicle towed. The tire sealant has expired. More than one tire is punctured. The puncture or cut is larger than 4 mm (3/16 inch). The tire side wall is damaged or the puncture is
outside the contact area.
Damage has been caused by driving with the tire extremely under inflated.
The tire bead is no longer seated. The rim is damaged.
Do not remove a nail or screw that punctured the tire. If you remove it from the tire, you may not be able to repair the puncture using the kit.
NOTICE Do not use a puncture-repairing agent other than the one provided in the kit that came with your vehicle. If a different agent is used, you may permanently damage the tire pressure sensor.
When the puncture is: Kit Use
Smaller than 4 mm (3/16 inch)
Yes
Larger than 4 mm (3/16 inch)
No
Contact Area
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 683
Temporarily Repairing a Flat Tire If the tire has a large cut or is otherwise severely damaged, you will need to have the vehicle towed. If the tire only has a small puncture, from a small nail for instance, you can use the temporary tire repair kit so that you can drive to the nearest service station for a more permanent repair.
If a tire goes flat while driving, grasp the steering wheel firmly, and brake gradually to reduce speed. Then, stop in a safe place.
1. Park the vehicle on a firm, level, and non-slippery surface. Apply the parking brake.
2. Put the transmission into (P . 3. Turn on the hazard warning lights and set the power mode to VEHICLE OFF.
Canadian models with temporary tire repair kit
683Continued
uu If a Tire Goes FlatuTemporarily Repairing a Flat Tire
684
H an
d lin
g th
e U n
exp ected
1Getting Ready to Temporarily Repair the Flat Tire
When making a temporary repair, carefully read the instruction manual provided with the kit.
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 684
Getting Ready to Temporarily Repair the Flat Tire
Air Compressor Instruction Manual
Sealant Bottle
Speed Restriction Label
Expiration DateDeflation Button Air Compressor Switch
Repair Notification Label
uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuTemporarily Repairing a Flat Tire H
an d
lin g
th e U
n exp
ected
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 685
1. Pull the handle on the cargo area floor lid and open the lid.
2. Remove the tool case cover.
3. Take the kit out of the tool case. 4. Place the kit face up, on flat ground near
the flat tire, and away from traffic. Do not place the kit on its side.
Handle
Tool Case Cover
Knob
Tire Repair Kit
685Continued
uu If a Tire Goes FlatuTemporarily Repairing a Flat Tire
686
H an
d lin
g th
e U n
exp ected
1Injecting Sealant and Air
Keep the sealant bottle out of the reach of children. Do not shake the bottle after the bottle cap removed. If you shake the bottle after the cap is removed, it may spill sealant.
In cold temperatures, the sealant may not flow easily. In this situation, warm it up for five minutes before using.
The sealant is latex based and can permanently stain clothing and other materials. Be careful during handling and wipe up any spills immediately.
3WARNING Tire sealant contains substances that are harmful and can be fatal if swallowed.
If accidentally swallowed, do not induce vomiting. Drink plenty of water and get medical attention immediately.
For skin or eye contact, flush with cool water and get medical attention if necessary.
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 686
1. Remove the valve cap from the tire valve stem.
2. Shake the sealant bottle. 3. Attach the sealant/air hose onto the tire
valve stem. Screw the sealant/air hose until it is tightly connected to the valve stem. u Make sure the bottle remains upright to
ensure all the sealant flows into the tire.
4. Remove the bottle cap from the bottle adapter.
5. Attach the air compressor hose onto the bottle adapter. Screw the air compressor hose until it is tightly connected to the bottle adapter.
Injecting Sealant and Air
Tire Valve Stem
Valve Cap
Sealant/Air Hose
Tire Valve Stem
Bottle Adapter
Air Compressor Hose
Bottle Cap
uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuTemporarily Repairing a Flat Tire H
an d
lin g
th e U
n exp
ected
1Injecting Sealant and Air
NOTICE Do not operate the temporary tire repair kit compressor for more than 15 minutes. The compressor can overheat and become permanently damaged.
There are four accessory power sockets: In the front console on the passenger side In the console compartment On the rear of the console compartment In the left side panel in the cargo area
2 Accessory Power Sockets P. 223
3WARNING Running the engine with the vehicle in an enclosed or even partly enclosed area can cause a rapid buildup of toxic carbon monoxide.
Breathing this colorless, odorless gas can cause unconsciousness and even death. Only run the engine to power the air compressor with the vehicle outdoors.
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 687
6. Plug in the compressor to the accessory power socket. u Be careful not to pinch the cord in a
door or window. u Do not plug any other electronic
devices into other accessory power sockets.
2 Accessory Power Sockets P. 223
7. Turn the power system on. u Keep the power system on while
injecting sealant and air. 2 Carbon Monoxide Gas P. 82
8. Turn the air compressor on to inflate the tire. u The compressor starts injecting sealant
and air into the tire. 9. After the air pressure reaches 33 psi (230
kPa), turn off the compressor.
Air Compressor Switch
OFF
ON
Continued 687
uu If a Tire Goes FlatuTemporarily Repairing a Flat Tire
688
H an
d lin
g th
e U n
exp ected
1Injecting Sealant and Air
Until the sealant injection is complete, the pressure shown on the pressure gauge will appear higher than actual. After the sealant injection is complete the pressure will drop and then begin to rise again as the tire is inflated with air. This is normal. To accurately measure the air pressure using the gauge, turn the air compressor off only after the sealant injection is complete.
If the required air pressure is not reached within 15 minutes, the tire may be too severely damaged for the kit to provide the necessary seal and your vehicle will need to be towed.
See an Acura dealer for a replacement sealant bottle and proper disposal of an empty bottle.
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 688
10. Unplug the kit from the accessory power socket.
11. Unscrew the sealant/air hose from the tire valve stem. Reinstall the valve cap.
12. Push the deflation button until the gauge returns 0 psi (0 kPa).
13. Apply the repair notification label to the flat surface of the wheel. u The wheel surface must be clean to
ensure the label adheres properly.
Deflation Button
Air Pressure Gauge
Repair Notification Label
uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuTemporarily Repairing a Flat Tire H
an d
lin g
th e U
n exp
ected
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 689
1. Apply the speed restriction label to the location as shown.
2. Drive the vehicle for about five minutes. u Do not exceed 80 km/h (50 mph).
3. Stop the vehicle in a safe place.
Distributing the Sealant in the Tire
Speed Restriction Label
689Continued
690
uu If a Tire Goes FlatuTemporarily Repairing a Flat Tire
H an
d lin
g th
e U n
exp ected
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 690
4. Recheck the air pressure using the gauge on the air compressor. u Do not turn the air compressor on to
check the pressure. 5. If the air pressure is:
Less than 19 psi (130 kPa): Do not add air or continue driving. The leak is too severe. Call for help and have your vehicle towed.
2 Emergency Towing P. 724
33 psi (230 kPa) or more: Continue driving for another five minutes or until you reach the nearest service station if less than five minutes away. Do not exceed 80 km/h (50 mph).
u Stop and check the air pressure again. If the air pressure does not go down after the five minute drive, you do not need to check the pressure any more. Drive to the nearest service station to fix or replace the tire.
uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuTemporarily Repairing a Flat Tire H
an d
lin g
th e U
n exp
ected
1Distributing the Sealant in the Tire
Refer to the drivers doorjamb label for the specified pressure.
3WARNING Running the engine with the vehicle in an enclosed or even partly enclosed area can cause a rapid buildup of toxic carbon monoxide.
Breathing this colorless, odorless gas can cause unconsciousness and even death. Only run the engine to power the air compressor with the vehicle outdoors.
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 691
Greater than 19 psi (130 kPa), but less than 33 psi (230 kPa): Turn the air compressor on to inflate the tire until the tire pressure reaches 33 psi (230 kPa).
2 Injecting Sealant and Air P. 686
Then, drive carefully for five more minutes or until you reach the nearest service station if less than five minutes away. Do not exceed 80 km/h (50 mph). u You should repeat this procedure as long
as the air pressure is within this range. 6. Repackage and properly stow the kit. u Seal the empty bottle tightly to prevent
the sealant from spilling.
Deflation Button
Air Pressure Gauge
Air Compressor Switch
OFF
ON
Continued 691
uu If a Tire Goes FlatuTemporarily Repairing a Flat Tire
692
H an
d lin
g th
e U n
exp ected
1Inflating an Under-inflated Tire
NOTICE Do not operate the temporary tire repair kit compressor for more than 15 minutes. The compressor can overheat and become permanently damaged.
3WARNING Running the engine with the vehicle in an enclosed or even partly enclosed area can cause a rapid buildup of toxic carbon monoxide.
Breathing this colorless, odorless gas can cause unconsciousness and even death. Only run the engine to power the air compressor with the vehicle outdoors.
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 692
You can use the kit to inflate a non-punctured under-inflated tire. 1. Take the kit out of the box.
2 Getting Ready to Temporarily Repair the Flat Tire P. 684
2. Place the kit, face up, on flat ground near the tire to be inflated, away from traffic. Do not place the kit on its side.
3. Remove the valve cap from the tire valve stem.
4. Attach the air compressor hose onto the tire valve stem. Screw the air compressor hose until it is tightly connected to the valve stem.
5. Plug in the compressor to the accessory power socket. u Be careful not to pinch the cord in a
door or window. u Do not plug any other electronic
devices into other accessory power sockets.
2 Accessory Power Sockets P. 223
6. Turn the power system on. u Keep the power system on while
injecting air. 2 Carbon Monoxide Gas P. 82
Inflating an Under-inflated Tire
Tire Valve Stem
Valve Cap
Tire Valve Stem
Air Compressor Hose
uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuTemporarily Repairing a Flat Tire H
an d
lin g
th e U
n exp
ected
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 693
7. Turn the air compressor switch on to inflate the tire. u The compressor starts to inject air into
the tire. u If you have turned the power system
on, keep the power system on while injecting air.
8. Inflate the tire to the specified air pressure.
9. Turn off the kit. u Check the pressure gauge on the air
compressor. u If overinflated, press the deflation
button. 10. Unplug the kit from the accessory power
socket. 11. Unscrew the air hose from the tire valve
stem. Reinstall the valve cap. 12. Push the deflation button until the gauge
returns 0 psi (0 kPa). 13. Repackage and properly stow the kit.
Air Compressor Switch
OFF
ON
Deflation Button
Air Pressure Gauge
693
694
H an
d lin
g th
e U n
exp ected
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 694
Handling of the Jack
Your vehicle has jacking points as shown. When replacing your tires, consult a dealer.
Models with temporary tire repair kit
Jacking Points
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 695
Engine Does Not Start
an d
lin g
th e U
n exp
ected
cklist on interface. lem side of remote message appears. eak P. 696 perating range. ange P. 170
again. 2 Starting the Engine P. 443
g, the engine cannot be started.
Gauge P. 106
dealer.
1Checking the Engine
If you must start the vehicle immediately, use an assisting vehicle or booster battery to jump start it.
2 If the Battery Is Dead P. 699
Depending on the situation, it may be possible to temporarily start the engine using the emergency start procedure.
2 Emergency Engine Start P. 697
Checking the Engine If the engine does not start, check the starter.
Starter condition Che Starter doesnt turn or turns over slowly. The battery may be dead. Check each of the items on the right and respond accordingly.
Check for a message on the driver informati If the To start, touch start button with emb
2 If the Keyless Access Remote Battery is W uMake sure the keyless access remote is in its o
2 ENGINE START/STOP Button Operating R
The starter turns over normally but the engine doesnt start. There may be a problem with a fuse. Check each of the items on the right and respond accordingly.
Review the engine start procedure. Follow its instructions, and try to start the engine Check the immobilizer system indicator. When the immobilizer system indicator is blinkin
2 Immobilizer System P. 161
Check the fuel level. There should be enough fuel in the tank. 2 Fuel
Check the fuses. Check all fuses, or have the vehicle checked by a
2 Inspecting and Changing Fuses P. 721
If the problem continues: 2 Emergency Towing P. 724
695
696
uuEngine Does Not StartuIf the Keyless Access Remote Battery is Weak
H an
d lin
g th
e U n
exp ected
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 696
If the Keyless Access Remote Battery is Weak If the beeper sounds, the To start, touch start button with emblem side of remote message appears on the driver information interface, and the ENGINE START/STOP button flashes, and the engine wont start, start the engine as follows:
1. Touch the center of the ENGINE START/ STOP button with the A logo on the keyless access remote while the ENGINE START/ STOP button is flashing. The buttons on the keyless access remote should be facing you. u The ENGINE START/STOP button
flashes for about 30 seconds.
2. Depress the brake pedal and press the ENGINE START/STOP button within 10 seconds after the beeper sounds and the ENGINE START/STOP button changes from flashing to on. u If you dont depress the pedal, the mode
will change to ACCESSORY.
uuEngine Does Not StartuEmergency Engine Start H
an d
lin g
th e U
n exp
ected
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 697
Emergency Engine Start If the engine does not start using the normal engine starting procedure, you may be able to start it using the emergency start procedure below. Do not use this procedure if it is not an emergency. 1. Make sure the parking brake is applied. u The parking brake and brake system indicator (red) comes on for 30 seconds
when you press the electric parking brake switch. 2. Check that the transmission is in (P , then set the power mode to ACCESSORY. 3. Firmly depress the brake pedal and press and hold the ENGINE START/STOP
button for at least 15 seconds.
This should be considered a system malfunction even if you are able to start the engine using the above procedure. Have your vehicle checked by a dealer immediately.
697
698
uuEngine Does Not StartuEmergency Engine Stop
H an
d lin
g th
e U n
exp ected
1Emergency Engine Stop
Do not press the ENGINE START/STOP button while driving unless it is absolutely necessary for the engine to be turned off.
If you press the ENGINE START/STOP button while driving, the beeper sounds.
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 698
Emergency Engine Stop The ENGINE START/STOP button may be used to stop the engine due to an emergency situation even while driving. If you must stop the engine, do either of the following operations: Press and hold the ENGINE START/STOP button about for two seconds. Firmly press the ENGINE START/STOP button three times.
The steering wheel will not lock. However, because turning off the engine disables the power assist the engine provides to the steering and braking systems, it will require significantly more physical effort and time to steer and slow the vehicle. Use both feet on the brake pedal to slow down the vehicle and stop immediately in a safe place. The gear position automatically changes to (P after the vehicle comes to a complete stop. Then, the power mode changes to VEHICLE OFF.
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 699
If the Battery Is Dead
an d
lin g
th e U
n exp
ected
1Jump Starting Procedure
Securely attach the jumper cables clips so that they do not come off when the engine vibrates. Be careful not to tangle the jumper cables or allow the cable ends to touch each other while attaching or detaching the jumper cables.
Battery performance degrades in cold conditions and may prevent the engine from starting.
3WARNING A battery can explode if you do not follow the correct procedure, seriously injuring anyone nearby.
Keep all sparks, open flames, and smoking materials away from the battery.
Jump Starting Procedure Turn off the power to electric devices, such as audio and lights. Turn off the engine, then open the hood.
1. Open the cover on the positive + terminal. 2. Connect the first jumper cable to your
vehicles battery + terminal. 3. Connect the other end of the first jumper
cable to the booster battery + terminal. u Use a 12-volt booster battery only. u When using an automotive battery
charger to boost your 12-volt battery, select a lower charging voltage than 15- volt. Check the charger manual for the proper setting.
4. Connect the second jumper cable to the booster battery - terminal.
3.5 L engine models
Booster Battery
699Continued
uu If the Battery Is DeaduJump Starting Procedure
700
H an
d lin
g th
e U n
exp ected
1Jump Starting Procedure
You cannot use the terminals to jump start another vehicle.
3.0 L engine models
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 700
1. Pull up the tab to open the engine compartment fuse box type B cover.
2. Connect the first jumper cable to your vehicles + terminal as shown. Do not connect this jumper cable to any other part.
3. Connect the other end of the first jumper cable to the booster battery + terminal. u Use a 12-volt booster battery only. u When using an automotive battery
charger to boost your 12-volt battery, select a lower charging voltage than 15- volt. Check the charger manual for the proper setting.
4. Connect the second jumper cable to the booster battery - terminal.
3.0 L engine models
Tab
Booster Battery
uuIf the Battery Is DeaduJump Starting Procedure H
an d
lin g
th e U
n exp
ected
1Jump Starting Procedure
The Vehicle Stability AssistTM (VSA) system, Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow, safety support, and low tire pressure/TPMS indicators may come on along with a message in the driver information interface when you set the power mode to ON after reconnecting a battery. Drive a short distance at more than 12mph (20 km/h). Each indicator should go off. If any do not, have your vehicle checked by a dealer.
All models
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 701
5. Connect the other end of the second jumper cable to the ground bolt as shown. Do not connect this jumper cable to any other part.
6. If your vehicle is connected to another vehicle, start the assisting vehicles engine and increase its rpm slightly.
7. Attempt to start your vehicles engine. If it turns over slowly, check that the jumper cables have good metal-to-metal contact.
Once your vehicles engine has started, remove the jumper cables in the following order.
1. Disconnect the jumper cable from your vehicles ground. 2. Disconnect the other end of the jumper cable from the booster battery -
terminal. 3. Disconnect the jumper cable from your vehicles battery + terminal. 4. Disconnect the other end of the jumper cable from the booster battery +
terminal.
Have your vehicle inspected by a nearby service station or a dealer.
All models
What to Do After the Engine Starts
701
702
H an
d lin
g th
e U n
exp ected
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 702
Overheating
1How to Handle Overheating
NOTICE Continuing to drive with the temperature gauge at the mark may damage the engine.
Continuing to drive with the Engine temperature too hot. Do not drive. Allow engine to cool. message on the driver information interface may damage the engine.
3WARNING Steam and spray from an overheated engine can seriously scald you.
Do not open the hood if steam is coming out.
H
How to Handle Overheating Overheating symptoms are as follows: The temperature gauge is at the mark or the engine suddenly loses power. The Engine temperature too hot. Do not drive. Allow engine to cool.
message appears on the driver information interface. Steam or spray comes out of the engine compartment.
First thing to do 1. Immediately park the vehicle in a safe place. 2. Turn off all accessories and turn on the hazard warning lights. u No steam or spray present: Keep the engine running and open the hood. u Steam or spray is present: Turn off the engine and wait until it subsides.
Then, open the hood.
H
uuOverheatinguHow to Handle Overheating H
an d
lin g
th e U
n exp
ected
1How to Handle Overheating
3WARNING Removing the radiator cap while the engine is hot can cause the coolant to spray out, seriously scalding you.
Always let the engine and radiator cool down before removing the radiator cap.
3.5 L engine models
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 703
Next thing to do 1. Check that the cooling fan is operating and
stop the engine once the temperature gauge goes down. u If the cooling fan is not operating,
immediately stop the engine. 2. Once the engine has cooled down, inspect
the coolant level and check the cooling system components for leaks. u If the coolant level in the reserve tank is
low, add coolant until it reaches the MAX mark.
u If there is no coolant in the reserve tank, check that the radiator is cool. Cover the radiator cap with a heavy cloth and open the cap. If necessary, add coolant up to the base of the filler neck, and put the cap back on.
3.5 L engine models
MIN
MAX
Reserve Tank
Continued 703
uuOverheatinguHow to Handle Overheating
704
H an
d lin
g th
e U n
exp ected
1How to Handle Overheating
If the coolant is leaking, contact a dealer for repairs.
Use water as an emergency/temporary measure only. Have a dealer flush the system with proper antifreeze as soon as possible.
3WARNING Removing the reserve tank cap while the engine is hot can cause the coolant to spray out, seriously scalding you.
Always let the engine and radiator cool down before removing the reserve tank cap.
3.0 L engine models
All models
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 704
Next thing to do 1. Check that the cooling fan is operating and
stop the engine once the temperature gauge goes down. u If the cooling fan is not operating,
immediately stop the engine. 2. Once the engine has cooled down, inspect
the coolant level, and check the cooling system components for leaks. u If the coolant level, in the reserve tank is
low, or no coolant in the tank, check that the radiator is cool. Cover the reserve tank cap with a heavy cloth and open the cap. Add coolant until it reaches the MAX mark and put the cap back on.
Last thing to do Once the engine has cooled sufficiently, restart it and check the temperature gauge. If the temperature gauge has gone down, resume driving. If it has not gone down, contact a dealer for repairs.
3.0 L engine models
Reserve Tank
MAX
MIN
All models
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 705
Indicator, Coming On/Blinking
an d
lin g
th e U
n exp
ected
1If the Engine oil pressure low Warning Appears
NOTICE Running the engine with low oil pressure can cause serious mechanical damage almost immediately.
If the Engine oil pressure low Warning Appears Reasons for the warning to appear Appears when the engine oil pressure is low. What to do as soon as the warning
appears 1. Immediately park the vehicle on level
ground in a safe place. 2. If necessary, turn the hazard warning lights
on. What to do after parking the vehicle 1. Stop the engine and let it sit for
approximately three minutes. 2. Open the hood and check the oil level. u Add oil as necessary.
2 Oil Check P. 617
3. Start the engine and check the Engine oil pressure low warning. u The warning disappears: Start driving
again. u The warning does not disappear within
10 seconds: Immediately stop the engine and contact a dealer for repairs.
705
706
uu Indicator, Coming On/Blinkingu If the Charging System Indicator Comes On
H an
d lin
g th
e U n
exp ected
1If the Charging System Indicator Comes On
If you need to stop temporarily, do not turn off the engine. Restarting the engine may rapidly discharge the battery.
If the charging system warning or battery indicator illuminate and there is a rotten egg smell in the vehicle, roll down the windows to prevent accumulation of gasses in the vehicle.
3.0 L engine models
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 706
If the Charging System Indicator Comes On Reasons for the indicator to come on Comes on when there is a problem with the charging system. What to do when the indicator comes on Stop in a safe place and have your vehicle checked by a dealer immediately.
If the Slow down! Reduced stopping power Warning Appears*
Reasons for the warning to appear Appears when braking ability is reduced. What to do as soon as the warning
appears Slow down and drive carefully. Have your vehicle checked by a dealer.
* Not available on all models
uu Indicator, Coming On/Blinkingu If the Malfunction Indicator Lamp Comes On or Blinks H
an d
lin g
th e U
n exp
ected
1If the Malfunction Indicator Lamp Comes On or Blinks
NOTICE If you drive with the malfunction indicator lamp on, the emissions control system and the engine could be damaged.
If the malfunction indicator lamp blinks again when restarting the engine, drive to the nearest dealer at 31 mph (50 km/h) or less. Have your vehicle inspected.
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 707
If the Malfunction Indicator Lamp Comes On or Blinks
Reasons for the indicator lamp to come on or blink Comes on when there is a problem with the engine emissions control
system. Blinks when engine misfiring is detected. What to do when the indicator lamp comes on Avoid high speeds and immediately get your vehicle inspected at a dealer. What to do when the indicator lamp blinks Park the vehicle in a safe place with no flammable items and wait at least 10 minutes or more with the engine stopped until it cools.
707
708
uu Indicator, Coming On/Blinkingu If the Brake System Indicator (Red) Comes On or Blinks
H an
d lin
g th
e U n
exp ected
1If the Brake System Indicator (Red) Comes On or Blinks
Have your vehicle repaired immediately. It is dangerous to drive with low brake fluid. If there is no resistance from the brake pedal, stop immediately in a safe place. If necessary, downshift the gears.
If the brake system indicator (red) and ABS indicator come on simultaneously, the electronic brake distribution system is not working. This can result in vehicle instability under sudden braking. Have your vehicle inspected by a dealer immediately.
If the brake system indicator (red) blinks at the same time when the brake system indicator (amber) comes on, the parking brake may not work. Avoid using the parking brake and have your vehicle checked by a dealer immediately.
2 If the Brake System Indicator (Red) Comes On or Blinks at the Same Time When the Brake System Indicator (Amber) Comes On P. 709
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 708
If the Brake System Indicator (Red) Comes On or Blinks
Reasons for the indicator to come on The brake fluid is low. There is a malfunction in the brake system. What to do when the indicator comes on while driving Depress the brake pedal lightly to check pedal pressure. If normal, check the brake fluid level the next time you stop. If abnormal, take immediate action. If necessary, downshift the
transmission to slow the vehicle using engine braking. Reasons for the indicator to blink There is a problem with the electric parking brake system. What to do when the indicator blinks Avoid using the parking brake and have your vehicle checked by a
dealer immediately.
U.S.
Canada
uu Indicator, Coming On/BlinkinguIf the Brake System Indicator (Red) Comes On or Blinks at the Same Time When the Brake System Indicator (Amber) Comes On H
an d
lin g
th e U
n exp
ected
1 If the Brake System Indicator (Red) Comes On or Blinks at the Same Time When the Brake System Indicator (Amber) Comes On
If you apply the parking brake, you may not be able to release it.
If the brake system indicator (red) and the brake system indicator (amber) come on at the same time, the parking brake is working.
If the brake system indicator (red) blinks at the same time when the brake system indicator (amber) comes on, the parking brake may not work because it is checking the system.
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 709
If the Brake System Indicator (Red) Comes On or Blinks at the Same Time When the Brake System Indicator (Amber) Comes On
If the brake system indicator (red) comes on or blinks at the same time when the brake system indicator (amber) comes on, release the parking brake manually or automatically 2 Parking Brake P. 567
If the brake system indicator (red) continuously comes on or blinks at the same time when the brake system indicator (amber) comes on, stop the vehicle in a safe place and have it inspected by a dealer immediately. u Preventing the vehicle from moving, put the transmission into (P .
If only the brake system indicator (red) is turned off, avoid using the parking brake and have your vehicle checked by a dealer immediately.
U.S.
Canada
(Red)
U.S.
Canada
(Amber)
709
710
uu Indicator, Coming On/Blinkingu If the Electric Power Steering (EPS) System Indicator Comes On
H an
d lin
g th
e U n
exp ected
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 710
If the Electric Power Steering (EPS) System Indicator Comes On
Reasons for the indicator to come on Comes on when there is a problem with the EPS system. What to do when the indicator comes on Stop the vehicle in a safe place and restart the engine.
If the indicator comes on and stays on, immediately have your vehicle inspected by a dealer.
If Do not drive displays on the driver information interface, immediately stop in a safe place and contact a dealer.
uuIndicator, Coming On/BlinkinguIf the Low Tire Pressure/TPMS Indicator Comes On or Blinks H
an d
lin g
th e U
n exp
ected
1If the Low Tire Pressure/TPMS Indicator Comes On or Blinks
NOTICE Driving on an extremely underinflated tire can cause it to overheat. An overheated tire can fail. Always inflate your tires to the prescribed level.
TPMS with Tire Fill Assist provides visual and audible assistance during tire pressure adjustment. With the power mode in ON, while you adjust tire pressure up or down, the system alerts you as follows: Below recommended pressure: The beeper sounds and exterior lights flash once every five seconds. At recommended pressure: The beeper sounds and exterior lights flash rapidly for three seconds with five seconds intervals. Above recommended pressure: The beeper sounds and lights flash twice every two seconds.
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 711
If the Low Tire Pressure/TPMS Indicator Comes On or Blinks
Reasons for the indicator to come on or blink A tire pressure is significantly low. If there is a problem with the TPMS with Tire Fill Assist, the indicator blinks for about one minute, and then stays on. If the compact spare tire* is installed, the indicator will either come on or it will first blink for about one minute, then stay on. What to do when the indicator comes on Drive carefully and avoid abrupt cornering and hard braking. Stop your vehicle in a safe place. Check the tire pressure and adjust the pressure to the specified level. The specified tire pressure is on a label on the driver side doorjamb. If the compact spare tire* causes the indicator to come on, change the tire to a full-size tire. What to do when the indicator blinks Have the tire inspected by a dealer as soon as possible. If the compact spare tire* causes the indicator to first blink, and then stays on, change the tire to a full-size tire. The indicator goes off after driving for a few miles (kilometers).
711* Not available on all models
712
uu Indicator, Coming On/Blinkingu If the Transmission System Indicator Blinks along with the Warning Message
H an
d lin
g th
e U n
exp ected
1If the Transmission System Indicator Blinks along with the Warning Message
You may not be able to start the engine.
Make sure to set the parking brake when parking your vehicle.
Call a professional towing service if you need to tow your vehicle.
2 Emergency Towing P. 724
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 712
If the Transmission System Indicator Blinks along with the Warning Message
Reasons for the indicator to blink The transmission is malfunctioning. What to do when the indicator blinks Immediately have your vehicle inspected by
a dealer. Select (N after starting the engine. u Check if the (N position in the
instrument panel and the indicator on the (N button light/blink.
u The engine cannot be turned on unless the parking brake is set.
2 Starting the Engine P. 443
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 713
Fuses
Fuse Locations If any electrical devices are not working, set Circuit protected and fuse rating
H an
d lin
g th
e U n
exp ected
the power mode to VEHICLE OFF (LOCK) and check to see if any applicable fuse is blown.
Fuse locations are shown on the fuse box cover. Locate the fuse in question by the fuse number and box cover number. Located near the brake fluid reservoir. Push the tabs to open the box.
Replacement of fuses No.1-5 should be done by a dealer.
Engine Compartment Fuse Box Type A
Tab
* Not available on all models
Circuit Protected Amps
1 Battery*1
*2
225 A
2
Idle Stop 1*1
*2 30 A
Idle Stop 2 30 A EPS*1
*2 80 A
Power Module 1*1
*2 70 A
Fuse Box Main 1 60 A Fuse Box Option 1 60 A
Rear Blower 30 A
3
Active Control Mount*1
*2 30 A
Starter Motor 30 A Radiator Fan*1
*2 30 A
Heater Motor 40 A Power Module ACC 40 A
Rear Defogger 40 A Fuse Box Option 2 60 A
*1:3.5 L engine models *2:3.0 L engine models
4
AC Power Outlet* (30 A) Brake Booster*1
*2 40 A
Rear Fuse Box Main 2*1
Power Module 1*2
60 A 70 A
VSA F/S RLY*1
*2
40 A 30 A
Rear Fuse Box Main 1*1
Idle Stop 1*2
60 A 30 A
60 A*1
30 A*2
Fuse Box Main 2*1
*2
60 A 30 A
5
Power Module 2 30 A VSA Pump Motor 40 A
IG Main 2 30 A Relay Module 2 30 A Relay Module 1 30 A
30 A IG Main 1 30 A
6 Conditioner Fan*1
Fuel Pump*2 30 A
7 Wiper 30 A
8 *1
AVC*2
20 A
Circuit Protected Amps
713Continued
714
uuFusesuFuse Locations
H an
d lin
g th
e U n
exp ected
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 714
Circuit Protected Amps
9 FI Main*1
*2
15 A
10
11 Injector*1
*2
20 A
12 13 Trailer E-Brake* (20 A) 14 Horn 15 A
15 *1
Cooling Fan*2
10 A
16 FI-ECU 10 A 17
18 DBW*1
*2
15 A
19 Audio 15 A 20 Back Up 7.5 A 21 Transmission 1 15 A 22 23 Hazard 10 A 24 25 Brake Lights 7.5 A 26 IG Coil 15 A 27 Transmission 3 10 A 28 Transmission 2 10 A 29 30 31 Washer 15 A
* Not available on all models
*1:3.5 L engine models *2:3.0 L engine models
32 Battery Sensor*1
Injector*2
10 A 15 A
33 Shutter Grille*1
FI Main*2
10 A 20 A
34 35
36 Cruise SW*1
*2
10 A
37 IGPS (VSS)*1
*2
(10 A)
38 Sub Fan Diode*1
IGPS (PCS)*2
10 A 7.5 A
39 *1
IGPS (ABV)*2
10 A
40 41
Circuit Protected Amps
uuFusesuFuse Locations H
an d
lin g
th e U
n exp
ected
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 715
Fuse locations are shown on the fuse box cover. Locate the fuse in question by the fuse number and box cover number. Located near the brake fluid reservoir. Push the tabs to open the box.
Replacement of the fuses should be done by a dealer.
Engine Compartment Fuse Box Type B*
Tab
* Not available on all models
Circuit Protected Amps 1 Main Fuse 250 A 2 R/B ACG 200 A 3 EPS 80 A 4 VSA 40 A 5 ESB 40 A 6 RFC2 60 A 7 RFC1 60 A
715Continued
716
uuFusesuFuse Locations
H an
d lin
g th
e U n
exp ected
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 716
Located under the dashboard.
Fuse locations are shown on the label on the side panel. Locate the fuse in question by the fuse number and label number.
Circuit protected and fuse rating
Drivers Side Interior Fuse Box Type A
Circuit Protected Amps 1 Drivers Power Window 30 A
2 Front Passengers Power
Window 30 A
3 Rear Passengers Side
Power Window 30 A
4 Rear Drivers Side Power
Window 30 A
5 Option 10 A 6 SRS 10 A
Fuse Box
Fuse Label
* Not available on all models
7 8 9 10 Door Lock Main 20 A 11 Meter 10 A 12 Transmission 10 A
13 Battery Fan*1
*2
10 A
14 Starter Motor 10 A 15 Drivers Door Unlock 7.5 A 16 Panoramic Roof 20 A 17 18 19
20 Ambient Lighting (10 A)*1
10 A*2
21 Accessory Power Socket (in the Console Compartment)
20 A
22 Keyless Access System 10 A 23 Drivers Door Lock 7.5 A 24 25 Shifter 10 A 26 SRS 10 A
27 ACG 15 A*1
10 A*2
28 VSA/ABS 10 A
Circuit Protected Amps
*1:3.5 L engine models *2:3.0 L engine models
29 Fuel Pump 20 A*1
10 A*2
30 Drivers Side Door Unlock 10 A 31 Passengers Side Door Unlock 7.5 A 32 Steering Column Adjust 20 A 33 IMG 10 A 34 35 Steering Column Adjust 20 A 36 Sunshade 20 A
37 *1
Audio Amp*2
(20 A)
38 Option 10 A 39 Passengers Side Door Lock 7.5 A 40 Drivers Power Seat 30 A
41 *1
Drivers Massage Seat*, *2
(10 A)
42 43 AIRCON 10 A 44 Daytime Running Lights 10 A 45 ACCESSORY 10 A 46 47 Drivers Side Door Lock 10 A 48
Circuit Protected Amps
uuFusesuFuse Locations H
an d
lin g
th e U
n exp
ected
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 717
*1:3.5 L engine models *2:3.0 L engine models
Circuit Protected Amps
49 Front Passengers Power
Seat 30 A
50 51 52
53 *1
Front Passengers Massage Seat*, *2 (10 A)
54 Option 10 A
55 Audio Amp*1
*2
(30 A)
56
* Not available on all models
Located under the dashboard.
Fuse locations are shown on the label on the side panel. Locate the fuse in question by the fuse number and label number.
Drivers Side Interior Fuse Box Type B
Fuse Box
Fuse Label
Circuit protected and fuse rating
Circuit Protected Amps A Meter 10 A B AcuraWatchTM 10 A C AIRCON 10 A D Active Control Mount* 10 A E Active Noise Canceling 10 A F Steering Wheel Audio 10 A G Telematics 10 A
717Continued
718
uuFusesuFuse Locations
H an
d lin
g th
e U n
exp ected
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 718
Located on the lower side panel. Take off the cover to open.
Fuse locations are shown on the cover.
Passengers Side Interior Fuse Box
Cover
Fuse Label
* Not available on all models
Circuit protected and fuse rating
Circuit Protected Amps 1 2 A/C Compressor 10 A 3 Heated Steering Wheel* (10 A) 4 Heated Windshield* (15 A) 5 Fog Lights* 10 A 6 FI Sub 15 A 7 Front Seat Heaters 20 A 8 9 10 Second Row Seat Heaters* (20 A)
11 Accessory Power Socket
(on the rear of the Console Compartment)
20 A
12 Accessory Power Socket
(Front Console) 20 A
uuFusesuFuse Locations H
an d
lin g
th e U
n exp
ected
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 719
Located in the cargo area. Remove the cover by prying on the edge of the cover using a flat-tip screwdriver. u Wrap the flat-tip screwdriver with a
cloth to prevent scratches.
Fuse locations are shown on the cover. Locate the fuse in question by the fuse number and box cover number.
Rear Fuse Box Type A
Fuse Label
Fuse Box
Cover
* Not available on all models
Circuit protected and fuse rating
Circuit Protected Amps 1 SH-AWD* (30 A) 2 Power Tailgate 40 A 3 Air Suspension* (40 A) 4 5 Audio Amp* (40 A) 6 7 8 9
10 SH-AWD* (10 A) 11 Drivers Power Seat 30 A 12 Drivers Power Seat 30 A 13 Trailer Back Lights* (10 A) 14 Rear Lights 15 A 15 Trailer Hazard Lights* (10 A) 16 Air Suspension* (20 A)
17 Accessory Power Socket
(Cargo Area) 20 A
18 Adaptive Damper System* (15 A)
19 Front Passengers Power
Seat 30 A
20 Front Passengers Power
Seat 30 A
21 Trailer Small Lights* (20 A) 22 Power Tailgate 20 A 23 Battery Sensor* (10 A)
24 25 Third Row Seat Access 20 A 26 Trailer Charge* (20 A) 27 28 29 30
Circuit Protected Amps
719Continued
720
uuFusesuFuse Locations
H an
d lin
g th
e U n
exp ected
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 720
Located on the battery in the cargo area. Remove the cover.
2 Checking the Battery P. 645
Push the tabs to open the box. Fuse locations are shown on the fuse box cover. Locate the fuse in question by the fuse number and box cover number.
Replacement of the fuses should be done by a dealer.
Rear Fuse Box Type B*
TabTab
* Not available on all models
Circuit Protected Amps B Battery 450 A C 150 A D Jump Start Box 200 A E 80 A F Rear Fuse Box 1 70 A G Fuse Box 2 60 A H Rear Fuse Box 2 70 A
uuFusesu Inspecting and Changing Fuses H
an d
lin g
th e U
n exp
ected
1Inspecting and Changing Fuses
NOTICE Replacing a fuse with one that has a higher rating greatly increases the chances of damaging the electrical system.
Use the charts to locate the fuse in question and confirm the specified amperage on the fuse label.
2 Fuse Locations P. 713 Replace fuse with a spare fuse of the same specified amperage.
There is a fuse puller on the back of the engine compartment fuse box type A cover.
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 721
Inspecting and Changing Fuses 1. Set the power mode to VEHICLE OFF
(LOCK). Turn headlights and all accessories off.
2. Remove the fuse box cover.
3. Check the main fuse in the engine compartment fuse box type A. u Look the fuse through the hole. u If the fuse is blown, have it replaced by a
dealer.
Main Fuse
Hole
3.5 L engine models
721Continued
722
uuFusesu Inspecting and Changing Fuses
H an
d lin
g th
e U n
exp ected
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 722
4. Check the combined fuses in the engine compartment fuse box type A. u Look into the space between the fuses. u If the fuse is blown, have it replaced by a
dealer.
Combined Fuse
All models
uuFusesu Inspecting and Changing Fuses H
an d
lin g
th e U
n exp
ected
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 723
5. Check the fuses in the engine compartment fuse box type B and rear fuse box type B. u If the fuse is blown, have it replaced by a
dealer.
6. Inspect the small fuses in the engine compartment and the vehicle interior. u If there is a blown fuse, remove it with
the fuse puller and replace it with a new one.
3.0 L engine models
Fuse Puller All models
723
724
H an
d lin
g th
e U n
exp ected
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 724
Emergency Towing
1Emergency Towing
NOTICE Trying to lift or tow your vehicle by the bumpers will cause serious damage. The bumpers are not designed to support the vehicles weight.
NOTICE Improper towing such as towing behind a motorhome or other motor vehicle can damage the transmission.
Never tow your vehicle with just a rope or chain. It is very dangerous since ropes or chains may shift from side to side or break.
Make sure the parking brake is released. If you cannot release the parking brake, your vehicle must be transported by the flatbed equipment.
2 Parking Brake P. 567
3WARNING Securing the vehicle body to the flatbed tow truck can damage the vehicle or cause injury.
Models with Electronic Air Suspension (EAS)
2WD models
Call a professional towing service if you need to tow your vehicle.
Flatbed equipment The operator loads your vehicle on the back of a truck. This is the best way to transport your vehicle.
When towing your vehicle, set the vehicle height to High, set Leveling Control to OFF, and secure the tires to the flatbed tow truck.
2 Leveling Control P. 472 2 Driving Vehicle Height Adjustment P. 470
Wheel lift equipment The tow truck uses two pivoting arms that go under the front tires and lift them off the ground. The rear tires remain on the ground. This is an acceptable way to tow your vehicle.
All models
Models with Electronic Air Suspension (EAS)
2WD models
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 725
If You Cannot Unlock the Fuel Fill Door
an d
lin g
th e U
n exp
ected
1What to Do If Unable to Unlock the Fuel Fill Door
After taking these steps, contact a dealer to have the vehicle checked.
1. Open the tailgate. 2. Push on the tabs, then remove the cover.
3. Pull the release cord as shown. u The release cord unlocks the fuel fill door
when it is pulled. 4. Open the fuel fill door.
2 How to Refuel P. 597
What to Do If Unable to Unlock the Fuel Fill Door
Cover
Tab
Release Cord
725
726
H an
d lin
g th
e U n
exp ected
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 726
If You Cannot Open the Tailgate
1What to Do If Unable to Open the Tailgate
Following up: After taking these steps, contact a dealer to have the vehicle checked.
When you open the tailgate from inside, make sure there is enough space around the tailgate, and it does not hit anyone or any object.
If you cannot open the tailgate, use the following procedure. 1. Use a flat-tip screwdriver and remove the
cover on the back of the tailgate. u Wrap the flat-tip screwdriver with a cloth
to prevent scratches.
2. To open the tailgate, push the tailgate while sliding the lever to the right with the flat-tip screwdriver.
What to Do If Unable to Open the Tailgate
Cover
Lever
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 727
Refueling
an d
lin g
th e U
n exp
ected
1Refueling From a Portable Fuel Container
NOTICE Do not insert the nozzle of a portable fuel container or any funnel other than the one provided with your vehicle. Doing so can damage the fuel system. Do not try to pry open or push open the sealed fuel tank with foreign objects. This can damage the fuel system and its seal.
Make sure the fuel in the portable fuel container is gasoline before you refuel.
3WARNING Gasoline is highly flammable and explosive. You can be burned or seriously injured when handling fuel.
Stop the engine, and keep heat, sparks, and flames away.
Handle fuel only outdoors. Wipe up spills immediately.
Refueling From a Portable Fuel Container If you have run out of fuel and need to refuel your vehicle from a portable fuel container, use the funnel provided with your vehicle.
1. Turn off the engine. 2. Press on the edge of the fuel fill door to
make it pop up slightly. u The fuel fill door opens.
3. Take the funnel out of the cargo area. 2 Types of Tools P. 660
4. Place the end of the funnel on the lower part of filler opening, then insert it slowly and fully. u Make sure that the end of the funnel
goes down along with the filler pipe. 5. Fill the tank with fuel from the portable fuel
container. u Pour fuel carefully so you do not spill any.
6. Remove the funnel from the filler neck. u Wipe up any fuel from the funnel before
storing it. 7. Shut the fuel fill door by hand.
Funnel
727
728
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 728
lank.
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 729
Information
This chapter includes your vehicles specifications, locations of identification numbers, and other
information required by regulation.
Specifications .................................... 730 Identification Numbers
Vehicle Identification Number (VIN), Engine Number, and Transmission Number ......................................... 734
Devices that Emit Radio Waves ....... 735 Reporting Safety Defects ................. 736
Emissions Testing Testing of Readiness Codes.............. 737
Warranty Coverages ........................ 740 Authorized Manuals......................... 743 Client Service Information ............... 744
729
730
In fo
rm atio
n
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 730
Specifications
Vehicle Specifications
*1: 2WD models *2: AWD models
Model MDX No. of Passengers: Front 2 Rear 2nd Row 3
3rd Row 2 Total 7 Weights: Gross Vehicle Weight Rating
See the certification label on the drivers doorjamb
Gross Axle Weight Rating (Front)
See the certification label on the drivers doorjamb
Gross Axle Weight Rating (Rear)
See the certification label on the drivers doorjamb
Gross Combined Weight Rating
US: 8,311 lbs (3,770 kg)*1
10,053 lbs (4,560 kg)*2
Canada: 3,770 kg*1
4,560 kg*2
3.5 L engine models
* Not available on all models
Air Conditioning
Engine Specifications
Fuel
Washer Fluid
Refrigerant Type HFO-1234yf (R-1234yf) Charge Quantity 17.1 18.9 oz (485 535 g) Lubricant Type RL85HM (POE) Quantity 7.75 9.33 cu-in (127 153 cm3)
Displacement 211.7 cu-in (3,471 cm3) Spark Plugs NGK DILZKR7B11G
Type Unleaded premium gasoline, Pump octane number of 91 or higher
Fuel Tank Capacity 18.5 US gal (70.0 L)
Tank Capacity 4.2 US qt (4.0 L)
Light Bulbs
Brake Fluid
Headlights (Low Beam) LED Headlights (High Beam) LED Fog Lights* LED Front Turn Signal Lights LED Front Side Marker Lights LED Parking/Daytime Running Lights LED Side Turn Signal Lights (on Door Mirrors)
LED
Brake Lights LED Rear Side Marker Lights LED Taillights LED Back-Up Lights LED Rear Turn Signal Light LED High-Mount Brake Light LED Rear License Plate Light LED Door Outer Handle Lights* LED Interior Lights
Front, Second Row and Third Row Map Lights
LED
Vanity Mirror Lights 1.4 W Door Courtesy Lights LED Door Pocket Lights* LED Door Inner Handle Lights LED Console Compartment Lights LED Glove Box Light LED Foot Lights LED Tailgate Lights LED
Specified Acura Heavy Duty Brake Fluid DOT 3
uuSpecificationsu In
fo rm
atio n
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 731
Automatic Transmission Fluid
*1: 2WD models *2: AWD models
Rear Differential Fluid*
Transfer Assembly Fluid*
Specified Acura ATF-Type 2.0
Capacity Change 4.5 US qt (4.3 L)*1
5.1 US qt (4.8 L)*2
Specified Acura DPSF-II Capacity Change 1.76 US qt (1.67 L)
Specified Acura HGO-1 Capacity Change 0.58 US qt (0.55 L)
* Not available on all models
Engine Oil
Engine Coolant
Recommended Acura Genuine Motor Oil 0W-20 API Premium-grade 0W-20 detergent oil
Capacity
Change 5.3 US qt (5.0 L) Change including filter
5.6 US qt (5.3 L)
Specified Acura Long Life Antifreeze/Coolant Type 2 Ratio 50/50 with distilled water
Capacity 1.99 US gal (7.55 L) (change including the remaining 0.223 US gal (0.845 L) in the reserve tank)
Tire
*1: Original tire size is mentioned on the tire information label on the drivers doorjamb.
*2: Except 2WD models with 255/50R20 tires *3: 2WD models with 255/50R20 tires *4: Models with 255/55R19 tires *5: Models with 255/50R20 tires *6: AWD models *7: 2WD models with optional spare tire kit
Regular Size*1 255/55R19 107H
255/50R20 105H Pressure psi (kPa [kgf/cm2])
35 (240 [2.4])*2
36 (250 [2.5])*3
Compact Spare*6, *7
Size T155/85D18 115M Pressure psi (kPa [kgf/cm2])
60 (420 [4.2])
Wheel Size Regular
19 x 8 1/2J*4
20 x 9J*5
Compact Spare*6, *7 18 x 4T
731Continued
732
uuSpecificationsu
In fo
rm atio
n
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 732
Vehicle Specifications Model MDX No. of Passengers: Front 2 Rear 2nd Row 3
3rd Row 2 Total 7 Weights: Gross Vehicle Weight Rating
See the certification label on the drivers doorjamb
Gross Axle Weight Rating (Front)
See the certification label on the drivers doorjamb
Gross Axle Weight Rating (Rear)
See the certification label on the drivers doorjamb
Gross Combined Weight Rating
US: 10,284 lbs (4,665 kg) Canada: 4,665 kg
3.0 L engine models
* Not available on all models
Air Conditioning
Engine Specifications
Fuel
Washer Fluid
Refrigerant Type HFO-1234yf (R-1234yf) Charge Quantity 17.1 18.9 oz (485 535 g) Lubricant Type RL85HM (POE) Quantity 7.75 9.33 cu-in (127 153 cm3)
Displacement 182.8 cu-in (2,997 cm3) Spark Plugs NGK DILKAR8P8SY
Type Unleaded premium gasoline, Pump octane number of 91 or higher
Fuel Tank Capacity 18.5 US gal (70.0 L)
Tank Capacity 4.2 US qt (4.0 L)
Light Bulbs
Brake Fluid
Headlights (Low Beam) LED Headlights (High Beam) LED Fog Lights LED Front Turn Signal Lights LED Front Side Marker Lights LED Parking/Daytime Running Lights LED Side Turn Signal Lights (on Door Mirrors)
LED
Brake Lights LED Rear Side Marker Lights LED Taillights LED Back-Up Lights LED Rear Turn Signal Light LED High-Mount Brake Light LED Rear License Plate Light LED Door Outer Handle Lights* LED Interior Lights
Front, Second Row and Third Row Map Lights
LED
Vanity Mirror Lights 1.4 W Door Courtesy Lights LED Door Pocket Lights* LED Door Inner Handle Lights LED Console Compartment Lights LED Glove Box Light LED Foot Lights LED Tailgate Lights LED
Specified Acura Heavy Duty Brake Fluid DOT 3
uuSpecificationsu In
fo rm
atio n
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 733
Automatic Transmission Fluid
Rear Differential Fluid
Transfer Assembly Fluid
Specified Acura ATF-Type 2.0 Capacity Change 5.1 US qt (4.8 L)
Specified Acura DPSF-II Capacity Change 1.76 US qt (1.67 L)
Specified Acura HGO-1 Capacity Change 0.58 US qt (0.55 L)
Engine Oil
Engine Coolant
Recommended Acura Genuine Motor Oil 0W-20 API Premium-grade 0W-20 detergent oil
Capacity
Change 5.2 US qt (4.9 L) Change including filter
5.5 US qt (5.2 L)
Specified Acura Long Life Antifreeze/Coolant Type 2 Ratio 50/50 with distilled water
Capacity 2.66 US gal (10.05 L) (change including the remaining 0.32 US gal (1.22 L) in the reserve tank)
Tire
*1: Vehicles with optional spare tire kit
Regular Size 275/40R21 107H Pressure psi (kPa [kgf/cm2])
35 (240 [2.4])
Compact Spare*1
Size T155/80R19 114M Pressure psi (kPa [kgf/cm2])
60 (420 [4.2])
Wheel Size Regular 21 x 9 1/2J Compact Spare*1 19 x 4.5T
733
734
In fo
rm atio
n
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 734
Identification Numbers
1Vehicle Identification Number (VIN), Engine Number, and Transmission Number
The interior vehicle identification number (VIN) is located under the cover.
Cover
Vehicle Identification Number (VIN), Engine Number, and Transmission Number Your vehicle has a 17-digit vehicle identification number (VIN) used to register your vehicle for warranty purposes, and for licensing and insuring your vehicle. The locations of your vehicles VIN, engine number, and transmission number are shown as follows.
Vehicle Identification Number
Engine Number
Certification Label/Vehicle Identification NumberAutomatic Transmission Number
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 735
Devices that Emit Radio Waves
fo rm
atio n
Each radio frequency device installed in the vehicle conforms to the requirements and standards of the regulation listed below:
As required by the FCC: This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) This device may not cause harmful interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation.
Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the users authority to operate the equipment.
This device complies with Industry Canada licence-exempt RSS standard(s). Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) this device may not cause interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference, including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device.
735
736
In fo
rm atio
n
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 736
Reporting Safety Defects
In the U.S. If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which could cause a crash or could cause injury or death, you should immediately inform the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA) in addition to notifying American Honda Motor Co., Inc.
If NHTSA receives similar complaints, it may open an investigation, and if it finds that a safety defect exists in a group of vehicles, it may order a recall and remedy campaign. However, NHTSA cannot become involved in individual problems between you, your dealer, or American Honda Motor Co., Inc.
To contact NHTSA, you may call the Vehicle Safety Hotline toll-free at 1-888-327-4236 (TTY: 1-800-424- 9153); go to http://www.safercar.gov; or write to: Administrator, NHTSA, 1200 New Jersey Avenue, SE., Washington, DC 20590. You can also obtain other information about motor vehicle safety from http:// www.safercar.gov.
In Canada If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which could cause a crash or could cause injury or death, you should immediately inform Honda Canada Inc. and you may also inform Transport Canada.
If Transport Canada receives similar complaints, it may open an investigation, and if it finds that a safety defect exists in a group of vehicles, it may lead to a recall and remedy campaign. However, Transport Canada cannot become involved in individual problems between you, your dealer, or Honda Canada Inc.
To contact Transport Canadas Defect Investigations and Recalls Division, you may call 1-800-333-0510. For more information on reporting safety defects or about motor vehicle safety, go to http://www.tc.gc.ca/ roadsafety.
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 737
Emissions Testing
fo rm
atio n
1Testing of Readiness Codes
The readiness codes are erased when the battery is disconnected, and set again only after several days of driving under a variety of conditions.
If a testing facility determines that the readiness codes are not set, you may be requested to return at a later date to complete the test.
If the testing facility determines the readiness codes are still not set, see a dealer.
Testing of Readiness Codes Your vehicle has readiness codes as part of the onboard self diagnostic system. Some states use these codes for testing to verify whether your vehicles emissions components are working properly. The codes may not be read properly if testing is performed just after the battery has gone dead or been disconnected.
To check if they are set, set the power mode to ON, without starting the engine. The malfunction indicator lamp will come on for several seconds. If it then goes off, the readiness codes are set. If it blinks five times, the readiness codes are not set.
If you are required to have your vehicle tested before the readiness codes are ready, prepare the vehicle for retesting by doing the following:
737Continued
738
uuEmissions TestinguTesting of Readiness Codes
In fo
rm atio
n
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 738
1. Fill the gas tank to approximately 3/4 full. 2. Park the vehicle and leave the engine off for 6 hours or more. 3. Make sure the ambient temperature is between 40F and 95F (4C and 35C). 4. Start the engine without touching the accelerator pedal, and let it idle for 20
seconds. 5. Keep the vehicle in (P . Increase the engine speed to 2,000 rpm, and hold it there
for about 3 minutes. 6. Let the engine idle with your foot off the accelerator for 20 seconds. 7. Select a nearby, lightly traveled major highway where you can maintain a speed
of 50 to 60 mph (80 to 97 km/h) for at least 20 minutes. Do not use cruise control and perform the following when traffic allows. When stopped before entering the highway, use paddle shifters. During acceleration up to speed, target 5,500 to 6,500 engine rpm continuously for at least 10 seconds. Then shift to (D range and drive for 90 seconds without moving the accelerator pedal. (Vehicle speed may vary slightly; this is okay.) If you cannot do this for a continuous 90 seconds because of traffic conditions, drive for at least 30 seconds, then repeat it two more times (for a total of 90 seconds).
8. Drive in city or suburban traffic for at least 10 minutes. When traffic conditions allow, let the vehicle coast for several seconds without using the accelerator pedal or the brake pedal.
9. Park the vehicle and leave the engine off for 30 minutes.
3.5 L engine models
uuEmissions TestinguTesting of Readiness Codes In
fo rm
atio n
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 739
1. Fill the gas tank to approximately 3/4 full. 2. Prohibit idle stop system and drive for at least 10 minutes. And park the vehicle
and leave the engine off for 6 hours or more. 3. Make sure the ambient temperature is between 40F and 95F (4C and 35C). 4. Start the engine without touching the accelerator pedal, and let it idle for 20
seconds. 5. Keep the vehicle in (P . Increase the engine speed to 2,000 rpm, and hold it there
for about 3 minutes. 6. Let the engine idle with your foot off the accelerator for 20 seconds. 7. Select a nearby, lightly traveled major highway where you can maintain a speed
of 50 to 60 mph (80 to 97 km/h) for at least 20 minutes. Drive on the highway in (D . Do not use cruise control. When traffic allows, drive for 90 seconds without moving the accelerator pedal. (Vehicle speed may vary slightly; this is okay.) If you cannot do this for a continuous 90 seconds because of traffic conditions, drive for at least 30 seconds, then repeat it two more times (for a total of 90 seconds). And 0 to 50 mph (0 to 80 km/h) acceleration driving in 10 seconds after stop.
8. Drive in city or suburban traffic for at least 10 minutes. When traffic conditions allow, let the vehicle coast for several seconds without using the accelerator pedal or the brake pedal.
9. Park the vehicle and leave the engine off for 30 minutes.
3.0 L engine models
739
740
In fo
rm atio
n
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 740
Warranty Coverages
U.S. Owners Your new vehicle is covered by these warranties:
New Vehicle Limited Warranty covers your new vehicle, except for the emissions control systems and accessories, against defects in materials and workmanship.
Emissions Control Systems Defects Warranty and Emissions Performance Warranty these two warranties cover your vehicles emissions control systems. Time, mileage, and coverage are conditional. Please read your warranty booklet for exact information.
Seat Belt Limited Warranty a seat belt that fails to function properly is covered by a limited warranty. Please read your warranty booklet for details.
Rust Perforation Limited Warranty all exterior body panels are covered against rusting from the inside out for the specified time period, regardless of mileage.
Accessory Limited Warranty Acura accessories are covered under this warranty. Time and mileage limits depend on the type of accessory and other factors. Please read your warranty booklet for details.
Replacement Parts Limited Warranty covers all Acura replacement parts against defects in materials and workmanship.
uuWarranty Coveragesu In
fo rm
atio n
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 741
Replacement Battery Limited Warranty provides prorated coverage for a replacement battery purchased from your dealer.
Replacement Muffler Lifetime Limited Warranty provides coverage for as long as the purchaser of the muffler owns the vehicle.
Restrictions and exclusions apply to all these warranties. Please read the Acura warranty information booklet that came with your vehicle for precise information on warranty coverages. Your vehicles original tires are covered by their manufacturer. Tire warranty information is in a separate booklet.
Statement on Warranty Coverage for Aftermarket and Recycled Parts The Magnuson-Moss Warranty Act, 15 U.S.C. s.2301 et seq., makes it illegal for motor vehicle manufacturers to void a motor vehicle warranty or deny warranty coverage solely because an aftermarket or recycled part has been used to repair the vehicle or someone other than the authorized service provider performed service on the vehicle. This provision does not apply to a new motor vehicle purchased solely for commercial or industrial use. Under federal law, a manufacturer may deny warranty coverage and charge for repairs to a vehicle if it is discovered that an aftermarket or recycled part installed on the vehicle is defective or was installed incorrectly and caused damage to another part of the vehicle otherwise covered under warranty. The Federal Trade Commission requires that a manufacturer demonstrate that an aftermarket or recycled part or service performed by a person other than an authorized service provider caused damage to another part of the vehicle otherwise covered under warranty before denying warranty coverage. Additionally, federal law allows a manufacturer to void a motor vehicle warranty or deny warranty coverage if the manufacturer provides the article or service to consumers free of charge under the warranty or the manufacturer has secured a waiver from the Federal Trade Commission.
741Continued
742
uuWarranty Coveragesu
In fo
rm atio
n
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 742
Canadian Owners Please refer to the warranty manual that came with your vehicle.
EPA Contact Information An owner may obtain further information concerning emission warranties or report violations of the terms of the emission warranties by contacting:
Director, Light-Duty Vehicle Center, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Attention: Warranty Claim 2000 Traverwood Drive, Ann Arbor, MI 48105; complianceinfo@epa.gov
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 743
Authorized Manuals
fo rm
atio n
Service Express For electronic copies of service publications, you can purchase a subscription to Service Express. Visit www.techinfo.acura.com for pricing and options.
For U.S. Owners Manuals can be purchased from Helm Incorporated. You can order a manual by phone at 1 (800) 782-4356 (credit card orders only), or online at www.helminc.com.
For Canadian Owners Please contact a dealer to order any manuals that you may require.
743
744
In fo
rm atio
n
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 744
Client Service Information
1Client Service Information
When you call or write, please give us the following information: Vehicle Identification Number
2 Vehicle Identification Number (VIN), Engine Number, and Transmission Number P. 734
Date of purchase Odometer reading of your vehicle Your name, address, and telephone number A detailed description of the problem Name of the dealer who sold the vehicle to you
Acura dealership personnel are trained professionals who should be able to deal with any problems you may encounter with your vehicle. If, however, you are faced with a problem that they cannot resolve to your satisfaction, contact Acura Client Relations/Services.
U.S. Owners American Honda Motor Co., Inc. Acura Client Relations Mail Stop CHI-4 1919 Torrance Blvd. Torrance, CA 90501-2746 Tel: 1 (800) 382-2238
Canadian Owners Honda Canada Inc. Acura Client Services 180 Honda Boulevard Markham, ON L6C 0H9 Tel: 1-888-9-ACURA-9 Fax: 1-877-939-0909 E-mail: acura_cr@ch.honda.com
In Puerto Rico and the U.S. Virgin Islands Bella International P.O. Box 190816 San Juan, PR 00919-0816 Tel: 1 (787) 620-7546
Index
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 745
Index
In d
ex
A ABS (Anti-lock Brake System) .................. 574 AC Power Outlet ...................................... 225 Accessories and Modifications ................ 656 Accessory Power Sockets ......................... 223 Acura Integrated Dynamics System ........ 459
Dynamic Mode switch............................. 460 AcuraLink .............................................. 412 AcuraWatchTM .......................................... 490 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow .................................. 101, 512
Additives Coolant .......................................... 622, 624 Engine .................................................... 616 Washer ................................................... 628
Adjusting Armrest .................................................. 211 Front Seats.............................................. 194 Head Restraints............................... 206, 210 Headlights .............................................. 629 Mirrors.................................................... 191 Rear Seats............................................... 203 Steering Wheel ....................................... 190
Agile Handling Assist ............................... 481 Air Conditioning System (Climate Control System).................................................... 235 Defrosting the Windshield and Windows .............................................. 237
Dust and Pollen Filter .............................. 650 Sensors ................................................... 241 Synchronized Mode ................................ 238
Using Automatic Climate Control ............ 235 Air Pressure ............................... 637, 731, 733 Airbags ........................................................ 47
Advanced Airbags ..................................... 53 After a Collision......................................... 50 Airbag Care............................................... 64 Event Data Recorder .................................... 0 Front Airbags (SRS) .................................... 50 Indicator .............................................. 61, 96 Knee Airbag .............................................. 55 Passenger Airbag Off Indicator .................. 62 Sensors...................................................... 47 Side Airbags .............................................. 58 Side Curtain Airbags .................................. 60
AM/FM Radio ............................................ 283 Amazon Alexa .......................................... 279 Android Auto............................................ 319 Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) .................. 574
Indicator .................................................... 96 Apple CarPlay ........................................... 314 Armrest ..................................................... 211 Audio Remote Controls............................ 248 Audio System ............................................ 244
Adjusting the Sound................................ 277 Audio/Information Screen........................ 254 Display Setup........................................... 278 Error Messages ........................................ 324 General Information ................................ 328 Home Screen........................................... 259 How to Update Wirelessly........................ 271 How to Update with a USB Device ........... 275
iPod ........................................................ 300 Limitations for Manual Operation ............ 278 MP3/WMA/AAC...................................... 303 Playing Social Playlist ............................... 309 Reactivating ............................................ 247 Remote Controls ..................................... 248 Security Code.......................................... 247 Status Area ............................................. 264 System Updates....................................... 271 Theft Protection ...................................... 247 USB Flash Drives .............................. 303, 330 USB Ports ................................................ 245
Audio/Information Screen ....................... 254 Authorized Manuals ................................ 743 Auto Door Locking/Unlocking................. 150 Auto High-Beam....................................... 178
Indicator.................................................... 99 Auto Idle Stop .......................................... 473
OFF Button.............................................. 474 Automatic Brake Hold ............................. 572
Indicator............................................ 90, 572 Automatic Brake Hold System
Indicator.................................................. 572 Automatic Folding Door Mirror .............. 193 Automatic Intermittent Wipers............... 182 Automatic Lighting .................................. 175 Automatic Transmission........................... 450
Creeping ................................................. 450 Fluid........................................................ 626 Kickdown................................................ 450 Operating the Shift Button ...................... 453
745
746
In d
ex
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 746
Shifting.................................................... 451 Average Fuel Economy............................. 114 AWD .......................................................... 482
B Battery....................................................... 645
Charging System Indicator ................. 91, 706 If the Battery Is Dead ............................... 699 Maintenance (Checking the Battery) ........ 645
Belts (Seat) .................................................. 39 Beverage Holders...................................... 217 Blind spot information System ................ 487 Bluetooth Audio ..................................... 306 Bluetooth HandsFreeLink ................... 383 Booster Seats (For Children)....................... 81 Brake System............................................. 567
Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) ................... 574 Automatic Brake Hold.............................. 572 Brake Assist System ................................. 575 Fluid ........................................................ 627 Foot Brake ............................................... 571 Indicator (Amber)............................... 90, 709 Indicator (Red) ..................... 88, 89, 708, 709 Parking Brake .......................................... 567
Brightness Control (Instrument Panel) .... 185 Built-in Key................................................ 135 Bulb Replacement..................................... 629
Back-Up Lights......................................... 630 Brake Lights............................................. 630 Door Outer Handle Ambient Lights .......... 630
Fog Lights ............................................... 629 Front Turn Signal/Parking, Daytime Running and Front Side Marker Lights ................. 629
Headlights............................................... 629 High-Mount Brake Light .......................... 630 Rear License Plate Light ........................... 630 Rear Side Marker Lights........................... 630 Rear Turn Signal Lights ............................ 630 Side Turn Signal/Emergency Indicator Lights .................................................... 629
Taillights.................................................. 630 Bulb Specifications ........................... 730, 732
C CabinTalk .............................................. 421 CAMERA Button ....................................... 589 Carbon Monoxide Gas ............................... 82 Carrying Cargo ................................. 425, 427 Certification Label .................................... 734 Changing Bulbs ........................................ 629 Charging System Indicator................. 91, 706 Child Safety................................................. 65
Childproof Door Locks............................. 149 Child Seat.................................................... 65
Booster Seats ............................................ 81 Child Seat for Infants................................. 67 Child Seat for Small Children..................... 68 Installing a Child Seat with a Lap/Shoulder Seat Belt.................................................. 74
Larger Children ......................................... 80
Rear-facing Child Seat............................... 67 Selecting a Child Seat ............................... 69
Childproof Door Locks ............................. 149 Cleaning the Exterior............................... 653 Cleaning the Interior ............................... 651 Client Service Information....................... 744 Climate Control System ........................... 235
Defrosting the Windshield and Windows .............................................. 237
Dust and Pollen Filter .............................. 650 Sensors ................................................... 241 Synchronized Mode ................................ 238 Using Automatic Climate Control............ 235
Clock ......................................................... 132 CMBSTM (Collision Mitigation Braking SystemTM) ................................................ 495
Coat Hook ................................................ 219 Collision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM) ................................................. 495
Compact Spare Tire.................. 661, 731, 733 Console Compartment............................. 216 Controls .................................................... 131 Coolant (Engine) .............................. 622, 624
Adding the Coolant ................................ 625 Adding to the Radiator ........................... 623 Adding to the Reserve Tank .................... 622 Overheating............................................ 702
Creeping (Automatic Transmission)........ 450 Cross Traffic Monitor ............................... 582 Cup Holders .............................................. 217 Customized Features ............................... 351
In d
ex
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 747
D Daytime Running Lights .......................... 177 Dead Battery ............................................ 699 Defaulting All the Settings...................... 379 Defrosting the Windshield and Windows ................................................. 237
Detachable Anchor .................................... 44 Devices that Emit Radio Waves ............... 735 Dimming
Headlights .............................................. 174 Rearview Mirror ...................................... 191
Dipstick (Engine Oil) ................................ 617 Directional Signals (Turn Signal) ............. 173 Door Mirrors............................................. 192 Door Outer Handle Ambient Lights ....... 139 Doors ........................................................ 134
Auto Door Locking.................................. 150 Auto Door Unlocking .............................. 150 Door Open Message ................................. 38 Keys........................................................ 134 Locking/Unlocking the Doors from the Inside .................................................... 147
Locking/Unlocking the Doors from the Outside ................................................. 137
DOT Tire Quality Grading........................ 639 Driver Information Interface
(Left Side Area) ....................................... 111 (Right Side Area) ..................................... 111 Switching the Display.............................. 112
Driving ...................................................... 423 Automatic Transmission .......................... 450
Braking.................................................... 567 Off-Highway Driving Guidelines ............... 441 Shifting Gear ........................................... 451 Starting the Engine .................................. 443
Driving Position Memory System............. 187 Dust and Pollen Filter ............................... 650 Dynamic Mode Switch.............................. 460
E Electric Parking Brake
Switch ..................................................... 567 Electric Power Steering (EPS) System
Indicator ............................................ 96, 710 Electronic Air Suspension (EAS) ............... 467 Electronic Stability Control (ESC) ............. 479 Emergency ................................................ 724 Emissions Testing (Readiness Codes) ....... 737 Engine ....................................................... 734
Coolant ........................................... 622, 624 If the Battery Is Dead ............................... 699 Remote Engine Start ................................ 445 Starting ................................................... 443 Stopping the Engine ................................ 448
Engine Compartment Cover .................... 615 Engine Coolant ................................. 622, 624
Adding the Coolant ................................. 625 Adding to the Radiator ............................ 623 Adding to the Reserve Tank..................... 622 Overheating ............................................ 702 Temperature Gauge ................................ 107
Engine Oil Adding.................................................... 619 Checking................................................. 617 Displaying Oil Life.................................... 605 Engine oil pressure low Warning ............. 705
Engine oil pressure low Warning ............ 705 ENGINE START/STOP Button .................... 170 EPS (Electric Power Steering) System ...... 710 Exhaust Gas Hazard (Carbon Monoxide) .. 82 Exterior Care (Cleaning)........................... 653 Exterior Mirrors ........................................ 192
F Features .................................................... 243 Filters
Dust and Pollen ....................................... 650 Oil........................................................... 620
Flat Tire ............................................. 661, 669 Floor Mats................................................. 652 Fluids
Automatic Transmission .......................... 626 Brake ...................................................... 627 Engine Coolant ............................... 622, 624 Windshield Washer ................................. 628
FM/AM Radio............................................ 283 Fog Lights ................................................. 177
Indicator.................................................... 99 Folding Down the Second Row Seat....... 200 Folding Down the Third Row Seat .......... 203 Foot Brake ................................................ 571
747
748
In d
ex
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 748
Front Airbags (SRS) ..................................... 50 Front Seat Massage System...................... 233 Front Seats ................................................ 194
Adjusting................................................. 194 Front Sensor Camera ................................ 562 Fuel ...................................................... 23, 596
Fuel Economy and CO2 Emissions............. 599 Gauge ..................................................... 106 Instant Fuel Economy............................... 114 Low Fuel Indicator (Amber) ........................ 95 Recommendation .................................... 596 Refueling ................................................. 596
Fuel Economy and CO2 Emissions ............ 599 Fuel Fill Door............................................. 597
Unable to Unlock..................................... 725 Fuses .......................................................... 713
Inspecting and Changing ......................... 721 Locations.... 713, 715, 716, 717, 718, 719, 720
G Gasoline (Fuel)
Economy ................................................. 599 Gauge ..................................................... 106 Information ............................................. 596 Instant Fuel Economy............................... 114 Low Fuel Indicator (Amber) ........................ 95 Refueling ................................................. 596
Gauge Settings.......................................... 116 Gauges....................................................... 106 Gear Position Indicator....................... 91, 453
Glass (care)................................................ 654 Glove Box.................................................. 215 G-meter..................................................... 118
H Handling of the Jack ................................ 694 Handling the Unexpected........................ 659 HandsFreeLink (HFL)............................... 383
Automatic Import of Phone Contacts and Call History............................................ 394
Automatic Transferring............................ 393 Displaying Messages................................ 406 Favorite Contacts .................................... 395 HFL Buttons............................................. 383 HFL Menus .............................................. 387 HFL Status Display ................................... 385 In Case of Emergency.............................. 416 Limitations for Manual Operation ............ 386 Making a Call .......................................... 396 Options During a Call .............................. 400 Phone Setup............................................ 389 Receiving a Call ....................................... 399 Receiving a Text Message ........................ 404 Ring Tone................................................ 393 Selecting a Phone.................................... 405 To Set Up a Text Message Options .......... 403
Hazard Warning Button .............................. 6 HD RadioTM................................................ 286 Head Restraints ................................ 206, 210
Headlights ................................................ 174 Aiming.................................................... 629 Auto High-Beam ..................................... 178 Automatic Operation .............................. 175 Dimming......................................... 174, 177 Operating ............................................... 174
Head-Up Display ...................................... 125 Heated Door Mirrors ............................... 184 Heated Steering Wheel ........................... 230 Heated Windshield .................................. 184 Heater (Steering Wheel).......................... 230 Heaters (Seat) ................................... 231, 232 HFL (HandsFreeLink) .............................. 383 High Beam Indicator .................................. 99 High Temperature Indicator (Red)............ 95 Hill Start Assist System ............................. 448 HomeLink Universal Transceiver ........... 380 Honda App License Agreement .............. 331
I Identification Numbers
Engine and Transmission......................... 734 Vehicle Identification............................... 734
If the Battery Is Dead ............................... 699 Illumination Control ................................ 185
Button .................................................... 185 Immobilizer System.................................. 161
Indicator ................................................. 100
In d
ex
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 749
Indicators .................................................... 86 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (Amber) ........................... 101
Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (White/Green).................. 102
Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow Interval ............................ 102
Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) .................... 96 Auto High-Beam ....................................... 99 Auto Idle Stop (Green) .............................. 93 Auto Idle Stop OFF.................................... 93 Auto Idle Stop Suspend............................. 94 Auto Idle Stop System (Amber) ................. 93 Automatic Brake Hold....................... 90, 572 Automatic Brake Hold System ........... 90, 572 Blind spot information System................. 488 Charging System............................... 91, 706 Cruise Mode (White/Green) .................... 102 Dynamic Lift Mode.................................... 98 Electric Power Steering (EPS) System ............................................ 96, 710
Engine oil pressure low Warning ............. 705 Fog Light .................................................. 99 Gear Position ............................................ 91 High Beam................................................ 99 High Temperature (Red) ............................ 95 Immobilizer System ................................. 100 Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS) (Amber) ................................................ 103
Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS) (White/Green) ....................................... 103
Lights On................................................... 99 Low Fuel (Amber) ...................................... 95 Low Tire Pressure/TPMS ..................... 98, 711 M (sequential mode) Indicator/Sequential Mode Gear Selection Indicator ................. 91
Malfunction Indicator Lamp............... 91, 707 Parking Brake and Brake System (Amber) ........................................... 90, 709
Parking Brake and Brake System (Red).................................. 88, 89, 708, 709
Safety Support (Amber) ........................... 103 Safety Support (Green/Gray) .................... 105 Seat Belt Reminder .............................. 40, 95 Security System Alarm ............................. 100 Supplemental Restraint System ............ 61, 96 System Message ...................................... 101 Transmission System.......................... 92, 712 Turn Signal and Hazard Warning ............... 99 Vehicle Stability AssistTM (VSA) OFF... 97, 480 Vehicle Stability AssistTM (VSA) System............................................. 97, 479
VSA OFF ................................................ 480 Information............................................... 729 Instant Fuel Economy ............................... 114 Instrument Panel ........................................ 85
Brightness Control ................................... 185 Interior Lights ........................................... 212 Interior Rearview Mirror .......................... 191 iPad............................................................ 329 iPhone ....................................................... 329 iPod ................................................... 300, 329
J Jack (Wheel Nut Wrench) ........................ 665
K Key Number Tag....................................... 136 Keyless Access System .............................. 137 Keys ........................................................... 134
Number Tag ............................................ 136 Rear Door Wont Open............................ 149 Remote Transmitter................................. 143 Types and Functions ................................ 134
Kickdown (Automatic Transmission)....... 450 Knee Airbag................................................ 55
L Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)......... 529 LATCH (Child Seats).............................. 70, 76 Legal Information .................................... 343 License Information ................................. 346 Lights................................................. 174, 629
Automatic ............................................... 175 Bulb Replacement ................................... 629 Daytime Running Lights........................... 177 High Beam Indicator.................................. 99 Interior .................................................... 212 Light Switches ......................................... 174 Lights On Indicator .................................... 99 Turn Signals ............................................ 173
Load Limits................................................ 427
749
750
In d
ex
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 750
Locking/Unlocking .................................... 134 Auto Door Locking/Unlocking .................. 150 Childproof Door Locks ............................. 149 From Inside.............................................. 147 From Outside........................................... 137 Keys ........................................................ 134 Using a Key ............................................. 145
Low Battery Charge.................................. 706 Low Fuel Indicator (Amber) ....................... 95 Low Speed Braking Control ..................... 506 Lower Anchors ............................................ 70 Lubricant Specifications Chart ......... 731, 733 Luggage (Maximum Load Limit).............. 427 Lumbar Support........................................ 195
M Maintenance ..................................... 115, 601
Battery..................................................... 645 Brake Fluid............................................... 627 Cleaning.................................................. 651 Climate Control System ........................... 650 Coolant ........................................... 622, 624 Maintenance MinderTM ............................ 605 Oil ........................................................... 617 Precautions.............................................. 602 Radiator................................................... 623 Remote Transmitter ......................... 648, 649 Replacing Light Bulbs............................... 629 Safety ...................................................... 603 Service Items............................................ 607
Tires ........................................................ 636 Transmission Fluid ................................... 626 Under the Hood ...................................... 611 Under the Hood and Cargo Area............. 612
Malfunction Indicator Lamp .............. 91, 707 Map Light Switches .................................. 213 Massage System........................................ 233 Maximum Load Limit ............................... 427 Meters, Gauges......................................... 106 Mirrors ...................................................... 191
Adjusting ................................................ 191 Door ....................................................... 192 Exterior ................................................... 192 Interior Rearview ..................................... 191
Modifications (and Accessories) .............. 656 MP3 ........................................................... 303 MP3/WMA/AAC ........................................ 303 Multi-View Rear Camera.......................... 586
N Navigation ........................................ 114, 129 Numbers (Identification).......................... 734
O Odometer ................................................. 107 Off-Highway Driving Guidelines ............. 441 Oil (Engine)
Adding.................................................... 619 Checking................................................. 617
Displaying Oil Life ................................... 605 Engine oil pressure low Warning ............. 705
Open Source Licenses .............................. 345 Opening/Closing
Hood ...................................................... 613 Panoramic Roof ...................................... 167 Power Windows...................................... 164 Tailgate................................................... 151
Operating the Switches Around the Steering Wheel....................................... 170
Outside Temperature Display ................. 107 Overheating ............................................. 702
P Paddle Shifters (Sequential Mode) ......... 458 Panic Mode............................................... 163 Panoramic Roof........................................ 167 Parking ..................................................... 576 Parking Brake ........................................... 567 Parking Brake and Brake System Indicator (Amber)............................................. 90, 709
Parking Brake and Brake System Indicator (Red).................................... 88, 89, 708, 709
Parking Sensor System ............................. 578 Passenger Airbag Off Indicator................. 62 Passing Indicators..................................... 174 Playing Bluetooth Audio ....................... 306 Power Monitor ......................................... 109 Power Tailgate ......................................... 153 Power Windows ....................................... 164
In d
ex
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 751
Precautions While Driving ....................... 449 Driving Guidelines for Your Utility Vehicle.................................................. 449
Rain ........................................................ 449 Pregnant Women....................................... 45 Puncture (Tire) ......................... 661, 669, 683
R Radar Sensor ............................................ 564 Radiator .................................................... 623 Radio (AM/FM) ......................................... 283 Radio (SiriusXM) ..................................... 287 Readiness Codes (Emissions Testing) ...... 737 Rear Climate Control System
From the Rear Panel................................ 240 Rear Defogger/Heated Door Mirror Button ..................................................... 184
Rear Seat Reminder ................................. 204 Rear Seats
Second Row Seat .................................... 199 Third Row Seat ....................................... 203
Rearview Mirror ....................................... 191 Refueling .................................................. 596
Fuel Gauge ............................................. 106 Gasoline ................................. 596, 730, 732 Low Fuel Indicator (Amber) ....................... 95
Regulations .............................. 485, 639, 735 Remote Engine Start................................ 445
Checking Door Lock Status ..................... 144 Remote Transmitter ................................. 143
Removing the Second Row Center Seat.. 202 Replacement
Battery ............................................ 648, 649 Bulbs ....................................................... 629 Fuses ....... 713, 715, 716, 717, 718, 719, 720 Rear Wiper Blade Rubber ......................... 634 Tires ........................................................ 642 Wiper Blade Rubber................................. 631
Reporting Safety Defects ......................... 736 Resetting a Trip Meter ............................. 113 Reverse Tilt Door Mirror .......................... 192 Road Departure Mitigation ..................... 550
On and Off .............................................. 553
S Safe Driving ................................................ 33 Safety Checklist........................................... 38 Safety Labels ............................................... 83 Safety Message ............................................. 3 Seat Belts..................................................... 39
Adjusting the Shoulder Anchor .................. 43 Automatic Seat Belt Tensioners.................. 41 Checking................................................... 46 Detachable Anchor .................................... 44 Fastening................................................... 42 Installing a Child Seat with a Lap/Shoulder Seat Belt .................................................. 74
Pregnant Women ...................................... 45 Reminder................................................... 40 Warning Indicator................................ 40, 95
Seat Heaters...................................... 231, 232 Seat Massages........................................... 233 Seats .......................................................... 194
Adjusting ................................................ 194 Front Seats .............................................. 194 Lumbar Support ...................................... 195 Rear Seats ....................................... 199, 203 Seat Control Interface ............................. 196 Seat Heaters.................................... 231, 232 Seat Massages......................................... 233 Second Row Seat .................................... 199 Third Row Seat........................................ 203 Ventilation .............................................. 231
Second Row Outer Seats Heaters ............ 232 Second Row Seat (Folding Down) ........... 200 Security System......................................... 161
Immobilizer System Indicator ................... 100 Security System Alarm Indicator............... 100
Select Button ............................................ 451 Operation................................................ 453
Selecting a Child Seat................................. 69 Sequential Mode ...................................... 457 Sequential Mode Operation.................... 458 Setting the Clock ...................................... 132 SH-AWD (Super Handling-All Wheel DriveTM) ................................................... 482
Shift Button ........................................ 21, 451 Shift Positions
Automatic Transmission .......................... 451 Shifting (Transmission)....................... 21, 451 Shoulder Anchor ........................................ 43
751
752
In d
ex
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 752
Side Airbags ................................................ 58 Side Curtain Airbags................................... 60 SiriusXM Radio ........................................ 287 Smart Shortcuts......................................... 268 Snow Tires ................................................. 644 Social Playlist............................................. 309 Sonar Sensors ............................................ 565 Spare Tire .................................. 661, 731, 733 Spark Plugs........................................ 730, 732 Specifications ............................................ 730 Specified Fuel............................ 596, 730, 732 Speed Limit Information .......................... 108 Speedometer............................................. 106 SRS Airbags (Airbags) ................................. 50 Starting Assist Brake Function ................. 478 Starting the Engine .................................. 443
Does Not Start ......................................... 695 If the Battery Is Dead ............................... 699 Remote Engine Start ................................ 445
Steering Wheel ......................................... 190 Adjusting................................................. 190 Heater ..................................................... 230
Stopping.................................................... 576 Stopping the Engine................................. 448 Summer Tires ............................................ 644 Sunglasses Holder ..................................... 220 Super Handling-All Wheel DriveTM (SH-AWD)............................................... 482
Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) ........ 50 Surround View Camera System................ 588
Switches (Around the Steering Wheel)............................................. 6, 7, 170
Synchronized Mode ................................. 238 System Message Indicator........................ 101 System Updates ........................................ 271
T Tailgate ..................................................... 151
Unable to Open....................................... 726 Temperature
Gauge..................................................... 107 Outside Temperature Display................... 107
Temperature Sensor ................................. 107 Temporary Tire Repair Kit ............... 670, 684 Third Row Seat (Folding Down) .............. 203 Third Row Seat Access.............................. 201 Tie-down Anchors .................................... 219 Time (Setting) ........................................... 132 Tire Fill Assist .................................... 483, 711 Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)
Indicator............................................ 98, 711 Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) with Tire Fill Assist.................................. 483
Tire Repair Kit........................................... 669 Tires........................................................... 636
Air Pressure ............................. 637, 731, 733 Checking and Maintaining ...................... 636 Inspection ............................................... 636 Labeling .................................................. 637 Puncture (Flat Tire) .......................... 661, 669
Regulations............................................. 639 Rotation.................................................. 643 Spare Tire ............................... 661, 731, 733 Summer.................................................. 644 Temporary Tire Repair Kit ................ 670, 683 Tire Chains.............................................. 644 Tire Repair Kit ......................................... 669 Wear Indicators....................................... 641 Winter .................................................... 644
Tools ......................................................... 660 Towing a Trailer ....................................... 430
Equipment and Accessories..................... 434 Load Limits ............................................. 430
Towing Behind a Motorhome................. 440 Towing Your Vehicle
Emergency.............................................. 724 TPMS (Tire Pressure Monitoring System)
Indicator ........................................... 98, 711 TPMS (Tire Pressure Monitoring System) with Tire Fill Assist ................................. 483
Traffic Jam Assist...................................... 538 Traffic Sign Recognition System ............. 556 Trailer Stability Assist............................... 438 Transmission ....................................... 21, 451
Automatic......................................... 21, 451 Fluid ....................................................... 626 Gear Position Indicator ...................... 91, 453 Indicator ................................................. 712 Number .................................................. 734 Sequential Mode..................................... 457
In d
ex
22 ACURA MDX-31TYA6011.book 753
Transmission System Indicator ........................................... 92, 712
Trip Computer .......................................... 113 Trip Meter ................................................ 113 Troubleshooting ...................................... 659
Blown Fuse ...... 713, 715, 716, 717, 718, 719, 720
Brake Pedal Vibrates ................................. 29 Buzzer Sounds When Opening Door ......... 29 Emergency Towing ................................. 724 Engine Wont Start ................................. 695 Noise When Braking ................................. 31 Overheating............................................ 702 Puncture/Flat Tire .................... 661, 669, 683 Rear Door Wont Open ..................... 29, 149 Warning Indicators.................................... 86
True Touchpad Interface ......................... 251 Turbo Engine Vehicle .............................. 600 Turbo Meter ............................................. 110 Turn Signals .............................................. 173
Indicators (Instrument Panel) ..................... 99
U Under-floor Storage Area ....................... 221 Unlocking the Doors ................................ 137 Unlocking the Front Doors from the Inside....................................................... 147
USB Flash Drives ............................... 303, 330 USB Ports .................................................. 245
V Vanity Mirrors ............................................... 9 Vehicle Identification Number ................ 734 Vehicle Speed ........................................... 128 Vehicle Stability AssistTM (VSA)............... 479
OFF Button .............................................. 480 OFF Indicator ............................................. 97 System Indicator ................................ 97, 479
Viscosity (Oil) .................................... 731, 733 Voice Control Operation .......................... 280
Voice Recognition.................................... 280 Voice Recognition Screen ........................ 281
VSA (Vehicle Stability AssistTM)............... 479
W Warning Indicator On/Blinking ............... 705 Warning Labels ........................................... 83 Warnings ................................................... 115 Warranties (Warranty Manual provided separately)............................................... 740
Watts ................................................. 730, 732 Wear Indicators (Tire)............................... 641 Wheel Nut Wrench (Jack Handle) ........... 665 Wi-Fi Connection ...................................... 311 Window Washers...................................... 181
Adding/Refilling Fluid............................... 628 Switch ..................................................... 181
Windows (Opening and Closing)............. 164
Windshield................................................ 181 Cleaning ................................................. 654 Defrosting/Defogging.............................. 237 Washer Fluid ........................................... 628 Wiper Blades ........................................... 631 Wipers and Washers................................ 181
Winter Tires .............................................. 644 Snow Tires .............................................. 644 Tire Chains .............................................. 644
Wipers and Washers................................. 181 Automatic Intermittent Wipers ................ 182 Checking and Replacing Wiper Blades ..... 631 Front ....................................................... 181 Rear ........................................................ 183
Wireless Charger ...................................... 226 WMA ......................................................... 303 Worn Tires ................................................ 636
753
Related manuals for Acura MDX 2022 SUV Owner's Manual
Manualsnet FAQs
If you want to find out how the MDX Acura works, you can view and download the Acura MDX 2022 SUV Owner's Manual on the Manualsnet website.
Yes, we have the Owner's Manual for Acura MDX as well as other Acura manuals. All you need to do is to use our search bar and find the user manual that you are looking for.
The Owner's Manual should include all the details that are needed to use a Acura MDX. Full manuals and user guide PDFs can be downloaded from Manualsnet.com.
The best way to navigate the Acura MDX 2022 SUV Owner's Manual is by checking the Table of Contents at the top of the page where available. This allows you to navigate a manual by jumping to the section you are looking for.
This Acura MDX 2022 SUV Owner's Manual consists of sections like Table of Contents, to name a few. For easier navigation, use the Table of Contents in the upper left corner.
You can download Acura MDX 2022 SUV Owner's Manual free of charge simply by clicking the “download” button in the upper right corner of any manuals page. This feature allows you to download any manual in a couple of seconds and is generally in PDF format. You can also save a manual for later by adding it to your saved documents in the user profile.
To be able to print Acura MDX 2022 SUV Owner's Manual, simply download the document to your computer. Once downloaded, open the PDF file and print the Acura MDX 2022 SUV Owner's Manual as you would any other document. This can usually be achieved by clicking on “File” and then “Print” from the menu bar.